Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Article 8 of India-Mauritius DTAA – Shipping Company is not entitled to benefit under Article 8 if its place of effective management is located in a third country; on facts, booking agent did not constitute DAPE.

4. [2025] 172 taxmann.com 857 (Mumbai – Trib.)

DCIT (IT) vs. Bay Lines (Mauritius)

IT Appeal Nos. 4858 and 4859 (Mum.) of 2018

CO Nos. 185 and 186 (Mum.) OF 2019

A.Y.: 2013-14 & 2024-15 Dated: 28th March, 2025

Article 8 of India-Mauritius DTAA – Shipping Company is not entitled to benefit under Article 8 if its place of effective management is located in a third country; on facts, booking agent did not constitute DAPE.

FACTS

The Assessee was a shipping company incorporated in Mauritius. Mauritius Tax Authorities had issued a tax residency certificate to the Assessee. The Assessee contended that the freight income received by it was exempt from tax in India under Article 8 of India-Mauritius treaty. The AO observed that the Place of Effective Management (‘POEM’) of the Assessee was in UAE (i.e. neither in Mauritius nor in India). Hence, the Assessee did not qualify for benefit under Article 8. Accordingly, the AO held that such income would be subject to provisions of Article 7 of India-Mauritius DTAA. The AO further observed that the booking agent in India habitually concluded contracts on behalf of the Assessee. Hence, it constituted a dependent agent PE (“DAPE”) of the Assessee. Accordingly, the AO held that the shipping income was taxable in India in terms of Article 7 of India-Mauritius DTAA.
In appeal, while upholding the contention of the AO that the shipping income earned by the Assessee was not covered by Article 8 of India-Mauritius DTAA, the CIT(A) held that the booking agent in India was an independent agent and as it did not conclude contracts in India on behalf of the Assessee, nor did it maintain stock of goods in India on behalf of the Assessee. Accordingly, the agent did not constitute DAPE of the Assessee in India.

Aggrieved by the order of CIT(A), both the revenue and the Assessee preferred an appeal to the ITAT.

HELD

As per Article 8(1) of India-Mauritius DTAA, profits of a shipping company from the operation of ships in international traffic is taxable in the contracting state where the POEM of the company is situated.

Since the Assessee had not pressed the issue of location of POEM, on basis of the findings of the ITAT in the Assessee’s own case, it concluded that the POEM of the Assessee was in UAE. As the POEM of the Assessee was neither in Mauritius nor in India, the ITAT held that the Assessee did not qualify for benefit under Article 8(1) of India-Mauritius DTAA.

The ITAT further held that the booking agent did not constitute DAPE of the Assessee in India for the following reasons:

  •  The activities of the booking agent were limited to accepting bookings on behalf of the Assessee. The booking agent did not conclude contracts on behalf of the Assessee in India. The AO had not provided any evidence in support of the contention that the booking agent had concluded contracts in India on behalf of the Assessee.
  • The booking agent was an agent of independent status since the revenue derived from booking services for the Assessee constituted only 25% of its revenue from all operations.

Therefore, the ITAT held that in absence of a PE in India of the Assessee, its freight income was not taxable in India.

Note: It may be noted that despite concluding that the POEM of Mauritius company was in UAE, the ITAT did not clarify why it could be considered to be resident in Mauritius? The ITAT also did not clarify whether the Assessee could qualify for benefit, if any, under India-UAE DTAA.

Article 13 of India-Singapore DTAA – Short Term Capital Gains from transfer of mutual funds is taxable under Article 13(5) of DTAA, and taxing right vests only with State of Residence.

3. [2025] 173 taxmann.com 570 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Anushka Sanjay Shah vs. ITO (IT)

IT (IT) A NO.174 (MUM) OF 2025

A.Y.: 2022-23 Dated: 26th March, 2025

Article 13 of India-Singapore DTAA – Short Term Capital Gains from transfer of mutual funds is taxable under Article 13(5) of DTAA, and taxing right vests only with State of Residence.

FACTS

The Assessee is a non-resident Indian and a tax resident of Singapore. During the relevant AY, the Assessee had earned short-term capital gain from sale of debt-oriented and equity-oriented mutual funds, amounting to ₹0.89 Crores and 0.47 Crores, respectively. The Assessee had contended that she was a tax resident of Singapore. Hence, she qualified for benefits under Article 13(5) of India-Singapore DTAA and therefore, only Singapore had taxing rights on such gain.

The AO held that gains from transfer of mutual funds were taxable in India and denied benefit under Article 13(5) of DTAA. The DRP held that units of mutual funds derive substantial value from assets located in India, therefore, such gains are taxable in India.

Aggrieved by the final order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

The ITAT relied on the coordinate bench ruling in DCIT vs. K.E. Faizal [2019] 178 ITD 383 (Cochin – Trib.), wherein the ITAT dealt with the meaning of the term ‘shares’ in the context of India-UAE DTAA. Article 13(4) of UAE provides taxing rights to India in respect of gains from transfer of shares and in case of other property, the taxing rights vested with state of residence.

Further, the ITAT relied on the following aspects that were dealt with by the Coordinated bench:

  •  The ITAT applied Article 3(2) of DTAA, section 90(3) of the Act, and definition of ‘share’ as per Section 2(84) of Companies Act. It noted that shares mean a share in company’s capital and include stock.
  •  The term ‘company’ means a company incorporated under the Companies Act, 2013 or under previous law. As per SEBI Mutual Fund Regulations 1995, a mutual fund in India can be established only in the form of a trust and not as company. Hence, units of mutual funds cannot be regarded as shares.
  •  As per Securities Contract Regulation Act, 1956, the term ‘Securities’ includes shares, scrips, stocks….and unit or any other instrument issued to investors under any mutual fund scheme. The definition categorically provides that shares and units are two different classes of securities. Therefore, units of mutual funds cannot be regarded as shares.

Following the ratio of the decision of the coordinate bench, the ITAT held that under the residuary clause in Article 13(5) of India-Singapore DTAA, short-term capital gains on sale of mutual funds shall be taxable only in Singapore.

S. 271(1)(c) – Where the AO did not specify in the penalty notice the limb of section 271(1)(c) under which penalty had been initiated, such notice was ambiguous and void ab initio and all subsequent proceedings became nullity in the eyes of law.

19. (2025) 174 taxmann.com 59 (Raipur Trib)

Nilima Agrawal vs. ITO

ITA No.: 126 (Rpr) of 2025

A.Y.: 2015-16 Dated: 24 April 2025

S. 271(1)(c) – Where the AO did not specify in the penalty notice the limb of section 271(1)(c) under which penalty had been initiated, such notice was ambiguous and void ab initio and all subsequent proceedings became nullity in the eyes of law.

FACTS

The AO issued penalty notice under section 274 read with section 271(1)(c) where the notice referred to both the limbs under section 271(1)(c), that is, concealed the particulars of income and furnished inaccurate particulars of income. The AO had not struck off the inappropriate limb.

CIT(A) / NFAC upheld the penalty order.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that-

(a) The legal parameters that have been set forth by the judicial pronouncements is that through the penalty proceedings initiated against the assessee, he is put to pecuniary burden. Accordingly, it is essential from the aspect of natural justice that he should be made aware of the charges for which penalty is levied against him so that he can be ready with his defense.

(b) The bedrock of any judicial system is based on ultimate epitome of natural justice. This cannot be eroded by any process of law until and unless fraud is detected or malafide conduct is detected on the part of the assessee.

(c) In the present case, the ambiguity that was existing in the notice issued under section 274 read with section 271(1) (c) hampered the rights of the assessee from the perspective of natural justice. There was no evidence placed on record by the revenue to suggest any malafide conduct on the part of the assessee. Therefore, at the threshold, the parameters of the penalty notice had to be decided and as per the principles laid down by the Courts, before issuance of penalty notice, the A.O was required to apply his mind to the material on record and specify clearly to the assessee what is being put against him. In other words, which limb of Section 271(1)(c) was attracted in the given facts and circumstances of the case must be specified in the notice which is sent to the assessee.

The Tribunal held that since in the penalty notice was ambiguous where both the limbs were clubbed together, such notice itself was void ab initio, and therefore, all the subsequent proceedings became a nullity in the eyes of law. Thus, it held that the order of the CIT(Appeals)/NFAC itself became non-est.

Accordingly, the appeal of the assessee was allowed.

S. 12AB – Where objects of assessee-trust were for benefit of residents and members of a specific society and were not meant for public at large, assessee-trust was not entitled to registration under section 12AB.

18. (2025) 173 taxmann.com 744 (Ahd Trib)

Dwarika Greens Foundation vs. CIT(E)

ITA No.: 1812 (Ahd) of 2024

A.Y.: N.A. Dated: 17 April 2025

S. 12AB – Where objects of assessee-trust were for benefit of residents and members of a specific society and were not meant for public at large, assessee-trust was not entitled to registration under section 12AB.

FACTS

The assessee-trust was registered under the Bombay Public Trusts Act on 23.06.2020. It filed an application in Form 10AB for registration under section 12AB.

During the registration proceedings, CIT(E) observed that the objects of the Trust were for the benefit of the residents of the Dwarika Green Society and its members and are not for the benefit of the public at large and therefore, he denied registration under section 12AB to the assessee.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that-

(a) Perusal of clause (d) to Explanation of Section 12AB(4) clearly lays down that registration of the trust or institution established for charitable purpose created or established after the commencement of the Act, wherein the trust has applied any part of its income for the benefit of any particular religious community or caste can be cancelled. In this context perusal of the main objects of the assessee made it abundantly clear that all the objects enumerated therein were related to members of the Dwarika Green Society which was a specific violation under clauses (c) and (d) to Explanation to Section 12AB(4).

(b) CIT (E) had considered the provisions of section 13(1)(b), which was applicable only in a case of charitable trust or institution created or established after commencement of the Act and only for the benefit of the residents of the Dwarika Green Society and its members and thereby denied the registration, which was well within the provision of amended section 12AB.

Thus, the Tribunal held that since the objects of the assessee-trust which was meant only for the residents and members of the society and not for public at large, there was no infirmity in the order passed by CIT(E).

Accordingly, the appeal of the assessee was dismissed.

S. 194IA – Even though the transferee’s share in the sale transaction exceeded the threshold, where the amount paid to each seller / transferor was below ₹50,00,000, the assessee was not required to deduct tax under section 194IA.

17. (2025) 173 taxmann.com 772 (Ahd Trib)

Archanaben Rajendrasingh Deval vs. ITO

ITA No.: 1465 (Ahd) of 2024

A.Y.: 2015-16 Dated: 2 April 2025

S. 194IA – Even though the transferee’s share in the sale transaction exceeded the threshold, where the amount paid to each seller / transferor was below ₹50,00,000, the assessee was not required to deduct tax under section 194IA.

FACTS

The assessee, along with co-owner, purchased agricultural land for a total consideration of ₹1,23,67,360, and her share in the said transaction was ₹53,67,360, which was paid in two parts to two separate sellers – ₹21,83,680 and ₹31,83,680 respectively. She did not deduct TDS on the said payments contending that the payment to each seller was below ₹50,00,000.

The AO invoked the provisions of section 194IA and held the assessee to be an assessee-in-default under section 201(1) for non-deduction of TDS and levied consequential interest under section 201(1A).

CIT(A) affirmed the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal found merit in the submission of the assessee that the amendment made by way of insertion of a proviso to section 194IA(2), by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 with effect from 1.10.2024, was not applicable to the present year under appeal (AY 2015-16).

Following Bhikhabhai H. Patel vs. DCIT (ITA No. 1680/Ahd/2018, order dated 31.01.2020) and Vinod Soni vs. ITO (ITA No. 2736/Del/2015, order dated 10.12.2018), the Tribunal held that since the assessee had paid ₹21,83,680 to one seller and ₹31,83,680 to another seller, both of which were individually below ₹50,00,000, the provisions of section 194IA were not attracted and therefore, the assessee could not have been held to be an assessee-in-default under section 201(1).

Accordingly, the appeal of the assessee was allowed.

Payment of consideration, pursuant to an unregistered agreement, towards interior fit out costs claimed as cost of improvement, entered into prior to receiving possession of the property held to be allowable.

16. Shivani Bhasin Sachdeva vs. Assessment Unit

ITA No. 3218/Mum./2024

A.Y.: 2021-22 Date of Order: 21 January 2025

Section : 48

Payment of consideration, pursuant to an unregistered agreement, towards interior fit out costs claimed as cost of improvement, entered into prior to receiving possession of the property held to be allowable.

FACTS

The assessee, in the return of income filed, returned capital gains on sale of immovable property for a consideration of ₹15.21 crore and while computing capital gains arising from sale thereof had claimed deduction of cost of acquisition of ₹9.96 crore and ₹2.47 crore as cost of improvement. The assessee was asked to furnish details of cost of improvement claimed in respect of the property sold along with evidences.

From the response furnished by the assessee, the Assessing Officer (AO) noticed that assessee had purchased a flat on 27.12.2017 which was booked in October 2009. On 31.5.2010, the assessee had entered into an agreement with DLF Hotel and Apartment Pvt. Ltd. to carry out improvement. The AO was of the opinion that since the property was purchased on 27.12.2017 it was not possible to have made improvements without having owned the property. He also remarked that the agreement dated 31.5.2010 is an unregistered agreement. The AO, believing that improvement cannot happen before purchase disallowed the claim of ₹2.47 crore made by the assessee towards cost of improvement.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who upheld the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where it was contended that the payments made pursuant to agreement dated 31.5.2010 was for civil and electrical work as the flat was purchased “khokha”. After receiving occupancy certificate, civil and electrical work was completed on 29.3.2014 and letter of possession was given on 31.3.2014. The assessee leased the flat w.e.f. 25.6.2014 and sold it vide agreement for sale of flat dated 4.11.2020. The assumption of the AO that assessee could not have spent cost of improvement before taking ownership of the flat is against the facts of the case.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the entire quarrel revolves around the fact that the assessee had purchased the flat on 27.12.2017, therefore, the assessee could not have spent cost of improvement paid to DLF Hotels and Apartments Pvt. Ltd. as per agreement dated 31.5.2010. The Tribunal noted the relevant clauses of the said agreement dated 31.5.2010 which provided detailed particulars of the fit-out work to be carried out under the said Agreement. It was pursuant to the said Agreement that the payments were made by the assessee and the AO has not disputed them.

The Tribunal held that after completion of the fit-out work which is now integral part of the apartment, letter of possession was received on 31.3.2014. Immediately after having received possession, flat was leased. These demonstrative evidences, according to the Tribunal, demolish the view taken by the AO that the assessee could not have incurred cost of improvement prior to 27.12.2017.

The Tribunal set aside the findings of the CIT(A) and directed the AO to allow cost of improvement as claimed by the assessee.

Property received by assessee from his step-sister is not taxable under section 56(2)(vii). Receipt of property from step-sister qualifies as a receipt from a relative viz. sister.

15. Rabin Arup Mukerjea vs. ITO, International Tax

ITA No. 588/Mum./2024

A.Y.: 2016-17 Date of Order: 21 March 2025

Section : 56(2)(vii)

Property received by assessee from his step-sister is not taxable under section 56(2)(vii). Receipt of property from step-sister qualifies as a receipt from a relative viz. sister.

FACTS

The assessee, a non-resident individual, did not have any source of income in India and was therefore not filing return of income. In January 2021, he made an application under section 197 for grant of certificate authorising the payer to deduct tax on sale of his property at a lower rate. The property being sold by the assessee was received by him as a gift from Ms. Vidhie Mukerjea vide a Registered Deed of Gift dated 21.1.2016.

The Assessing Officer (AO) was of the view that the receipt of property was not from a relative and therefore should have been taxed under section 56(2)(vii) and therefore he recorded reasons and reopened the assessment for assessment year 2016-17.

The AO in his order disposing objections raised by the assessee to reopening the assessment rejected the contention of the assessee that the step-brother and step-sister are covered within the ambit of the definition of the expression “relative” provided in clause (e) of the Explanation to section 56(2)(vii) of the Act. He held that step-brother and step-sister cannot be treated as relatives. The AO drew a pictorial tree of the members in the family.

The AO holding that the receipt of property from step-sister does not qualify as a receipt from a relative, taxed ₹7,50,68,525 under section 56(2)(vii) of the Act.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the AO and held that the definition stated in section 56(2) is to be interpreted keeping the blood relationship, lineal ascendant and lineal descendant and hence no further meaning could be ascribed to this term.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where it cited various provisions of different Acts to canvass that `step’ child has been recognised in various Acts e.g. section 2(15B) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, section 45S of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 and section 2(77) of the Companies Act, 2013.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that Ms. Vidhie is daughter of Ms. Indrani Mukerjea from her husband Mr. Sanjeev Khanna whereas Mr. Rabin Mukerjea is first son of Mr. Peter Mukerjea with his first wife Mrs. Shabnam Singh. After the marriage of Ms. Indrani Mukerjea with Mr. Peter Mukerjea, Ms. Vidhie Mukerjea and Mr. Rabin Mukerjea became step-sister and step-brother due to alliance of marriage between their respective parents.

The Tribunal having noted the definition of the expression “relative” in clause (e) to the Explanation to section 56(2)(vii), observed that ergo, the Act uses the word `brother and sister of an individual’, in common parlance, there are 5 kinds of brother and sister relations.

The Tribunal considered the meaning of the term “relative” as given in Black’s Law Dictionary and also the meaning of the term “affinity” as explained in various dictionaries.

It held that as per the Dictionary meaning of the term “relative”, it includes a person related by affinity, which means the connection existing in consequence of marriage between each of the married persons and the kindred of the other. If the aforesaid Dictionary meaning is to be referred and relied upon, then the term ‘relative’ would include step-brother and step-sister by affinity. If the term `brother and sister of the individual’ has not been defined under the Act, then the meaning defined in common law has to be adopted and in the absence of any other negative covenant under the Act, it held that brother and sister should also include step-brother and step-sister who by virtue of marriage of their parents have become brother and sister.

The Tribunal held that the property received by the assessee from his step-sister being received  from a relative is not taxable under section 56(2)(vii) of the Act.

Section 50 applies only if the asset qualifies for inclusion in block of assets and therefore for grant of depreciation. Accordingly, section 50 was held not to apply to gains on transfer of trademarks since they were acquired by the assessee before the amendment by Finance (No. 2) Act, 1998 providing for inclusion of intangible assets in block and grant of depreciation thereon.

14. TS – 131 – ITAT – 2025 (Mum.)

Johnson & Johnson Pvt. Ltd. vs. DCIT

A.Y.: 2011-12 Date of Order: 10 February 2025

Sections : 2(11), 32, 50

Section 50 applies only if the asset qualifies for inclusion in block of assets and therefore for grant of depreciation. Accordingly, section 50 was held not to apply to gains on transfer of trademarks since they were acquired by the assessee before the amendment by Finance (No. 2) Act, 1998 providing for inclusion of intangible assets in block and grant of depreciation thereon.

FACTS

During the previous year relevant to the assessment year under consideration, the assessee, engaged in the business of manufacturing and sale of pharmaceutical formulation, sold two trade marks “Coldarin” and “Raricap”. Gains arising on transfer of these trademarks were offered for taxation under the head “Capital gains” as long-term capital gains. The Assessing Officer (AO) issued show cause notice asking the assessee to explain why the gains were offered as “long-term” and not as “short-term”. In response, the assessee submitted that the trademark “Coldarin” was acquired on 16.3.1998 and the trademark “Raricap” was acquired on 29.7.1992. It was submitted that since both these trademarks were acquired before 1.4.1998, they did not qualify for depreciation under section 32(1)(ii) of the Act. Therefore, the provisions of section 50 did not apply and consequently the gains were offered for taxation as “long-term capital gains”.

The AO held that allowance granted to absorb such expenditure is depreciation and nothing else. Nomenclature used by the assessee does not change the character of the allowance. Accordingly, he held that capital gains accruing on transfer of both trademarks fell within ambit of section 50 of the Act as The assessee availed depreciation in respect of cost of acquisition of these trademarks.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who dismissed the same.

Aggrieved, revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that in line with the accounting policy followed by the assessee the cost of trademark was charged by the assessee to the profit & loss account for financial year 1992-93 and similar treatment was given in computation of total income for AY 1993-94 and entire cost of trademark “Raricap” was claimed as deduction. As regards cost of trademark “Coldarin”, the same was claimed in Profit & Loss Account over a period of seven years in equal instalments. However, for tax purposes the cost so charged to P & L Account was disallowed and added back to taxable income but deduction was claimed under section 35AB in 6 equal instalments from AY 1998-99 to AY 2003-04.

The revenue contended that since the cost of trademarks was amortised, the allowance granted to absorb such expenditure is depreciation and the nomenclature does not change the real character of the allowance. Therefore, the capital gains accruing to the assessee squarely fall within the ambit of section 50 of the Act. The assessee contended that it is only intangible assets acquired on or after 1.4.1998 which qualified for inclusion in block of assets and claim of depreciation. Since the two trademarks sold were acquired prior to 1.4.1998, the same did not form part of block of assets in respect of which depreciation has been allowed. Therefore, the provisions of section 50 do not have any application to the facts of the present case. Both the trademarks having been held for a period of more than 3 years before their transfer, gain arising on transfer thereof has rightly been offered for taxation as “long-term capital gain”.

The Tribunal noted that the intent of section 50 is clear from its heading as well viz. that it provides for procedure for computation of capital gains in case of transfer of capital assets which form part of the block of assets and in respect of which depreciation has been allowed under the Act.

The Tribunal having noted the provisions of sections 2(11), 32 and 50 and also the Explanatory Memorandum to Finance (No. 2) Bill, 1998 concluded that depreciation is granted on intangible assets acquired on or after 1.4.1998. The expression “block of assets” includes intangible assets within its ambit only w.e.f. 1.4.1999. Prior thereto there was no provision in the Act for inclusion of intangible assets into the block of assets. The Tribunal held that provisions of section 50 did not have applicability to the facts of the present case. It quashed the findings of the lower authorities and upheld the action of the assessee in treating the capital gains to be “long-term”.

Disallowance in respect of interest expenditure, attributable to interest free advances, under section 36(1)(iii), is unsustainable when commercial expediency in transaction is substantiated.

13. TS-53-ITAT-2025 (Mum.)

ACIT vs. T Bhimjiyani Realty Pvt. Ltd.

A.Y.: 2018-19 Date of Order: 25 January 2025

Section: 36(1)(iii)

Disallowance in respect of interest expenditure, attributable to interest free advances, under section 36(1)(iii), is unsustainable when commercial expediency in transaction is substantiated.

FACTS

The assessee company, engaged in real estate business was developing a residential project at Thane. During the course of assessment proceedings, the Assessing Officer (AO) noticed that assessee had borrowed funds and was paying interest on such borrowings. It had also given interest free advances to various persons. Accordingly, the AO disallowed ₹16.98 crore being interest expenditure attributable to interest free advances.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who allowed this ground of appeal.

Aggrieved, revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where the assessee, apart from supporting the legal principles followed by CIT(A), relying on the ratio of the following decisions, also argued that the advances were made in earlier years and in those years the AO did not make a disallowance, therefore no disallowance is called for in the year under consideration.

i) ITO vs. Abhinand Investment Ltd. [ITA No. 982/Kol./2016; Order dated 7.2.2018];

ii) CIT vs. Sridev Enterprises [192 ITR 165 (Kar.)];

iii) Virendar R Gandhi vs. ACIT [Tax Appeal No. 20 of 2004 and 124 of 2005 dated 27.11.2014].

HELD

The Tribunal noticed that the AO took a view that the assessee should have charged interest on advances given by it. It also noted that CIT(A) has followed 2 legal principles – first being examination of existence of commercial expediency in the transaction. It noted that the ratio of the decision of the Supreme Court in S A Builders vs. CIT [288 ITR 1 (SC)] is to examine if there is “commercial expediency” in giving of an interest free advance. If there exists “commercial expediency” then the same cannot be considered as diversion of interest bearing funds, since the same is for the purpose of business and under section 36(1)(iii) interest on capital borrowed for the purposes of business is allowable as deduction. The second legal principle which was followed by CIT(A) was, the ratio of the decision of the Bombay High Court in Reliance Utilities and Power Ltd. [313 ITR 340 (Bom.)], that if an assessee has both interest bearing funds as also interest free funds then the presumption is that the investment has first been made out of interest free funds. In that case disallowance of interest under section 36(1)(iii) shall not arise.

The Tribunal noted that each of the interest free advances were given pursuant to MOUs which were entered into by the assessee company in the course of carrying on of its business and for the purpose of business. It observed that the advances have been made in connection with business ventures with expectation of profits from the deal that will be entered by the respective parties. Since advances were made in the course of business with an expectation to earn share of profits from the deal, the CIT(A) held that the advances were made out of commercial expediency. It also noted that the advances were given in earlier years and AO did not make any disallowance in those years.

The Tribunal held that THE CIT(A) was justified in deleting the disallowance made by AO.

Learning Events at BCAS

1. “Blood Donation & Platelet Donation Awareness Drive” on 16th May, 2025

On Friday, 16th May, 2025, the BCAS Foundation, jointly with the Seminar, Membership & Public Relations Committee of BCAS, held the annual “Blood Donation Drive”, enlisting the support of Tata Memorial Hospital (TMH).

Doctors and technicians from TMH screened 74 potential donors through the detailed questionnaire filled in by them. Contrary to popular belief, patients diagnosed with cholesterol, thyroid, blood pressure issues could also donate blood, provided they met certain criteria. 54 units of blood were collected from eligible donors, which included the President, Chairman of the SMPR committee, BCAS members and staff.

To create awareness and dispel the myths about platelet donation, a “Platelet Donation Awareness Drive” was also held with donors giving blood sample for the platelet donation eligibility check.

For their invaluable contribution, each blood donor was presented a “Life Saver” medal, the BCAS Calendar and a BCAS publication from the Book Mela which was held on the same day

2. International Economics Study Group – Operation Sindoor, Ceasefire or Surrender? What Comes After the Silence & Beyond the Battlefield: The Economic Repercussions of India’s Stand-off held on Monday, 12th May, 2025 @ Virtual

In the meeting, CA Harshad Shah and CA Vijay Maniar presented the following points. Operation Sindoor, named to honour women widowed in the Pahalgam terror attack, marked a paradigm shift in India’s military strategy by challenging Pakistan’s assumption that nuclear threats deter conventional responses. Its objectives included disrupting terrorist infrastructure, preventing future attacks, and establishing a deterrence doctrine equating terrorism with conventional aggression. In 88 hours, India neutralised 9 terror infrastructures and 11 Pakistani airbases with precision strikes using BrahMos, HAMMER, and SCALP missiles while dismantling Pakistan’s air defences. The Indian Integrated Defense System (S-400, Akash platforms, anti-aircraft guns, fighter jets and electronic warfare system) successfully intercepted missile and drone attacks, showcasing cutting-edge technology. Strikes on strategic sites like Kirana Hills and Nur Khan Airbase crippled Pakistan’s nuclear command centres. Operation Sindoor delivered a psychological and tactical blow, signalling zero tolerance for terrorism and elevating India’s defence capabilities. Pakistan’s halt to hostilities under U.S. pressure highlighted its vulnerability. Key outcomes included bolstering India’s resilience, leveraging non-kinetic tools like Indus Waters Treaty suspension, and redefining counter-terrorism norms globally.

3. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting on “GST on Societies, Trusts, Charitable Institutions, etc.” held on Monday, 5th May, 2025 @ Virtual

Group leader, CA Mohit Gupta prepared and presented various case studies on GST on Societies, Trusts, Charitable Institutions, etc.

The presentation covered the following aspects for detailed discussion:

  1.  Concept of Clubs, Society, Members, Trust, etc.
  2.  Supplies by Resident Welfare Association (RWA), Different charges collected by RWA, Clubs.
  3.  Activities undertaken by Trusts, CSR Donation received by Trusts.
  4.  Taxability of different charges paid to RWA and Clubs.

Around 75 participants from all over India benefitted while taking an active part in the discussion. Participants appreciated the efforts of the group leader & group mentor.

4. Lecture Meeting on Fund Raising Opportunities through GIFT IFSC

Group leader CA. Nihar Dharod, prepared case studies covering various contentious issues around refunds under GST in consultation with Group Mentor Adv Keval Shah, Mumbai.

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) hosted a lecture meeting detailing fundraising opportunities through GIFT IFSC (Gujarat International Finance Tec-City International Financial Services Centre) on 30th April, 2025. Speakers from the IFSCA, India International Exchange (India INX), and a legal firm discussed the regulatory framework, tax benefits, and strategic advantages for Indian and foreign companies seeking capital.

Arjun Prasad (GM, IFSCA) delivered a Keynote address and explained that the IFSCA acts as the unified regulator for GIFT City’s SEZ, streamlining regulations. He highlighted that GIFT City SEZ is treated as foreign jurisdiction under FEMA, enabling unrestricted capital flows and treating flows to domestic India as foreign investments. GIFT City has experienced substantial growth, with a significant increase in entities, banking assets, funds, and exchange turnover, aiming to compete with global financial hubs.

Riddhi Vora (Head of Listing, India INX) discussed India INX’s role as the first international exchange in GIFT IFSC, aiming to establish Gift City as a global price setter. Recent regulatory changes now permit direct equity listings for Indian companies on IFSC exchanges without mandatory prior domestic listing, facilitating capital raising from both resident and non-resident investors. IFSC listing regulations are designed to be less stringent than domestic ones, with lower minimum public shareholding requirements and flexible issue periods. India INX also promotes Green/ESG bond listings.

Ketki Gor Mehta shared that the IFSC within GIFT City’s SEZ functions as India’s offshore platform and transactions occur in freely convertible foreign currencies. While subject to Indian laws, IFSC entities enjoy specific tax exemptions and fiscal benefits. Beyond equity and debt, the IFSC supports ECBs and a growing fund management market, with advantages in specialized sectors like aircraft and ship leasing.

Vishal Yaduvanshi discussed recent regulatory changes that have created a robust framework for various entities to raise funds on IFSC exchanges through diverse instruments, including equity, debt, REITs, and InvITs. A key attraction is that FATF-compliant foreign companies can undertake fundraising without redomiciling to India. Generating liquidity is crucial for IFSC exchanges to attract more listings and investors.

Speakers responded satisfactorily to the queries raised by the participants. More than 200 participants attended the Lecture Meeting.

Youtube Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8yh3VNNfEvs

QR Code:

5. ITF Study Circle Meeting on “Provisions of the New Income Tax Bill 2025 related to International Tax – Part 1” held on Tuesday, 29th April, 2025 @Zoom

Group Leaders – CA Nemin Shah and CA Hansh Gangar

Decode the New Income Tax Bill, 2025 – International Tax Focus

Corresponding provisions of sections 6, 7 and 115A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 in the Income Tax Bill, 2025- Group Leader CA Nemin Shah

During the session, CA Nemin Shah started the discussion with general changes in the New Income Tax Bill, 2025 (ITB), such as changing the previous year and assessment year to tax year and replacement of provisos and explanations with sub-sections. The Group Leader discussed that broadly, except for the section numbering, there was no change in the language of the corresponding clauses to sections 6, 7 and 115A of the Income-tax Act, 1961(Act). The corresponding clauses in the ITB are sections 6, 7 and section 207. The Group Leader pointed out that in Explanation 1(a) of section 6 of the Act, the language ‘for the purpose of employment been changed to ‘for employment outside India ‘ in the corresponding clause in ITB clause 6(3)(b). The group discussed that this would result in a narrowing of the language. Another thought was whether it was just an attempt to simplify the language or something else. Further, the Group Leader went on to point out that the redundant sections in the Act were removed in the Bill.

Corresponding provisions of sections 9, 9A, 90 to 91of the Income-tax Act, 1961 in the Income Tax Bill, 2025 – Group Leader CA Hansh Gangar

CA Hansh Gangar started with the macro analysis of the changes in sections 9, 9A, 90 to 91. He pointed out that the provisions of business connection and Indirect Transfer were pushed behind in clause 9 of the ITB. Section 9A of the Act is now merged with clause 9 of ITB under clause 9(12). Further, eligibility conditions relating to business connections were listed in Schedule I. In the ITB, the term “for the purpose of” has been removed has been removed from many provisions. Further, provisions which are either redundant or have a sunset clause have also been removed. Provisions with single para with long explanations are now broken down into pointers. In the detailed comparative analysis, the Group Leader pointed out the changes in language, such as section 9(1)(ii) of the Act relating to Salaries has a language ‘…if it is earned in India’. This language has been removed from the ITB. He pointed out that in section 9(1)(vi)(b) of the Act relating to royalty, the restriction imposed by the term “any right, property or information used or services utilized” has been removed in the corresponding section 6(a)(ii) of ITB thereby widening the scope of royalty payments made for business outside India. The Group Leader also pointed out a typographical error in clause 6(a)(iii)(B) wherein the word ‘outside’ has been used. Further, in the definition of ‘royalty’ given in clause 6(b) of the ITB after the term ‘transfer’, the term ‘grant’ has also been inserted under ITB.

6. Direct Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting on Income-Tax Provision Applicable for FY 2025-26 held on Saturday, 26th April, 2025 @Zoom

CA Avinash Rawani discussed important provisions of the Income Tax Act applicable for FY 2025-26:

i. New Tax Regime (Section 115BAC): Tax slabs have been revised, and the standard deduction under this regime has been increased from ₹50,000 to ₹75,000, effective 01.04.2025.

ii. Capital Gains Tax: Short-term capital gains (STCG) under Section 111A will be taxed at 20% (earlier 15%), and long-term capital gains (LTCG) under Section 112A will be taxed at 12.5% (earlier 10%) with indexation benefits withdrawn for post-23.07.2024 transactions.

iii. Business Income (Section 28): Rental income from residential properties held as stock-in-trade will now be taxed under “Income from House Property,” even if let out as part of the business.

iv. Start-up Incentives (Section 80-IAC): The eligibility period for start-ups to claim a 100% deduction of profits for three consecutive years has been extended to those incorporated before 01.04.2030.

v. Presumptive Taxation (Section 44BBC): Introduced for non-resident cruise ship operators, taxing 20% of gross receipts from passenger carriage.

vi. TDS and TCS Amendments: Numerous threshold limits have been increased across sections like 194A (interest) and 194 (dividends); new sections such as 194T introduced TDS on payments to partners in firms/LLPs.
vii. Form 3CD Reporting: Updated with new clauses to include presumptive income reporting, expenditure related to legal contraventions, MSME dues, and buy-back of shares compliance.

viii. Updated Return Filing (Section 139(8A)): Time limits extended up to 48 months post-A.Y. end, with corresponding increases in additional tax liability.

ix. Charitable Trusts: Registration validity for small trusts (income ≤ ₹5 Cr) was extended from 5 to 10 years, and procedural amendments were made for mergers and application errors.

x. Miscellaneous: Sunset clauses for IFSC tax concessions were extended to 31.03.2030, and numerous procedural and compliance changes (e.g., in reassessment, penalty provisions) were introduced.

The presentation was well received and appreciated by the participants.

7. Finance, Corporate and Allied Laws Study Circle – Overview of recent regulatory changes in Company Law & SEBI Listing Regulations and certain important ROC Adjudication Orders held on Thursday, 24th April, 2025 @ Virtual

The Study Circle session on 24th April, 2025, led by CS Gaurav Pingle, focused on recent changes in Company Law and, SEBI LODR Regulations and ROC / RD adjudication orders.

Key highlights on Company Law updates covered MCA’s launch of the e-Adjudication platform and CPC, CPACE to also undertake LLP strike-off, and facilitating changes in mobile/email of a DIN holder through DIR-3 KYC, ease of merger of a foreign holding company with its Indian WOS, extension of timelines for compulsory demat, LEAP rules for facilitating listing in IFSC, etc.

SEBI updates inter alia covered rumour verification, new norms for the appointment of secretarial auditors (brought in line with those applicable to statutory auditors), RPT exemptions, and changes in the procedure of reclassification of promoters.

The learned speaker deliberated on some Important ROC/ RD adjudication orders (relevant from CA’s perspective) on CSR lapses, delays in the appointment of internal auditors, private placement, etc.

The session was quite informative, giving an overview of the practical implications of the reforms as well as responding to all the queries raised by the participants.

8. FEMA Study Circle Meeting “Decoding FEMA Draft Regulations and Directions on Foreign Trade” held on Tuesday, 22nd April, 2025 @Zoom.

Group Leader : CA Naziya Sayyed

  •  Overview of Draft Regulations under FEMA:

• Examination of the key objectives behind the draft regulations and directions issued by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, focusing on modernisation, simplification, and alignment with current global trade practices.

  •  Revised Framework for Import and Export Transactions:

• Discussion on the proposed changes in compliance procedures for cross-border trade, including timelines for realisation and repatriation of export proceeds and settlement of import payments.

  •  Liberalisation vs. Control Mechanisms:

• Analysis of how the draft balances ease of doing business with necessary foreign exchange controls to safeguard India’s external sector stability.

  •  Impact on Advance Payments and Deferred Payment Terms:

• Clarification of norms regarding advance remittances for imports and extended credit terms for exports, including risk mitigation measures suggested in the draft.

  •  Directions on Third-Party Payments in Trade:

• Interpretation of the provisions regulating third-party payments in export/import transactions and their alignment with global banking practices.

  •  Trade Credit Regulations:

• Review of updated norms for suppliers’ credit and buyers’ credit, including ceilings, maturity periods, and all-in-cost benchmarks.

  •  Treatment of Merchanting Trade Transactions (MTT):

• Discussion on streamlined procedures and compliance requirements for merchanting trade, ensuring transparency and monitoring of such transactions under FEMA.

  •  Penal Provisions and Non-Compliance Consequences:

• Overview of the enforcement mechanisms, penalties for contraventions, and the role of Authorized Dealers (AD Banks) in ensuring adherence to the directions.

  •  Alignment with WTO and International Trade Norms:

• Evaluation of how the draft regulations harmonise India’s foreign exchange laws with international trade agreements and obligations.

  •  Stakeholder Implications and Compliance Challenges:

• Identification of practical challenges for exporters, importers, banks, and consultants in adapting to the new regulatory environment and recommendations for ensuring a smooth transition once these drafts are finalised.

9. Full Day Seminar on “TDS and TCS Provisions – a 360° Perspective” held on Thursday, 17th April, 2025 @ IMC.

Taxation Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society, in collaboration with the Indian Merchant Chamber of Commerce and Industry and the Chamber of Tax Consultants, organised a full-day seminar on “TDS and TCS Provisions – a 360° Perspective”.

The seminar commenced with a welcome address by office bearers of the organising institutions, followed by a keynote address by Shri Raj Tandon, Principal Chief Commissioner of Income Tax (Mumbai), who emphasised the government’s evolving approach toward compliance and streamlining of tax deduction and collection mechanisms.

Session 1 delved into critical issues under domestic TDS and TCS provisions, particularly Sections 194R, 194Q, 194D, 194J, and TCS on goods. The discussion focused on interpretational ambiguities, industry challenges, and compliance strategies. The session was moderated by CA Vikas Aggarwal, with panel insights from Ms. Vidhi Killa and CA Bhaumik Goda.

Session 2 dealt with enforcement-related aspects such as penalties, prosecutions, and compounding procedures under the TDS/TCS regime. It was chaired by Shri G.M. Doss, CCIT (TDS), Mumbai, who also delivered a keynote on departmental expectations and recent trends. The session was moderated by CA Mahendra Sanghvi and featured expert inputs from CA Rahul Verma and CA Jagdish Punjabi.

Session 3 addressed issues under Section 195 – TDS on payments to non-residents, including complexities involving Significant Economic Presence (SEP) and the Multilateral Instrument (MLI). The session began with a keynote by Smt. Malathi Sridharan, Principal CCIT (International Taxation & Transfer Pricing), West Zone, and was moderated by CA Sushil Lakhani, with panel contributions from Mr Vinod Tanwani (Pr. CIT, Mumbai), CA Sunil Choudhary and CA Ganesh Rajgopalan.

Session 4 focused on procedural and system-level issues, including TDS return filing errors, refund mismatches, credit issues, and lower deduction certificates. The discussion was moderated by CA Ameet Patel and featured participation from senior tax officers, including Mr Mudit Nagpal (CIT-TDS, Mumbai), Mr Sanjeev Kashyap (CIT-TDS), a representative from DGIT (Systems)/CPC, and CA Prayag Kinariwala.

The seminar concluded with closing remarks by Mr. Rajan Vora, Chairman Direct Taxation Committee, IMC. The event was highly appreciated for its expert-led, solution-oriented discussions and its 360° coverage of TDS and TCS provisions, offering valuable insights for both corporates and tax professionals.

10. CAMBA 2025 held on 11th – 13th April, 2025 @ Atlas SkillTech University, Mumbai.

The Human Resource Development Committee of BCAS recently wrapped up an enriching and impactful event in collaboration with Atlas Skilltech University, Mumbai – CAMBA 2025. CAMBA 2025 was a 3-day course thoughtfully curated to cater to the evolving needs of Chartered Accountants across different stages of their careers.

This year, three specialised batches were conducted to maximize relevance and learning outcomes: below 35, below 35 (advanced) and above 35. Each batch featured content tailored to the specific professional journeys and aspirations of the participants, making CAMBA 2025 more focused and effective than ever before.

The program saw enthusiastic participation from 90+ Chartered Accountants representing almost 20 cities across India, bringing together a vibrant and diverse group of professionals.

A standout element of the course was the Speed Mentoring session, which allowed participants to engage directly with experienced leaders from the profession. This interactive session was particularly well-received and widely appreciated for its practical value and engaging format.

CAMBA 2025 was more than a course—it was a catalyst for transformation. The sessions inspired attendees to think strategically, act like leaders, and embrace the mindset of a visionary problem solver.

Programs like CAMBA continue to reflect the Society’s unwavering commitment to empowering its members with the tools, insights, and confidence they need to thrive in an ever-evolving professional landscape.

11. ESG Essentials seminar held on Friday 4th April, 2025 @ Hotel Ginger

  •  The seminar on ESG Essentials addressed the growing importance of Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) frameworks in shaping sustainable business practices and responsible corporate governance.
  •  The introductory session established the urgency of integrating sustainability into business, emphasising the need for present actions to preserve resources for future generations and highlighting the pivotal role of professionals, especially Chartered Accountants, in ESG reporting and assurance.
  •  The first technical session explained the ESG framework, recent global developments, and the significance of compliance, providing participants with practical insights on implementing ESG standards and building a sustainable foundation for organisations.
  •  The session on green financing explored how climate change is influencing investment strategies, the role of public and private funding in supporting green infrastructure, and the current gaps and opportunities in green finance for India’s transition to a green economy.
  •  Panel 1 provided an in-depth look at the SEBI-mandated BRSR (Business Responsibility and Sustainability Reporting) framework, discussing the nine guiding principles, the adoption of emerging technologies beyond AI and blockchain for ESG reporting, and the need for materiality and comparability in disclosures.
  •  The panel also discussed India’s standing in ESG relative to global benchmarks, the broadening of assurance providers for ESG reports, and strategies for capacity-building within the profession, including the potential for India-specific ESG standards.
  •  Panelists examined emissions management, especially the complexities of Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions, and shared insights on how energy companies are transitioning from thermal to renewable energy, supported by innovative technologies and policy incentives.
  •  Panel 2 addressed governance and transparency challenges, including the integration of ESG at the board level, embedding ESG into budgeting and resource allocation, and the importance of stakeholder engagement to ensure meaningful and credible ESG reporting.
  •  The risks of greenwashing were discussed, with practical indicators for identifying superficial ESG claims and strategies for enhancing the reliability and value of ESG disclosures, including the proactive role of internal audit.
  •  The seminar concluded with a discussion on ESG leadership models, debating the merits of dedicated sustainability roles versus integrated responsibilities and highlighting the need for clear accountability, robust governance, and ongoing professional development to advance ESG maturity.

Speakers: Gandharv Tongia, Himanshu Kishnadwala, Om Prakash Chandak, Priti Savla, Prabhu Narayan Singh, Rakesh Agarwal, Sarita Bahl, Mitika Bajpai, Vijayalakshmi Suresh.

12. One Day Conference on “Practical Issues under FEMA” jointly with CTC held on Saturday, 22nd February, 2025 @IMC.

The International Taxation Committee of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society, in collaboration with the Chamber of Tax Consultants, organised a full-day Conference on Practical issues under FEMA.

The seminar commenced with a welcome address by office bearers of the organising institutions, followed by a keynote address by Shri Prashant Kumar Dayal, General Manager, RBI. The keynote address was followed by a panel discussion session where General Managers and Deputy General Managers from RBI provided their detailed replies to various queries which were circulated to them and the participants before the conference. The responses of RBI managers, the depth and explanation of the answers and the forthcoming nature of the RBI managers to discuss the practical issues faced by the Professionals and AD banks were well appreciated by the participants.

The post-lunch session was taken up with CA Rutvik Sanghvi delved into certain very important recent developments on capital and current account transactions in FEMA. Dr. CA Mayur Nayak ably chaired the session.

The last session of the day was a Panel Discussion, which featured Shri. Himanshu Mohanty (Ex-General Manager, RBI), Mr Suhas Bendre – ex-AD Banker and CA Shabbir Motorwala as panellists and the discussion was ably chaired and moderated by CA Paresh P. Shah. The panel discussion involved discussion on case studies on practical issues such as cross-border share swap transactions, cross-border mergers, recent foreign investment clarifications and issues on certain specific transactions from an AD banker’s perspective.

The seminar concluded with closing remarks by office bearers of BCAS and CTC. The event was highly appreciated for its expert-led, solution-oriented discussions and practical insights due to the presence of the RBI managers.

II. BCAS QUOTED IN NEWS & MEDIA

BCAS was quoted in 6 news and media platforms during April 2025 and May 2025. These coverage reflect our thought leadership and commitment to the profession. For details

Youtube Link: https://bcasonline.org/bcas-in-news/

QR Code:

Shift In US Trade Policy on Tariffs – Impact on the Indian Economy and the World

The Trump Administration 2.0 began with an ‘America First Trade Policy’. Mr. Trump has issued several Executive Orders and Proclamations since assuming his office on January 20, 2025. The significant among them is an increase in tariffs across the board by 10 per cent which is slated to increase to higher tariffs on some select 57 countries with which the US has major trade deficit in goods. Although the latter hike in tariffs is put on hold till July 8 2025, the actions by the US have created enough turmoil in international trade, with some countries imposing retaliatory tariffs, while other countries, including India, having chosen to negotiate a trade deal with the US. This article covers various aspects of tariffs by the US, the background and the impact of these measures on the Indian economy and the World.

INTRODUCTION

The recent tariff measures by the United States of America (“US”) have thrown much of the global trade in goods into disarray. The frequent changes to the policy, particularly the ‘tariff-on’ and ‘tariff-off’ policy, have made business planning difficult for companies, particularly those having exposure to the US. The threat of tariffs has made many countries rush to the US to secure trade deals to avoid punitive tariffs for their export goods. Businesses thrive when there is certainty in policy measures, but in the face of these frequent threats and policy changes, is it possible for a country or business to avoid the US market? The answer lies in some numbers. The US is the largest economy in the World, with a GDP of $29.18 trillion, i.e. about 26% of the World’s GDP.1 According to the World Bank, the US is the largest consumer in the World with an annual consumption expenditure of $22.54 trillion, which represents about 30% of the World’s annual consumption expenditure2 despite having only 4.22% of the World’s population3, giving it a high annual GDP per capita of $85,810. The American consumers spent about $6.1 trillion on goods alone in 2024.4 Hence, in today’s globalised economy, it may not be possible for a business to simply ignore the US consumer. This brings us to the issues which this Article wishes to address, namely, to understand the recent measures by the US and their rationale, their basis in law – both the local US law and the World Trade Organization (“WTO”) law and analyzing its impact on the economy and business.


1 GDP of 2024 at current prices as per International Monetary Fund (IMF)
https://www.imf.org/external/datamapper/profile/USA
2 Source: World Bank, 2023 estimates, https://data.worldbank.org/ [both goods and services, household final consumption expenditure (private consumption) and general government final consumption expenditure]
3 https://www.worldometers.info/world-population/us-population/
4 https://www.visualcapitalist.com/americas-19-trillion-consumer-economy-in-one-chart/#:~:text=Where%20Americans%20Spend%20Their%20Money,as%20well%20(%2417.8T).

Section I of the Article provides the foundational basis for the current US policy, particularly the shift in policy to tariffs. Section II gives a brief of the US legislation and the actions taken by the US President till date with insights on ongoing litigation in the US courts. Section III discusses the legality of US actions under the GATT/WTO. Section IV discusses the impact of the US tariffs on the global economy with changing supply chain dynamics as well as opportunities and threats for Indian businesses. The Article closes with the concluding remarks on US tariffs and their impact.

I. SHIFT IN US TRADE POLICY TO TARIFFS

On 20th January, 2025, the first day of taking charge as the US President, Mr. Donald J. Trump (“Trump”) issued a series of Executive Orders (“EO”) and proclamations. Among them was the EO titled ‘America First Trade Policy’ (“AFTP EO”) which gave insights into the policy which the President would be following in days to come. The AFTP EO stated that the American economy, the American worker, and the National security of America will be at the forefront of US policy decisions. It also stated that the aim of the new US administration is to promote investment and manufacturing in the US. One of the ‘National Security’ risks highlighted in the AFTP EO was the ‘unfair and unbalanced trade’ with its major trading partners. To put a perspective, the table below provides the trade balance of the US with its major trading partners.

The table shows that in 2024, the US had an overall trade deficit in goods of $1.29 trillion, which means that the US imported more goods than it exported to other nations. The highest trade deficit was with China, at $319 billion, followed by the EU at $203.5 billion, Mexico at $176 billion and Vietnam at $129.37. There was a trade deficit even with Canada, India and other nations. On the services front, in 2024, the US’s exports were $1107.8 billion, and imports were $814.4 billion, giving a surplus of ~ $293.4 billion.5 Even if one offsets this surplus, the overall trade deficit in goods and services for the US in 2024 was close to $1 trillion.


5 https://www.bea.gov/news/2025/us-international-trade-goods-and-services-december-and-annual-2024

The ever-increasing trade deficit in goods has been a subject matter of debate between economists in the US for several decades. The trade deficit in goods has continuously increased from $690.16 billion in 2010 to $1.29 trillion in 2024, as shown in the graph below.

The burgeoning US trade deficit can be explained with the textbook theory of macro-economic factors of disbalance between savings and investment rates. In simple terms, this implies that Americans have been spending more money on consumption expenditure (i.e., buying more goods than they produce) with low savings and investment spending rates. This additional spending goes to foreign goods, which is then financed through borrowing from foreign lenders (US treasury bonds) or foreigners purchasing US assets.

Some policymakers argue that macro factors of the stronger dollar (which encourages imports and discourages exports), more buying power of consumers in the US, and manufacturing shift to lower labour cost jurisdictions would naturally lead to higher trade deficits. While others argue that shifting manufacturing to low-cost jurisdictions like the ASEAN (Thailand, Vietnam, Malaysia, Indonesia, etc.) and other parts of the World like China has been a result of unfair foreign government policies and incentivisation. It is argued that the rise of China during the last three decades as a World’s powerhouse of manufacturing, resulting from unfair trade practices of the Communist regime in Beijing, is a major cause of the situation. In particular, it is argued that Beijing’s State control and subsidisation of manufacturing led to the establishment of huge capacities in China far exceeding the domestic demand, boosting of exports through unfair incentives, tax enforcement of the IPR regime, manipulation of currency through devaluation to boost exports, unfair labour and environmental practices of China has led to the situation.

One set of policymakers focused their efforts on tackling this situation by addressing the inherent deficiencies like boosting investments in infrastructure and targeted incentives to increase the domestic manufacturing base. The previous US President Biden’s policy initiatives were efforts in that direction, such as the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law (BIL), formally known as the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (IIJA) which focused on funding a wide range of infrastructure projects, the Build America, Buy America Act (BABA) which mandated that iron, steel, manufactured goods, and construction materials used in US federal funded infrastructure projects must be produced in the US, the CHIPS and Science Act which focused on boosting US semiconductor manufacturing. A similar set of policy initiatives may also be seen in the Indian context, like the ‘Make in India’ policy and infrastructure parks (Electronics Parks, Plastic Parks, PM MITRA Textile Parks, Mega Food Parks, etc.).

The other set of policymakers believe that directly disincentivizing or curtailing imports, inter alia through Tariff measures, is an immediate solution to the situation. The current US President Trump’s policy measures by imposing punitive import tariffs are efforts in that direction, even if it involves disrupting the rule based international trade and the principles established by the WTO.

Hence, there is a clear shift in the US policy under the new administration with tariffs as one of the main policy instruments. Tariffs have also been used by the US as a threat to negotiate better trade deals with its trading partners. With this background in mind, the next section looks at the relevant legislation used by the US in its renewed policy.

II. LEGISLATION USED BY THE US FOR IMPOSING TARIFFS AND ACTIONS TAKEN THEREUNDER

In his first term (2017-2021), Trump had used Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act, 1962 (“TEA”) in 2018 to impose import tariffs of 25% and 10% on Steel and Aluminium, respectively, subject to some product / country-specific exemptions. These tariffs were expanded to include specified derivatives of Steel and Aluminium in 2020. In 2018, Trump also used Section 301 of the Trade Act, 1974 (“TA”) to impose tariffs ranging from 7.5% to 25% on several goods of China (covered in four lists ranging from $34 billion in list 1 to $300 billion in list 4). These tariffs continue to exist today and have been further expanded in Trump’s second term.

In his second term (2025-), effective March 12, 2025, Trump used Section 232 of the TEA to expand the scope of import tariffs on Steel and Aluminium by bringing both on par at 25% each, withdrawing all previous exemptions, and significantly increasing the scope of coverage of derivatives products. The President has also used the same section to impose tariffs of 25% on specified Automobiles (“Auto”) and Auto parts from all countries, subject to quota-based exemptions.6 Due to the close integration of Auto supply chains between the US, Canada and Mexico, the Tariffs on Autos, which qualify the USMCA rules of origin,7 have been exempted to the extent of US content of such vehicles. Further, the USMCA qualified Auto parts imported into the US from Canada and Mexico have also been exempted.


6 Auto Tariffs apply only to passenger vehicles (sedans, sport utility vehicles, 
crossover utility vehicles, minivans, and cargo vans) and light trucks. 
Auto parts cover Engines and engine parts, Transmissions and powertrain parts, 
and Electrical components of passenger vehicles and light trucks. 
Auto tariffs were effective April 3, 2025, and Auto parts Tariffs were effective May 3, 2025.

7 USMCA is the United States-Mexico-Canada Free Trade Agreement which 
replaced the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) and become 
effective July 1, 2020, in Trump’s first term.

In addition, Trump has extensively used another US Act, called as International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 1977 (“IEEPA”), to impose import tariffs on Canada, Mexico and China (including Hong Kong) by taking the cue of fentanyl trade8, which has claimed to cause a situation of ‘National Emergency’ and public health crisis in the US. A tariff of 10% was imposed on goods from China and Hong Kong with effect from 4th February, 2025, which was increased to 20% effective 12th March, 2025. Similarly, effective 4th March, 2025, the goods from Mexico and Canada have imposed a tariff of 25% (except potash/specified energy products having a tariff rate of 10%). This tariff measure was later amended to exempt USMCA-qualified goods.

The US President has also used IEEPA to impose a baseline tariff of 10% with effect from April 5, 2025, on all countries (including India)and a higher-country specific reciprocal tariff on 57 listed countries varying from 11% to 50%9 with effect from April 9, 2025 (currently on pause for 90 days, till 8th July, 2025). For China10, the reciprocal tariffs were increased to 125% from April 10, 2025, due to retaliation by China with similar tariffs on US goods (the 125% tariff has been suspended for 90 days and rolled back to 10% with effect from 14th May, 2025, pending negotiations between US and China).


8 Fentanyl is a synthetic opioid drug used for pain relief and anesthetic. 

The US has argued that Canada and Mexico have permitted the Fentanyl 

drug to flow into the US through its porous borders creating a 

situation of National Emergency and public health crisis in the US.

9 India is amongst the 57 countries and India’s tariff rate is specified to be 26%.

10 Includes Hong Kong and Macau

Further, under the IEEPA, the US has withdrawn the de-minimis exemption11 for goods, including international parcels from China and Hong Kong (effective 2nd May, 2025).


11 A de-minimis exemption is exemption given under US law to goods of value less 
than $800 from duties and certain procedural requirements at the time of imports into the US.

The above tariffs imposed by the US are in addition to normal customs duties (called MFN rates), fees, taxes, exactions, or charges applicable to imported articles. Further, the above tariffs stack on each other, i.e., becomes cumulative unless otherwise specified.12

Legislations Conditions and Actions Previous illustrative uses and the current usage
Sec 232 of TEA » If certain imports threaten the ‘National Security’ of the US.

» Authorises the President to bypass Congress and modify /adjust the imports by tariffs/quotas.

» Investigation by the Department of Commerce (“DOC”) and a report by the Secretary of Commerce to the President is a pre-condition to take action.

» Last imposed tariffs or other trade restrictions three decades before in 1986.

Shift in policy under Trump’s first term.

» The President opened 8 investigations, and Tariffs were imposed under 2 such cases on Steel and Aluminium.

» Other investigations were on Auto and Auto parts, etc. but no actions were taken, or agreements were reached with countries.

Continued actions under Trump’s second term

»  Expanded the tariffs on Aluminium and Aluminium derivatives to 25%.

» Expanded the coverage of derivatives of Steel and Aluminium.

» Imposed Auto and Auto parts tariffs of 25% from all countries, subject to some quota-based exemptions for Auto parts (acting on the 2019 report of the Secretary of Commerce).

Sec 301 of TA » United States Trade Representative (“USTR”) does an investigation and recommends action to enforce US rights under a trade agreement or to respond to certain foreign unfair trade practices.

» Consultations by USTR with targeted Government.

» If the determination is affirmative, it decides actions to be taken.

» Authorises the President to impose duties or other import restrictions and actions.

 

» Since the formation of WTO in 1995, the US used this measure to build cases and pursue dispute settlement at the WTO.

Shift in policy under Trump’s first term.

» 2018 – China was acted against due to its IPR violations.

» 2019 – The EU (including the UK) were acted against due to their subsidies on large civil aircraft (Tariffs later suspended in July 2021)

» 2019 – Investigation on France against its ‘discriminatory’ Digital Services Taxes (DST) (Tariffs later suspended due to larger investigation on countries adopting similar taxes).

» 2020 – Several countries, including India, were investigated for their ‘discriminatory’ foreign DST laws (No tariffs currently, pending negotiations).

» 2020 – Vietnam was investigated for their ‘unfair currency valuation’ and use of ‘illegally harvested timber’ (Tariffs not imposed based on an agreement with Vietnam to improve its currency valuation and timber trade practices)

IEEPA » Unusual and extraordinary threat, which has its source in substantial part outside the US, to the National Security, foreign policy, and economy of the US.

» Power given to the President with some exceptions and checks

»Report to be submitted later to Congress on actions taken.

»Trump, in his second term, has used this legislation extensively to impose tariffs on China / Mexico /Canada for failure to check the Fentanyl trade.

» Imposed baseline tariff of 10% on all countries due to ‘unfair and unbalanced trade” position with trading partners.

» Higher country specific reciprocal tariff on 57 countries (currently on pause for 90 days, till 8th July, 2025).

»Tariffs on de-minimis shipments from China and Hong Kong.


12 As per another executive order issued on April 29, 2025, 
the goods which are subject to Auto/Auto parts tariffs under
 Sec 232 of TEA will not be subject to Tariffs imposed on Canada/Mexico
 under IEEPA or Tariffs on Steel/Aluminium under Sec 232 of TEA. Further, 
the goods which are subject to IEEPA tariffs on Canada/Mexico will not be 
subject to Tariffs on Steel / Aluminium under Sec 232 of TEA.

The tariffs imposed by the US have been challenged in several lawsuits filed across the US, particularly by the Democratic States, including the States of Arizona, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Illinois, New York and Oregon. In particular, the reciprocal tariffs have been challenged in the US courts on the grounds that the IEEPA does not specifically authorise the President to impose tariffs and that the US trade deficit cannot be equated to a “National Emergency” as contemplated under the IEEPA. In addition, the State of California has also filed a lawsuit to halt the tariffs imposed by the Trump administration, which the State believes was not taken with Congressional approval and will negatively impact its economy. In a recent decision of the Court of International Trade (CIT) in V.O.S. Vs. The USA, the CIT at Manhattan, New York has set aside all Trump’s actions under IEEPA and accordingly invalidated the reciprocal tariffs (10% baseline and higher country specific tariffs) and tariffs imposed on China/Canada/Mexico for failure to curb the fentanyl trade. The CIT held that Trump exceeded his authority granted by the Congress under the IEEPA to impose tariffs. The US government has appealed this decision before the Court of Appeals for Federal Circuit which has temporarily granted a stay on the CIT’s decision until the court hears both parties.

III. WTO/ GATT PERSPECTIVE OF US TARIFFS

“In the pre-World War II era, the market access for trade in goods was based on trading partners’ economic or political clout. With uncertainty and protectionist measures by different countries to further their economic objectives, several countries got together and entered into an agreement called the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT, 1947), which formed the basis for rule-based international trade. This agreement was signed in Geneva in 1947 by 23 countries. Both India and the US were parties to the GATT. The GATT was a crucial step towards rebuilding the global economy after World War II with an aim to reduce trade barriers and promote free and fair trade among partner nations. The GATT aimed to reduce tariffs and eliminate other trade barriers to promote free trade. Importantly, it was the US which played a leading role in the creation of GATT because it wanted liberalisation of protectionist policies to help the US export more goods to other countries. It was the GATT, 1947, which, after several rounds of multilateral negotiations, led to the formation of WTO in 1995 by the Marrakesh Agreement, signed in Marrakesh, Morocco. While the WTO replaced GATT, the principles of GATT are still incorporated into the WTO agreement.

One of the basic principles enshrined in GATT/WTO is the Most Favored Nation (MFN) principle under Article I. The MFN principle essentially states that if a country grants a trade advantage (like lower tariffs) to one trading partner, it must unconditionally and immediately extend the same advantage to all other WTO members. Another important Article II of GATT is the schedule of concessions of each member nation, which binds the member not to increase the customs duty rates beyond the bound rate given in its schedule.

Article XXI(b)(iii) of GATT covers the national security exception, which allows the members to violate the GATT principles if such actions are “taken in time of war or other emergency in international relations”. The US has lost several cases at the WTO wherein it violated the GATT principles by invoking the national security exception under Article XXI(b)(iii). The argument of the US before the WTO’s judicial Panels, that this exception is ‘self-judging’ and cannot be subject matter of judicial review, has been rejected by the WTO panels. In the US-Origin Marking (Hong Kong, China) case,13 the argument raised by the US that human rights violations in Hong Kong can be used as a basis to violate the GATT disciplines was rejected by the WTO panel. It was held that such human rights violations in HK, even if evidenced, cannot be escalated to the threshold of requisite gravity to constitute an “emergency in international relations”. This phrase was held to refer to a state of affairs of the utmost gravity – a breakdown or near-breakdown in the relations between states.


13 WT/DS597/R (WTO Panel Report dated 21 December 2022)

More importantly, the US also lost WTO cases relating to the imposition of tariffs under Sec 301 of the TA against China14 and under Sec 232 of the TEA on Steel and Aluminium.15


14 The US defense built under Article XX(a) which deals with general exception of 
“necessary to protect public morals” was rejected on the ground that there was 
no genuine relationship of “ends and means” and hence it was held that the US had 
violated GATT disciplines relating to MFN and bound rates (WT/DS543/R WTO Panel 
Report dated 15 Sep 2020)
15 US’s defense under Article XXI(b)(iii) was rejected – measures not 
“taken in time of war or other emergency in international relations” and hence it
 was held that the US had violated MFN, bound rates and Quantitative Restrictions 
under GATT (WT/DS544/R WTO Panel Report dated 9 Dec 2022)

It may be worthwhile to note that since 2017 the US has blocked the appointment of new judges to the WTO’s Appellate Body (AB) due to complaints over judicial activism at the WTO and concerns over US sovereignty.16 This has brought the WTO’s dispute settlement system to a standstill making it effectively non-functional. There are currently no members in the seven member AB with the term of the last sitting member expired on 30th November, 2020.17 Hence, today, all appeals filed by the WTO members including the US against the Panel rulings are pending adjudication at WTO’s AB with no judges in place. It would not be out of place to say that the country which argued for liberalisation leading to the creation of GATT / WTO has itself turned back full circle to bring in an era of protectionism in trade.


16 The World Trade Organization: The Appellate Body Crisis | Economics Program and Scholl Chair in International Business | CSIS
17 https://www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/dispu_e/ab_members_descrp_e.htm

IV. IMPACT OF THE US TARIFFS ON THE INDIAN ECONOMY AND THE WORLD

In today’s globalised World, supply chains are integrated across nations, and most products pass through manufacturing stages in several countries before landing in the hands of the consumer in the country of consumption. If the country of consumption is the US, the moot question which arises is what will be the tariff rate applicable to such product at the time of import into the US? Whether it is the country where the principal raw material was manufactured (say, China) or where further processing on it was undertaken (say, India). This question assumes importance because US tariffs are now based on the country to which the product belongs. Complicating the situation is the test of the last ‘substantial transformation’ applied by the US in judging this criterion with a plethora of complex judicial rulings in the US courts. This has led to several supply chain shifts by companies away from China to avoid punitive US Tariffs.

In addition, reciprocal tariffs under IEEPA provide an exemption to the US content of the product if such US content is at least 20% of the total value of the product. Further, tariffs under Sec 232 on Steel and Aluminium derivatives are exempt if the Aluminum is smelted and cast in the US or Steel is melted and poured in the US. These issues are leading the companies to rethink their supply chain modelling to reduce the impact of US tariffs and stay export competitive.

While the threat of US tariffs remains, there are certain opportunities for Indian businesses looking to export more to the US. A look at the table below shows that India is exporting products to the US under Chapters overlapping with China, which gives an opportunity to the Indian business to increase their exports on account of the present 30% tariffs on China vs. 10% tariffs on Indian goods under the IEEPA.

With the India-US currently engaged in intense negotiations for the Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA), it still needs to be seen whether the Indian Government can negotiate a deal with the US which can lead to enhanced export competitiveness of Indian goods to the US, particularly in labour-intensive sectors like plastics, textiles, gems and jewellery, electronics, pharma and chemicals.

V. CONCLUSION

The US concern stems from an ever-increasing trade deficit in goods with most of its major trading partners. This has led to a discernible shift in the US trade policy to tariff measures. With the WTO in a state of limbo particularly due to the non-functional Appellate Body (AB) mechanism, the US seems to be not concerned with the legality of its measures with the GATT / WTO disciplines. As a result of US tariffs, the businesses World over, including in India, are forced to rethink the supply chains of their goods. The present situation is both a threat and an opportunity for Indian businesses and the success will depend upon how the businesses can rekindle their decision-making and whether the Indian government is able to negotiate a good deal with the US helping the Indian exporter community.

Specialised Investment Funds (SIFs) – Way To New Investment Opportunities

1 . THE EVOLVING INVESTMENT LANDSCAPE

India’s capital markets have long been characterized by a dichotomy in investor behaviour: retail investors gravitate towards mutual funds for their risk-diversified portfolios and ease of access, while High Net-Worth Individuals (HNIs) and institutional investors often prefer PMS for its personalized portfolio construction and active management. However, the absence of an intermediary vehicle that caters to investors seeking more flexibility than mutual funds, but without the significant capital commitment demanded by PMS, has left a regulatory void. This gap had led to the emergence of unregulated schemes that, while attractive to investors, carry substantial operational and financial risks due to their lack of oversight.

The introduction of Specialized Investment Funds (SIFs) under the SEBI (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996 vide circular dated 16th December, 2024, directly addresses this regulatory vacuum. This initiative also reinforces the stability of the broader asset management ecosystem by channelling investor interest into a regulated space, thereby reducing systemic risk.

2. RATIONALE BEHIND THE INTRODUCTION OF SIFs

The decision to introduce SIFs is driven by several strategic considerations that reflect both current market needs and long-term objectives for the development of India’s capital markets.

  •  Bridging the Investment Gap: SIFs are designed for investors who require a degree of customization beyond what traditional mutual funds provide but do not wish to engage in the bespoke, high-commitment strategies associated with PMS. By incorporating elements of both approaches, SIFs provide a unique solution that blends the accessibility and diversification of mutual funds with a level of portfolio flexibility and customisation that traditionally resided within the realm of PMS.
  •  Mitigating Regulatory Arbitrage: Historically, the lack of a formal product designed for these sophisticated investors led to regulatory arbitrage, where investors sought alternative, often unregulated, investment avenues. By establishing SIFs within the existing mutual fund regulatory framework, SEBI curtails the proliferation of such unregulated schemes and ensures that the capital raised through SIFs is subject to the same transparency, governance, and oversight as traditional mutual funds.
  •  Enhancing Investor Protection: The regulatory framework governing SIFs includes stringent disclosure requirements and risk management protocols, which help safeguard investor interests. These regulations reduce the risk of operational and counterparty risks, ensuring that investors are more likely to receive fair treatment and that their investments are protected by the same regulatory safeguards afforded to other mutual fund products.
  •  Market Deepening and Liquidity Enhancement: By introducing a new investment product category, SEBI aims to deepen India’s capital markets, fostering greater liquidity. With a larger, more diverse range of investment products, the Indian market is better positioned to attract both domestic and foreign capital, thus improving overall market efficiency.
  •  Global Alignment: SEBI’s introduction of SIFs also aligns with international best practices. Similar structures, such as the European Union’s Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (AIFMD), have successfully implemented regulatory frameworks for specialized investment vehicles. The adoption of a similar model in India enhances its attractiveness as a destination for foreign investors, while also ensuring that the domestic products are consistent with global standards.

3. KEY FEATURES OF SIFs

The introduction of SIFs is characterised by several distinct features designed to cater to sophisticated investors, while maintaining robust regulatory oversight.

  •  Sound Track Record, Registration and Approval Process: SEBI has allowed existing mutual funds to launch SIFs with prior approval from SEBI under their current trust structures without the need for creating a new trust, provided they comply with no disciplinary action criteria along with sound track record under Route 1 and in case of MF registered under alternate route, appointment of separate CIO and Fund Manager of SIF with defined experience requirement.

This streamlined process enhances operational continuity and minimises regulatory overhead for fund houses, thus simplifying market entry for investors.

  •  Minimum Investment Threshold: To ensure that SIFs are accessible only to qualified investors, SEBI mandates a minimum investment of ₹10 lakh at the PAN level for all investors exclusively for participating in SIFs. This threshold acts as a filter to ensure that only those with sufficient financial capacity and risk tolerance are eligible to invest. However, accredited investors, as defined by SEBI’s criteria, are exempt from this threshold, which ensures that high-net-worth individuals and institutional investors can access these products without being constrained by the minimum investment requirement. The AMCs shall be required to monitor Investment threshold and ensure that there are no active breaches.
  •  Investment Strategy and Launch Framework: The framework for launching SIF strategies follows the established process for mutual fund schemes. AMCs must submit an offer document to SEBI, along with the requisite fees and approvals from their trustees. A standardized application format ensures consistency across SIF strategies, contributing to operational transparency and efficiency. Additionally, AMCs are required to submit an Investment Strategy Information Document (ISID) that outlines the fund’s specific investment objectives, strategy, and risk management practices, rationale for compliance ensuring that investors are well-informed before making their investment decisions.
  •  Investment Permissibility and Restrictions: SIFs are permitted to invest across a wide array of asset classes authorised under the Mutual Fund Regulations, with specific investment caps and restrictions designed to manage risk effectively. For instance, exposure to debt instruments from a single issuer is limited to 20% of the fund’s NAV, SIFs can also invest in derivatives, with a cap of 25% of the fund’s NAV, thus offering enhanced flexibility in terms of market positioning. These caps reflect SEBI’s balanced approach to enabling flexibility while safeguarding against undue concentration risk.
  •  Expense Ratio and Fee Structure: The expense ratios for SIFs are governed by the same regulations as other mutual fund schemes, ensuring uniformity in cost structures across the industry.
  •  Distribution of SIF
    Distribution of SIF products shall be subject to such entity having passed National Institute of Securities Markets (‘NISM’) Series-XIII: Common Derivatives Certification Examination
  •  Branding
    To maintain clear differentiation between SIFs and traditional mutual funds, SEBI mandates that AMCs employ distinct branding and marketing strategies for their SIF products as per SEBI guidelines, including separate branding, advertising, standard disclaimers, guidelines on usage of sponsor or asset management company or mutual fund’s brand name, and maintenance of a separate website/webpage to differentiate SIF offerings, etc.

This ensures that investors are aware of the differences in risk profile, investment strategy, and expected returns between SIFs and conventional mutual funds.

  •  Benchmarking
    Investment Strategies of SIF shall follow a single-tier benchmark structure. The AMC at its discretion may also provide second tier benchmark for investment strategies as applicable for specific schemes. The AMC shall appropriately select any broad market indices available, as a benchmark index depending on the investment objective and portfolio of investment strategy.
  •  Governance, and Risk Management
    In terms of governance, AMCs and trustees must ensure robust risk management frameworks, including comprehensive stress-testing and scenario analysis, to ensure the protection of investor interests. These governance measures are designed to prevent any reputational risk spillover from the SIF to the broader mutual fund industry, preserving the integrity and trust of the Indian asset management ecosystem.

4. RECENT CLARIFICATIONS AND DEVELOPMENTS

In line with SEBI’s commitment to refining its regulatory framework, recent clarifications have been issued to further streamline the operation of SIFs:

  •  Clarification on Investment Threshold: SEBI clarified that the ₹10 lakh minimum investment requirement applies at the PAN level, covering all SIF strategies under a single AMC. This removes potential confusion for investors allocating capital across multiple SIF offerings from the same fund house.
  • Flexibility for Interval Strategies: SIFs adopting interval strategies have been granted greater flexibility in the selection of instruments with longer tenures or lower liquidity, providing fund managers with more freedom to optimise returns over extended periods.
  •  Standardised Application Format: SEBI introduced a standardised format for mutual funds intending to establish SIFs, ensuring greater operational efficiency and consistency in the application process.

FUTURE OUTLOOK FOR SIF

SIFs thus represent more than just a new category of investment vehicles—they signal SEBI’s commitment to fostering a robust, transparent, and inclusive asset management ecosystem. As these funds mature, they are poised to attract capital from domestic and global investors alike, serving as a critical bridge to deeper market penetration and sophistication.

With their introduction, the focus shifts to the meticulous crafting of asset allocation strategies, portfolio innovation, and investor engagement, all under the vigilant oversight of SEBI’s regulatory framework. The long-term trajectory of SIFs will ultimately depend on how well they balance these dual imperatives—flexibility and control—ensuring that the evolution of India’s capital markets is both dynamic and resilient.

The strategic deployment of SIFs will invariably drive market efficiency and liquidity, supporting India’s ambition to become a competitive global investment hub.

Section 43B(H) Of The Income Tax Act And MSME Payments: Interpreting The Fine Print

The Finance Act 2023 introduced clause (h) in section 43B of the Income-tax Act, 1961, with a laudable objective of helping micro and small business enterprises recover their dues faster and improve their cash flows. The provision is made for allowance of expenses that are paid beyond the prescribed time limit only upon actual payment. However, this provision has resulted in a number of issues, as the allowance of expenses under the Income-tax Act is subject to provisions of the other Act, namely, Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED Act). Recently, in March 2025, the criteria for the classification of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises have been revised, widening its coverage. This article deals with various interesting aspects of section 43B(h) as well as the relevant provisions of the MSMED Act.

INTRODUCTION

Recent Notification No. S.O. 1364(E) dated 21st March, 2025, issued by the Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) in line with various other initiatives for the MSME industry declared by the government in Budget 2025, brought about a significant revision in the criteria for the classification of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises, altering the thresholds for investment and turnover that determine MSME status. These changes have expanded the coverage of enterprises falling within the MSME definition, thereby bringing a larger set of business relationships under the purview of various regulatory and tax provisions designed to safeguard the interests of such entities.

The revised recognition criteria as per this Notification are as under:

Against this backdrop, section 43B(h) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act) — introduced by the Finance Act, 2023 — has gained renewed attention.

The introduction of clause (h) to section 43B of the Act marked a significant legislative intervention designed to enhance the financial discipline in commercial dealings with Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs). Applicable from the Assessment Year 2024–25 onwards, this provision introduces a conditional disallowance of expenditure under the Income Tax Act, 1961, in cases where payments to MSEs are not made within the timelines prescribed under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED Act). Therefore, tax-deductibility of an otherwise legitimate business expenditure has been tethered directly to compliance with another legislation — the MSMED Act.

Section 43B of the Act, since its inception, has functioned as an anti-avoidance provision, disallowing certain statutory and contractual liabilities unless they are actually paid. Traditionally, these have included items such as taxes, contributions to employee welfare funds, and interest on loans from public financial institutions. Clause (h) extends this principle to amounts payable to micro and small enterprises beyond the timelines prescribed under the MSMED Act.

However, a key distinction between clause (h) of section 43B of the Act and the other clauses of the said section must be noted. While the other clauses allow the deduction of specified categories of expenditure only upon actual payment, clause (h) restricts deduction only in respect of payments to micro and small enterprises that are made beyond the timelines prescribed under the MSMED Act. In other words, clause (h) does not provide that all amounts payable to MSEs shall be allowed only on a payment basis; rather, it disallows only those payments that are not made within the prescribed time limit under the MSMED Act. The practical implications of this distinction are discussed in the forthcoming paragraphs.

While the language of this clause is straightforward in its drafting, its interplay with the relevant provisions of the MSMED Act gives rise to several practical implications.

For the sake of convenience, the relevant extracts of section 43B(h) of the Act are reproduced here as under:

43B. Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision of this Act, a deduction otherwise allowable under this Act in respect of-

…..

(h) any sum payable by the assessee to a micro or small enterprise beyond the time limit specified in section 15 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (27 of 2006),

shall be allowed irrespective of the previous year in which the liability to pay such sum was incurred by the assessee according to the method of accounting regularly employed by him only in computing the income referred to in section 28 of that previous year in which such sum is actually paid by him

…..

Explanation 4. -For the purposes of this section,-

…..

(e) “micro enterprise” shall have the meaning assigned to it in clause (h) of section 2 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (27 of 2006);
…..

(g) “small enterprise” shall have the meaning assigned to it in clause (m) of section 2 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (27 of 2006).”

Therefore, the provision mandates that any sum payable to a micro or small enterprise — as defined under the MSMED Act —beyond the time limits prescribed thereunder shall be allowed as a deduction under the head ‘Profits and Gains of Business or Profession’ only in the year in which it is actually paid.

Section 15 of the MSMED Act, in turn, stipulates that payments to suppliers for goods or services must be made either within fifteen days of the day of acceptance (or deemed acceptance) of the goods or services or within the period agreed upon in writing between the buyer and the supplier — provided that such period does not exceed forty-five days.

In this context, the day of acceptance means the day of actual delivery of goods or rendering of services; or where any objection is made in writing by the buyer regarding acceptance of goods or services within a period of fifteen days of delivery of goods or rendering of services as the case may be, the day of acceptance would mean the day on which such objection is removed by the supplier. The day of deemed acceptance means where no objection is made as above within fifteen days, the day of actual delivery of goods or rendering of services.

Further, as per section 2(n) of the MSMED Act, supplier is defined to mean a micro or small enterprise, which has filed a memorandum with the prescribed authority and includes certain specified entities.

From the reading of section 43B(h) of the Act r.w.s. 15 & section 2(n) of the MSMED Act, it is clear that the provisions of section 43B(h) are applicable only in case of payments to micro and small enterprises and not in case of medium enterprises.

Let us see some of the practical implications arising from the provision:

(A) IDENTIFICATION OF QUALIFYING ENTERPRISES FOR THE PURPOSE OF SECTION 43B(H)

One of the pressing challenges posed by section 43B(h) is the burden of identification. It is incumbent upon the assessee to identify which of its suppliers qualify as micro or small enterprises under the MSMED Act.

Medium enterprises eligible for benefits available to small or micro enterprises:

In this context, it is important to take note of the Notification No. S.O. 2119(E) dated 26th June, 2020, issued by the Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises, which lays down the criteria for the classification of micro, small and medium enterprises based on investment, turnover, etc., as subsequently amended by Notification No. S.O. 4926(E) dated 18th October, 2022. It states that in case of an upward change in terms of investment in plant and machinery or equipment or turnover or both, and consequent re-classification, an enterprise shall continue to avail of all non-tax benefits of the category (micro or small or medium), as it was in before the re-classification, for a period of three years from the date of such upward change.

To illustrate – From 1st April, 2024, a supplier is classified as a medium enterprise on account of it exceeding the investment/turnover criteria specified for small enterprises. However, up to 31st March, 2024, the supplier was classified as a small enterprise. During FY 2024-25, the said supplier provides services to the assessee. In this case, even though as on the date of providing services to the assessee, the supplier was classified as a medium enterprise, said supplier is still entitled for three more years to all the non-tax benefits available to a small enterprise under the MSMED Act. The benefits under section 15 and section 16 of the MEMED Act (i.e. prescribed time limits for payments to MSEs and interest payable on delayed payments) are clearly in the nature of non-tax benefits. Consequently, even though the supplier holds the Udyam certificate as a medium enterprise as on the date of providing services, the assessee is still required to make payment within the timelines specified under section 15 of the MSMED Act, and non-compliance with these timelines may lead to consequential disallowance under section 43B(h) of the Act if payment is not made within the same financial year.

Therefore, in the case of medium enterprises, it may not be sufficient to rely on the status of the supplier mentioned on the Udyam Registration, and the assessee shall have to maintain a register of suppliers with their status for three previous years as well to avoid the risk of misstatements in tax computations. It is also unclear whether obtaining such status confirmation annually would suffice or whether it needs to be maintained on a transaction-by-transaction basis.

On the other hand, one may argue that the words micro or small enterprise appearing in clause (h) of section 43B restrict the scope of applicability of this section only to micro and small enterprises as defined in clause (h) and clause (m) of section 2 of the MSMED Act r.w. section 7(1) thereof, and that the Notifications mentioned above would not extend the scope of applicability of section 43(B) to medium enterprises even if those are entitled to the benefits of section 15 of the MSMED Act for three years after upward re-classification of status as per the said Notifications. However, this proposition would require further in-depth analysis, and as of now, there is no clarity available on the issue.

Exclusion of Traders:

Retail and wholesale traders are allowed to be registered as MSMEs on the Udyam Registration Portal. However, benefits to Retail and Wholesale trade MSMEs are restricted to Priority Sector Lending only, and they are not entitled to any other benefits under the MSMED Act, including the time limits for payment prescribed under section 15 and applicability of interest on delayed payments under section 16 of the MSMED Act. This has been clarified vide Central Government’s office memorandum 1/4(1)/2021- P&G Policy, dated 1st September, 2021.

Though there is no express provision in the MSMED Act which may indicate that the trader MSEs are not covered within the definition of MSMEs, relying on the said Office Memorandum, buyers are taking a view that in the case of trader MSEs, section 15 and section 16 of MSMED will not apply and consequently, provisions of section 43B of the Act will also not be attracted.

Till the time the said Office Memorandum remains effective, it would appear to be a reasonable view to take for the assessees.

(B) DATE OF ACCEPTANCE IN THE PRACTICAL SCENARIO

The date of delivery of goods/rendering of services and the date of acceptance — both critical to computing the due date under section 15 of the MSMED Act — are often subject to practical disputes or internal accounting ambiguities, especially in industries with staggered delivery schedules. For instance, in industries like construction or manufacturing, deliveries are often made in parts or batches, whereas the buyer may inspect and approve the goods after complete delivery. In such cases, the question of whether the period of 15 days available for raising an objection should be counted from the date of partial delivery or from the date of complete delivery can be a contentious one.

Let us consider another case where services are rendered by the supplier, and an invoice is raised after the expiry of 15 days from the date of rendering of services, within which period the buyer is required to raise objections, if any. If there is an objection with respect to the invoice raised vis a vis the services rendered, such objection can be raised by the buyer only after receiving the invoice. In such cases, can the date of rendering services be said to be the date of deemed acceptance?

Similarly, under EPC contracts, typically, there is a retention clause which is intended to serve as a performance guarantee. The retention amount, often calculated at a certain percentage of the total invoice amount, is held back for an agreed defect liability period. Since the MSMED Act does not exempt the retention amounts and therefore payment beyond the due date specified under section 15 may attract disallowance even when no interest is demanded by the supplier in accordance with the agreed commercial terms. Whether it is possible to contend that in respect of the retention money, the date of delivery/rendering of services should be construed as the date on which the defect liability period ends, is another debatable issue.

(C) YEAR-END PROVISIONS

In respect of the year-end provisions made by following the accrual and matching concept, the actual liability to pay may arise in the subsequent year. To give an example, the provision for tax audit fees made in the books as on 31st March, 2024 would become actually payable in FY 2024-25 after the services are rendered. As on the date of issuing the tax audit report, it would not be known whether the payment will be made by the assessee to the tax auditor (assuming it to be an SME) within the stipulated time after raising the invoice. Therefore, as on the date of issuing the tax audit report, it would be impossible to determine as to whether the provision qualifies as ‘sum payable by the assessee beyond the time limit specified in section 15 of MSMED Act’.

As pointed out in the opening paragraphs, it is important to note that, unlike other clauses of section 43B, clause (h) gets attracted only when there is a delay in payment to MSEs, and the provision does not stipulate that all amounts payable to MSEs are allowable on payment basis.

Therefore, in the case of year-end provisions which are not due for payment before the date of making computation of income, whether such provisions would fall within the ambit of section 43B of the Act is uncertain as on the date of making such computation of income.

Strictly interpreting the provision, one may take a view that where an expense is otherwise allowable, the disallowance under section 43B(h) would be triggered only if it is established that payment was made beyond the time limit prescribed under the MSMED Act. In the absence of such a finding at the time of making the computation of income, the expense ought to be allowed. However, when viewed in light of the legislative intent behind the provision, the position is not entirely free from doubt.

CONCLUSION

In summation, while the intent behind section 43B(h) is laudable — to empower MSEs by improving their cash flow discipline — its implementation has ushered in a new layer of tax risk and documentation burden for larger businesses. As with many well-intentioned provisions, the practicalities of execution could result in unintended hardship. It is commonly observed that larger businesses may not yet be equipped with systems to capture all the details required for ensuring compliance with section 15 of the MSMED Act. This may lead to a scenario where, rather than promoting the MSME sector, the additional compliance burden and tax risks dissuade larger enterprises from engaging with small suppliers, thereby proving counterproductive to the government’s objective of supporting and integrating MSMEs into mainstream supply chains. Tax practitioners will thus play a critical role in sensitising clients, setting up supplier verification systems, and aligning accounts payable processes to ensure proper compliance with the provisions and consequent reporting in the tax audit report.

Regulatory Referencer

DIRECT TAX : SPOTLIGHT

1. Amendment in Form No. 27EQ to report collection of tax at source on sale of notified luxury items- Income-tax (Eleventh Amendment) Rules, 2025 – Notification No. 35/2025 dated 22nd April, 2025

2. CBDT notified ten goods for collection of tax at source, when the sale value exceeds ten lakh rupees – Notification No. 36/2025 dated 22nd April, 2025

3. Any expenditure incurred to settle proceedings initiated in relation to contravention or defaults under the following laws shall not be deemed to have been incurred for the purpose of business or profession and no deduction or allowance shall be made in respect of such expenditure – Notification No. 38/2025 dated 23rd April, 2025

(a) the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (15 of 1992); (b) the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 (42 of 1956);

(c) the Depositories Act, 1996 (22 of 1996);

(d) the Competition Act, 2002 (12 of 2003)

4. CBDT notifies ITR-1 (Sahaj) & ITR-4 (Sugam) for AY 2025-26 – Income-tax (twelfth Amendment) Rules, 2025 – Notification No. 40/2025 dated 29th April, 2025.

  •  ITR-1 or ITR-4 can be filed with Long term capital gains taxable under section 112A (up to ₹1.25 lakh with no brought forward/ carry forward loss)
  •  Changes made to capture details of deductions claimed under various sections.
  •  Section under which TDS is deducted will be captured in Schedule-TDS.

5. Form ITR-3 amended- Income-tax (Thirteenth Amendment) Rules, 2025 – Notification No. 41/2025 dated 30th April, 2025

6. Form ITR-5 amended – Income-tax (Thirteenth Amendment) Rules, 2025 – Notification No. 42/2025 dated 1st May, 2025

7. Form ITR-2 amended – Income-tax (Fifteenth Amendment) Rules, 2025 – Notification No. 43/2025 dated 3rd May, 2025

8. Form ITR-6 amended – Income-tax (Sixteenth Amendment) Rules, 2025 – Notification No. 44/2025 dated 6th May, 2025

9. Form ITR-V amended – Income-tax (Seventeenth Amendment) Rules, 2025 – Notification No. 45/2025 dated 7th May, 2025

10. Form ITR-7 amended – Income-tax (Eighteenth Amendment) Rules, 2025 – Notification No. 46/2025 dated 9th May, 2025

11. In view of the extensive changes introduced in the notified ITR forms and considering the time required for system readiness and rollout of ITR utilities, CBDT has extended the due date for filing of ITRs for A.Y. 2025-26 which were due for filing on 31st July, 2025, to 15th September, 2025 – Press release dated 27th May, 2025

II. FEMA

1. RBI released draft import-export regulations and directions on 4th April, 2025

RBI had issued draft Regulations and draft Directions to the Authorised Dealers on Export and Import of Goods and Services, vide Press Release dated July 02, 2024 and kept it open for public feedback. Based on the feedback received and after consultations with various stakeholders, the draft Regulations and Directions have been further revised. RBI has now released these revised draft Regulations and Directions under FEMA. Comments and feedback were invited till 30th April 2025. BCAS has submitted its representation on the draft regulations which is available on the BCAS website. Presently no timeline has been provided by when RBI will issue final import-export regulations and directions.

[Press Release no. 2025-26/41, dated 4th April 2025]

2. RBI allows repatriation of full export value from ‘Bharat Mart’ UAE within 9 months of sale from warehouse

‘Bharat Mart’, is a multi-modal logistics network-based marketplace in United Arab Emirates (UAE). It provides Indian traders, exporters and manufacturers access to markets in UAE and worldwide. The following relaxations have been provided:

i) Exporters to realise and repatriate full export value within nine months from date of sale of goods from the warehouse.

ii) AD banks, after verifying the reasonableness, may allow the following without any pre-conditions:

a. Opening / hiring warehouse in ‘Bharat Mart’ by Indian exporter with valid Importer Exporter Code (IEC)

b. Remittances by Indian exporter for initial as well as recurring expenses for setup and continuing business operations of its offices.

[A.P. (DIR Series 2025-26) Circular No. 3, dated 23rd April 2025]

3. FPIs now permitted to invest in corporate debt securities via general route without short-term investment and concentration limits: RBI.

The RBI has amended Master Directions on ‘Non-Resident Investment in Debt Instruments, 2025’ dated 7th January, 2025. Till now investment by FPIs in corporate debt securities through the general route were subject to the short-term investment limit and concentration limits. To provide greater ease of investment to FPIs, the RBI has decided to withdraw the requirement for compliance with these limits. The Master Directions have also been suitably modified.

[Circular FMRD.FMD.No.01/14.01.006/2025-26 dated 8th May 2025]

4. IFSCA removes net worth requirement for all ‘Customers’ on ‘India International Bullion Exchange’

The net worth requirement for all class of customers participating in the bullion market is dispensed with. This comes in order to broaden participation and on receiving representation from India International Bullion Exchange (IFSC) Ltd. However, net worth requirement under IFSCA for Qualified Suppliers and Qualified jewellers continue to apply.

[Circular No. IFSCA-DMC/3/2023-Dept. of Metals and Commodities,dated 29th April 2025]

Recent Developments in GST

A. NOTIFICATION

Vide Notification No. G.S.R. 256(E) dated 24.4.2025, the Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal (Procedure) Rules, 2025 are notified.

B. ADVISORY

i) Vide GSTN dated 11.4.2025, the information relating to Reporting Values in Table 3.2 of GSTR-3B is provided.

ii) Vide one more GSTN dated 11.4.2025, the information relating to changes in Table-12 in HSN Code in GSTR-1 or GSTR-1A is provided.

iii) Vide GSTN dated 1.5.2025, the information about Biometric based Aadhaar Authentication and Document Verification for GST Registration Applicants of Sikkim is provided.

iv) Vide GSTN dated 1.5.2025, the information relating to changes in Table-12 and list of documents in table 13 of GSTR-1 or GSTR-1A is provided.

v) Vide GSTN dated 6.5.2025, the information about Invoice-wise Reporting Functionality in Form GSTR-7 on portal is provided.

vi) Vide GSTN dated 8.5.2025, the information about updates in Refund Filing process for various refund categories is provided.

vii) Vide GSTN dated 8.5.2025, the information about updates in Refund Filing process for Recipients of Deemed Export is provided.

C. INSTRUCTIONS

(i) The CBIC has issued instruction No.3/2025-GST dated 17.4.2025 by which instructions for processing of applications for GST registration are provided which are further revised vide instruction dated 18.4.2025.

(ii) The CBIC has issued instruction No.4/2025-GST dated 2.5.2025 by which Grievance Redressal Mechanism for processing of application for GST registration is provided.

(iii) The CBIC has issued instruction No.5/2025-GST dated 2.5.2025 by which instruction about timely production of records/information for audit is provided.

D. ADVANCE RULINGS

Classification – PVC Floor Mats

Manishaben Vipulbhai Sorathiya (Trade Name: Autotech)

(AAAR Order No. GUJ/GAAR/APPEAL/2025/10 (In Application No. Advance Ruling/SGST&CGST/2023/AR/06) Dated: 28.2.2025) (Guj)

The present appeal was filed by M/s. Manishaben Vipulbhai Sorathiya (for short – ‘Appellant’) against the Advance Ruling No. GUJ/GAAR/R/2023/10 dated 9.3.2023 – 2023-VIL-46-AAR in which the AAR, determined classification of above product under CTH 8708, liable to tax @ 28%. In appeal, ld. AAAR noted the facts as under:

The PVC floor mat is made of the following four raw materials.

“[i] PVC leather commonly known as artificial leather

  •  It gives the impression of leather;
  •  It is derived by laminating PVC and fabric;
  • It is cheaper than leather;
  • It is classified under HSN 59031090 and leviable to GST @ 12%.

[ii] PU Foam also known as polyurethane foam

  •  It is classified under HSN 39211390 and leviable to GST @ 18%.

[iii] XLPE foam known as cross linked polyethylene foam

  •  It’s a cross linked closed cell foam with compact feel;
  •  Its resistant to water;
  •  It is classified under HSN 39211390 and leviable to GST @ 18%.

[iv] PVC mat, commercially known as Heel pad

  •  The heel pad is nothing but additional foot support for the driver of the vehicle;
  •  It is classified under HSN 39211390 and leviable to GST @ 18%.”

The manufacturing process of the said floor mat was also elaborated.

The ld. AAR held that PVC floor mats will not fall under 3918 but under 8708 because:

  • the HSN note 8708 covers parts and accessories of the motor vehicles falling under 8701 to 8705 subject to two conditions first being that the goods in question must be identifiable as being suitable for use solely or

         principally with the vehicles mentioned from 87.01 to 87.05 which stands satisfied as the floor mats made of PVC, is suitable for use principally with the motor vehicles for which it is being manufactured, it being a tailor made product;

  •  The second condition is that these goods must not be excluded by the provisions of the note 2 of Section XVII; that PVC floor mats for four wheel motor vehicles docs not fall in the exclusion;”

Appellant reiterated its facts and submissions in appeal. Appellant raised new ground for classification under CTH 5705.

The ld. AAAR observed that this plea of classifying the product under HSN 5705 is made for the first time before it and hence it cannot be entertained. For this purpose, Ld. AAAR relied upon judgment of the Hon. Supreme Court in the case of M/s. I.T.C. Ltd. [2004 (171) EL 433 SC – 2004-VIL-13-SC-CE].

Thus, ld. AAAR rejected to entertain the ground of classifying product under HSN 5705.

In respect of existing decision of AAR, which is in appeal, the appellant sought to argue that floor mats in question have been excluded from HSN 8708 by explanatory notes. However, ld. AAAR noted  that the said issue is already dealt with by AAR  and considering overall position, Ld. AAAR confirmed AR passed by AAR and dismissed the appeal.

Classification of service – Restaurant vis-à-vis Composite Supply

Pioneer Bakers 

(AAAR Order No. 02/ODISHA-AAAR/APPEAL/2024-25 Dated: 18.12.2024) (Odisha)

The facts are that the Petitioner (appellant) M/s Pioneer Bakers is a partnership firm and had filed an application for Advance Ruling on 04.05.2020. Their principal business is producing and selling of bakery products viz cakes, artisan cakes, pastries, pizza, patties, sandwich, self- manufactured ice-creams, handmade chocolates, cookies, beverages etc. They also offer a number of customisation options to customers with respect to the above-mentioned products.

The appellant put various questions for ruling before the ld. AAR and the AR was passed bearing no. 06/ODISHA-AAR/2020-21 dated 09.03.2021 – 2021-VIL-196.

Broadly the ld. AAR held that items prepared at premises of appellant and supplied to customer
from counter are falling in restaurant service, whereas dealing in bought out items is not restaurant service.

Aggrieved by the AR passed by the AAR, the Jurisdictional Officer i.e. Asst. Commissioner, filed an appeal on 28.04.2021 before the AAAR on allegation that the order is obtained by way of colouring the facts and pleaded that the said ruling is liable to be struck down.

The AAAR, concurring with the Department, reversed the AR vide its order No. 02/Odisha- AAAR/Appeal/2021-22 dated 27.07.2021 – 2021-VIL-36-AAAR.

The appellant then approached Orissa High Court by way of writ petition. High Court remanded matter back to AAAR for taking fresh decision after due compliance of the principles of natural justice.

Therefore, these fresh appeal proceedings.

The appellant reiterated the submissions made vide letter dated 28.08.2024 and relied upon the CBIC Circular No. 164/20/2021-GST dated 06.10.2021. Various precedents were cited.

The appellant submitted that it is providing all the services and facilities as in any other restaurant and as such cannot be given a discriminatory treatment and submitted that it charges consideration for various services described by it.

The ld. AAAR summarized facts of the appellant as under:

“5.1. We are given to understand that the Petitioner has established itself as a band in the field of bakery items and especially in cakes. The business of the Petitioner is producing and selling of bakery products viz cakes, artisan cakes, pastries, pizza, patties, sandwich, self-manufactured ice-creams, handmade chocolates, cookies, beverages etc in its various outlets operating in the state of Odisha. It was submitted that the raw materials are manufactured in the nearby workshops which are brought to the outlets for further processing. Nothing is sold directly from the workshop and each and every item is brought to the outlets for sale. Further, it has been submitted that outlets of the Petitioner are equipped with all the facilities to dine such as table and chairs, air conditioner, drinking water, stylish lights for providing nice ambience which provide an overall good experience to the customers. The customers are provided with the option of either enjoying their food in the outlets itself by utilizing the facilities present in the outlets or they are at the liberty to take away their food. At the time of personal hearing, Mr Suresh Tibrewal, Advocate stated that the outlets after a whole lot of customization options and the majority of the goods sold are processed or go through any kind of service such as special packaging, decoration, customization before reaching the customers. He has also stated that the nature of business in the present case is not merely selling of goods but is a combination of goods and services in which the customer avails the services/facilities along with the goods in the outlets of the Petitioner.”

Referring to definition of ‘composite supply’ in Section 2(30) and clause (b) of para 6 of Schedule-II, the activity was held as ‘service’.

The ld. AAAR also referred to Notification No 11/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28-06-2017, as amended by notification No. 46/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 14-11-2017, determined the rate to be @ 5% provided no ITC is taken on goods and services used in supplying the service.

However, in respect of supply of items such as birthday stickers, candles, birthday caps, Balloon, Carry Bags, snow sprays etc., the ld. AAAR observed that the said items are being purchased and sold as such without any further processing in the restaurant. The ld. AAAR held that sale of such bought out goods as such, is not a service but sale of goods and not covered by Notification No. 11/2017-Central Tax (Rate), dated 28-6-2017 but by Notification No. 1/2017-Central Tax (Rate) as amended from time to time.

Finally, the ld. AAAR passed an issue-wise ruling which is on the same lines as in the original AR, wherein the benefit of 5% was given to restaurant service but not given to brought out items sold without any process.

Classification of service – leasing of electric vehicles, transfer of right to use goods.

True Solar Private Limited.

(AAAR Order No. 03/ODISHA-AAAR/APPEAL/2024-25 Dated: 18.12.2024) (Odisha)

Applicant M/s. True Solar Private Limited is engaged in supply of goods and Services. The applicant has executed a vehicle lease agreement with Lessee named M/s. Techsofin Private Limited of Bhubaneswar, Odisha for supply of electric vehicles (E-Bikes) without operator on lease basis.

The applicant has sought ruling in respect of following questions:

“whether leasing of electric vehicles (E-Bikes/ EVs) without operator can be classified under the heading 9973 – “Leasing or rental services without operator vide Sl. No. 17(viia) or (iii) of the Notification No. 11/2017 – CT(R) dated, 28th June, 2017 as amended vide Notification No. 20/2019 – CT(R) dated, 30th September, 2019”.

The contention of applicant was that it fulfils criteria laid down by Supreme Court in BSNL and the transaction is for transfer of the right to use the goods and hence transaction is specifically covered under Sl.No.17(iii) of rate notification no. 11/2017 – Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June 2017 as amended. It was also submitted that even if entry Sl. No.17(iii) is not applicable, entry No.17(viia) will apply where the applicant will be liable to pay tax at the rate of tax applicable to the supply of like goods.

However, in AR proceedings, both the members of AAR took different opinions/views which is summarised below:

Opinion/ View of AAR SGST Member: – Leasing of electric vehicles (E-Bikes) without operator is classifiable under the heading 9971 i.e. Financial and related services under entry Sl. No. 15 (ii) of Notification No. 11/2017 – CT(R) dated, 28th June, 2017 as amended vide Notification No. 20/2019 – CT(R) dated, 30th September, 2019” and the rate of tax will be the same rate as applicable on supply of like goods involving transfer of title in goods.

Opinion/ View of AAR CGST Member – “Leasing of electric vehicles (E-Bikes/ EVs) is classifiable under the heading 9971 under entry Sl. No. 15 (vii) of Notification No. 11/2017 – CT(R) dated, 28th June, 2017 as amended and the rate of tax as applicable is 18% (CGST-9% + SGST-9%).”

Hence the matter was transmitted to Appellate Authority of Advance Ruling (AAAR), Odisha in view of the Section 98(5) of the CGST Act, 2017.

The ld. AAAR observed that lease agreement is executed between the Applicant and its lessee. Ld. AAAR observed that leasing can be of two types – financial lease and operating lease. A financial lease is a lease where the risks and the returns get transferred to the lessee as they decide to lease assets for their businesses. An operating lease, on the other hand, is a lease where the risk and the return stay with the lessor. The AAAR also referred to various differences between a financial lease and operating lease.

Based on above basic position, in respect of Lease Agreement of applicant, the ld. AAAR observed that the applicant has agreed to give and deliver EVs to lessee on lease for forty-eight months, unless termination of the contract/agreement. It also observed that the leasing period of the EVs seems to cover a major part of its economic life of EV and it is contract for the long term.

The ld. AAAR also noted other conditions like maintenance, permits etc. Option was provided to lessee to purchase the asset after expiration of
lease. Therefore, the ld. AAAR observed that the applicant has entered into a financial lease agreement with the lessee and applicant is engaged in supply of financial leasing services/financial and related services. The ld. AAR held that the appropriate heading for the said service would be 9971, entry at Sl. No. 15 of Notification No. 11/2017-C.T. (R), dated 28-6-2017 as amended from time to time and the rate of tax will be the same rate as applicable on supply of like goods involving transfer of title in goods.

ITC vis-à-vis Transportation facility

Kirby Building Systems & Structures India Pvt. Ltd. (AAAR Order No. AAAR.COM/01/2024 dt. 20.2.2025 (in Order in Appeal No. AAAR/07/2025 (Telangana)

The appellant, M/s. Kirby Building Systems & Structures India Private Limited are engaged in manufacture and supply of pre-engineered
buildings and storage racking systems. They provide canteen and transportation facilities to its employees at subsidised rates as per the terms of the employment agreement entered into between the appellant and the employee. The appellant has framed four questions for advance ruling.

Amongst others, vide the impugned order no. 22/2023 dated 15.11.2023 – 2023-VIL 198-AAR, the AAR gave advance ruling on the question raised by the appellant on issue (4) as under:

The appellant filed appeal in respect of above point no. (4).

Appellant submitted that it is arranging for transportation facility at subsidised rate as per the employment agreement by hiring non-air-conditioned buses from third party vendors and discharging applicable GST under Reverse Charge Mechanism (RCM).

The appellant submitted that ITC cannot be restricted merely because there is no statutory obligation for providing transportation facilities.

The ld. AAAR referred to provision of section 16(1) which authorised eligibility to ITC.

The ld. AAAR also referred to provision of Section 17(5) of the Act which blocks ITC in certain cases.

Proviso to Section 17(5) provides as under:

“Provided that the input tax credit in respect of such goods or services or both shall be available, where it is obligatory for an employer to provide the same to its employees under any law for the time being in force.”

The ld. AAAR observed that Section 17(5) clearly stipulates that input tax credit shall be available only if it is obligatory on the part of the employer to provide the impugned services to its employees under any law. In case of appellant, the facility is for personal convenience. The ld. AAAR observed that since the appellant is not under statutory obligation to provide transportation facility to their employees, in terms of Section 17(5)(g) of CGST Act, 2017 read with above proviso, input tax credit is not available to appellant.

The appellant’s contention that they are providing transport services under contractual agreement and ITC cannot be restricted merely because there is no statutory obligation for providing transportation facilities was rejected by the ld. AAAR by observing that a “contractual obligation” cannot be equated with “statutory obligation”. It is also observed in AR that outward transportation activity is held not liable to tax, being covered by Circular no.172/04/2022-GST dt. 6.7.2022 and therefore also ITC is not eligible.

Accordingly, the AR is confirmed by dismissing the appeal.

Classification – HDPE Woven Fabrics, Geo-membrane technical textile

Lamifabs & Papers Pvt. Ltd.

[AAAR Order No.GST-ARA-32/2024-25/B-154 Dated: 26.03.2025 (Mah)]

The applicant, engaged in manufacture/supply of HDPE Woven Fabrics, sought advance ruling in respect of the following questions.

“Q.1 What is the HSN code for GEO MEMBRANCE laminated HDPE woven polymer lining?

Q.2 What is the GST Rate on GEO MEMBRANCE laminated HDPE woven polymer lining?”

Applicant provided relevant information including for raw material, manufacturing process and technical details.

It was submitted the that “other plates, sheets, film, foil and strip, of plastics, non-cellular and not reinforced, laminated, supported or similarly combined with other materials” are covered by HSN 3920 and liable to GST @ 18%.

However, Textile products and articles, for technical uses, specified in Note 7 to this Chapter; such as Textile fabrics, felt and felt-lined woven fabrics, coated etc. are covered by HSN 5911 and liable to tax @ 12%.

The ld. AAR observed that “the first stage of manufacturing is the ‘Tape Extrusion Process’ wherein HDPE Granules with UV Stabilized property, with appropriate carbon black admixture are extruded through sheet die to produce solid sheet which is further uniformly slit into number of tapes, which are then passed through hot air oven for twist stretching with proper orientation to the tapes to achieve the required tape width and desired strength. The width of the tape is between 2.1mm to 3.7mm. HDPE Tapes / Strips are then wound on bobbins for further processing. The Second stage of the manufacturing process is the ‘Fabric Weaving Stage’ where the said HDPE Tapes/ Strips of width less than 5mm are taken to circular looms and are woven into HDPE Woven Fabrics. The said High Density UV Stabilized Woven Fabrics are manufactured with specific weaving pattern through circular ring on horizontal and vertical direction to impact the essential property of Geomembrane fabrics i.e. impermeable to water for the specific end use of water retention. The third stage of the manufacturing process is ‘the Lamination Coating’ where the HDPE Woven Fabrics are laminated on both sides, along with sandwich lamination, wherever required, with the suitable combination of specific thickness LDPE Film, LLDP Bonding, UV Stabilizer, some other additives and black masterbatch for carbon content. The fourth stage of the manufacturing process is ‘Cutting and Sealing’ of Geomembrane Fabrics wherein two or more pieces of Geomembrane fabrics are cut to size or length and thereafter used to make the Geomembrane for pond liner by carrying out the process of sealing /joining them together by a suitable heat air blower sealing process keeping an overlap as per standard sealing process.”

The ld. AAR made reference to chapter 5911 which covers Textile products and articles, for technical uses, specified in Note 7 to this Chapter.

The ld. AAR made reference to judgment in case of Porritts and Spencer (Asia) Limited, reported in 1983 (13) ELT 1607 (SC) = 2002-TIOL-2707-SC-CT -1978-VIL-03-SC wherein it is held that when yarn, whether cotton, silk, woollen, rayon, nylon or of any other description or made out of any other material, is woven into fabrics, what comes out is a textile.

The ld. AAR observed that the fabrics woven out of the HDPE tapes are laminated on both sides, along with sandwich lamination, wherever required, with the suitable combination of specific thickness LDPE Film, LLDP Bonding, UV Stabilizer, some other additives and black masterbatch for carbon content.

Referring to General Rules of Interpretation of the Tariff, the ld. AAR observed that in the instant case. Chapter Heading 5911 clearly envisages the use/functionality test for determination of classification of products under this heading in as much as the tariff heading itself mentions that textile products and articles, for technical uses, will be classified under the said heading.

The ld. AAR also made reference to certain decided cases related to same product given by High Court and different AAR.

In view of above, the ld. AAR passed following ruling:

“Question 1: What is the HSN code for GEO MEMBRANCE laminated HDPE woven polymer lining?

Answer: – Geo Membrane for Water Proof Lining is classifiable under Tariff item 59111000.

Question 2: What is the GST Rate on GEO MEMBRANCE laminated HDPE woven polymer lining?

Answer: – GEO MEMBRANCE laminated HDPE woven polymer lining attract @ 12% GST.

Goods And Services Tax

HIGH COURT

16. (2025) 27 Centex 331 (Gau.) DNA Aggrotech Pvt. Ltd. Vs. State Of Assam

Dated 21st March, 2025

Mere issuance of attachment regarding determination of tax, along with the summary of SCN in DRC-01, cannot be a substitute for issuance of SCN.

FACTS

Petitioner was served with only a summary of the SCN in Form GST DRC-01, along with a statement of tax determination without issuing a proper SCN providing any basis or reasoning for issuance of such SCN. Due to the absence of a detailed SCN, the petitioner was unable to effectively respond. Thereafter, Respondent proceeded to pass the order confirming the demand solely based on summary of SCN in DRC-01. Hence petitioner filed this Writ.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court observed that a “Statement of SCN” issued in Form DRC-02 as well as Summary of SCN in Form DRC-01 cannot substitute the requirement of issuance of SCN. It is the legal requirement as per section 73 of CGST Act read with Rule 142 of CGST Rules, 2017 and precedent condition prior to passing any order. Accordingly, Impugned Order was not sustainable in the eyes and was set aside.

17. (2025) 26 Centax 241 (Guj.) Infodesk India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India

Dated: 2nd January, 2025

Refund of unutilised ITC cannot be denied as software consultancy services supplied by wholly owned subsidiary to its foreign holding company qualify as “export of services”.

FACTS

Petitioner was engaged in providing software consultancy services exclusively to its foreign holding company. Petitioner filed a refund application of unutilised ITC treating it as “export of services”. Respondent rejected the claim of petitioner stating that such services are classified as “intermediary services” and consequently refused to sanction refund. Being aggrieved by such rejection, the petitioner filed this Writ Petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court observed that the petitioner had rendered services to its foreign holding company in an independent capacity and on a principal-to-principal basis. Accordingly, the Court held that such services qualified as “export of services” and did not fall within the scope of “intermediary services.” Therefore, the rejection of the refund claim was not sustainable, and petition was disposed-off in favour of petitioner.

18. (2025) 27 Centax 292 (Del.) Nand Kishore Gupta vs. Additional Director General, Directorate General of GST Intelligence

Dated 17th December, 2024.

Proper officer is legally not empowered to seize currency or valuable assets merely on the ground that they constitute unaccounted wealth since they are not relied under any proceedings under GST Law.

FACTS

Respondent carried out a search and seizure operation at the petitioner’s premises. This was done as part of an investigation into alleged fake ITC claims by a third-party entity. During the search, cash amounting to ₹23,50,000/- and silver bars were seized on the grounds of being unaccounted assets. Aggrieved by such seizure, the petitioner approached the Hon’ble High Court, challenging the legality of the action by way of a writ petition.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that the seizure of cash and silver bars was beyond the scope of powers under section 67 of the CGST Act, 2017 by considering the legislative intent of being relevant to any proceedings. It further observed that the power of seizure under this provision is confined to documents, books, or other devices where such information or records is stored and relevant to the investigation of tax evasion, and the meaning of “things” does not extend to currency or valuable assets by applying purposive interpretation. Consequently, the Court directed the respondent to release the seized cash and silver bars along with applicable interest.

19. (2025) 27 Centax 81 (Jhar.) BLA Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. vs. State of Jharkhand

Dated 30th January, 2025.

Refund claim of statutory pre-deposit filed after two years of appeal decided favourably cannot be rejected as time limit stated under section 54 of CGST Act is discretionary. Government does not have right to retain the same as per Article 265 of the Constitution of India.

FACTS

An order confirming GST demand for mismatch between GSTR 1 and GSTR 3B was passed in September 2019 under section 74 of CGST Act, 2017. Against this order, petitioner filed an appeal and deposited 10% of the disputed tax as a statutory pre-deposit. The appeal was allowed in petitioner’s favour, and Order-In-Appeal in Form APL-04 was issued on 10th February, 2022. Subsequently, on 11th September, 2024, petitioner filed a refund application for the pre-deposit made at the time of filing the appeal. However, Respondent rejected the application on the ground that it was filed beyond the two-year period prescribed under section 54(1) of the CGST Act, 2017. Hence challenging the rejection, the present petition is made.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that refund of the statutory pre-deposit is a vested right of the assessee, once the appeal is decided in its favour. Further, application for refund of pre-deposit made beyond the period i.e. 2 years from the date of communication of appellate order cannot be rejected on the basis of time bar as per section 54(1) of the CGST Act, 2017 by reading ‘may’ as ‘shall’ looking into the intent of legislature by relying Rakesh Ranjan Shrivastava vs. State of Jharkhand [2024] 4 SCC 419 and Lenovo (India) (P.) Ltd. vs. Jt. Commissioner — 2023 (79) G.S.T.L. 299 (Mad.). The Court in its analysis stated that such rejection of refund and retention of money would defeat the purpose of Article 265 of the Constitution of India which restricts Government to levy and collect tax without authority of law and resulting in conflict with the Limitation Act. Accordingly, the High Court allowed the petition and instructed the Respondent to process the refund application. .

20. [2025] 174 taxmann.com 475 (Jharkhand) Sri Ram Stone Works vs. State of Jharkhand

Dated 9th May, 2025

Notices issued under section 61 of the JGST Act, 2017, comparing the petitioners’ declared sale prices with prevalent market rates were held to be beyond jurisdiction, as section 61 is limited to identifying discrepancies within filed returns. The Court further held that unless transactions of sale are shown to be sham transactions, the mere fact that the goods were sold at a concessional rate / rate less than the market price would not entitle the Revenue to assess the difference between the market price and the price paid by the purchaser as transaction value.

FACTS

Petitioners are engaged in the business of selling stone boulders, stone chips, etc. to various customers. In exercise of powers under section 61 of JGST Act, 2017, notices were issued to petitioners stating, in substance, inter alia, that petitioners have sold stone-boulders/stone chips at a price less than the prevalent market price and, accordingly, petitioners were directed to show cause as to why proceeding under section 73/74 be not initiated against them.

The petitioners challenged the validity of the notices, arguing that the issuance of GST-ASMT-10 notices under section 61, in conjunction with Rule 99 of the JGST Rules, was beyond the jurisdiction of the authorities. They contended that the notices did not highlight any discrepancies within their filed returns but rather relied on their own disclosed figures. The notices then sought to compare these declared prices with market rates, which the petitioners argued were outside the scope of Section 61.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that the objective of section 61 is to enable an Assessing Officer to point out discrepancies and errors occurring in the return filed by a registered person with the related particulars. In the present case, instead of pointing out discrepancies in the returns filed by writ petitioners, the competent officer has embarked upon an exercise of comparing the price at which petitioners have sold their stone-boulders/stone-chips with that of prevalent market price and, thereafter, accordingly, issued notices to writ petitioners asking them to show cause as to why appropriate proceedings for recovery of tax and dues be not initiated against them. The Court therefore held that notices issued comparing the particulars at which petitioners have sold their goods with that of the prevalent market price are wholly without jurisdiction and beyond the scope of section 61 of the Act. It is settled law that unless transactions of sale are shown to be sham transactions, the mere fact that the goods were sold at a concessional rate/rate less than the market price, would not entitle the Revenue to assess the difference between the market price and the price paid by the purchaser as transaction value.

21. [2025] 174 taxmann.com 474 (Andhra Pradesh) Kishor Kumar Reddy vs. Deputy Assistant Commissioner of State Tax

Dated 30th April, 2025

In absence of a signature and DIN number on the assessment order, the Court set aside the order and attachments and directed the State Tax Officer to proceed afresh after giving notice and by assigning a DIN number.

FACTS

The petitioner was issued an assessment order by the Deputy Assistant Commissioner of State Tax, followed by notice in Form GST DRC-16 directing the attachment of the petitioner’s immovable property. The properties of the petitioner were attached. These orders were challenged by the petitioner. The assessment order, in Form GST DRC-07, was challenged by the petitioner on various grounds, including the ground that the said proceeding does not contain the signature of the assessing officer and also DIN number, on the impugned assessment order.

HELD

Relying upon various judgments, the Hon’ble Court held that the absence of the signature of the assessing officer on the assessment order would render the assessment order invalid. As regards the issue of non-mentioning of the DIN on the assessment order, the Hon’ble Court referred to CBIC circular No.128/47/2019-GST dated 23rd December, 2019 and the order of Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Pradeep Goyal vs. Union of India & Ors 2022 (63) G.S.T.L. 286 (SC) to hold that due to non-mentioning of DIN number and absence of the signature of the assessing officer, the impugned assessment order and consequent attachment would have to be set aside. The Court directed the State Officer to conduct a fresh assessment, after giving notice and by assigning a DIN number and signature to the said order.

22. [2025] 174 taxmann.com 114 (Allahabad) Arena Superstructures (P.) Ltd. vs. UOI

Dated 22nd April, 2025

The assessment orders and demand issued to the assessee after the approval of the Resolution Plan by the NCLT are liable to be quashed.

FACTS

The petitioner went into a Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process. As per the procedure, the creditors were asked to submit their claims before the Resolution Professional. The specific notice was also sent to the G.S.T. department by the Resolution Professional to the petitioner. On 19th July, 2022, the Resolution Plan was approved by the NCLT. The impugned order for the Assessment Year 2017-18 was passed on 4th February, 2025, i.e. after the Resolution Plan was approved by NCLT.

HELD

Relying inter alia upon the decisions in the cases of (i) N.S. Papers Ltd. vs. Union of India [Writ Tax No. 408 of 2021 dated 11-12-2024] and (ii) Vaibhav Goyal vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax [Civil Appeal No. 49 of 2022, dated 20-3-2025] [2025 172 taxman.com 601 (SC], Hon. High Court held that as per the law laid down by Hon’ble Supreme Court, the principle is crystal clear that once the Resolution Plan has been approved by the NCLT, all other creditors are barred from raising their claims subsequently, as the same would disrupt the entire resolution process. The Court therefore quashed the assessment orders and demand notices passed under section 74 of the CGST/UPGST Act, 2017.

23. [2025] 174 taxmann.com 629 (Calcutta) Kuddus Ali vs. Assistant Commissioner of Central Tax

Dated 28th April, 2025

When self-assessed tax declared in the statement of outward supplies furnished under section 37 is included for payment in returns filed under section 39 of the CGST Act, there cannot be the direct recovery of the disputed demand by resorting to section 75(12) of the CGST Act.

FACTS

A notice in Form ASMT 10 dated 20th September, 2024 was issued, identifying certain discrepancies in the returns filed by the pointing out short payment of duty arising out of a difference between tax payable as per declarations in GSTR-9. The petitioner responded, explaining that it had mistakenly disclosed a higher liability of IGST in GSTR-9 and the correct liability is disclosed in GSTR-9C. The petitioner admitted delay in filing of GSTR-3B returns and sought payment of interest in instalments. The orders were passed and the GST authorities proceeded to recover the aforesaid amount by invoking the provisions of section 75(12) of the said Act.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court clarified that “self-assessed tax” under section 75(12) of the CGST Act includes tax payable on outward supplies furnished under section 37 but not included in the return under section 39. In this case, the petitioner’s self-assessed tax under section 37 was duly included in the returns filed under section 39, and the respondents did not dispute this. Consequently, the Court held that section 75(12) could not be invoked once the self-assessed tax under section 37 is incorporated in the returns under section 39, as per the explanation to the provision. Furthermore, since the proceedings were initiated under section 61 and the petitioner’s explanation was not accepted by the department, the Court ruled that the appropriate course of action must be under sections 65, 66, 67, 73 or 74, rather than section 75(12) of the CGST Act.

The Court therefore set aside the recovery proceedings and directed the petitioner to treat the recovery orders as show cause notices and respond thereto.

शीलं परं भूषणम् (नीति शतक ८०)

Character is ultimate ornament

This is a wonderful verse from Neetishatak. The great Sanskrit poet Bhartruhari wrote 3 ‘shataks’, i.e. 100 verses each on 3 subjects.

Neeti         (नीति)  Ethics

Shrungar  (शृंगार)  Romance

Vairagya  (वैराग्य )  Renunciation or detachment.

The text of the captioned verse is as follows: –

ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता शौर्यस्य वाक्संयमो

ज्ञानस्योपशमः श्रुतस्य विनयो वित्तस्य पात्रे व्ययः ।

अक्रोधस्तपसः क्षमा प्रभवितुर्धमस्य निर्व्याजता

सर्वेषामपि सर्वकारणमिदं ,शीलं परं भूषणम् ।।

Bhartruhari describes what are the things that glorify or adorn certain virtues or qualities.

ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Courteous and dignified behaviour glorifies one’s wealth or richness. We use the word Aishwarya to denote wealth. However, Aishwarya really means ‘power’.

शौर्यस्य वाक्संयमो Restraint on your ‘tongue’ glorifies the valour. If one is brave, one should not be boasting but remain quiet.

ज्ञानस्योपशमः Your rich or deep knowledge is glorified by your quietness or gentleness. As we say, ‘shallow water makes much noise’. Conversely, deep water does not make noise!

श्रुतस्य विनयो श्रुत means Vidya. Your talent, knowledge, skills. That becomes impressive if you are polite, unassuming. All of us know विद्या विनयेन शोभते!

वित्तस्य पात्रे व्ययः Wise and proper spending dignifies your money. One should not be extravagant, and showing off wealth-wise spending also includes help to a deserving person or cause.

अक्रोधस्तपसः Your penance (तप) is glorified by your restraint on anger. The sages conquered or managed their anger and avoided cursing others now and then.

Durvasa was known to be a short-tempered sage who kept cursing others even for small faults. But this is an exception.

क्षमा प्रभवितु: Forgiveness glorifies the person in power or authority.

धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता One’s s traightforward and innocent behaviour is the real indicator of one’s religiousness. A truly religious person cannot be fanatic or crooked.

सर्वेषामपि सर्वकारणमिदं Above all these virtues and qualities, the supreme is ‘character’.

शीलं परं भूषणम् Character glorifies everything!

भूषण (Bhushan) means ornaments; something that lends grace, beauty or fes tivity; a manner or quality that adorns. The word ‘character’ denotes purity, honesty, and integrity in every respect. It is moral excellence and firmness.

Even for a professional like us, knowledge, skills, talents, and wealth may be impressive; but nothing can be as graceful as character or ethics.

There is another verse with a parallel meaning.

हस्तस्य भूषणं दानम् Helping or doing charity is the ornament of your hand.

सत्यम् कण्ठस्य भूषणम् ! The real ornament of your neck (throat) is ‘truth’.

श्रोत्रस्य भूषणम् शास्त्रम् The ornament of your ears is listening to shastras (gaining knowledge).

भूषणै: किं प्रयोजनम् !! Then why are golden ornaments or diamonds required at all?

Another version of the last line is: –

शीलं सर्वस्य भूषणम् Character is the real ornament of your entire personality.

Today, in industry, we find that certain groups may be compromising on ethics and showing off their prosperity. As against this, certain groups command respect and reputation for their ethical behaviour or dealings, i.e. their character. The same is the case with professionals like CAs, lawyers, doctors and so on. Scientists and highly placed persons like Dr. Abdul Kalam were known for their simplicity and character. Our saints like Dnyaneshwar, Tukaram, Kabirji, and Mirabai are still remembered because of their character. Readers can observe this principle in all walks of life!

So, friends, let us be ethical – both internally and externally.

Miscellanea

1. TECHNOLOGY AND AI

#Chatbots Having Minimal Impact on Search Engine Traffic: Study

AI chatbots have barely made a dent in traffic to popular search engine sites over the past two years, according to a study by SEO and backlink services firm.

The study analysed global web traffic from April 2023 to March 2025. In the most recent year, chatbot sites accounted for just 2.96% of the visits received by search engines. Between April 2024 and March 2025, search engine traffic declined only slightly — down 0.51% to 1.86 trillion visits — while chatbots saw an 80.92% year-over-year spike in traffic.

The modest drop in search traffic suggests that, despite explosive growth, AI chatbots are not yet displacing traditional search behavior in any meaningful way.

“Even with ChatGPT’s massive growth, it still sees approximately 26 times fewer daily visits than Google,” wrote the author of the study, Sujan Sarkar, founder of OneLittleWeb.

The study also maintained that search engines are evolving rather than fading, integrating AI tools to offer a richer, more personalized user experience. At the same time, chatbots are carving out their niche in tasks requiring direct, customised responses.

The study also ranked chatbots by visits. ChatGPT was at the top of the list, followed by DeepSeek, Gemini, Perplexity, Claude, Microsoft Copilot, Blackbox AI, Grok, Monica, and Meta AI.

It noted the fastest-growing chatbots were DeepSeek and Grok. DeepSeek experienced a staggering surge in traffic, with total visits jumping from 1.5 million to 1.7 billion during the two-year study period, an increase of 113,007%. Grok’s growth was 353,787%, increasing from 61,200 visits to 216.5 million.

Vena contended that the real contest isn’t just about traffic. “It’s about controlling the user’s starting point when they have a question or goal,” he said. “Chatbots may win in productivity or assistance, while search engines still dominate for broad exploration and commerce. Integration and default positioning will shape the future more than features alone. The next wave may involve blended experiences that merge the strengths of both.”

Sterling agreed that the simple traffic analysis approach doesn’t tell the whole story about how usage is changing. “As people become more sophisticated about AI, they’re being more discriminating about how to use it versus search,” he noted. “The idea that people either use AI or search is false. Both are being used, but the ways that AI and search are used are evolving.”

Enderle pointed out that the market is at the very beginning of this trend. “I expect by 2030 kids will look back at non-AI search engines like they now look back at dial phones, asking, how anyone lived in these dark times,” he predicted.

(Source: www.techworld.com dated 6th May, 2025)

2. WORLD NEWS

#US loses last perfect credit rating amid rising debt

The US has lost its last perfect credit rating, as influential ratings firm Moody’s expressed concern over the government’s ability to pay back its debt. In lowering the US rating from ‘AAA’ to ‘Aa1’, Moody’s noted that successive US administrations had failed to reverse ballooning deficits and interest costs.

A triple-A rating signifies a country’s highest possible credit reliability, and indicates it is considered to be in very good financial health with a strong capacity to repay its debts. Moody’s warned in 2023 that the US triple-A rating was at risk. Fitch Ratings downgraded the US in 2023 and S&P Global Ratings did so in 2011. Moody’s held a perfect credit rating for the US since 1917.

The downgrade “reflects the increase over more than a decade in government debt and interest payment ratios to levels that are significantly higher than similarly rated sovereigns,” Moody’s said in the statement. In a statement, the White House said it was “focused on fixing Biden’s mess”, while taking a swipe at Moody’s.

“If Moody’s had any credibility,” White House spokesman Kush Desai said, “they would not have stayed silent as the fiscal disaster of the past four years unfolded.” A lower credit rating means countries are more likely to default on their sovereign debt, and generally face higher borrowing costs.

Moody’s maintained that the US “retains exceptional credit strengths such as size, resilience and dynamism and the continued role of the US dollar as the global reserve currency”. The firm said it expects federal debt to increase to around 134% of gross domestic product (GDP) by 2035, up from 98% last year.

GDP is a measure of all the economic activity of companies, governments, and people in a country. The BBC has reached out to the US Department of Treasury for comment. The downgrade came on the same day as Trump’s landmark spending bill suffered a setback in Congress. Trump’s so-called “big, beautiful bill” failed to pass the House Budget Committee, with some Republicans voting against it.

Figures showed the US economy shrank in the first three months of the year as government spending fell and imports surged due to firms racing to get goods into the country ahead of tariffs. The economy contracted at an annual rate of 0.3%, a sharp downturn after growth of 2.4% in the previous quarter, the Commerce Department said.

(Source: www.bbc.com dated 17th May, 2025)

3. ENVIRONMENT

# ‘Why the mighty Himalayas are getting harder and harder to see

I grew up in Nepal’s capital watching the Himalayas. Ever since I left, I’ve missed sweeping, panoramic views of some of the highest mountain peaks on Earth. Each time I visit Kathmandu, I hope to catch a glimpse of the dramatic mountain range. But these days, there’s usually no luck.

The main culprit is severe air pollution that hangs as haze above the region. And it’s happening even during the spring and autumn months, which once offered clear skies. Just last April, the international flight I was in had to circle in the sky nearly 20 times before landing in Kathmandu, because of the hazy weather impacting visibility at the airport.

Even from the major vantage point of Nagarkot, just outside Kathmandu, all that could be seen was haze, as if the mountains did not exist.

“I no longer brand the place for views of ‘sunrise, sunset and Himalayas’ as I did in the past,” said Yogendra Shakya, who has been operating a hotel at Nagarkot since 1996.

“Since you can’t have those things mostly now because of the haze, I have rebranded it with history and culture as there are those tourism products as well here.”

Scientists say hazy conditions in the region are becoming increasingly intense and lasting longer, reducing visibility significantly.

Haze is formed by a combination of pollutants like dust and smoke particles from fires, reducing visibility to less than 5,000m (16,400 ft). It remains stagnant in the sky during the dry season – which now lasts longer due to climate change. June to September is the region’s rainy season, when Monsoon clouds rather than haze keep the mountains covered and visibility low.

Lucky Chhetri, a pioneering female trekking guide in Nepal, said hazy conditions had led to a 40% decrease in business. “In one case last year, we had to compensate a group of trekkers as our guides could not show them the Himalayas due to the hazy conditions,” she added

On the Indian side, near the central Himalayas, hoteliers and tour operators say haze is now denser and returns quicker than before. “We have long dry spells and then a heavy downpour, unlike in the past. So with infrequent rain the haze persists for much longer,” said Malika Virdi, who heads a community-run tourism business in the state of Uttarakhand.

South Asian cities regularly top lists of places with highest levels of air pollution in the world. Public health across the region has been badly impacted by the toxic air, which frequently causes travel disruption and school closures. Experts believe the Himalayas are probably the worst affected mountain range in the world given their location in a populous and polluted region. This could mean the scintillating view of the Himalayas could now largely be limited to photographs, paintings and postcards.

“We are left to do business with guilt when we are unable to show our clients the mountains that they pay us for,” said trekking leader Ms Chhetri. “And there is nothing we can do about the haze.”

(Source: www.BBC.com Author Navin Singh Khadka dated 13th May, 2025)

Trust Under A Will

INTRODUCTION

Several readers would be aware of the concept of a Will. It is the last wish / desire of a person and takes effect once the person making the Will dies. Many readers would also be familiar with the concept of a Trust.

A trust is defined under the Indian Trusts Act, 1882 as an obligation annexed to the ownership of property and arising out of a confidence reposed in and accepted by the owner, or declared and accepted by him, for the benefit of another, or of another and the owner. A Trust Deed is the deed executed between the settlor and the trustees which lays down the constitution of the trust. It is the charter of incorporation of the trust which defines the beneficiaries and the settlor. It also lays down the rights and duties of the trustees in relation to the beneficiaries. In Superintendent of Stamps and Chief Controlling Revenue Authority vs. Govind Farmeshwar Nair, AIR 1967 Bom 369, a Full Bench of the Bombay High Court ruled:

“When a man creates a trust and constitutes himself a trustee,

he undoubtedly disposes of his property though he is not transferring it.”

However, what if the Trust is a Trust under a Will? This combines the salient features of both a Will and a Trust. The Trust is created by virtue of a Will and hence, is called a Trust under a Will.

Let us examine the important facets of this document.

KEY CONCEPTS

A Trust has 3 parties – a Settlor, Trustees and one or more Beneficiaries.

(a) Settlor: He is the person who settles the trust or forms the trust by appointing the trustees. His role is only limited to forming the trust. Once the trust deed is executed and the trust is set- up he is no longer associated with the trust in any manner whatsoever. However, if the settlor, under the trust deed, retains any powers to enjoy the property settled in the trust, then it would become a revocable trust. The settlor can be any person, individual, company, etc.

(b) Trustee: Just as Directors are the organs by which a company functions, trustees are the organs by which a trust functions. In fact, the relation between the trustees and the trust is stronger than that between directors and the company. In several instances, the trust entity is not recognised but only the trustees are recognised. The trustees could be individuals or even a company. For instance, in most mutual funds, the trustee is a Trustee Company. In case of a trustee company, the board of directors of the trustee company would administer the trust. The number of trustees could be 1, 2, 3, etc. The initial trustees are appointed in the Deed by the Settlor. A person appointed as a trustee is not bound to accept the trusteeship and he may refuse the obligation. A settlor may also become a trustee. The trustees are subjected to several obligations and duties under the Act and also have several rights and powers. In addition, they also derive their powers under the Deed.

(c) Beneficiaries: The beneficiary is the person for whose benefit the trust was created in the first place. He is the raison-d’etre behind a trust. If it were not for the beneficiaries, there would be no trustees and there would be no trust. The beneficiaries could be individuals, companies, etc. The settlor / trustee can also be a beneficiary. However, certain precautions should be taken depending upon the facts of the case. Any person capable of holding property may be a beneficiary. Even a minor or a lunatic or an insane person may be a beneficiary.

A Trust under a Will also has the same 3 parties but the Settlor in this case is the testator, i.e., the person drafting the Will. Hence, such a Trust is not a transfer inter vivos (transfer between living persons) but it is a testamentary document. A trust created in the lifetime of the settlor is a living trust while a trust under a Will is created only once the settlor dies.

The trust may be created for any lawful purpose. Thus, in case the purpose of the trust is forbidden by law, or it defeats the provisions of the law or it is fraudulent or it involves injury to the person or property of another or it is such that the Court regards as immoral or opposed to public policy, then it would be treated as if it is not for a lawful purpose. In case the purpose is unlawful then the trust is void ab intio. For instance, if a trust under a Will is set up to facilitate illegal gambling business in India, the object of the trust being unlawful, it is void ab initio.

Just like all Wills, this Will too needs to comply with the requirements of being a valid Will. If the Will is held to be invalid or forged or obtained by fraud, then both the Trust and the Will will fail. The Will needs to be dated, attested by two witnesses and the testamentary capacity of the testator must be sound. Elsewhere in this publication, these concepts are examined in greater detail. Those principles would equally apply to such a Will that also creates a Trust.

Thus, this document would be jointly governed by the provisions of the Indian Succession Act, 1925 (in as much as they pertain to Wills) and the Indian Trusts Act, 1882 (in respect of the trust portion).

The Madras High Court in Athmaram Rao vs. Shanthan Phawar, A.S.(MD) No.111 of 2015, Order dated 28.03.2018, has held that a trust is called a Private Trust when it is constituted for the benefit of one or more individuals who are, or within a given time may be, definitely ascertained. Private Trusts are governed by the Indian Trusts Act, 1882. A Private Trust may be created inter vivos or by Will. If a trust is created by Will, it shall be subject to the provisions of Indian Succession Act, 1925.

MODE OF INCORPORATION

The first step towards the formation of such a trust is the execution of a Will by the testator. The draft Trust Deed would be annexed to the Will and would come into effect once the Will is executed. Alternatively, instructions could be given to the Executors for setting up a Trust and laying down key features of the Trust.

The Will would specify the Trustees of this Trust. It is essential that at the time when the Will is executed, the Trustees named under the Will should be capable of and willing to act as Trustees of this Trust.

A Trust under a Will does not need registration with the Sub-registrar of Assurances even if it is in relation to an immovable property. This is because the document creating the Trust is a testamentary instrument.

BENEFITS

There is no income-tax incidence on the testator / his estate in case of a trust created under a Will. India does not levy estate duty / inheritance tax and hence, this too would not be an issue. The Trust created under the Will is akin to a legatee / beneficiary of the Will.

The receipt of any assets by the trust would be under the Will and hence, there would not be any incidence of income-tax under s.56(2)(x) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. It may be noted that this not a transfer by a settlor to a trust but one of a testator to a trust and hence, the condition of all beneficiaries being the relative of the settlor would not be applicable for the trust to claim a tax exemption. This is a big advantage that a trust under a Will enjoys compared to a living trust.

The Income-tax Act, 1961 has beneficial tax provisions for trust created under a Will:

(a) Business income received by a trust is taxable at the maximum marginal rate. However, business income received by a trust, created under the Will of a person that is created exclusively for the benefit of any relative dependent upon the testator for support and maintenance, is taxable on a slab rate basis. The condition is that such a trust must be the only one so created by the testator.

(b) The income of a discretionary trust is generally taxable at the maximum marginal rate. However, the income of a trust under a Will is not taxable at the maximum marginal rate. The condition is that such a trust must be the only one so created by the testator. Here there is no condition that the beneficiary must be a relative dependent upon the testator for support and maintenance. Thus, a trust under a Will created for any beneficiary would enjoy this tax treatment.

The Ahmedabad ITAT in Nathiben Kalidas Patel Family Trust vs. ITO, [2025] 173 taxmann.com 992 (Ahmd. ITAT) has held that a trust created by a Will are not be subjected to be taxed at maximum marginal rate (MMR), but are to be taxed at rates applicable to AOPs and they are not to be taxed at MMR as specified in Section 167B of the Income-tax Act 1961, since the applicability of MMR has been specifically excluded by Section 164(1) First Proviso itself. This specific exclusion would override the general provision of Section 167B of the Act. Again, the Ahmedabad ITAT in the case of ITO vs. Rajnikant Gulabdas Sheth Family Trust [1987] 20 ITD 668 (Ahmd. ITAT) held that a discretionary trust created under a Will was to be taxed at normal rate and not at MMR.

The CBDT also vide its Circular has discussed the question of whether the provisions of section 167B, which generally provide for charging of tax at MMR on the total income of an AOP where the individual shares of members are unknown, would also apply to income under a trust declared by any person by Will where such trust is the only trust declared by him. It has held that there was never an intention to subject the income of such trusts to tax at MMR. Where a specific provision had been made in the law in relation to any matter and where that provision was beneficial to the taxpayer, that matter was to be governed by that special provision and not by any other general provision. Accordingly, tax will be payable in such cases at the rate ordinarily applicable to the total income of an AOP and not at MMR.

STAMP DUTY

The Maharashtra Stamp Act, 1958 does not define an instrument of trust. Art. 61 of Schedule I to the Maharashtra Stamp Act lays down the duty applicable on a Trust Deed executed in the State of Maharashtra. This Act levies duty on a trust that is not created under a Will. Thus, a trust under a Will does not attract any stamp duty. Similarly, Art. 64 of Schedule I to the Indian Stamp Act, 1899, that levies duty on a trust does not apply to a trust created under a Will. Hence, even if immovable property is bequeathed under a Will to a trust or bequeathed to a trust that is created under a Will, there would not be any stamp duty. This is one of the biggest advantages of a trust under a Will.

Similarly, registration is not needed for a trust under a Will that includes immovable property. This is because the Registration Act, 1908 expressly exempts any testamentary instrument.

PRECAUTIONS

While a trust under a Will enjoys marked tax benefits compared to a living trust, it also comes with its shares of concerns.

If the Will is held to be invalid, improperly attested, lacking in testamentary capacity, one obtained by fraud / forgery, etc., then the trust also fails. If the Will requires a probate, then the trust cannot be functional until the Will is probated. Thus, the trust is intricately linked with the Will and failure of the Will leads to a failure of the trust. However, the converse may not always be true. If the trust fails owing to some reasons, the Will need not necessarily fail. In such a case, the bequest to the trust would fail and the assets would then be bequeathed to the alternative beneficiary/universal beneficiary, if any, named under the Will.

CONCLUSION

A trust created by a Will is an interesting document and one that needs to be carefully considered before using. It is very useful when a person wants to place assets in trust for the benefit of his relatives but he does not want to cede control over those assets during his lifetime.

Own Use Exception

Ind AS 109 is applicable to commodity contracts / contracts to buy or sell non-financial items that may be settled net. What is the meaning of “net settlement”? In accordance with Ind AS 109, there are various ways in which an entity may be able to net settle a contract to buy or sell a non-financial item. These include:

a) The terms of contract permit either party to settle it net.

b) The contract does not contain any specific terms permitting parties to settle it net. However, the entity has a past practice of settling similar contracts net. For example, net settlement may occur either with the counterparty, or by entering into an offsetting contract or by selling the contract before it is exercised or lapses. Infrequent historical incidences of net settlement in response to events that could not have been foreseen at inception of a contract would not taint an entity’s ability to apply the own-use exception to other contracts; for example, an unplanned break-down in a power plant. However, any regular or foreseeable events leading to net settlements would taint the entity’s ability to apply the own-use exception to other contracts.

c) For similar contracts, the entity has a practice of taking delivery of the underlying and selling it within a short period after delivery to generate a profit from short-term fluctuations in price or dealer’s margin.

d) Non-financial item covered in the contract is readily convertible to cash.

However, it is noted that Ind AS 109 will not apply to all contracts that may be settled net in cash. A contract for purchase or sale of non-financial items will still be scoped out from Ind AS 109, if the entity can demonstrate that the contract was entered into and continue to be held for the receipt / delivery of a non-financial item in accordance with its expected purchase, sale or usage requirements. This is commonly referred to as ‘own use exception’ or ‘normal purchase or sale exception (NPSE)’.
There was always a question around how to apply the own-use exception to renewable energy contracts for which the source for production of the renewable electricity is nature-dependent so that supply cannot be guaranteed at particular times or in particular volumes. Examples of sources include wind-, solar- and hydroelectricity.

Consider the example below.

EXAMPLE

Kleen Co. enters into a power purchase agreement (PPA) with a windmill operator to purchase electricity. Both Kleen and the operator are connected through a common national grid. The PPA obliges Kleen to acquire a 45% fixed share of the wind energy produced by the operator. The price per unit for the energy is fixed in advance and remains stable throughout the contract duration of 25 years. The operator does not guarantee a specific amount of output (energy) but estimates with 80% probability an expected amount. The energy produced is transferred to Kleen through the national grid.

The total energy demand of Kleen by far exceeds both the contracted share of the estimated output and the contracted share of the peak output of the wind park. However, Kleen does not operate its production facilities 24/7 but pauses production during the night times, on weekends and holiday season. There is thus a mismatch between the demand profile of Kleen and the supply profile of the wind park.

Kleen is obliged to acquire the energy of the wind park in the amount (45% of the current production volume) and at the time it is produced. Since Kleen has no feasible option to store the energy, it sells energy that cannot be consumed immediately (e.g., on weekends or overnight) to the spot market and repurchases (at least) the same amount from that market at times when the production facilities are operated. The windmill operator continues to transfer the amounts of energy fed into the grid to the account of Kleen and Kleen has to sell unused amounts from its account to third parties. The process of selling and repurchasing is designed to be an autopilot that acts without the intention of trading to realise profits and has the sole intention to enable the Kleen’s operations. The process of selling and repurchasing is delegated to a service provider.

For the purpose of this discussion, it is assumed that the conditions do not change throughout subsequent periods and that some market transactions become necessary for unused amounts of energy.

Will own-use exception apply in this case, and consequently whether the above PPA is to be treated as a derivative or not?

Kleen has considered aspects relating to whether the PPA is accounted for applying another Ind AS Accounting Standard, for example Ind AS 110 Consolidated Financial Statements, Ind AS 111 Joint Arrangements and / or Ind AS 116 Leases, and believe those do not apply in the extant fact pattern.

RELEVANT REQUIREMENTS OF IND AS 109 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Paragraph 2.4 of Ind AS 109 states:

This Standard shall be applied to those contracts to buy or sell a non financial item that can be settled net in cash or another financial instrument, or by exchanging financial instruments, as if the contracts were financial instruments, with the exception of contracts that were entered into and continue to be held for the purpose of the receipt or delivery of a non financial item in accordance with the entity’s expected purchase, sale or usage requirements. However, this Standard shall be applied to those contracts that an entity designates as measured at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with paragraph 2.5.

Paragraph 2.6 of Ind AS 109 states:

There are various ways in which a contract to buy or sell a non- financial item can be settled net in cash or another financial instrument or by exchanging financial instruments. These include:

(a) when the terms of the contract permit either party to settle it net in cash or another financial instrument or by exchanging financial instruments;

(b) when the ability to settle net in cash or another financial instrument, or by exchanging financial instruments, is not explicit in the terms of the contract, but the entity has a practice of settling similar contracts net in cash or another financial instrument or by exchanging financial instruments (whether with the counterparty, by entering into offsetting contracts or by selling the contract before its exercise or lapse);

(c) when, for similar contracts, the entity has a practice of taking delivery of the underlying and selling it within a short period after delivery for the purpose of generating a profit from short-term fluctuations in price or dealer’s margin; and

(d) when the non-financial item that is the subject of the contract is readily convertible to cash.

A contract to which (b) or (c) applies is not entered into for the purpose of the receipt or delivery of the non financial item in accordance with the entity’s expected purchase, sale or usage requirements and, accordingly, is within the scope of this Standard. Other contracts to which paragraph 2.4 applies are evaluated to determine whether they were entered into and continue to be held for the purpose of the receipt or delivery of the non financial item in accordance with the entity’s expected purchase, sale or usage requirements and, accordingly, whether they are within the scope of this Standard.

ACCOUNTING FOR THE PPA

On the date of inception of the contract, Kleen regards the sole purpose of the PPA as a contract to buy a non-financial item as it is entered for the purpose of the receipt of energy in accordance with the it’s expected usage requirements as laid out in Ind AS 109.2.4. Kleen does not designate the contract as measured at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with Ind AS 109.2.5. Kleen views the difference in prices (lower prices during night times, on weekends and during holiday season when production is paused vs. higher prices when repurchased on spot markets during peak times) as costs of storage, i.e., it uses the energy spot market as a storage facility. Kleen does not operate as a trading party in the market, the production schedule and the consumption profile dictate spot price transactions.

Kleen further analyses whether the contract can be settled net in cash in accordance with Ind AS 109.2.6.

Kleen is always in a net purchaser position, i.e., it buys more energy from the spot market than it has sold to it based on a monthly view (meaning that for every calendar month, the Kleen has purchased more energy on spot markets than it has sold). The average purchase price exceeds the average sale’s price, so that Kleen incurs expenses for “storing” the energy on sport markets which is part of the fee paid to a service provider involved to sell unused amounts of energy to and repurchase additional demands from the grid/spot markets.

The various views are presented below.

VIEW A

Kleen assesses at the inception of the contract that:

(a) the terms of the contract do not provide for an option to settle net in cash or by exchanging financial instruments.

(b) Kleen has no practice of settling similar contracts net in cash or another financial instrument or by exchanging financial instruments.

(c) Kleen intends to sell unwanted energy out of the contract to the spot market and also intends to purchase at least the same amount of energy at times when it is needed. Kleen uses the spot market as a storage mechanism and does not intend to generate profits from those transactions although it cannot rule out that some transactions will lead to profits or losses. Transactions on the spot market are solely used to store the energy.

(d) Kleen assesses the non-financial item to be readily convertible to cash as there is an active market where unused energy can be sold and purchased at any time.

Kleen concludes that the own-use-exception applies to its contract because it is entered into and continues to be held for the purpose of taking delivery of the non-financial asset (energy) in accordance with the entity’s expected (energy) consumption.

VIEW B

Kleen expects transactions on the spot market already at inception of the contract for the amount of energy it cannot use when it is produced. Under View B this would disqualify the contract from the application of the own-use-exception because the contract was not – in its entirety – being held to the purpose of the receipt of the energy at the specific time of production (Ind AS 109.2.4) but with some anticipated sales transactions.

VIEW C

As Kleen intends to sell unused energy to the spot market, it creates a practice of settling similar contracts on the spot market and therefore the contract is not entered into for the purpose of the receipt of the energy (Ind AS 109.2.6(b)).

VIEW D

Under this View D, the transactions on the spot market may lead to a breach of the requirement set out in Ind AS 109.2.6(c) (generating profit from short term fluctuations in price or dealer’s margin) because Kleen cannot rule out that profit arises from some sales transactions, even though this is not intended.

AMENDMENTS TO IND AS 109

As can be seen above, multiple views were possible. However, Ind AS 109 is now proposed to be amended with respect to contracts referencing nature-dependent electricity that requires an entity to buy and take delivery of the electricity when it is generated. These contractual features expose the entity to the risk that it would be required to buy electricity during a delivery interval in which the entity cannot use the electricity. The entity might also have no practical ability to avoid making sales of unused electricity because the design and operation of the electricity market in which the electricity is transacted under the contract require any amounts of unused electricity to be sold within a specified time. Such sales are not necessarily inconsistent with the contract being held in accordance with the entity’s expected usage requirements. An entity entered into and continues to hold such a contract in accordance with its expected electricity usage requirements if the entity has been, and expects to be, a net purchaser of electricity for the contract period. An entity is a net purchaser of electricity if it buys sufficient electricity to offset the sales of any unused electricity in the same market in which it sold the electricity.

In determining whether an entity is a net purchaser of electricity, the entity shall consider reasonable and supportable information (that is available without undue cost or effort) about its past, current and expected future electricity transactions over a reasonable amount of time. The entity identifies ‘a reasonable amount of time’ by considering the variability in the amount of electricity expected to be generated due to the seasonal cycle of the natural conditions and the variability in the entity’s demand for electricity due to its operating cycle. In determining whether the entity has been a net purchaser, ‘a reasonable amount of time’ shall not exceed 12 months.

An entity shall apply these amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1st April, 2026. Earlier application is not permitted. Some of the amendments are subject to prospective application and others subject to retrospective application.

Section 271(1)(c) : Penalty – Notice must be precise and there should be no room for ambiguity – Veena Estate (P.) Ltd. (Bom) distinguished.

6. Pr. Commissioner of Income Tax- 2, Thane vs. Pacific Organics Pvt. Ltd., [ITXA No. 58 OF 2020, Dated: 29/04/2025 (Bom) (HC)]

Section 271(1)(c) : Penalty – Notice must be precise and there should be no room for ambiguity – Veena Estate (P.) Ltd. (Bom) distinguished.

The ITAT held that the penalty show cause notice was ambiguous, as the relevant portions were not ticked, or the irrelevant portions were not struck off.

The Hon. Court referred to the Full Bench decision, in the case of Mohd. Farhan A. Shaikh vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax, Central Circle 1, Belgaum [2021] 125 taxmann.com 253 (Bombay), wherein it was held that if the notice contains no caveat that the inapplicable portion was to be deleted, any action based on such notice would be inferred. The Full Bench held that the notice must be precise and there should be no room for ambiguity.

The tax department relied upon Veena Estate (P.) Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income-tax [2024] 158 taxmann.com 341 (Bombay) wherein, the Appellant-Assessee, who had never raised any ground about the ambiguity of the notice before the Assessing Officer, Appellate Authority and ITAT, attempted to raise such a ground for the first time in an Appeal under Section 260-A of the Income Tax Act, 1961. This was not allowed by the coordinate bench.

The Hon. Court observed that such facts do not exists in the present Appeal, and therefore, the decision in Veena Estate (P.) Ltd. (Supra) was distinguishable. The ITAT had rightly followed the Full Bench in the case of Mohd. Farhan A. Shaikh (supra).

The Appeal was accordingly dismissed.

Section 37 : Disallowing write-off of the deposits and interest – the business loss incurred by the appellant company u/s 28 of the Act in the course of its business – commercial expediency: Section 115J : The provision does not contain any reference to concept of ‘above the line’ or ‘below the line’:

5. M/s. Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd. vs. CIT

City – II, Mumbai

[ITXA No. 416 OF 2003, Dated: 2nd May, 2025 (Bom)(HC)][AY 1990-91]

Section 37 : Disallowing write-off of the deposits and interest – the business loss incurred by the appellant company u/s 28 of the Act in the course of its business – commercial expediency:

Section 115J : The provision does not contain any reference to concept of ‘above the line’ or ‘below the line’:

The appeal pertains to Assessment Year 1990-91. Facts are that the assessee is a public limited company and is engaged in the manufacture of Jeeps, Tractors, Implements and other products. The assessee filed the return of income for the period from 1st April, 1989 to 31st March, 1990 (Assessment Year 1990-91). The Assessing Officer, by an order of assessment dated 26th March, 1993, inter alia; held that the assessee had placed deposits with certain concerns, who have declined to pay the deposits and interest on the ground that the deposits are linked to the amounts provided to M/s. Machinery Manufacturers Corporation Ltd. (MMC) by them, which have now become irrecoverable as MMC was directed to be wound-up by the Bombay High Court by an order passed on 16th April, 1989. It was further held that amount of deposit and interest due to the assessee has been adjusted by various concerns against loan given by them to MMC. Therefore, the assessee cannot claim to have not recovered its dues. It was also held that the assessee had liquidated the liability of MMC which act is for consideration other than business. The Assessing Officer, therefore, disallowed a sum of ₹49,18,786/- claimed under the head miscellaneous expenses as well as a sum of ₹200.47 lac claimed by the assessee on account of deduction of write-off of deposits and interest.

On appeal, the CIT(Appeals) held that the assessee did not incur the expenditure to carry on the business and the business of the MMC was not the business carried out by the assessee. Therefore, the expenses incurred by the assessee are not admissible under Section 37(1) of the 1961 Act. The CIT (Appeals), while computing the book profit under Section 115J of the 1961 Act, held that the provision for warranties made by the assessee cannot be allowed.

The Tribunal, by an order dated 25th February, 2003 confirmed the disallowance in view of the order passed by the Tribunal in assessee’s own case being ITA No.6886/Bom/92 for the Assessment year 1989-90. The Tribunal further held that the provision for warranties made by the assessee on the estimated basis in view of the past experience cannot be termed as an ascertained liability. It was also held that a provision for past services liability in respect of retirement gratuity has to be added back. It was also held that the amount was debited in the profit and loss account below the line and hence, it cannot be said that the profit and loss account was prepared as per Part II and III of Schedule VI to the Companies Act and cannot be disturbed.

The Hon. High Court referred to the decision of Hon. Supreme Court, in CIT vs. Delhi Safe Deposit Co. Ltd. [1982] 133 ITR 756 (SC) wherein the court examined the question, whether an expenditure incurred on account of commercial expediency is admissible as deduction under Section 37 of the 1961 Act. The Supreme Court held that the expenditure incurred was a deductible expenditure.

The Court observed that the claim of the assessee for the expenditure of 42.89 lac and the deduction of write-off ₹622.01 lac being the amount lent to MMC including interest due and advances for purchase of machinery given in the course of dealing with MMC was disallowed by the authorities under the Act for the preceding year i.e. the year 1989-90. The assessee filed an appeal viz. ITXA No.626 of 2002 which was decided by a Division Bench of Bombay High Court vide order dated 9th June, 2023 in Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax.

It was observed that the revenue, while negating the claim of the assessee for allowing the expenses, has relied upon the order passed by it in ITA No.6886/Bom/92 for the Assessment Year 1989-90. The aforesaid order passed by the Tribunal was set aside by a Division Bench of Bombay High Court in Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax (order dated 9th June, 2023). The order passed by the Division Bench of the Bombay High Court has been accepted by the revenue and it has not filed any SLP against the judgment of the Division Bench.

The Hon. Court agreed with the view taken by Division Bench of this Court in assessee’s own case in Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax (order dated 9th June, 2023) for the following reasons. Admittedly, MMC is a subsidiary of the assessee and assessee held 27% equity capital of MMC since its incorporation. The assessee promoted MMC on 15th May, 1946. From the date of incorporation of the assessee, it was the managing agent of MMC and the assessee has acted as a managing agent till 1974 when the Companies Act, 1974 abolished the Managing Agency System. However, due to severe recession in the textile industry, MMC started making losses. Thereupon, the MMC was wound-up. The assessee, in its board meeting held on 27th March, 1989 agreed to incur expenditure for maintenance of MMC. Thereafter, on 10th July, 1990, the Board of Directors of the assessee agreed to resolve the dispute to meet the expenditure till the affairs of MMC were wound-up. The Board of Directors approved the expenditure of ₹49,19,000/- (Rupees Forty-nine lac nineteen thousand only) made by the assessee in the previous year relevant to Assessment Year 1990-91. The assessee held substantial portion of equity capital of MMC and MMC was regarded in public and official circles as a Mahindra Company. The assessee, in order to protect and preserve the assets and to protect the value of goodwill attached to the assessee by various sections of the society and on the ground of commercial expediency, incurred expenditure, which is permissible as deduction.

The contention urged on behalf of the revenue in opposition to the aforesaid claim had already been dealt with by a Division Bench of the Bombay High Court. Therefore, even otherwise, the assessee is entitled to deduction of the sum of ₹49,18,786/- as well as a sum of ₹200.47 lac.

As far as the second substantial question of law on Section 115J of the Act, the same mandates that in case of a company whose total income as computed under the provisions of the Act is less than 30% of the book profit as shown in the profit and loss account prepared in accordance with the provisions of Part II and III of Schedule VI of the Companies Act 1956, after certain adjustments, the total income chargeable to tax will be 30% of the said book profit. Explanation to Section 115J (1A) provides that the net profit so computed is to be increased by certain amounts and it is to be reduced by certain amounts which are mentioned therein. The provision does not contain any reference to concept of ‘above the line’ or ‘below the line’.

The Hon. Court referred to decision of the Hon.Supreme Court, in Apollo Tyres Ltd. vs. Commissioner of income tax [2002] 255 ITR 273 (SC) wherein it dealt with the issue whether the Assessing Officer can question the correctness of the profit and loss account prepared by the assessee and certified by the statutory auditors of the Company as having been prepared in accordance with the requirements of part II and III of Schedule VI to the Companies Act. It was held that sub section (1A) of Section 115J mandates the company to maintain its accounts in accordance with the requirements of Companies Act and is bodily lifted from the Companies Act into the Act of 1961 for the limited purpose of making the said account so maintained as a basis for computing the company’s income for levy of income-tax. It was also held that the provision does not empower the authority under the Act to probe into the account accepted by the authorities under the Companies Act. It was also held that if the legislature intended the Assessing Officer to reassess the company’s income, then it would have stated in Section 115-J that “income of the company is accepted by the Assessing Officer”.

The aforesaid principle was reiterated by the Supreme Court in Malayala Manorama Company Limited vs. Commissioner of Income Tax, Trivandrum [2008] 300 ITR 251. Thus, from the aforesaid enunciation of law by the Supreme Court, it is evident that the Assessing Officer does not have jurisdiction to go behind the net profit shown in profit and loss account except to the extent provided in Explanation to Section 115J. For the aforementioned reasons the second substantial question of law was answered in favour of the assessee.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed.

Settlement Commission — Settlement of case — Power of Settlement Commission — Immunity from penalty and prosecution — Factors to be considered — Assessee co-operated in process of settlement and made full and true disclosure — Settlement Commission exercising discretion to proceed with application and granting immunity from penalty and prosecution considering Bonafide conduct of assessee — Order of Settlement commission need not be interfered with in writ jurisdiction:

17 . Dy. CIT vs. ASM Traxim Pvt. Ltd.:

[2025] 474 ITR 25 (Del):

A.Ys. 2004-05 to 2011-12:

Date of order 28th October, 2024:

Ss. 245C, 245D(4) and 245H of ITA 1961:

Settlement Commission — Settlement of case — Power of Settlement Commission — Immunity from penalty and prosecution — Factors to be considered — Assessee co-operated in process of settlement and made full and true disclosure — Settlement Commission exercising discretion to proceed with application and granting immunity from penalty and prosecution considering Bonafide conduct of assessee — Order of Settlement commission need not be interfered with in writ jurisdiction:

During the search u/s. 132 and survey u/s. 133A of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the Department seized documents and material and also recorded the statements of various individuals of the assessee-company which belonged to the same group. During the pendency of assessment proceedings u/s. 153A and 153C Settlement applications were filed based on a combined or consolidated account which was prepared by chartered accountants. The Settlement Commission held such accounts to be unreliable on grounds of discrepancies found and the auditors themselves having expressed reservations with respect to the finding in their report and which was also qualified by various disclaimers. The Settlement Commission thereafter, directed a joint verification of all available primary records. Pursuant to the joint verification the Settlement Commission rejected the audited book results and based upon the joint verification determined the income for the purpose of disposal of the settlement applications.

On a writ petition filed by the Revenue challenging the order of the Settlement Commission u/s. 245D(4) in so far as it granted immunity to the assessee from prosecution and penalty proceedings the Delhi High Court held as under:

“i) Once the conditions of full and true disclosure is held to be satisfied, the same would not partake of a separate or different hue for the purpose of section 245H of the Income-tax Act, 1961. Any view to the contrary if taken, would result in an incongruous situation arising since it would constrain the court to hold that the test of full and true disclosure applies differently for the purpose of computation and grant of immunity from prosecution and penalty proceedings. While the power to grant immunity stands enshrined in a separate provision in Chapter XIX-A, such power is exercised Contemporaneously by the Settlement Commission while disposing of an application u/s. 245D for settlement . The Statute does not prescribe the power of computation and grant of immunity being exercised on the basis of tests and precepts which could be said to be separate or distinguishable. Section 245H postulates the power of immunity being liable to be invoked identically on a full and true disclosure of income and co-operation rendered before the Settlement Commission. The Act confers a finality and conclusiveness upon orders made by the Settlement Commission. This becomes evident from the reading of section 245-I which proscribes any matter or issue which stands concluded by an order of the Settlement Commission being reopened in any proceedings under the Act. The Legislature intended to imbue finality upon an order of the Settlement Commission is further underscored by section 245-I using the expression “save as otherwise provided ….”. Thus, an order under Chapter XIX-A could be reviewed or reopened only on grounds set out therein and no other.

ii) The Settlement of the case was primordially based on the applicant making a full and true disclosure before the Settlement Commission which was enjoined thereafter to conduct proceeding in terms of the provisions contained in Chapter XIX-A. It was such disclosure which was thereafter tested and evaluated by the Settlement Commission in terms as contemplated under subsection (2) and (2C) of section 245D. The applications as made by the assessee had crossed that threshold. The Computation of income itself was concluded by the Settlement Commission based upon a joint verification that was undertaken. The assesses themselves had taken a stand that their audited accounts were not liable to be taken in to consideration and that they could not form the basis for the proceedings as were laid before the Settlement Commission and had admitted that those accounts were unreliable. It was in such backdrop they had participated in the proceedings before the Settlement Commission and had agreed to collaborate in the ascertainment of a true and correct computation of income for the A. Ys. 2004-05 to 2011-12 being undertaken. It was this position as struck by parties which appear to have informed the decision of the Settlement Commission to order a joint verification.

iii) The Settlement Commission had at no stage concluded that the application as made were liable to be rejected either on the ground that the assessee had failed to make a full and true disclosure or that they had failed to co-operate in the proceedings. If these twin conditions were found to be satisfied for the purpose of section 245D(4), such issue could not be questioned or reagitated while examining the validity of the discretionary power exercised by the Settlement Commission u/s. 245H. Both section 245D(4) and section 245H are premised on identical considerations. It would be incorrect to uphold the contention of a perceived dichotomy between the opinion with respect to full and true disclosure u/s.245D and that which would guide section 245H.

iv) The essential ingredients liable to be borne in consideration by the Settlement Commission for the purpose of grant of immunity are co-operation by the applicant in the computation of total income in the settlement proceedings and a full and true disclosure of income being made. The joint survey which was undertaken was itself based on all original documents and material having been duly placed by the assessee. It was therefore, not alleged that the assessee either failed to co-operate in those proceedings or withheld information. Chapter XIX-A also does not envisage the Settlement Commission to be bound by the voluntary disclosure that an applicant may choose to make. It is empowered to enquire and investigate as well as call for report and material before completing the computation of income. The order of the Settlement Commission u/s. 245D(4) did not warrant interference under article 226 of the Constitution of India.

v) The power to sever and disgorge a part which is offending and unsustainable could be wielded, provided it does not impact the very foundation of an order. The consideration for the framing of an order u/s. 245D(4) and 245H did not proceed on a consideration of factors which could be said to be distinct or independent. Both were informed by and founded upon co-operation and full and true disclosure and which were the essential prerequisites for computation of the settlement amount as well as consideration of grant of immunity. These two factors thus constituted the very substratum of an application for settlement. Interfering with the grant of immunity on grounds as suggested by the Department would essentially amount to the court questioning the validity of the acceptance of the application itself by the Settlement Commission and that was not even their suggestion in these proceedings. If the twin statutory conditions are found to be satisfied and thus meriting an order of settlement u/s. 245D(4) being rendered, the position would not very or undergo a change when it came to the question of grant of immunity.”

Salary — Perquisites :— 1) Meaning of perquisite — Condition precedent for considering payment as perquisite — Amount must have been paid to the Assessee as employee — Stock options provided to ex-employees — Stock option was not perquisite — No exercise of stock option — No income chargeable to tax; 2) Assessability — Stock options given to ex-employee — No exercise of stock option — No income chargeable to tax:

16. Sanjay Baweja vs. DCIT(TDS):

[2025] 474 ITR 376 (Del.):

Date of order 30th May, 2024:

Ss. 5 and 17(2) of ITA 1961

Salary — Perquisites :— 1) Meaning of perquisite — Condition precedent for considering payment as perquisite — Amount must have been paid to the Assessee as employee — Stock options provided to ex-employees — Stock option was not perquisite — No exercise of stock option — No income chargeable to tax; 2) Assessability — Stock options given to ex-employee — No exercise of stock option — No income chargeable to tax:

The Assessee is an ex-employee of a company FIPL, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of FMPL, and FMPL in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of FPL, Singapore. In 2012, FPL introduced an Employee Stock Option Plan (ESOP) wherein FPL granted certain stock options to eligible persons, including employees of its subsidiaries. As per the plan, the Assessee was granted 1,27,552 stock options on and from 01-11-2014 to 31-11-2016 with a vesting schedule of four years. Due to the restructuring at FPL, the Assessee received a communication in April 2023 from FPL that based on the number of options held by the Assessee as on 23-12-2022, FPL had, as a one-time measure, decided to grant compensation of USD 43.67 per option towards loss in the value of options. Further, it was also stated that FPL would be withholding tax on the said compensation.

Thereafter, the Assessee filed an application u/s. 197 for no deduction of tax by FPL. However, the application was rejected on the ground that the amount received would be in the nature of perquisite u/s. 17(2)(vi) of the Act. Against the said rejection, the Assessee filed a writ petition before the High Court. The Delhi High Court allowed the petition of the Assessee and held as follows:

“i) An amount received by an employee as a perquisite would be taxable. Perquisites, as defined in section 17(2) of the Act, constitute a list of benefits or advantages, which are made taxable and are incidental to employment and received in excess of salary. As per section 17(2)(vi) of the Act, perquisites include the value of any specified security allotted or transferred, directly or indirectly, by the employer, or former employer, free of cost or at a concessional rate to the employee-assessee. The most crucial ingredient of this inclusive definition is “determinable value of any specified security received by the employee by way of transfer or allotment, directly or indirectly, by the employer”. As per Explanation (c) to section 17(2)(vi) of the Act, the value of specified security could only be calculated once the option is exercised. A literal understanding of the provision would provide that the value of specified securities or sweat equity shares is dependent upon the exercise of option by the assessee. Therefore, for an income to be included in the inclusive definition of “perquisite”, it is essential that it is generated from the exercise of options, by the employee. Hence the condition precedent for considering a payment as a perquisite, is that the payment must be made by an employer to his employee.

ii) The manner or nature of payment, as comprehensible by the deductor, would not determine the taxability of such transaction. It is the quality of payment that determines its character and not the mode of payment. Unless the charging section of the Income-tax Act, 1961 elucidates any monetary receipt as chargeable to tax, the Department cannot proceed to charge such receipt as a revenue receipt and that too on the basis of the manner or nature of payment, as comprehensible by the deductor of tax at source.

iii) The stock options were merely held by the assessee and had not been exercised till date and thus, they did not constitute income chargeable to tax in the hands of the assessee as none of the contingencies specified in section 17(2)(vi) of the Act had occurred. Moreover, the compensation was a voluntary payment and not transfer by way of any obligation. The present was not a case where the option holder had exercised his right. Rather, the facts suggested that the assessee had not exercised his options under the plan till date. Due to the disinvestment of the business from the Singapore company, the board of directors of that company had decided to provide a one-time voluntary payment to all the option holders pursuant to employees stock option plan. The management proceeded by noting that there was no legal or contractual right under the plan to provide compensation for loss in current value or any potential losses on account of future accretion to the stock option holders. The payment in question was not linked to the employment or business of the assessee, rather it was a one-time voluntary payment to all the option holders of stock options, pursuant to the disinvestment of the business from the Singapore company. Even though the right to exercise an option was available to the assessee, the amount received by him did not arise out of any transfer of stock options by the employer. Rather, it was a one-time voluntary payment not arising out of any statutory or contractual obligation. The rejection of application was not valid. [Since the transaction already took place on July 31, 2023, liberty was accorded to the assessee to file an application for refund of the tax deducted at source before the Department. The Department was further directed to consider the application of the assessee.]”

Offences and prosecution — Deduction of tax at source — Delay in payment of tax deducted at source — Delayed payment of tax deducted at source to Department with interest without objection by Department — Delay explained by assessee as due to crisis in company — No malafide intention of evasion on part of assessee — Prosecution after a lapse of more than three years quashed:

15. SVSVS Projects Pvt. Ltd. vs. State of Telangana:

[2025] 474 ITR 306 (Telangana):

A.Ys. 2011-12: Date of order 30th January, 2024:

S. 276B of ITA 1961:

Offences and prosecution — Deduction of tax at source — Delay in payment of tax deducted at source — Delayed payment of tax deducted at source to Department with interest without objection by Department — Delay explained by assessee as due to crisis in company — No malafide intention of evasion on part of assessee — Prosecution after a lapse of more than three years quashed:

There was an allegation against the Assessee that for the AY 2011-12, TDS was deducted by the Assessee but not deposited with the Central Government in time. As per the data available online, there was a delay on 39 occasions and on the basis of several such delays, it was alleged that the Assessee deliberately did not deposit tax to the credit of Central Government which was a punishable offence u/s. 276B. The Assessing Officer issued a letter dated 16/01/2013 stating that the tax deducted at source payable was ₹77,37,097 which was delayed and the interest for such delay was ₹13,36,278. However, the Assessee had paid interest of ₹12,37,164 and therefore balance interest of ₹99,114 was payable u/s. 201(1A) of the Act. The said balance interest was paid on 19th March, 2013.

Subsequently, on 14th March, 2014, a letter was issued by the Commissioner proposing to launch prosecution for not depositing the TDS with the Central Government within the stipulated time and an opportunity of hearing was given to the Assessee on 7th April, 2014. On 25/07/2014, the Assessee responded by stating that the entire amount of TDS along with interest was paid and that the delay was not wilful or negligent but due to financial crisis in the company. On 2nd December, 2016, the Commissioner granted sanction for prosecution and complaint was filed by the Assessing Officer on 3rd February, 2017.

The Telangana High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the Assessee and held as follows:

“i) The payment of the entire tax deducted at source for the A. Y. 2011-12 with interest was paid by the assessee even prior to the letter addressed by the Income-tax Officer. Having received the notice, the balance of tax deducted at source interest was also paid. The Department had accepted both the tax deducted at source amounts and the interest component without any objection. Having accepted the entire amount nearly one year thereafter, the proposal for launching prosecution was made and two years and nine months thereafter sanction was accorded by the Commissioner for prosecution. No doubt, the tax deducted at source was credited to the Central Government account, though with a delay. However, the penal interest that was attracted was totally paid without raising any objection. The delay had occurred on 39 occasions and since the payments were delayed, the interest component was collected.

ii) The assessee had clarified that the delay in crediting the tax deducted at source to the Central Government account was on account of crisis in the company. In such circumstances, it could not be said that the company entertained any fraudulent intention to avoid payment of the tax deducted at source. No useful purpose would be served at this length of time by prosecuting the assessee. When the entire amount of tax deducted at source with interest had been paid even prior to the first communication from the Department and the balance interest amount had been paid after notice, it would be appropriate to quash the proceedings against the assessee. Accordingly, the criminal proceedings against the assessee before the Special Judge for Economic Offences were quashed.”

A. Offences and Prosecution — Sanction for prosecution — Deduction of tax at source — Delay in depositing with revenue — Assessee depositing tax deducted with Revenue for A.Ys. 2012-13 to 2018-19 with interest though belatedly — Effect of circulars issued by CBDT — Interpretation of provisions of s. 276B to include delay in deposit of tax deducted at source manifestly arbitrary — Prosecution quashed: B. Offences and prosecution — Sanction for prosecution — Principal Officer — Directors of Assessee company prosecuted for delay in payment of tax deducted at source with Revenue — Non-issue of notice and order to treat any of them as principal officer of the assessee — No order imposing penalty as “deemed to be an assessee in default” on assessee or its directors — Criminal complaints against directors of assessee not stating consent, connivance or negligence on their part as required u/s. 278B(2) — Directors of assessee cannot be prosecuted: C. Offences and prosecution — Deduction of tax at source — Scope of s. 278B(2) — Conduct of business of company must have nexus with the offence committed — Amendment in law from year 1997 — Use of the phrase “as required by or under the provisions of Chapter VII-B” — Linked only with and explains manner of deduction of tax and payment thereof — Assessee deposited entire tax deducted at source with Revenue for A.Ys. 2012-13 to 2018-19 with interest belatedly — Prosecution quashed:

14. Hemant Mahipatray Shah vs. Anand Upadhyay:

[2025] 482 ITR 1 (Bom.):

A.Ys. 2012-13 to 2018-19: Date of order 12th August, 2024:

Ss. 2(35)(b), 201, 221, 276B, 278B and 279(1) of ITA 1961

A. Offences and Prosecution — Sanction for prosecution — Deduction of tax at source — Delay in depositing with revenue — Assessee depositing tax deducted with Revenue for A.Ys. 2012-13 to 2018-19 with interest though belatedly — Effect of circulars issued by CBDT — Interpretation of provisions of s. 276B to include delay in deposit of tax deducted at source manifestly arbitrary — Prosecution quashed:

B. Offences and prosecution — Sanction for prosecution — Principal Officer — Directors of Assessee company prosecuted for delay in payment of tax deducted at source with Revenue — Non-issue of notice and order to treat any of them as principal officer of the assessee — No order imposing penalty as “deemed to be an assessee in default” on assessee or its directors — Criminal complaints against directors of assessee not stating consent, connivance or negligence on their part as required u/s. 278B(2) — Directors of assessee cannot be prosecuted:

C. Offences and prosecution — Deduction of tax at source — Scope of s. 278B(2) — Conduct of business of company must have nexus with the offence committed — Amendment in law from year 1997 — Use of the phrase “as required by or under the provisions of Chapter VII-B” — Linked only with and explains manner of deduction of tax and payment thereof — Assessee deposited entire tax deducted at source with Revenue for A.Ys. 2012-13 to 2018-19 with interest belatedly — Prosecution quashed:

The petitioner is a Director of a company M/s. Hubtown Ltd (‘the Assessee Company’). During the previous years relevant to A.Ys. 2012-13 to 2018-19. The Assessee Company deducted tax at source but delayed paying the same to the Government.

Show cause notices were issued to the Assessee Company and its Directors which were replied and the explanations provided. However, the Assessing Officer arrived at a conclusion that the Assessee and its Directors were responsible for paying tax as per section 204 and had, therefore, committed default u/s. 200 read with rule 30 of the Income-tax Rules without reasonable cause to pay the tax so deducted under the various sections of the Act from payments made to various parties, which amounted to an offence punishable u/s. 276B read with section 278B.

The Commissioner of Income-tax (TDS) gave sanction u/s. 279(1) to prosecute the Assessee Company and its Directors u/s. 276B r.w.s. 278B as prima facie they were liable to be prosecuted under these sections. Accordingly, complaints were filed before the Magistrate Court. The Magistrate arrived at a conclusion and issued process against the Assessee Company and the Petitioner.

The order of the Magistrate was challenged before the Sessions Court by filing criminal revision application. However, the Sessions Court also rejected the revision application and confirmed the issuance of process directed by the Magistrate.

The Petitioner Director filed writ petition against the said order of the Sessions Court. The Bombay High Court allowed the petition and held as follows:

“i) The scope of section 276B of the Income-tax Act, 1961, as amended by the Finance Act, 1997 ([1997] 225 ITR (St.) 113), will have to be understood in its correct perspective. It covers cases of failure to pay and not mere delay in deposit of tax deducted at source. In the unamended provisions prior to the year 1997, the words “as required by or under the provisions of Chapter XVII-B” could be read along with the words “both”. Under the amended provisions from the year 1997, the criminal liability is attracted on failure to pay. The phrase “as required by or under the provisions of Chapter XVII-B” is separately mentioned in clause (a) of section 276B and hence, is linked only with and explains the manner in which tax is required to be deducted and not the manner of payment thereof. Therefore, under the amended provisions, if the tax deducted at source has been paid in full, even with some delay, section 276B would not be attracted.

ii) Prosecution u/s. 276B should not normally be proposed when the amount involved and/or the period of default is not substantial and the amount in default has also been deposited in the meantime to the credit of the Government. No such situation will apply to levy of interest u/s. 201(1A). In this context CBDT bearing F. No. 255/339/79-IT(Inv.), dated May 28, 1980 may be referred to.

iii) The provisions of 278B(1) is for prosecuting an offender, the term “conduct of business of the company” must have a nexus with “the offence committed” and hence, in the context of such offence u/s. 276B ought to be interpreted (which is in relation to “failure to pay” the tax deducted at source) to be the “principal officer” who has been made responsible, u/s. 204(iii) , for paying the tax deducted at source to the Government. The proviso to section 278B(1) prescribes “absence of knowledge” as a valid defence for invoking the section. Where a person is declared a “principal officer” of a company by an “order” under section 201(1), it would, prima facie, fulfil the requirement of presumption of knowledge. The term “director” which has been separately defined u/s. 2(20) has not been used in section 278B(1). As such director is not covered thereunder. Sub-section (2) of section 278B which commences with a non obstante clause provides an action to prosecute a person which expressly applies to a director. Emphasis is on the words “with the consent”, “connivance” or “attributable to the neglect” of such director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company.

iv) Admittedly, tax deducted at source by the assessee had already been deposited with interest as provided u/s. 201(1A). No notice had been issued by the Assessing Officer to any of the petitioners u/s. 2(35)(b) to treat any of them as principal officer of the assessee. The complaints had been filed against the assessee and the petitioners who were its directors, for delay in depositing the tax deducted at source. The taxes deducted at source by the assessee had already been deposited with interest as provided for u/s. 201(1A). No order as contemplated u/s. 201(1) read with section 201(3) had been passed treating any of the petitioners as principal officer of the assessee and by which such principal officer was “deemed to be assessee-in-default”. No order imposing penalty, either initially or further penalty, as “deemed to be an assessee-in-default” u/s. 221 has been passed against the assessee or any of the petitioners for the A. Y. 2017-18. Though the petitioners were “directors” of the assessee, no contention had been made in the complaints regarding “consent”, “connivance” or “negligence” as required u/s. 278B(2)

v) A combined reading of circulars dated May 28, 1980 and April 24, 2008 contemplate that prosecution ought not to be launched where the tax has been deposited. The words “where the amount of default has been deposited in the meantime” in the circular dated May 28, 1980 signify such intent and the words “in addition to the recovery steps as may be necessary in such cases” in circular dated April 24, 2008 also signifies that there are pending arrears which need to be recovered. The ratio laid down in Madhumilan Syntex Ltd. vs. Union of India [2007] 290 ITR 199 (SC), would not be applicable in view of the circular dated April 24, 2008 and, therefore, it cannot be treated as a precedent for the period after April 24, 2008. The circular dated April 24, 2008 prescribes that the prosecution is to be launched within sixty days of detection of the default. Though the circular also prefixes the requirement with the words “preferably”, it also signifies that if not in sixty days the period cannot extend indefinitely for an unreasonable period. If section 276B is interpreted to include the delay in deposit of tax deducted at source it would make the provision manifestly arbitrary.

vi) The definition of “principal officer” as contemplated in section 2(35) , required the Assessing Officer to issue notice to any person connected with the management or administration of the assessee for his intention of treating him as the ”principal officer” thereof. The obligation did not end with mere issue of a notice. Section 201(1) , proviso to section 201(1) and 201(3) made it mandatory for the Assessing Officer to pass an order. The order was also appealable under section 246(1)(i). The order would determine which officer of the assessee was proposed to be dealt as “principal officer” and in view of the exclusion under the proviso to section 201(1), whether the assessee and its principal officer should be “deemed to be assessee-in-default”.

vii) Section 2(35)(b) postulates the Assessing Officer to issue notice of his “intention to treat” a person connected with the management and administration of an assessee as its “principal officer” that mere issuance of notice would not ipso facto become a final “determination” of classification and identification of a person as “principal officer”. Since treating a person as such would not only have civil but also penal consequences. As such, an order making such determination was necessary. Such “adjudication” was contemplated u/s. 201 when such person other than the assessee was held to be a principal officer and was also thereafter deemed to be an assessee-in-default. Any person aggrieved by such order would have remedies available under section 246(1)(i). The term “principal officer” has been used singular and not in plural and the word “officer” is further premised by the word “principal” which signifies “main” officer and not all the officers who may in some way be connected with the management or administration of the company.“Determination” could therefore, be done only while passing an order u/s. 201(1). Section 204(iii) also defines and fixes the responsibility for paying the tax deducted at source in relation to the company on its “principal officer”.

viii) The offences being offences u/s. 276B would imply that the failure to pay the tax deducted at source must have direct relation, namely, consent, connivance or neglect of such person.

ix) The Revenue had not invoked the provisions of section 221 read with section 201(1) to impose penalty against the assessee or the principal officer of the assessee for “failure to pay the whole or any part of tax, as required by or under this Act” and hence could not be permitted to prosecute the petitioners for the same substantive act which was also categorized as an “offence” u/s. 276B . As such, further trial of the petitioners by the criminal court was not permissible which would tantamount to abuse of process of the court. The orders of issuance of process by the Additional Chief Metropolitan Magistrates and the orders rejecting the criminal revision applications by the Additional Sessions Court were quashed and set aside.”

Glimpses of Supreme Court Rulings

3. Vaibhav Goel and Ors. vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax and Ors.

Civil Appeal No. 49 of 2022 Decided on: 20.03.2025

Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code – After the approval of the Resolution Plan on 21st May 2019, the Income Tax Department issued demand notices dated 26th December 2019 and 28th December 2019 under the IT Act concerning assessment years 2012-13 and 2013-14, respectively to the Corporate Debtor undergoing Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process – Held – All the dues including the statutory dues owed to the Central Government, if not a part of the Resolution Plan, shall stand extinguished and no proceedings could be continued in respect of such dues for the period prior to the date on which the adjudicating authority grants its approval under Section 31 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

The Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP) was initiated concerning the corporate debtor M/s. Tehri Iron and Steel Casting Ltd. (‘the CD’). The Joint Resolution Applicants submitted a Resolution Plan dated 21st January 2019. The National Company Law Tribunal (‘the NCLT’), vide its order dated 21st May 2019, approved the Resolution Plan submitted by the Appellants.

The Resolution Plan had referred to the liability of ₹16,85,79,469/- (Rupees Sixteen-crores, eighty-five lakhs, seventy-nine thousand, four-hundred and sixty- nine only) of the Income Tax Department for the assessment year 2014-15 based on the demand dated 18th December 2017 which was rectified under Section 154 of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (for short, ‘the IT Act’). The liability was shown in the Resolution Plan under the heading “Contingent liabilities”.

After the approval of the Resolution Plan, the Income Tax Department issued demand notices dated 26th December 2019 and 28th December 2019 under the IT Act concerning assessment years 2012-13 and 2013-14, respectively, in respect of the CD. However, admittedly, no claim about the demands for the two assessment years was submitted before the Resolution Professional. The Monitoring Professional, addressed a letter to the Income Tax Department, contending that the demands for the two aforesaid assessment years were unsustainable in law.

As the Income Tax Department issued a letter dated 2nd June 2020 asserting the said demands, the Monitoring Professional applied to the NCLT for declaring that the demands made by the Income Tax Department pertaining to assessment years 2012-13 and 2013-14 were invalid. It was urged that the said demands were invalid as no claim in respect thereof was made before the Resolution Professional until the Resolution Plan was approved by the order dated 21st May 2019. By the order dated 17th September 2020, the NCLT dismissed the application, holding it to be frivolous. The costs of ₹1 lakh were made payable by the Joint Resolution Applicants and the Monitoring Professional.

Being aggrieved by the said order, an appeal under Section 61 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (for short, ‘the IB Code’) was preferred before the National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (‘the NCLAT’). By the impugned judgment and order dated 25th November, 2021, the NCLAT dismissed the said appeal.

An appeal under Section 62 of ‘the IB Code’ against the judgment and order dated 25th November 2021 passed by the NCLAT was filed before the Supreme Court.

The Supreme Court held that in view of its decision in Ghanashyam Mishra and Sons Pvt. Ltd. 2021:INSC:250 : (2021) 9 SCC 657, all the dues including the statutory dues owed to the Central Government, if not a part of the Resolution Plan, shall stand extinguished and no proceedings could be continued in respect of such dues for the period prior to the date on which the adjudicating authority grants its approval under Section 31 of the IB Code. In this case, the income tax dues of the CD for the assessment years 2012-13 and 2013-14 were not part of the approved Resolution Plan. Therefore, in view of Sub-section (1) of Section 31, as interpreted by the Supreme Court in the above decision, the dues of the Income Tax Department owed by the CD for the assessment years 2012-13 and 2013-14 stood extinguished.

The Supreme Court noted that its decision in the case of Ghanashyam Mishra and Sons Pvt. Ltd. 2021:INSC:250 : (2021) 9 SCC 657 was specifically relied upon before the NCLAT. This decision was brushed aside by the NCLAT, firstly on the ground that the said decision was not relied upon before NCLT and, secondly, on the ground that the Appellants had not challenged the Resolution Plan. According to the Supreme Court, the NCLAT unfortunately had ignored the binding precedent and the legal effect of the approval of the Resolution Plan as laid down in paragraphs 102.1 to 102.3 of the aforementioned decision. The reason given by NCLAT that the decision of this Court could not be considered as it was not cited before the NCLT was perverse.

The Supreme Court further noted that on the application made by the Monitoring Professional, the NCLT issued notice to the Income Tax Department by order dated 27th August 2020. However, by the order dated 17th September 2020, which was impugned before the NCLAT, without considering the merits and without recording reasons, the NCLT held that the application was frivolous as the Monitoring Professional was seeking relief, which the Bench did not consider at the time of the approval of the Resolution Plan. The NCLT also imposed costs of ₹1 lakh on the Joint Resolution Applicants and the Monitoring Professional. The Supreme Court did not approve NCLT’s approach of not considering the application on merits and dismissing the same without recording any reasons and also by imposing costs. According to the Supreme Court, the order of payment of costs was unwarranted.

In view of the above discussion, the Supreme Court held that the Resolution Plan approved on 21st May 2019 was binding on the Income Tax Department. Therefore, the subsequent demand raised by the Income Tax Department for the assessment years 2012-13 and 2013-14 was invalid.

According to the Supreme Court, once the Resolution Plan is approved by the NCLT, no belated claim can be included therein that was not made earlier. If such demands are taken into consideration, the Joint Resolution Applicants will not be in a position to recommence the business of the CD on a clean slate. On this aspect, the Supreme Court noted that in paragraph 107 of its decision in the case of Committee of Creditors of Essar Steel India Ltd. 2019:INSC:1256 : (2020) 8 SCC 531 it was held as under:

“107. For the same reason, the impugned NCLAT judgment [Standard Chartered Bank v. Satish Kumar Gupta,] in holding that claims that may exist apart from those decided on merits by the resolution professional and by the Adjudicating Authority/Appellate Tribunal can now be decided by an appropriate forum in terms of Section 60(6) of the Code, also militates against the rationale of Section 31 of the Code. A successful resolution applicant cannot suddenly be faced with “undecided” claims after the resolution plan submitted by him has been accepted as this would amount to a hydra head popping up which would throw into uncertainty amounts payable by a prospective resolution applicant who would successfully take over the business of the corporate debtor. All claims must be submitted to and decided by the resolution professional so that a prospective resolution applicant knows exactly what has to be paid in order that it may then take overand run the business of the corporate debtor. This, the successful resolution applicant does on a fresh slate, as has been pointed out by us hereinabove. Forthese reasons, NCLAT judgment must also be set aside on this count.”

According to the Supreme Court, the additional demands made by the Income Tax Department in respect of the assessment years 2012-13 and 2013-14 would operate as roadblocks in implementing the approved Resolution Plan, and Joint Resolution Applicants would not be able to restart the operations of the CD on a clean slate.

The Supreme Court, therefore, held that the demands raised by the Income Tax Department against the CD in respect of assessment years 2012-13 and 2013-14 were invalid and could not be enforced. The Supreme Court set aside the impugned orders of NCLT and NCLAT and allowed the appeal accordingly.

From The President

Sayonara Tokyo; Berlin in 1000 days!

Amongst an otherwise noisy geopolitical backdrop, according to NITI Aayog CEO B.V.R. Subrahmanyam, this month, the Indian economy tip-toed itself to the 4th spot in the leaderboard of world’s largest economies in terms of GDP: Gross Domestic Product is calculated at market terms, surpassing that of Japan and close on the heels of Germany positioned at the 3rd spot in these rankings.

Coincidentally, India has reclaimed the 4th rank exactly 100 years after losing it to Germany in 1925. Further falling to the 6th rank at the time of Independence in 1947 to reaching a low-point of 17th rank in 1991, the Indian economy has since grown at an average rate of 6.5% per annum from 1991 to the present, progressively advancing and moving up the ranks on the global leaderboard.

Systemic intercession during the 1991 liberalisation, coupled with consistent growth-oriented policies by successive governments, a robust entrepreneurial spirit, and a largely cohesive national demeanour, has enabled India to leverage its population advantage to significantly improve its ranking among global economies.

As we commemorate and build on our overall size, our performance on Per Capita GDP remains a dismal laggard. Only a consistent performance in growth of 7.3% per annum for the next 25 years can help us reach a reasonable per capita GDP of ~$ 13,000. Such consistency of high growth will demand significant continuous interventions to enable growth as well as strategic restraints to side-step blunders over a fairly long period of time. The annals of history have yet to witness a transformation of this magnitude, and we are on the brink of a quarter-century that could redefine the future of the largest country on Earth.

As intellectuals, while we can readily enumerate numerous initiatives to achieve our full potential, a common element in all such lists would be the empowerment of our people through Education. It is only when equipped with the power of education that our workforce can advance effectively toward the dream of a developed nation. History demonstrates that civilisations prosper when they embrace inquiry, learning, and its application, the Industrial Revolution of the 1800s being the classic illustration.

As chartered accountants, we are privileged recipients of this gift of education, and we are observant witnesses to the social mobility that this course has provided to millions of us. At BCAS, the core purpose of the organisation is to facilitate the furtherance of education through various initiatives. It is at this opportune moment that with support from the family and well-wishers of our past president, Late Shri Pradyumna N. Shah, within BCAS Foundation, a new fund has been established as ‘Shri P. N. Shah CA Students’ Endowment Fund’. This fund has been established with a specific objective to provide continuous grants to deserving students pursuing the Chartered Accountancy course. We remain confident that this long-term fund with significant corpus will make a positive impact to the lives of hundreds of chartered accountancy students.

Whilst the Per Capita GDP ratio remains an absolute and real measure of our success, the route to enhanced per capita GDP travels through the GERD: Gross Expenditure on Research & Development ratio. GERD is expressed as a percentage of GDP, indicating a country’s investment in R&D relative to its overall economic output. It’s a key indicator of a country’s commitment to innovation and technological advancement, and the GERD ratio consistently precedes a higher Per Capita GDP ratio.

On a global basis over the last few decades, investment in R&D has grown sharply worldwide. Global R&D outlays nearly tripled in real terms from about $1 trillion in 2000 to $2.75 trillion by 2023. As economies have expanded, the share of R&D in world GDP has also risen from roughly 1.49% in 2000 to nearly 2.68% by 2023. This reflects a shift toward innovation-driven growth: major economies have kept or increased their R&D intensity in recent years. For example, the OECD area’s R&D intensity has held steady at about 2.7% of GDP since 2020, whereas the high R&D spenders like Israel, Korea and the US lead in both per-capita R&D and R&D/GDP by almost 2 to 3 times.

India’s R&D intensity remains among the lowest of the world’s large economies. Official data indicate that India’s gross R&D spending was 0.64% in 2020–21. In comparison, China and the European Union spend approximately 2–3%, the United States and Japan allocate around 3–4%, and Korea and Israel invest between 5–6%. Despite robust gross GDP growth, India’s low R&D investment limits its ability to reap the benefits of global innovation trends.

The lack of genuine, rigorous, evidence-supported deep research, with appropriate investments of time, effort, and funds into such projects, is a noticeable trend across various sectors in India, including areas impacting our profession. As our economy progresses and competes with strong global alternatives, it will be crucial to enhance our R&D initiatives, as “what brought us here will not take us there.”

At BCAS earlier this year, we embarked on our small journey of research-based thought leadership by collaborating with IIM-Mumbai on a multi-year research effort. Through this collaboration, this month, we are happy to announce the launch of the first Research Paper on Group Taxation: a strategic reform for simplified compliance, enhanced competitiveness, and economic growth. Through this Research Paper, BCAS aims to advocate a novel approach to the Indian Income Tax framework built on the promise of enhancing the competitiveness of Indian businesses. With the successful completion of the first research project, the IIM-Mumbai and BCAS teams have now green-flagged a second research project on ‘carry-back of tax losses – in light of the Indian context’.

Continuing the thrust on research, your Society has embarked on another Research track with NITI Aayog – India’s premier think-tank on policy and planning initiatives. The Consultative Group on Tax Policy of NITI Aayog, a specialised cohort dedicated to analysing and recommending reforms in tax policies and BCAS, have embarked on this journey to leverage the extensive technical expertise within BCAS to propose blue-sky enhancements to simplify India’s current tax and fiscal policies.

On a related note, your Society had an occasion to discuss its suggestions on the Income Tax Bill, 2025 with the Parliamentary Select Committee on Income Tax Bill, 2025. A detailed memorandum listing the suggestions on various facets of the Income Tax Bill, 2025 has been submitted to the Select Committee. We remain committed to continuing our thought-leadership initiatives around the important Income Tax Bill, 2025.

CA Anand Bathiya

President

From Published Accounts

COMPILER’S NOTE

On first time adoption of Ind AS, for accounting for investment in subsidiaries and associates, Ind AS 27 gives an option to record the same at Cost (less impairment, if any). Most companies in India adopted this option when they adopted Ind AS. The normal accounting for the same as per Ind AS 109 is ‘Fair value through Other Comprehensive Income’.

Given below is a case where the company had though earlier adopted the option given under Ind AS 27 to account for its investments in subsidiaries at cost, has now, with retrospective effect, changed the same to ‘Fair value through Other Comprehensive Income’. Ind AS 108 permits such change Such change in policy can be done only in cases where the same can provide more reliable and relevant information about the effects of transactions, other events or conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial performance to the users of financial results/statements.

Tata Steel Ltd. (financial results for the quarter and year ended 31st March, 2025)

Extract from the communication by the company addressed to the Stock Exchanges

Change of Accounting Policy

During the quarter ended 31st March, 2025, the Company has voluntarily changed its accounting policy in keeping with the provisions of Ind AS 8 on “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors” to measure its equity investments in subsidiaries in the standalone financial results/statements from cost less impairment as per Ind AS 27 on “Separate Financial Statements” to fair value through other comprehensive income as per Ind AS 109 on “Financial instruments” with retrospective effect.

In the standalone financial results / statements, investments in subsidiaries are now classified as “Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVTOCI)” with changes in fair value of such investments being recognised through “Other Comprehensive Income (OCI)” as on each reporting date.

The Company’s Management believes that this change in accounting policy provides reliable and more relevant information about the effects of transactions, other events or conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial performance to the users of financial results / statements.

Further details on the rationale and impact of change in accounting policy on the financial statements / results of the Company for quarter and year ended 31st March, 2025 are provided in notes 6 and 7 forming part of the Financial Results for the quarter and year ended 31st March, 2025 enclosed as Annexure 1.

From Notes to Published financial results for the quarter and year ended 31st March, 2025

Note 6

Tata Steel Europe Limited (‘TSE”), a wholly owned step-down subsidiary of the Company, is undertaking a transition towards de-carbonised operations and away from the current blast furnace-based production processes across both the UK and Netherlands businesses which would affect the estimates of its future cash flow projections. The technology transition and investments are dependent on financial and policy support of the local governments in the country of operation (refer Note 6c), as well as an overall regulatory regime which incentivises reduction of CO2 emissions in Europe. Management’s assessment is that generally, these potential carbon reduction-related costs would be compensated by a combination of higher steel prices or through public spending or subsidies.

a) On 15th September, 2023, Tata Steel UK Limited (“TSUK”) which forms the main part of the UK business, announced a joint agreement with the UK Government on a proposal to invest in state-of-the-art electric arc furnace (‘EAF’) steelmaking at the Port Talbot site with a capital cost of £1.25 billion inclusive of a grant from the UK Government of up to £500 million. Consequent to the announcement, TSUK during FY24 had assessed and concluded that it had created a valid expectation among those affected and had accordingly recognised a provision of ₹2,492 crore towards restructuring and closure costs including redundancy and employee termination costs. TSUK had also recognised ₹2,601 crore towards impairment of heavy end assets which are not expected to be used for any significant period beyond 31st March, 2024. These provisions were also accordingly recognised in the consolidated statement of profit and loss for the Group. During the quarter ended 31st March, 2025, TSUK has re-assessed the estimate of restructuring provisions in connection with the closure of the heavy end assets, including termination and re-negotiation of certain contracts, and associated transformation activities and has reversed certain provisions not required of ₹260.14 crore (quarter ended 31st December, 2024: Nil; quarter ended 31st March, 2024: charge of ₹67.42 crore; twelve months ended 31st March, 2025: reversal of ₹48.68 crore) which is included within Exceptional item 8(f) in the consolidated financial results. The Grant Funding Agreement (GFA) for the decarbonisation proposal was signed with the UK Government on September 11, 2024. With the UK Government funding available under the GFA and a commitment to infuse equity into TSUK through T Steel Global Holdings Pte. Ltd. (‘TSGH”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, TSUK now has the certainty that funding is available for its decarbonisation proposal from both the UK Government and the Company, in addition to its own cash generation. Accordingly, during the quarter ended 30th September, 2024 it was concluded that there does not exist any material uncertainty relating to going concern assessment of TSUK and that TSUK has access to adequate liquidity to fund its operations, that continues to hold good as on March 31, 2025.

b) With respect to Tata Steel Netherland (“TSN”) operations, intense discussions between the management and the Netherlands government are ongoing with relation to a “tailor-made approach” for support to address the reduction of carbon emissions and environmental concerns of the local community and authorities. The team from the Ministry of Climate and Green Growth has carried out a detailed diligence of TS N’s integrated plan for decarbonisation and environmental measures. On 20th February, 2025, the Ministry of Climate and Green Growth submitted a letter to the Dutch parliament on the progress of negotiations including next steps towards a Joint Letter of Intent to be filed before the parliament and the submission of the proposed project to the European Commission. The Company expects to formalise an agreement with the Netherlands Government in the near term. TSN’s transition plan considers that the policy environment in the Netherlands and EU is supportive to the European steel industry including Dutch Policy developments towards energy costs, an effective European Carbon Border Adjustment mechanism, and convergence with other EU countries on climate costs besides the tailor-made support mechanism. In relation to the likely investments required for the decarbonisation, the scenarios consider that the Dutch Government will provide a certain level of financial support, which is the subject of discussions between the Company, TSN and the Dutch government. On 19th December, 2024, the Environment Agency (EA) of the Netherlands imposed two orders under penalty (“Orders”) on Tata Steel ljmuiden (TSIJ), a wholly owned subsidiary of TSN, for a maximum amount of 239 crore stating alleged non-compliance of emission thresholds for operations of its Coke and Gas Plants (CGP 1 and CGP 2) with a period of 8 weeks for TSIJ to reduce the emissions to a level within the threshold limits. In addition, the EA had also sent a notice on alleged non-compliances regarding certain state of maintenance of its CGP2 plant for which the EA has given TSIJ a period of 12 months to remedy the alleged non- compliances, failing which, the permit for operating CGP 2 can get revoked. With relation to some of the immediate actions, TSIJ has sought and obtained injunctive relief from the court on the notice. At the same time, in constructive discussions with the local provincial authorities, TSN is preparing a future oriented plan including all improvements of the coke and gas plants’ environmental performance, and has also intensified discussions with the EA. The plan includes measures which are part of the discussions with the Netherlands government and will include solutions for outstanding orders or notices. It is also discussing appropriate measurement protocols for the future with the EA. Given the positive and solution-oriented approach being taken, the Company sees no material risk of premature license/permit revocation or possibility of suspension or closure of the coke and gas plants. Furthermore, based on the latest available cash flow and liquidity forecasts and other available measures, TSN is expected to have adequate liquidity to meet its future business requirements. On such basis, the financial statements of TSE have accordingly been prepared on a going concern basis. The Group has assessed its ability to meet any liquidity requirements at TSE, if required, and concluded that its cashflow and liquidity position remains adequate.

c) The fair value of investments held by the Company in T Steel Holdings Pte. Ltd. (‘TSH”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company is largely dependent on the operational and financial performance of TSE. This fair value has been primarily assessed based on fair value models for the TSUK and TSN businesses. The fair value computation uses cash flow forecasts based not only on the most recent financial budgets, but more importantly strategic forecasts and future projections taking the analysis on sustainable cash flow reflecting average steel industry conditions (between cyclical peaks and troughs of profitability) out into perpetuity based on a steady state. If any of the key assumptions change, the fair value of the relevant business would increase/decrease and that could lead to change in the carrying amount of investments in TSH.

Both TSUK and TSN are undertaking a broader strategic transformation, triggered by regulatory changes which are driving decarbonisation in Europe. This will necessarily involve gradual closure of legacy assets and replacement by a new production route centred around electric arc furnaces. Future cashflows will be heavily dependent on the impact of evolving regulations on Carbon Border Adjustment, availability/pricing of clean raw materials, energy and associated infrastructure, and assumptions around costs of and market premium for green steel. The Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism is the European Union and UK’s tool to put a fair price on the carbon emitted during the production of carbon intensive goods and charge this fair price at the point of entry of such goods imported into the territory, so as to provide a level playing field to local producers of such goods who are also incurring equivalent carbon costs. This mechanism would also ordinarily imply an increase in prices of the finished steel relative to other geographies which have not adopted/ have lower CO2 pricing. In addition, there are market expectations of customers being willing to pay additional green steel premia for steel with lower embedded CO2. While both these factors will have significant impact on the future cashflows, the estimates of the extent of this impact are currently uncertain. Further, the businesses are also facing potential lasting changes in the market as a result of tariff and non-tariff barriers to trade, policy responses in Europe (including the EU Steel and Metals Action Plan) and the UK, and supply side changes from other geographies.

The long-term financial forecasts and valuation in both TSUK and TSN are therefore seeing fundamental underlying changes in terms of key business assumptions, significant changes in production methods and assets, raw material and production costs, regulatory impacts, critical policy enablers and future focus market sectors. These changes will play out over the following several years. Implicit in these changes are risks and opportunities facing both businesses which include potential upsides in profitability and value.

However, given these fundamental changes and fast evolving business landscape, and to provide more timely visibility into the performance of invested capital and reflect the true value of its subsidiaries, during the quarter and year ended 31st March, 2025, the Company has voluntarily changed its accounting policy in keeping with the provisions of Ind AS 8 “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors” to measure its equity investments in subsidiaries in the standalone financial results/statements from cost less impairment as per Ind AS 27 “Separate Financial Statements” to fair value through other comprehensive income as per Ind AS 109 “Financial instruments” with retrospective effect (refer Note 7 below).

As the investments in the European business are long-term in nature and strategic for the Company, therefore, the Company has opted under Ind AS 109, to reflect the changes in fair value through Other Comprehensive Income. This allows the Company to keep the changes in fair value of investments in these long-term strategic assets distinct from the underlying financial performance of the Company’s regular business activities in the relevant period.

The Company carried out a fair value assessment of its investments held in TSH, which in turn holds investments in TSE through a step-down subsidiary and recognised a fair value loss through Other Comprehensive Income of ₹25,626 crore and ₹24,870 crore during the quarter and year ended 31st March, 2025 in the standalone financial results / statements.

The Company believes that key assumptions which have been used to undertake the valuation in its balance sheet as of 31st March, 2025, represent the best view of the future economic landscape and operating model at this time. Going forward, the key assumptions would be kept under review and relevant changes, if any, will be reflected in the financial results/statements from time to time.

Note 7

The majority of investments in the Company’s balance sheet are comprised of investments made in Tata Steel Holdings (reflecting the overseas businesses, mainly in Europe). The Company had so far maintained an accounting policy of carrying investments in subsidiaries at cost less accumulated impairment losses. This has been suitable historically because of a stable landscape in terms of continuing legacy assets, end markets and regulatory framework.

As explained in Note 6 above, during the quarter and year ended 31st March, 2025, the Company has voluntarily changed its accounting policy in keeping with the provisions of Ind AS 8 “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors” to measure its equity investments in subsidiaries in the standalone financial results/statements from cost less impairment as per Ind AS 27 “Separate Financial Statements” to fair value through other comprehensive income as per Ind AS 109 “Financial instruments” with retrospective effect.

The Company’s management believes that this change in accounting policy provides reliable and more relevant information about the effects of transactions, other events or conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial performance to the users of financial results/statements. In the standalone financial results/statements, investments in subsidiaries are now classified as “Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVTOCI)” with changes in fair value of such investments being recognized through “Other Comprehensive Income (OCI)” as on each reporting date.

The impact of change in accounting policy is presented below:

(Notes 2, 3 and 4 not reproduced)

The impact of change in accounting policy is presented below (₹ crore):

 

Standalone Balance Sheet March 31, 2024 April 1, 2023
After considering impact of mergers during FY 2024-25

Note (2,3 & 4)

Adjustment Restated After considering impact of mergers during FY 2024-25

Note (2,3 & 4)

Adjustment Restated
Non – current Investment 64,639.30 1,600.70 66,240.00 39,117.49 1,170.95 40,288.44
Total assets 2,46,325.65 1,600.70 2,47,926.35 2,43,248.76 1,170.95 2,44,419.71
Other Equity 1,38,380.17 1,600.70 1,39,980.87 1,36,616.60 1,170.95 1,37,787.55
Total Equity 1,39.628.77 1,600.70 1,41,229.47 1,37,839.00 1,170.95 1,39,009.95
Total Equity and liabilities 2,46,325.65 1,600.70 2,47,926.35 2,43,248.76 1,170.95 2,44,419.71

 

Standalone Statement of Profit and Loss for the quarter/twelve months (₹ crore):

 

Quarter ended on 31.12.2024 Quarter ended on 31.03.2024 Financial year ended on 31.03.2024
After considering impact of mergers during

FY 2024-25 (Note 2,3 & 4)

Adjustment* Restated After considering impact of mergers during

FY 2024-25 (Note 2,3 & 4)

Adjustment* Restated After considering impact of mergers during

FY 2024-25

(Note 2,3 & 4)

Adjustment* Restated
Exceptional items – Provision for impairment of investments/doubtful loans and advances/ other financial assets (net) (1.96) (1.96) (10.40) (10.40) (12,971.36) 10,147.66 (2,823.70)
Profit/(Loss) before tax 5,174.54 5,174.54 5,471.29 5,471.29 9,357.05 10,147.66 19,504.71
Net Profit/(Loss) for the period 3,878.57 3,878.57 4,091.23 4,091.23 5,514.19 10,147.66 15,661.85
Other comprehensive income – items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss (481.13) (2,376.41) (2.857.54) 188.07 (347.24) (159.17) 792.65 (9,717.91) (8,925.26)
Total comprehensive income for the period 3,503.20 (2,376.41) 1,126.79 4,265.20 (347.24) 3,917.96 6,203.73 429.75 6,633.48
Earnings per equity share – Basic earnings per share (not annualised) in Rupees after exceptional items 3.11 3.11 3.28 3.28 4.42 8.13 12.55
Earnings per equity share – Diluted earnings per share (not annualised) in Rupees after exceptional items 3.11 3.11 3.28 3.28 4.42 8.12 12.54

Financial Reporting Dossier

A. KEY GLOBAL UPDATES

1. IASB: UPDATE TO GOING CONCERN EDUCATIONAL MATERIAL

On 13th May 2025, IFRS Foundation published an updated version of its educational material to support the consistent application of IFRS Accounting Standards related to going concern assessments. This educational material was first published in January 2021 to respond to questions raised by stakeholders during the covid-19 pandemic.

The revision is mainly related to following:

(1) include updated references to the going concern requirements in IFRS Accounting Standards. When the IASB issued IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements, the requirements about an entity’s assessment of its ability to continue as a going concern were moved unchanged from IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements to IAS 8 (which was retitled as Basis of Preparation of Financial Statements after the issuance of IFRS 18). IFRS 18 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027.

(2) to remove outdated references to the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (IAASB) and its project on Going Concern. In December 2024, the IAASB approved International Standard on Auditing (ISA) 570 (Revised 2024), Going Concern. The ISA is effective for audits of financial statements for periods beginning on or after 15 December 2026.

(3) to remove references to the covid-19 pandemic and the stressed economic environment associated with it.

The companies preparing financial statements using IFRS Accounting Standards are required to assess their ability to continue as a going concern. This educational material brings together the relevant requirements and explains how they might apply to a range of company situations. It is designed to support understanding and consistent application of the Standards but does not change or add to existing requirements.

2. IASB: UPDATE TO THE IFRS FOR SMES ACCOUNTING STANDARD

On 27th February 2025, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued a major update to the IFRS for SMEs Accounting Standard, which is currently required or permitted in 85 jurisdictions.

The IFRS for SMEs Accounting Standard was issued in 2009 to address the global demand for a simplified Accounting Standard for SMEs.

This Standard aims to balance the information needs of lenders and other users of SMEs’ financial statements with the resources available to SMEs. The Standard defines SMEs as entities without public accountability that prepare general purpose financial statements.

The update of this Standard is the outcome of a periodic comprehensive review of the Standard. Highlights include:

a) a revised model for revenue recognition.

b) bringing together the requirements for fair value measurement in a single location; and

c) updating the requirements for business combinations, consolidations and financial instruments.

This update is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027, with early application permitted.

3. FASB: PROPOSAL TO IMPROVE ACCOUNTING FOR DEBT EXCHANGES

On 30th April 2025, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) a proposed Accounting Standards Update (ASU) that would provide accounting guidance for debt exchange transactions involving multiple creditors.

Under current generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), when an entity modifies an existing debt instrument or exchanges debt instruments, it is required to determine whether the transaction should be accounted for as:

(1) a modification of the existing debt obligation or

(2) the issuance of a new debt obligation and an extinguishment of the existing debt obligation (with certain exceptions).

The proposed ASU would specify that an exchange of debt instruments that meets certain requirements should be accounted for by the debtor as the issuance of a new debt obligation and an extinguishment of the existing debt obligation. The Board expects this would improve the decision usefulness of financial reporting information provided to investors by requiring that economically similar exchanges of debt instruments be accounted for similarly. It also would reduce diversity in practice in accounting for such debt instrument exchanges.

4. FASB: CLARIFICATION ON GUIDANCE ON THE PRESENTATION AND DISCLOSURE OF RETAINAGE FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS

On 01st April 2025, The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) released an FASB Staff Educational Paper that addresses questions about how to apply revenue recognition guidance about presentation and disclosures to construction contracts that contain retainage (or retention) provisions.

The companies that operate in the construction industry often are subject to contracts that contain retainage provisions. Those provisions generally provide a form of security to the customer by allowing the customer to withhold a portion of the consideration billed by the company until certain project milestones are met or the project is completed.

The educational paper (a) explains the presentation and disclosure requirements in GAAP about retainage for construction contractors and (b) provides example voluntary disclosures of retainage that would provide more detailed information about contract asset and contract liability balances.

5. FASB: PROPOSAL TO IMPROVE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING FOR AND DISCLOSURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL CREDITS AND ENVIRONMENTAL CREDIT OBLIGATIONS.

On 17th December 2024, The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) published a proposed Accounting Standards Update (ASU) intended to improve the financial accounting for and disclosure of financial activities related to environmental credits and environmental credit obligations.

The changes are expected to provide investors with additional decision-useful information by improving the:

a) understandability of financial accounting and reporting information about environmental credits and environmental credit obligations and

b) comparability of that information by reducing diversity in practice.

During the FASB’s 2021 agenda consultation project and other outreach, stakeholders noted that entities are increasingly subject to additional government mandates and regulatory compliance programs related to emissions, which often result in obligations that are settled with environmental credits. Additionally, some entities voluntarily purchase environmental credits from third parties. Stakeholders also emphasised that generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) does not provide specific authoritative guidance on how to recognise and measure this financial activity, resulting in diversity in practice.

The proposed ASU provides recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements for all entities that purchase or hold environmental credits or have a regulatory compliance obligation that may be settled with environmental credits.

6. IAASB: STRENGTHENING OF AUDITOR RESPONSIBILITIES FOR GOING CONCERN THROUGH REVISED STANDARD

On 9th April, 2025, The International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (IAASB) released its revised International Standard on Auditing 570 (Revised 2024) – Going Concern.

The revised standard responds to corporate failures that raised questions regarding auditors’ responsibilities by significantly enhancing the auditor’s work in evaluating management’s assessment of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The standard will also increase consistency in auditing practices and strengthen transparency through communications and auditor reporting on matters related to going concern in a consistent manner.

The key changes in ISA 570 (Revised 2024) are as follows:

⇒Robust risk assessment- Auditors must conduct, in a more timely manner, thorough risk assessments to determine whether events or conditions are identified that may cast significant doubt on the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.

⇒Evaluating Management’s Assessment- Auditors must evaluate management’s assessment of going concern irrespective of whether events or conditions are identified. In doing so, auditors must consider the potential for management bias and evaluate the underlying method, significant assumptions, and data used when management formed its assessment. Additionally, auditors must evaluate whether management’s judgements and decisions indicate potential bias.

⇒Extended date of evaluation period- The auditor’s evaluation period for going concern now extends at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements, contributing to an assessment of more relevant, decision-useful information.

⇒Enhanced transparency- The standard requires clearer communication in the auditor’s report about the auditor’s responsibilities and work related to going concern and strengthened communications with those charged with governance and external parties.

The revised standard is effective for audits of financial statements for periods beginning on or after 15th December, 2026.

7. FRC: INSPECTION FINDINGS FOR THE TIER 2 AND 3 AUDIT FIRMS

On 16th December, 2024, the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) has today published its annual inspection findings for Tier 2 and Tier 3 audit firms, which emphasises the importance of delivering consistent levels of audit quality.

The report highlights areas where firms have made progress but also identifies challenges that exist across this part of the market in achieving consistent audit quality, particularly in the Public Interest Entity (PIE) sector.

As noted in the report, while some inspection results demonstrated audits assessed as good or limited improvements required, there remains a disparity across some of the firms. This reflects the ongoing need for firms to embed effective systems of quality management and strengthen their commitment to continuous audit quality improvement.

Summary of findings are as follows:

Sr.No. Audit Area Examples of key findings
1. ECL provisions Weaknesses in the audit procedures performed to test the methodology, assumptions and data inputs used in ECL calculations, including procedures over significant increases in credit risk criteria, macro-economic scenarios and post model adjustments.

In several cases, findings were compounded by shortcomings in audit teams’ oversight of the work of third-party specialists / experts.

2. Impairment Weaknesses in the audit procedures performed to

corroborate and challenge cash flow forecasts used in management’s impairment assessments of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets.

3. Journal entry testing No testing performed over journal entries or any evidence of the audit team’s response to the risk of management override of controls.

Inadequate or no corroboration performed to substantiate journals identified as meeting fraud risk criteria.

4. Revenue Insufficient procedures to test the effective interest rate calculations on banking audits, including assessment of management’s accounting policy and key inputs and assumptions.

For a revenue stream relating to activity performed jointly with third parties, insufficient evidence of the audit team’s understanding of contractual arrangements and the completeness and accuracy of revenue allocations.

Weaknesses in the testing of revenue completeness and cut-off, where these areas had been identified as significant risks by audit teams.

5. Going concern The audit teams had not sufficiently corroborated and

challenged the cash flow forecasts used in management’s forecast assumptions or adequately assessed the impact of related sensitivities on the going concern model.

6. Partner and staff appraisals A lack of a clear linkage between audit quality and reward for partners and / or staff, and weaknesses in the consideration of audit quality in individual appraisals.
7. Partner portfolio management: Insufficient monitoring of partner and / or staff portfolios to ensure that partners have manageable workloads, engagements are appropriately resourced and that portfolios are aligned to skills and experience and contain an appropriate balance of risk.

B. GLOBAL REGULATORS- ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS AND INSPECTION REPORTS

I. THE FINANCIAL REPORTING COUNCIL, UK

a) Sanctions against Ernst & Young LLP and Richard Wilson (10th April, 2025)

The Executive Counsel of the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) has issued a Final Settlement Decision Notice under the Audit Enforcement Procedure and imposed sanctions on Ernst & Young LLP (EY) and Richard Wilson (Mr Wilson), audit engagement partner, in relation to the audits of Thomas Cook Group plc (the Company/Thomas Cook) for the financial years ended 30 September 2017 and 30 September 2018.

The sanctions imposed take account of a number of factors, including the seriousness of the breaches and the financial strength of the auditor, as indicated by the turnover of the firm. It is not suggested that the breaches were intentional, dishonest, deliberate or reckless. Further, both EY and Mr Wilson cooperated with Executive Counsel’s investigation.

Thomas Cook’s Goodwill balance was significant as it comprised £2.6 billion across the whole group (approximately 40% of total assets). In both audit years, EY and Mr Wilson failed to approach this audit area with sufficient professional scepticism in order to properly corroborate management’s assumptions and estimates supporting the Goodwill impairment model. The failings for the audit of Goodwill in 2018 were particularly serious given Thomas Cook’s deteriorating trading performance, which heightened the risk that the Goodwill balance could be impaired.

In relation to Going Concern, where there are breaches in the 2018 audit only, EY and Mr Wilson failed to adequately challenge management with regards to sensitivity testing, liquidity and financial covenant headroom, and as such were not in a position to properly conclude on whether a material uncertainty existed that might cast significant doubt upon Thomas Cook’s ability to continue as a Going Concern. This was a key responsibility that EY and Mr Wilson did not fulfil adequately under the relevant auditing standards and was an important matter to users of the financial statements.

The breaches of auditing standards accepted by EY and Mr Wilson relating to the Goodwill impairment and Going Concern work included areas such as risk assessment, the performance of procedures to obtain and evaluate audit evidence, communication with those charged with governance as well as disclosures in the accounts. The breaches include auditing standards dealing with the exercise of professional scepticism, partner supervision and audit documentation which are central to the performance of an audit.

b) Sanctions against Price Waterhouse Coopers LLP and Jonathan Hinchliffe (25th March, 2025)

The Executive Counsel of the Financial Reporting Council (“FRC”) has issued a Final Settlement Decision Notice under the Audit Enforcement Procedure and imposed sanctions against Price water house Coopers (“PwC”) and Jonathan Hinchliffe (“Mr Hinchliffe”) in relation to the statutory audit of the financial statements of Wyelands Bank plc (“the Bank”) for the financial year ended 30 April 2019 (“the FY2019 Audit”).

PwC and Mr Hinchliffe admitted breaches of Relevant Requirements in relation to six areas of the FY2019 Audit: risk assessment, auditing of the Bank’s compliance with laws and regulations, auditing of the Bank’s related party transactions, auditing of the Bank’s assessment of going concern, auditing of the Bank’s loans and advances, and auditing of the bank’s provision for expected credit loss.

The breaches primarily stemmed from a single common cause: the failure of the audit team to properly understand the Bank’s lending and adequately consider the risks posed by its actual and potential exposure to related parties in the GFG Alliance. The audit team also failed to properly examine concerns raised by the Bank’s regulator, the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) in that regard. In addition, they failed to exercise appropriate professional scepticism in relation to a number of aspects of the audit.

The FY19 audit opinion was signed in July 2019. Subsequent to the Audit, in September 2019 the PRA required the Bank to limit its exposures to related parties due to concerns that the Bank had an unacceptable concentration of risk. By March 2020 the Bank had stopped entering into new credit transactions and commenced a wind down of its business. In March 2021 the PRA required the Bank to repay its depositors, which it has done.

II. THE PUBLIC COMPANY ACCOUNTING OVERSIGHT BOARD (PCAOB)

a) PCAOB Sanctions Former Deloitte Colombia Partner for Issuing Audit Report Before Completing All Necessary Audit Procedures

On 12th February, 2025, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) announced a settled disciplinary order sanctioning Gabriel Jaime López Díez (“López”), a former partner of Colombia-based Deloitte & Touche S.A.S. (the “Firm”), for violations of PCAOB rules and auditing standards in connection with the Firm’s 2016 integrated audit of Bancolombia S.A. (“Bancolombia”). The PCAOB found that López failed to perform necessary audit procedures and failed to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence before authorising the issuance of the Firm’s unqualified audit opinions on Bancolombia’s financial statements and internal control over financial reporting.

As described in the order, López and the engagement team improperly altered audit documentation, and, in several instances, obtained supporting audit evidence and performed audit procedures after issuance of the audit opinions, in violation of PCAOB standards. These procedures related to revenue, interest expenses, internal controls, and the fair value of Bancolombia’s loan portfolio and its derivatives.

López also violated PCAOB standards by failing to include in the audit documentation or causing the engagement team not to include information sufficient to comply with audit documentation standards.

Without admitting or denying the Board’s findings, López consented to the PCAOB’s order, which censured him and imposed a $75,000 civil money penalty.

b) PCAOB Sanctions James Pai CPA PLLC and Partner for Audit Failures

On 25th March, 2025, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) announced a settled disciplinary order sanctioning:

  •  James Pai CPA PLLC (the “Firm”) and Yu-Ching James Pai, CPA (“Pai”), the sole owner and partner of the Firm, for violations of multiple PCAOB rules and standards in connection with two audits of one issuer client.
  •  the Firm for violations of PCAOB quality control standards, and
  •  Pai for directly and substantially contributing to the Firm’s violations.

The PCAOB found that, in the audits, the Firm and Pai failed to perform appropriate risk assessments and obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence in multiple areas, including revenue and related party transactions.

The PCAOB also found that, in the audits, the Firm failed to:

  1.  Have engagement quality reviews performed;
  2.  Obtain written representations from management;
  3.  Comply with requirements concerning critical audit matters, audit committee communications, and audit documentation; and
  4.  Establish and implement a system of quality control to provide it with reasonable assurance that the work performed by engagement personnel met applicable professional standards and regulatory requirements.

In settlement with PCAOB, the Firm and partner commit to $40,000 fine, revocation of the Firm’s registration, and partner bar following failure to perform appropriate risk assessments and obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence in multiple areas.

a) Deficiencies in Firm Inspection Reports:

  •  Bansal & Co LLP. (27th February, 2025)

Deficiency: In an inspection conducted by PCAOB it has identified deficiencies in the financial statement audit related to Revenue, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Journal Entries and Equity-Related Transactions.

The firm’s internal inspection program had inspected this audit and reviewed these areas but did not identify the deficiencies below:

» With respect to Revenue for which the firm identified a fraud risk: The firm did not perform any substantive procedures to evaluate whether the issuer met the revenue recognition criteria prior to recognising revenue.

» With respect to Goodwill and Intangible Assets: The firm did not evaluate whether the issuer’s accounting for and disclosures related to goodwill and certain intangible assets were in conformity with GAAP.

» With respect to Journal Entries, for which the firm identified a fraud risk: The firm did not perform any procedures to identify and select journal entries and other adjustments for testing to address the potential for material misstatement due to fraud.

» With respect to Equity-Related Transactions: The firm did not perform procedures to evaluate whether the issuer had a reasonable basis for the significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the issuer’s common stock issued in various share-based transactions, beyond obtaining and reading certain issuer-prepared documents

  •  Brown Armstrong Accountancy Corporation. (27th February, 2025)

Deficiency: In our review, we identified deficiencies in the financial statement audit related to Revenue and Related Accounts, Income Taxes, and Journal Entries.

» With respect to Revenue and Related Accounts, for which the firm identified a significant risk: The firm designed a substantive procedure for testing four types of revenue as a dual-purpose test. The firm performed its substantive procedure using the sample size it determined for its control testing. This sample size was too small to provide sufficient appropriate audit evidence for the substantive procedure because the firm did not use the larger of the sample sizes that would otherwise have been designed for the two separate purposes. In addition, for the selected revenue transactions, the firm did not perform procedures to test whether the issuer satisfied its performance obligations prior to the recognition of revenue, beyond obtaining certain issuer-produced reports and testing the timing of cash receipts. The firm did not perform substantive procedures to test the deferred revenue at year end.

» With respect to Income Taxes, for which the firm identified a significant risk: The firm did not perform procedures to test certain permanent and temporary differences used in calculating the income tax provision, beyond vouching these amounts to issuer-prepared schedules.

» With respect to Journal Entries, for which the firm identified a fraud risk: The firm identified fraud criteria for purposes of identifying and selecting journal entries for testing. The firm did not perform procedures to determine whether any journal entries met one of its fraud criteria. In addition, the firm obtained a listing of journal entries that met certain of the criteria. The firm did not perform sufficient procedures to test the journal entries in this listing, because it limited its procedures to certain entries, without having an appropriate rationale for limiting its testing to those journal entries.

III. THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE COMMISSION (SEC)

a) Charges Three Texans with Defrauding Investors in $91 Million Ponzi Scheme (29th April 2025)

The Securities and Exchange Commission announced charges against Dallas-Fort Worth residents Kenneth W. Alexander II, Robert D. Welsh, and Caedrynn E. Conner for operating a Ponzi scheme that raised at least $91 million from more than 200 investors.

According to the SEC’s complaint, between approximately May 2021 and February 2024, Alexander and Welsh operated the scheme through a trust controlled by Alexander called Vanguard Holdings Group Irrevocable Trust (VHG). They falsely represented that investors would receive 12 guaranteed monthly payments of between 3% and 6% per month, with the principal investment to be returned after 14 months. The SEC alleges that Alexander and Welsh held VHG out as a highly profitable international bond trading business with billions in assets, and told investors that the monthly returns were generated from international bond trading and related activities.

As alleged, Conner funnelled more than $46 million in investor money to VHG through a related investment program that he operated using Benchmark Capital Holdings Irrevocable Trust (Benchmark), which he controlled. According to the complaint, Alexander, Welsh, and Conner also offered investors the option to protect their investments from risk of loss through the purchase of a purported financial instrument they called a “pay order.”

In reality, VHG had no material source of revenue, the purported monthly returns were actually Ponzi payments, and the protection offered by the “pay orders” was illusory. Alexander and Conner misappropriated millions in investor funds for personal use, such as Conner’s purchase of a $5 million home, according to the complaint.

b) Charges Investment Adviser and Two Officers for Misuse of Fund and Portfolio Company Assets (7th March, 2025)

The Securities and Exchange Commission filed settled charges against registered investment adviser Momentum Advisors LLC, its former managing partner Allan J. Boomer, and its former chief operating officer and partner Tiffany L. Hawkins, for breaches by Boomer and Hawkins of their fiduciary duties when they misused fund and portfolio company assets.

According to the SEC’s orders, from at least August 2021 through February 2024, Hawkins misappropriated approximately $223,000 from portfolio companies of a private fund she managed with Boomer and that was advised by Momentum Advisors. Specifically, Hawkins misused portfolio company debit cards in more than 100 transactions to pay for vacations, clothing, and other personal expenses, and caused herself to be paid compensation in excess of her authorized salary.

As set forth in the orders, Hawkins concealed her misconduct from Momentum Advisors, from the portfolio companies’ bookkeeper, and from SEC staff, and Boomer failed to reasonably supervise Hawkins despite red flags of her misappropriation. The order against Boomer also finds that he caused the fund to pay a business debt that should have been paid by an entity he and Hawkins controlled, resulting in an unearned benefit to the entity of $346,904, and that Momentum Advisors failed to adopt and implement adequate policies and procedures and to have the fund audited as required.

The orders find that Hawkins and Boomer violated the antifraud provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and that Momentum Advisors violated the compliance and custody rule provisions of the Advisers Act. Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings, Hawkins, Boomer, and Momentum Advisors consented to the entry of cease-and-desist orders. Additionally, Hawkins agreed to pay a $200,000 civil penalty and to be subject to an associational bar; Boomer agreed to pay an $80,000 civil penalty and to be subject to a 12-month supervisory suspension; and Momentum Advisors agreed to a censure and to pay a $235,000 civil penalty.

Associate? Beware!

Arjun : (Chanting)

Hare Krishna, Hari Krishna, Krishna Krishna Hare Hare!

Shrikrishna : (after listening to the chanting)

O, Parth! Cool down. People remember me only when in difficulty.

When they are happy, they never think of me!

Arjun :  Bhagwan, that may be true for other people. But I am your most loyal Bhakta’. I remember you constantly in my every breath!

Shrikrishna :  Yes, dear! I know that. That is why I also keep you in my heart as my  most favourite Bhakta and friend! Your innocence is enchanting!

Arjun : My friend is in deep trouble.

Shrikrishna : What happened?

Arjun :  His senior was doing an audit of a company for many years. Now, because of rotation, the senior had to discontinue.

Shrikrishna : Ok. Then?

Arjun : The Senior was possessive about the assignment. So, he offered to my friend the audit, just for name’s sake.

Shrikrishna : Meaning?

Arjun : Meaning, the senior’s firm only will continue to do the entire audit. He said they have been very familiar with it for many years.

Shrikrishna : And your friend will sign it blindly for a small portion of the fees. Right?

Arjun : Yes, Bhagwan. But unfortunately, the fraud being committed by the CEO of the company over the past few years was exposed only this year!

Shrikrishna : This is very common, Arjun. But these things are continuously going on for years!

Arjun : Yes. The human nature is like that. You don’t want to give up an assignment. You want to ensure that it should remain with you for ever!

Shrikrishna : And the junior (your friend) has blind faith in the senior’s ability! He may sign even without visiting the client’s place even once!

Arjun : And also without even seeing the contents of what he is signing!

Shrikrishna : Ha! Ha!! Ha!!!

Arjun : Sometimes, CAs are helpless.

Shrikrishna : Why?

Arjun : They cannot displease the senior, especially where they have undergone articleship training. They cannot show distrust in the senior firm.

Shrikrishna : But Arjun, the clause of Part II of the Second Schedule clearly says that if a CA signs any document which is not verified by him or his employee or his partner, it is a misconduct. Here, you have not verified anything.

Arjun : And when there was an investigation, the senior only had to attend the interrogation! Apart from this, when we cannot cope with some work, we often engage an outsider – some friend or associate or ex-article or ex-employee! We don’t have time to supervise their work.

Shrikrishna : This is problematic. That person is not your employee or partner. He is a stranger. Then, it amounts to disclosing of the information of the client to an outsider without the consent of a client!

Arjun : OMG!! So that’s a separate misconduct!

Shrikrishna : Yes, see clause (1) of Part I of the Second Schedule.

Arjun : Then how to tackle this problem?

Shrikrishna : Simple! Don’t accept the work which you cannot execute with your own staff!

Arjun : Lord, saying this is very simple. But in practice………

Shrikrishna : Then be ready to face the consequences! You cannot eat the cake and have it at the same time.

Arjun : And we cannot call anybody as our employee unless we have corroborative evidence in terms of documents! But Bhagwan, clause (2) permits us to rely upon the examination done by another Chartered Accountant.

Shrikrishna : I agree. But in the case you narrated, the other CA was not officially in the picture. He was never appointed by the client nor by your friend! He did not carry out the examination independently, but he acted on Your behalf without any locus standi!

Arjun : That’s a point. You mean, if he had independently examined some part and certified it in some other context, then we could rely on the work done by him?

Shrikrishna : That’s right. For example, if another CA verifies sales or stocks who has certified them to be correct, then you may rely on his work.

Arjun : Understood. So, no Associate business! Remain within your capacity and within your means! Don’t be possessive. Don’t invite big risk for a small portion of fees! Do justice to your responsibility.

Shrikrishna : You said it!

Arjun : Thank you, Bhagwan.

(This dialogue is based on the common practice of engaging a stranger under the guise of ‘associate’ and signing the audit based on his work). Clause (1) and (2) of Part I of the Second Schedule.

Prowess of the Indian Army, Indian Economy and CAs

Last Editorial, I wrote with tears in my eyes due to the brutal terrorist attack on tourists at Pahalgam. This Editorial, I am writing with praise in my heart and a smile on my face. Praise for the Indian Army for its prowess and smile on my face for the prowess of the Indian Economy.

On the night of 6th and 7th May 2025, India launched “Operation Sindoor” to punish perpetrators and planners of terror and aimed to destroy terror infrastructure across the border. Under this Operation, India launched well-planned, precise and skillfully executed missile attacks and destroyed nine major terror launchpads in Pakistan, and Pakistan occupied Jammu and Kashmir (PoJK) in just 25 minutes. India redefined the rules of engagement by striking deep into Pakistan’s heartland, including Punjab province and Bahawalpur. India made it clear that the attacks were only to neutralise terrorists and their bases and did not want to escalate the matter. However, Pakistan retaliated with drone and missile attacks on India and in response, India made precision attacks on the 11 military installations (airbases) of Pakistan in a matter of just three hours, inflicting colossal damage. Almost 20% of Pakistan’s air force assets, including many fighter jets, were destroyed on the night of 9th and 10th. Acceding to Pakistan’s request, India agreed to pause Operation Sindoor for the time being. India created history by becoming the first country to strike a nuclear-armed nation. All three arms of the Indian Military, namely, the Army, Navy and Air Force, worked in full coordination, demonstrating India’s growing joint military prowess.

Truly, “Operation SINDOOR has reshaped both the geopolitical and strategic landscape of South Asia. It was not merely a military campaign, but a multidimensional assertion of India’s sovereignty, resolve, and global standing.”1


1 https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2128748

India has sent all-party delegations to various countries to inform the world about Operation Sindoor and to expose fake narratives by our hostile neighbour. It is heartening to see leaders from the opposition parties forcefully putting across India’s stand in one voice.

PROWESS OF THE INDIAN ECONOMY

The onset of early monsoon pan India may be good news for the Indian economy, but irritant weather conditions have once again raised questions about Climate change. We are witnessing untimely incessant rains, hailstorms, lightning/thunder and cyclones. This has put Indian skies in permanent turbulent mode.

The silver lining amidst the turbulent weather depression is the shining Indian Economy. India is close to becoming the 4th largest economy, ahead of Japan, by the end of 2025. The International Monetary Fund (IMF) has projected India’s GDP for 2025 at $4.19 trillion, slightly surpassing Japan’s estimated $4.186 trillion.2 Indeed, the Indian economy is one of the fastest growing economies in the world, with a projected growth of 6.2 per cent for 20253 and 6.3 per cent above from 2026 to 2030. This was, perhaps, the prominent reason why India chose to exercise restraint and not to indulge in a full-fledged war with Pakistan.


2 https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/ 
3 https://www.imf.org/external/datamapper/NGDP_RPCH@WEO/OEMDC/ADVEC/WEOWORLD/IND

Let us look at some other interesting figures depicting the prowess of the Indian Economy:

  •  The Reserve Bank of India announced record dividends of ₹2.69 lakh crore for the FY 2024- 2025, marking a 27.4% increase from the ₹2.11 lakh crore transferred in FY 2023-2024.4 According to the SBI report, as quoted by PTI, the bumper payout was fuelled by “robust gross Dollar sales, higher foreign exchange gains, and steady increase in interest income.”
  •  India recorded an all-time high of foreign exchange reserves at USD 704.89 billion in September 2024. RBI actively intervenes in the currency market to stabilise the rupee. However, despite RBI interventions, the Forex reserves of India has remained robust at USD 692.72 billion as of 23rd May, 2025.
  •  India is the world’s fourth-largest economy by nominal GDP and the third-largest by purchasing power parity (PPP) .5
  •  From 2000 to today, in real terms, the economy has grown nearly four-fold, and GDP per capita has almost tripled. Because India grew faster than the rest of the world, its share in the global economy has doubled from 1.6 per cent in 2000 to 3.4 per cent in 2023, and India has become the world’s fifth-largest economy. The World Bank reported these important facts in the India–Country Economic Memorandum published in May 2025.6
  •  GST collections surged by 12.6 per cent, an all-time high of ₹2.37 lakh crore during April 2025, as reported by the ET on 1st May 2025.7
  •  FDI in India in FY 2024-25 has risen by 14 per cent to $ 81.04 billion (provisional) from $71.28 billion in FY 2023-2024.8

4 https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/business/india-business/rbis -rs-2-7-lakh-crore-bumper-dividend
5 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Economy_of_India
6 http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/099022725232041885
7  https://economictimes
https://www.pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.aspx?PRID=2131716

It is heartening to note that the Indian economy is progressing as never before, as it has resulted in a steep decline in extreme poverty and massive expansion of essential infrastructure and service delivery. Towards India’s goal of Viksit Bharat by 2047, the World Bank report quotes that “however, for India to become a high-income economy by 2047, its GNI per capita will have to increase by nearly 8 times over the current levels; growth would have to accelerate further and remain high over the next two decades, a feat that few countries have achieved. Given the less conducive external environment, India would need to maintain ongoing initiatives and expand and intensify reforms to meet this target.” The report further outlines what it would take to realise the vision of High-Income India.

PROWESS OF CA PROFESSION IN CERTIFICATION OF FDI/ODI TRANSACTIONS

Total FDI in India rose to $81.04 billion in FY 2024-2025, whereas repatriation/disinvestment by those who made direct investments in India increased to $51.5 billion in FY 2024-25. Overseas investments made by Indian companies (outward FDI) increased to $ 29.2 billion in FY 2024-2025.

Chartered Accountant’s certification is required for outward remittances on account of ODI and Repatriation or Divestment of FDI, besides various types of payments on the current account. The above figures of capital repatriations show that CAs would have certified billions of dollars of outward remittances and valuations in the case of FDI in India. Besides, these various remittances abroad on the current account, such as fees for technical services, royalties, interest, dividends, etc., require a CA certificate in form 15CB. Thus, the CA profession is actively assisting the government in collecting taxes and contributing to the growth of the Indian economy. In a way, CAs’ role is very crucial as CAs guard the financial borders/interests of India. Thus, our professions shoulder huge responsibility and duty towards our Nation.

OPERATION SINDOOR CONTINUES….

Well, Operation Sindoor started with Sainya Bal, par abhi Jan Bal se aage badhega. Every Indian has to come forward and contribute his might to make India a Viksit Bharat by 2047.

Some of the important lessons to be learnt from the Operation Sindoor are as follows:

Think through and prepare well before any action. Strike exactly where necessary. Understand consequences and be prepared for future actions/retaliations. Communicate to the adversary. Be clear about who is the adversary, not people but elements of people/state. Know your strength and capitalise on it. Take advantage of the weaknesses of the adversary. Act responsibly, measured, and precisely. Do not exaggerate matters, and do not escalate beyond what is necessary.

The above lessons can be practised by every individual in their professional as well as personal life.

Let’s salute the Indian Army, Indian Leadership, RBI and other Ministries and Institutions contributing to India’s economic progress, the CA fraternity and the entire population of India for showing their prowess in discharging their duties.

Wish you all happy and healthy times ahead,

Best Regards,

Dr CA Mayur Nayak,

Editor

Doctrine of Mutuality under GST

Doctrine of Mutuality – Young Men’s Case & Constitutional Amendment

Indirect taxes, in general, are transactional taxes. This necessarily means that a tax can be levied only when two people exist in a transaction, since a person cannot transact with himself. The Constitution Bench upheld this legal position in the case of Jt. Commercial Tax Officer vs. Young Men’s Indian Association [(1970) 1 SCC 462]. The issue before the Court was the applicability of sales tax on supplies made to member clubs. In this case, the Court concluded that:

  •  In the case of member clubs, the members are the joint owners. The agency theory would apply in such cases, and the club shall be treated as acting as an agent. It cannot be said that a transfer of property in goods takes place from the club to the members and hence, no sales tax can be levied on the recoveries made by the club from its’ members.
  •  This principle will not apply in the case of proprietary clubs, where not all the members are the shareholders, and vice versa, all the shareholders are not members. In such cases, the members are not the owners or interested in the club’s property.

Subsequently, Article 366 (29A) was inserted to the Constitution in 1983 (46th Constitutional Amendment) to provide that the tax on the sale or purchase of goods shall include a tax on the supply of goods by any unincorporated association or body of persons to a member thereof for cash, deferred payment or other valuable consideration deeming such supply to be a sale of goods.

CALCUTTA CLUB’S CASE

Even after the 46th Constitutional amendment, whether the doctrine of mutuality would apply to sales tax was not settled and the matter was again litigated in the context of both, sales tax & service tax and ultimately, settled by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in State of West Bengal vs. Calcutta Club Ltd. [2019 (29) G.S.T.L. 545 (S.C.)]. It was the Revenue’s argument that the 46th Constitutional Amendment permitted the States to levy sales tax on supplies made by an unincorporated association or body of persons to their members. It was also argued that incorporated members’ clubs were always liable to sales tax and were not covered by the decision in Young Men’s.

The Supreme Court, rejecting the above arguments, held that:

a) The principle of mutuality continued to apply  even after the 46th Constitutional Amendment. A transaction which is not covered by Article 366  (29A) would have to qualify as sales within the meaning of the Sale of Goods Act, 1930 for the levy of sales tax.

b) The decision in Young Men’s applied to unincorporated members’ clubs as well as incorporated members’ clubs.

c) In the context of incorporated members’ club, the court held that mutuality would continue to apply when the incorporated bodies do not have shareholders, do not declare dividends, or distribute profits, and such clubs cannot be treated as separate in law from their members.

d) The court further held that clause 29A would not apply to incorporated bodies. The court also rejected the argument that incorporated clubs would be classifiable as a “body of persons”. It held that the term “person” as defined under the General Clauses Act, 1857, specifically included within its scope, a company, or an association, or a body of individuals. If clause 29A was intended to be applied to incorporated bodies, the amendment would have referred to “person” and not “body of persons”.

e) The Court further held that clause 29A would not apply even to unincorporated clubs since no consideration was involved. It was held that the term “consideration” requires money changing hands from one person to another. Since two people are not involved, there is no consideration. The Court also relied on the decisions rendered in the context of Income Tax to support its conclusion (ITO vs. Venkatesh Premises Co-op. Society Limited [(2018) 15 SCC 37].

The Court also dealt with the levy of service tax on incorporated members’ clubs, either incorporated u/s 25 of the Companies Act, 1956, or registered co-operative societies under various State Acts. The Court held that during the period up to 30.06.2012, no service tax was leviable on the incorporated member’s club since the definition of “club or association” u/s 65 (25a) specifically excluded anybody established or constituted by or under any law for the time being in force. The Court also held that the doctrine of mutuality shall apply to service tax. Hence, explanation 3 to the definition of persons deeming an unincorporated association or body of persons and their members as distinct persons would not apply to incorporated member clubs.

GST SCENARIO

The 101st Constitutional Amendment overhauled the Indian indirect tax landscape in 2017. This amendment provided special provisions for the levy of Goods & Service Tax. The term ‘goods and service tax was defined as any tax on the supply of goods, services, or both, except taxes on the supply of alcoholic liquor for human consumption. The term “services” was defined to mean anything other than goods. It must be noted that the Constitutional framework, post insertion of article 246A, did not, in any way, deal with the applicability or otherwise of the doctrine of mutuality. Hence, even after the introduction of GST, the specific challenges to the levy, as applicable under the sales tax/ service tax regime on the grounds of the doctrine of mutuality, continued to exist.

The legislation enacted for the levy & collection of GST (i.e., CGST Act, 2017, SGST Act, 2017, and IGST Act, 2017) provided for the levy of GST on the supply of goods or services or both for consideration in the course or furtherance of business. The term “person” was defined similarly to the definitions under service tax / sales tax. In other words, there was no special provision for the levy of GST on members’ clubs under GST. Therefore, to overcome the Calcutta Club decision, section 7(1) of the CGST Act, 2017 was retrospectively amended & clause (aa) was inserted to include the activities or transactions, by a person, other than an individual, to its members or constituents or vice-versa, for cash, deferred payment or other valuable consideration within the scope of supply.

CHALLENGE TO THE RETROSPECTIVE AMENDMENT

It was felt that the amendment was not sufficient to overcome the Constitutional impediment on taxing such transactions for the following reasons:

a) Young Men’s case held that the Constitution did not contain powers for the levy of sales tax on a transaction between a members’ club and its members.

b) Calcutta Club held that the doctrine of mutuality shall apply even after the 46th amendment and no sales tax/ service tax could be levied on members’ clubs. The Court further held that there was no consideration involved in the transaction between a members’ club and its members and therefore, even the 46th amendment would not apply.

c) A mere amendment to the Act was not sufficient to overcome the decision in the case of Young Men and Calcutta Club. The amendment did not deem a member’s club and its members to be distinct. It merely deemed activities or transactions, by a person, other than an individual, to its members or constituents or vice-versa, as a supply. A mere amendment to section 7 is not sufficient for the levy provision to trigger. In other words, unless the definition of service is amended to do away with the requirement for duality of person in a service and the Constitution is correspondingly amended, the activities carried out by the members’ clubs cannot be construed as “supply”.

INDIAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION’S CASE (IMA CASE)

Given the above, the retrospective amendment to section 7 inserting the deeming fiction (clause aa) was challenged before the Kerala High Court. The Single Member Bench of the High Court, in Indian Medical Association vs. Union of India [(2024) 20 Centax 525 (Ker.)], dismissed the writ petition and held that the amendment was neither beyond legislative competence nor offended any fundamental rights guaranteed under Part III of the Constitution.
An intra-court appeal was filed against this decision. The Division Bench in [(2025) 29 Centax 232 (Ker.)] held that when the Constitution has understood a taxable transaction as necessarily involving two persons, the legislature cannot deem a transaction that does not involve two persons as a taxable transaction and to this extent, disagreed with the views of the learned Single Judge who rejected the argument that the amendments had to be invalidated for the reason that it was ultra vires the Constitutional provisions. The Court also drew analogy from the 46th Constitutional amendment to levy tax on deemed sales and concluded that to levy tax on the activities of a members’ club, the constitutional amendment was necessary, and mere amendment to section 7 was not sufficient.

THE WAY FORWARD – LEGISLATIVE PERSPECTIVE

It may be noted that in State of Madras vs. Gannon Dunkerley [2015 (330) E.L.T. 11 (S.C.)], the Supreme Court held that prior to the 46th amendment, the State Governments lacked competency to levy sales tax on works contract since the transactions were not regular sales. This necessitated the parliament to amend the Constitution and insert article 366(29A) to introduce the concept of deemed sales for such transactions, and similar other transactions wherein it was held that the State Legislature lacked constitutional powers to levy sales tax.

Once again, the taxpayers find themselves at the same crossroads. The Supreme Court, in a series of decisions, has held that the doctrine of mutuality shall apply to service tax and sales tax matters. The Kerala High Court, in the IMA case, further extended it to GST. It also struck down the retrospective amendment to be unconstitutional. While it is likely that the Government may file an appeal before the Hon’ble Supreme Court, the other option available to the Government is an amendment. However, unlike the recent attempt of legislative override through a retrospective amendment to Section 17(5) to overcome the Supreme Court decision in the case of Safari Retreats, it may be important to note that in the current case, a mere retrospective amendment to the Act will not remedy the defect. The Government will have to move an amendment to the Constitution.

It may not be out of place to refer to the observations in Calcutta Club wherein the Court made the following observations relating to the 61st Law Commission preceding the 46th amendment:

10. It will be seen from the above that the Law Commission was of the view that the Constitution ought not to be amended so as to bring within the tax net members’ clubs. It gave three reasons for so doing. First, it stated that the number of such clubs and associations would not be very large; second, taxation of such transactions might discourage the cooperative movement; and third, no serious question of evasion of tax arises as a member of such clubs really takes his own goods.

Even if a constitutional amendment takes place, the next question that needs consideration is whether such an amendment would be prospective or retrospective? The GST law, since its introduction, has seen a barrage of retrospective amendments. The Division Bench of the Supreme Court in NHPC Ltd. vs. State of Himachal Pradesh [2023 SCC Online SC 1137] dealt with the law around the adoption of the legislative device of abrogation to remove the basis of a judgement of a court. The Court referred to Tirath Ram Rajendra Nath vs. State of U.P., [(1973) 3 SCC 585], wherein it was held that there is a distinction between encroachment on the judicial power and nullification of the effect of a judicial decision by changing the law retrospectively. While the former is outside the competence of the legislature, the latter is within its permissible limits. The Court also cited Indian Aluminium Co. vs. State of Kerala [(1996) 7 SCC 637] and other catena of judgments wherein the principles regarding the abrogation of a judgment of a Court of law by a subsequent legislation were culled out. In Cheviti Venkanna Yadav vs. State of Telangana [(2017) 1 SCC 283], it was held that the legislature has the power to legislate, including the power to retrospectively amend laws, thereby removing causes of ineffectiveness or invalidity of laws. Further, when such correction is made, the purpose behind the same is not to overrule the decision of the court or encroach upon the judicial turf, but simply enact a fresh law with retrospective effect to alter the foundation and meaning of the legislation and to remove the base on which the judgement is founded….

The Court further held that it cannot interfere with the power to legislate prospectively or retrospectively, provided it is as per the Constitution. Similarly, the legislature can remove the defects pointed out by the Courts, either retrospectively or prospectively. However, if the legislature merely seeks to validate the acts that are struck down or rendered inoperative by a Court by a subsequent legislation without curing the defects in such legislation, the subsequent litigation would be ultra vires. Therefore, it is clear that any retrospective amendment to the legislature to overcome a decision is within the competence of the Government.

The question that needs analysis is whether the constitution can be amended retrospectively. Article 368 deals with the provisions relating to the amendment of the Constitution. Clause (5) thereof provides that there shall be no limitation whatever on the constituent power of Parliament to amend by way of addition, variation, or repeal the provisions of this Constitution under this article. Further, clause (4) provides that a constitutional amendment cannot be questioned in any Court on any ground. It therefore appears that the Parliament has unfettered powers to amend the Constitution, which includes the power to retrospectively amend the Constitution. In fact, there are instances of retrospective amendment of the Constitution, for example, the parts of 1st & 15th amendments & 85th amendment (in toto) were given a retrospective effect. Therefore, a retrospective constitutional amendment cannot be ruled out.

Whether such retrospective Constitutional Amendment can retrospectively validate an amendment to the legislature invalidated by a Court decision? One may refer to the decision in the case of Jayam & Co vs. Asst. Commissioner [(2016) 15SCC 125] wherein it was held that legislatures have the power to pass retrospective laws, but the same cannot be unreasonable or arbitrary. More importantly, if such retrospective amendment has the effect of imposition of a levy, the same is generally frowned upon by the judiciary.

THE WAY FORWARD – TAXPAYER PERSPECTIVE

The doctrine of mutuality is an underlying doctrine applicable to a wide spectrum of associations. Being an indirect tax, any interpretation of non-applicability of GST presents two significant challenges. The first challenge is the loss of input tax credit (both at the association level as well as at the member level). Many business or professional associations procure inputs and input services from third parties, which bear GST. Similarly, members of such business or professional bodies are duly registered and charge GST on the supplies made by them to their clients or customers. Clearly, if such business or professional association wishes to take a position of non-applicability of GST, the input tax credit chain breaks resulting in cascading of taxes.

The second challenge emanates out of the uncertainty and time frame for the resolution of this uncertainty. The Calcutta Club decision took more than two decades to resolve conclusively. In the meantime, an association which takes the position of non-applicability has to bear in mind that it can no longer collect the tax from the member and litigate. As such, the association ends up bearing a risk, the benefit of which risk is derived by the members, rather than the association itself.

However, associations having members who are not covered under the GST law may not see the first challenge and may want to examine the implications of the Kerala High Court decision more closely. For example, the IMA, the litigant in the case of Kerala High Court decision is an association of healthcare professionals who are exempted from payment of GST.

Similarly, take the case of co-operative housing societies. Such societies may wish to examine the grounds of mutuality in addition to the benevolent exemption notification granting a threshold of ₹7,500/- per member per month and may wish to wriggle out of the maze of day-to-day compliances under the GST Law. In fact, in addition to the principle of mutuality, a housing society has a strong case to argue that its activities are not covered within the scope of business. Let us first understand the concept of how a co-operative housing society model functions. A builder develops land by constructing the building and other amenities, sells it to potential buyers who, after the completion of construction and handover of possession, form a society to manage, maintain, and administer the property. The society incurs expenses of two kinds, one being directly incurred for the member (such as property tax, water bill, etc.) and, second being common expenses for all the members (such as lighting of common area, lift operation and maintenance, security, etc.) which are recovered from the members. However, what is of utmost importance is that, unlike an association, a member does not come to society to enjoy the said facilities, but to stay there, which continues to be his right by way of ownership. The same cannot be denied to him. Even if there is a case where a member stops contributing to the expenses, other members of the society cannot deny access to the member to his unit, though the facilities extended may be discontinued.

The term “business” is defined u/s 2 (17) as follows:

(17) “business” includes—

(a) any trade, commerce, manufacture, profession, vocation, adventure, wager or any other similar activity, whether or not it is for a pecuniary benefit;

(b) any activity or transaction in connection with or incidental or ancillary to sub-clause (a);

(c) any activity or transaction in the nature of sub-clause (a), whether or not there is volume, frequency, continuity or regularity of such transaction;

(d) supply or acquisition of goods including capital goods and services in connection with commencement or closure of business;

(e) provision by a club, association, society, or any such body (for a subscription or any other consideration) of the facilities or benefits to its members;

(f) admission, for a consideration, of persons to any premises;

(g) services supplied by a person as the holder of an office which has been accepted by him in the course or furtherance of his trade, profession or vocation;

[(h) activities of a race club including by way of totalisator or a license to book maker or activities of a licensed book maker in such club; and]

(i) any activity or transaction undertaken by the Central Government, a State Government or any local authority in which they are engaged as public authorities;

So far as the applicability of clauses (a) to (c) to an association/society is concerned, the issue was examined recently in the case of Goa University vs. Jt. Commissioner [(2025) 29 Centax 281 (Bom.)] wherein the Court referred to the decision in the case of Laxmi Engg. Works vs. P.S.G. Industrial Institute [(1995) 3 SCC 583] wherein it is held that the term “commercial activity” means something about commerce or connected with or engaged in commerce; mercantile; having profit as the main aim.

Therefore, the ratio laid down in Laxmi Engg Works and followed in Goa University could apply to such societies, over and above the argument of mutuality and they may continue to be outside the purview of GST since their activities are not in the course or furtherance of business.

CONCLUSION

The doctrine of mutuality lays down an important principle, i.e., a person cannot transact with himself, and the Courts have repeatedly upheld it. However, it appears to be the clear intention of the legislature to bring such transactions within the tax net. It therefore becomes necessary for such clubs/associations/society to take a conscious call on the applicability of GST on their transactions.

Part A | Company Law

6. M/s Hankook Latex Private Limited

Registrar of Companies, Kerala & Lakshadweep

Adjudication Order: ROCK/Adj/S.90/Hankook Latex/ 752/2025

Date of Order: 21st April, 2025

Adjudication order for violation of section 90 of the Companies Act 2013 (CA 2013):

FACTS

  •  Notices were issued to the company seeking details of action taken by the company to identify significant beneficial owner in terms of Section 90 of CA 2013. The company in response, admitted to the default.
  •  Subsequently, company filed Form BEN 2 on 14th March, 2024 enclosing BEN 1 dated 8th March, 2024.
  •  It was observed that Mr. K and Mr. D were holding Significant Beneficial Ownership w.e.f. 10th June, 1997.
  •  Thus, ROC noticed delays in submission of BEN 1 as tabulated below:

Note: As per Rule 3 of the Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Rules, 2018, every individual who is a significant owner in a reporting company, was required to file a declaration within 90 days from the commencement of Companies (Significant Beneficial Owners) Amendment Rules, 2019. As the date of commencement of the said rules was 8th February, 2019, the declaration should have been filed on or before 8th May, 2019.

  •  An Adjudication Notice was issued to the company and in response company admitted the delay in filing BEN-1 by SBOs.
  •  Notice of hearing was issued and the adjudicating officer informed that the penalty will be imposed as per the relevant provisions of CA 2013.

FINDINGS AND ORDER:

  •  The company has not filed GNL-3 designating an officer for compliance of the provisions of CA 2013 and as such all the directors of the company during the period of default were considered as “officers in default”.
  •  Having considered the facts, the penalty was imposed as detailed below u/s 90(1) read with Section 90(10) of CA 2013:

7. M/s BE BOLD & CONFIDENT CAREERS PRIVATE LIMITED

Registrar of Companies, Punjab and Chandigarh

Adjudication Order No –ROC CHD/Adj/1019 to 1023 Date of Order – 13th January, 2025

Adjudication order issued against the Company and its Director for contravention of provisions of Section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013 with respect to not mentioning the correct number of Board Meetings of Board of Directors held in a Financial Year.

FACTS

An Inquiry order was issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) vide letter no. CL-II-07/442/2021-O/o DGCoA-MCA dated 5th April, 2022 to conduct an inquiry under Section 206(4) of the Companies Act, 2013 based on complaint of Mr. AA. Mr. AA in his complaint dated 9th October, 2022 alleged that the company M/s BBCCPL and its directors indulged in financial malpractices.

As per the MGT-7A filed in MCA for FY 2021-22, there were six Board Meetings of the board of directors, however, in the board report only five Board Meetings were mentioned for the FY 2021-22. This is a violation of section 134 of The Companies Act, 2013 as wrong information was furnished in the Board Report.

MCA issued a Show Cause Notice (SCN) dated 30th October, 2024 to M/s BBCCPL and its officers in default for the violation of section 134 of The Companies Act, 2013. M/s BBCCPL replied on 5th December, 2024 that there was an unintentional oversight in filing the Board Report. MCA found this reply unsatisfactory as M/s BBCCPL had violated the provisions of Section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013 that cannot be disregarded and that the reply was not acceptable.

PROVISION: –

Section 134 (Financial Statement, Board’s Report, etc)

“(1) The financial statement, including consolidated financial statement, if any, shall be approved by the Board of Directors before they are signed on behalf of the Board by the chairperson of the company where he is authorised by the Board or by two Directors out of which one shall be managing director, if any, and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the company secretary of the company, wherever they are appointed, or in the case of One Person Company, only by one director, for submission to the auditor for his report thereon.

(2) The auditors’ report shall be attached to every financial statement.

(3) There shall be attached to statements laid before a company in general meeting, a report by its Board of Directors, which shall include—

(a) the web address, if any, where annual return referred to in sub-section (3) of section 92 has been placed

(b) number of meetings of the Board;

(c) Directors’ Responsibility Statement;

(ca) details in respect of frauds reported by auditors under sub-section (12) of section 143 other than those which are reportable to the Central Government;

(d) a statement on declaration given by independent Directors under sub-section (6) of section 149;

(e) in case of a company covered under sub-section (1) of section 178, company’s policy on Directors’ appointment and remuneration including criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes, independence of a Director and other matters provided under sub-section (3) of section 178];

(f) explanations or comments by the Board on every qualification, reservation or adverse remark or disclaimer made—

(i) by the auditor in his report; and

(ii) by the company secretary in practice in his secretarial audit report;

(g) particulars of loans, guarantees or investments under section 186;

(h) particulars of contracts or arrangements with related parties referred to in sub-section (1) of section 188 in the prescribed form;

(i) the state of the company’s affairs;

(j) the amounts, if any, which it proposes to carry to any reserves;

(k) the amount, if any, which it recommends should be paid by way of dividend;

(l) material changes and commitments, if any, affecting the financial position of the company which have occurred between the end of the financial year of the company to which the financial statements relate and the date of the report;

(m) the conservation of energy, technology absorption, foreign exchange earnings and outgo, in such manner as may be prescribed;

(n) a statement indicating development and implementation of a risk management policy for the company including identification therein of elements of risk, if any, which in the opinion of the Board may threaten the existence of the company;

(o) the details about the policy developed and implemented by the company on corporate social responsibility initiatives taken during the year;

(p) in case of a listed company and every other public company having such paid-up share capital as may be prescribed, a statement indicating the manner in which form 8 [annual evaluation of the performance of the Board, its Committees and of individual Directors has been made;

(q) such other matters as may be prescribed.

Provided that where disclosures referred to in this sub-section have been included in the financial statements, such disclosures shall be referred to instead of being repeated in the Board’s report.

Provided further that where the policy referred to in clause (e) or clause (o) is made available on company’s website, if any, it shall be sufficient compliance of the requirements under such clauses if the salient features of the policy and any change therein are specified in brief in the Board’s report and the web-address is indicated therein at which the complete policy is available]

(3A) The Central Government may prescribe an abridged Board’s report, for the purpose of compliance with this section by One Person Company or Small Company

(4) The report of the Board of Directors to be attached to the financial statement under this section shall, in case of a One Person Company, mean a report containing explanations or comments by the Board on every qualification, reservation or adverse remark or disclaimer made by the auditor in his report.

(5) The Directors’ Responsibility Statement referred to in clause (c) of sub-section (3) shall state that—
(a) in the preparation of the annual accounts, the applicable accounting standards had been followed along with proper explanation relating to material departures;

(b) the Directors had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the company at the end of the financial year and of the profit and loss of the company for that period;

(c) the Directors had taken proper and sufficient care for the maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of this Act for safeguarding the assets of the company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;

(d) the Directors had prepared the annual accounts on a going concern basis; and

(e) the Directors, in the case of a listed company, had laid down internal financial controls to be followed by the company and that such internal financial controls are adequate and were operating effectively.

Explanation. —For the purposes of this clause, the term “internal financial controls” means the policies and procedures adopted by the company for ensuring the orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to company’s policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable financial information;

(f) the Directors had devised proper systems to ensure compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws and that such systems were adequate and operating effectively.

(6) The Board’s report and any annexures thereto under sub-section (3) shall be signed by its chairperson of the company if he is authorised by the Board and where he is not so authorised, shall be signed by at least two Directors, one of whom shall be a managing director, or by the director where there is one director.

(7) A signed copy of every financial statement, including consolidated financial statement, if any, shall be issued, circulated or published along with a copy each of —

(a) any notes annexed to or forming part of such financial statement;

(b) the auditor’s report; and

(c) the Board’s report referred to in sub-section (3).

(8) If a company is in default in complying with the provisions of this section, the company shall be liable to a penalty of three lakh rupees and every officer of the company who is in default shall be liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees.”

SECTION 446B.

“Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, if penalty is payable for non-compliance of any of the provisions of this Act by a One Person Company, small company, start-up company or Producer Company, or by any of its officer in default, or any other person in respect of such company, then such company, its officer in default or any other person, as the case may be, shall be liable to a penalty which shall not be more than one-half of the penalty specified in such provisions subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees in case of a company and one lakh rupees in case of an officer who is in default or any other person, as the case may be.
Explanation.—For the purposes of this section-

(a) “Producer Company” means a company as defined in clause (l) of section 378A;

(b) “start-up company” means a private company incorporated under this Act or under the Companies Act, 1956 and recognised as start-up in accordance with the notification issued by the Central Government in the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade.”

ORDER:

Adjudicating Officer (AO), after considering the facts and circumstances of the case, concluded that M/s BBCCPL and its directors had failed to comply with the provisions of Section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013, thereby attracting the penal provisions mentioned under Section 134(8) of the Act.

AO therefore imposed a penalty of ₹1,50,000/- on M/s BBCCPL and ₹25,000/- on each of its officers in default.

Thus, a total penalty of ₹2,25,000/- was imposed on M/s BBCCPL and its Directors in default

Consideration for Issue of Shares by a Company

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

Receipt of consideration for issue of shares by a company, not being a company in which the public are substantially interested, in excess of the face value of such shares, is taxable in the year of receipt, to the extent of the amount that exceeds the fair market value of the shares, as per the provisions of clause (viib) of sub-section (2) of s.56 of the Income-tax Act, 1961.

This provision does not apply to the receipts by a venture capital undertaking from a venture capital company or a fund or a specified firm besides the receipts by a company from a class of notified persons, for example a start-up company.

Rules 11U and 11UA provide for the method of determining the fair market value of the shares by following the Net Asset Value method or the Discounted Cash Flow method. In the alternative, the fair market value shall be such value as is substantiated by the company to the satisfaction of the AO based on the value of its assets.

An interesting issue has arisen in respect of applicability of S.56(2)(viib) of the Act, where shares are issued by a closely held company at a premium on conversion of loans into share capital.

The Chandigarh Bench of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal held that such a conversion of a loan into share capital does not attract the provisions of S.56(2)(viib). In contrast, the Ahmedabad Bench of the Tribunal recently held that the provisions do apply following the decisions of the Kolkata and Mumbai Benches of the Tribunal.

I. A. HYDRO ENERGY’S CASE

The issue arose in the case of CIT vs. I.A Hydro Energy (T) Ltd., before the Chandigarh Bench of the Tribunal in ITA No. 548/CHD/2022 dt. 11.10.2023 for assessment year 2018-19. In that case, the assessee, an Indian company, engaged in the business of generation and distribution of electricity, owned a Hydro Electric Project in Chanju, Himachal Pradesh. For the relevant year, the assessee filed the return of income on 18.10.2018 under section 139(1) of the Act declaring a loss of ₹67,15,30,280. The assessment in the case of the assessee was completed vide order dated 12.04.2021 passed under section 143(3) read with sections 143(3A) & 143(3B) assessing the total income of the assessee at ₹135,36,85,457/- after making addition of ₹202,50,00,000/- u/s 56(2)(viib) of the Act. The AO noted that the assessee company had issued equity shares at a premium, which was in excess of the fair market value of the shares issued. On appeal, the CIT(A) deleted the addition made by the assessing officer. Aggrieved, the Income-tax Department filed an appeal before the Tribunal.

In appeal, it was pointed out by the Revenue that the assessee company was incorporated on 23.03.2017 and prior to that, business was carried out in the status of a partnership firm, namely M/s. I A Energy, which was constituted on 18.06.2010. On conversion of the partnership firm into a company, all the partners of the firm became shareholders. Later on, unsecured loans given by the erstwhile partners were converted into equity shares, which were issued at a premium. The assessee had, during the year, allotted 2,25,00,000 shares of face value ₹10 each at a premium of ₹90 each while the market value of the shares as per the Net Asset Value (NAV) method and Rule 11UA of the Income Tax Rules was far less than the value at which the shares had been allotted. The assessee had submitted that the value of the shares had been determined at ₹106 per share by the Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) method and had submitted the CA certificate in support of the same. The CA certificate mentioned that all the values of variables in the DCF method had been taken as per figures provided by the management of assessee company. The assessee failed to produce any valid justification in respect of projection of financial statements, which were baseless, unsubstantiated and far removed from the actual business and financial realities of the assessee company.

The Revenue, on the above facts, requested the Tribunal to consider the following grounds :

1. The Ld CIT (A) erred in deleting the addition of ₹202.50 Crores under the Head “Income from Other Sources” u/s 56(2)(viib) of the Act on account of excess amount per share paid as premium.

2. The Ld CIT (A) erred in holding that there is no case of application of Section 56(2)(viib) to the facts of appellant’s case where pre-existing unsecured loans of partners / shareholders were converted into equity shares at premium and the facts of the assessment order do not indicate any case of tax abuse involved in such share conversion.

3. The Ld CIT (A) erred in deleting the addition as the DCF (Discounted Cash Flow) valuation used by the assessee was done with fictitious figures having no correlation with actual affairs of the assessee company.

The Revenue challenging the impugned order, contended that the CIT (A) erred in deleting the addition of ₹202.50 Crores made by the AO u/s 56(2)(viib) of the Act under the head “Income from Other Sources” on account of excess of fair market value per share paid as premium; that the CIT (A) erred in holding that there was no case for application of Section 56(2)( viib) to the facts of appellant’s case, where pre-existing unsecured loans of partners / shareholders were converted into equity shares at a premium and the facts of the assessment order did not indicate any case of tax abuse involved in such share conversion; that the CIT (A) erred in deleting the addition based on DCF (Discounted Cash Flow) valuation used by the assessee which was done with fictitious figures having no correlation with actual affairs of the assessee company;

In response, on behalf of the assessee company, it was contended that no money/consideration was actually received by the assessee on conversion of loans to shares, after a conversion of the partnership firm to the assessee company, and that thereby, the provisions of Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act were not applicable. It was further submitted that Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act provided for taxation, where the company received any consideration in excess of fair market value of shares; that the assessee had not received any money/ consideration on issuance of shares; the shares had been issued in lieu of already outstanding loans received from existing shareholders itself.

It was reiterated that the assessee company came into existence on 23.03.2017 by conversion of the Firm. All the partners of the Firm became shareholders of the company. The Firm was also enjoying substantial amount of loan facility from its partners, who granted loans from time to time vide loan agreement(s) of 2010. It was upon conversion of the firm to a Company that the existing loans were converted into equity shares, and thereby the assessee issued 2,25,00,000 equity shares of ₹10 each at a premium of ₹90 in lieu of outstanding loans. It was submitted that the aforesaid unsecured loans received from the partners, starting from the year 2010, had always been accepted as genuine in the hands of the Firm in as much as no doubt/addition/ disallowance in respect of such loans had been made in completed scrutiny assessment(s) for AYs 2013-14, 2014-15, 2016-17 and 2017-18.

It was submitted that it was apparently clear that no fresh consideration/ money had flown to the assessee company on issue of shares during the relevant year. In effect, the loans were received in preceding years and were outstanding and had merely changed form during the relevant year, i.e., from ‘loan’ to ‘equity share capital’; there was no consideration received by the assessee company during the year in lieu of shares allotted, warranting application of section 56(2)(viib) of the Act.

It was mentioned that clause (viib) of sub section (2) of section 56 was inserted vide Finance Act, 2012 with a view to curb the practice of closely held companies introducing undisclosed money of promoters / directors by issuing shares at high premium, over and above the book value of shares of the company, to escape the rigours of section 68 of the Act.

Attention had been drawn to the Budget Speech, 2012 wherein the object behind the introduction of Section 56(2)(viib) in the Act besides the Circular No. 1 /2011 dated 6th April, 2011 issued by the Board.

The decision of the CIT(A) was reproduced in para 12 of its order by the Chandigarh bench to support the case for no addition. The relevant parts of the said decision were:

In view of the aforesaid, considering that section 56(2)(viib) of the Act is aimed at curbing practice of routing unaccounted/ black money, the said provisions would not, in our respectful submission, apply in case of bona-fide transaction of conversion of existing loans, accepted as genuine in the year of receipt, to share capital, that, too, related to existing shareholders refer PCIT vs. Cinestaan Entertainment Pvt Ltd. : ITA No. 1007/2019 (Del HQ; C/earview Healthcare (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO: 181 ITD 141 (Del Trib.); Vaani Estates (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO: 172 ITD 629 (Chennai Trib.).

28. Further, Circular No.1/201I dated 6 April, 2011 issued by the CBDT explaining the provision of section 56(2)(vii) of the Act specifically states that the section was inserted as a counter evasion mechanism to prevent money laundering of unaccounted income. In paragraph 13.4 thereof, it is stated that “the intention was not to tax transactions carried out in the normal course of business or trade, the profit of which are taxable under the specific head of income”. The said circular, it is respectfully submitted, further fortifies the contention of the assessee that the provision of section 56(2)(viib) of the Act are not applicable to genuine business transaction without there being any evidence stating otherwise.

29. In view of the aforesaid, in absence of any money/ consideration flowing to the assessee company on issue of shares and keeping in mind the avowed objective behind introduction of section 56(2)(viib) of the Act, the said section has no application. In that view of the matter, addition made by the assessing officer under section 56(2)(viib) of the Act is liable to be deleted at the threshold, on the said ground itself.

30. It is further submitted that once the transaction is tested by the tax department and the assessing officer is satisfied that the transaction is a genuine business transaction, i.e., without any element of tax avoidance, then, there is no requirement to further test FMV of issue of shares at premium, applying provisions of section 56(2)(viib) of the Act.

The Tribunal reiterated that in pursuance of the aforesaid loan agreement(s), the pre-incorporation loan given by the erstwhile partners (now shareholders) were converted into shares of the assessee company, by issue of fresh equity shares of ₹10 each at premium of ₹90 per share (total ₹100 per shares) during the relevant year. A copy of the Valuation Report obtained by the assessee from its Chartered Accountant has been filed.

The Tribunal noted that the CIT(A), while deleting the addition made by the AO, had observed as follows :

(ii) The appellant has referred to the objective behind provision of Section 56(2)(viib) introduced by Finance Act, 2012 by relying on the Budget Speech 2012 and contended that section was introduced as an anti-abuse provision to arrest circulation of unaccounted y in the economy. Reference to Hon’ble Supreme Court decision in the case of K.P. Verghese Vs. lTO, 131 ITR 597 was also made wherein the Hon’ble Apex Court held that the h of Finance Minister while Introducing Finance Bill, carries considerable weightage to determine the intent behind the provisions inserted/amended. It was thus, contended that bonafide transaction of conversion of existing loans accepted as genuine in the year of receipt to share capital and that too for existing shareholders will not fall under the purview of Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act.

(iii) It was also contended that once the transaction is tested by the tax department and found genuine without any element of tax avoidance, there cannot be any requirement to test FMV of issue of shares at premium applying the provision of Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act. The appellant has relied on the decision in Clearview Healthcare Pvt. Ltd. Vs. ITQ 181 ITD 141 (Delhi bench). Cinestaan Entertainment Pvt. Ltd., 170 ITD 809 (Delhi bench) and similar other decisions to support this contention.

(iv) As regards the rejection of appellant’s valuation of DCF method, it is contended that the choice of valuation method is available to the assessee (NAV or DCF) as per provision of Rule 11UA of IT. Rules and the AO substituting the method of valuation by NAV is completely beyond jurisdiction and invalid. The appellant relied on the decision of Bombay High Court in the case of Vodafone M-Pera Ltd. Vs. DCIT, 164 ITR 257, wherein the Hon’ble Court held that the AO cannot change the method adopted by the assessee for share valuation by DFC method which was violation of Rule 11UA. The appellant has referred to similar decision of Mumbai ITAT, Bangalore, ITAT Delhi ITAT to emphasize that the AO could not have substituted the- assessee’s choice of method of valuation as mandated by Rule 11UA of IT. Rules.

v) The appellant has referred to the decision of CIT Vs. WA Hotels Pvt. Ltd., 276 Taxmann 330 (MAD) to support its contention that variation between projection and actual results cannot be the ground for rejection of DCF method to value shares. In the case of VVA Hotels, Hon’ble Madras High Court held that unless the AO is able to bring out any evidence of abuse of benevolent provision with an intention to defraud the revenue, the option given to the assessee shall be held to be absolute as regards DCF method of share valuation. The appellant also referred to similar other decisions to support this view point. In the case of Creditapha Alternative Investment Advisors Pvt. Ltd., 134 Taxmann.com 223, Hon’ble Mumbai ITAT held that the Assessing Officer has no authority to pick and choose the valuation method and make addition as it was the assessee who has option to choose the method of valuation.

vi) Appellant contended that the AO cannot on his “ipse dixit” reject the valuation report of an expert and supported this contention by referring to relevant decisions of various Courts / tribunals . The appellant relied on the decision in the case of Urmin marketing Pvt ltd 122 Taxmann.cm.40 (Aha; wherein it was held that the valuation report prepared by technical expert cannot be disturbed by the AO without taking opinion of the technical person. vii) The appellant contended that even the observations of the AO as regards variation in projected figures and actual figures were duly explained through detailed charts and reasonable assumptions made.

After considering the AO’s findings in the assessment order and appellant’ submission, following facts emerge

i) It is undisputed fact that the appellant did not receive any consideration for allotment of shares in the previous year relevant to current assessment year. The AO has not discussed this fact neither countered this contention of the appellant. It is a clear fact that the erstwhile partners of the erstwhile Firm (converted into appellant company) had given loans to the said firm which was converted into share capital of those partners becoming the shareholders. The AO has mentioned in the assessment order that the loans outstanding as on 01.04.2017 were converted into share capital. The shares were issued at Rs.10 per share face value and premium of Rs.90 per share. After plain reading of S.56(2)(viib), there is no doubt that this provisions is applicable to the considerations received in the previous year under consideration for taxing the excess premium charged over and above fair market value of shares determined as per prescribed method under Rule 11UA. In the current facts of the case, the appellant did not receive any consideration in the current assessment year and the outstanding loans of existing partners of erstwhile firm was converted into the shares of the appellant company. Thus, prima facie, there is no justification for the AO to apply Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act in the appellant’s case. The said consideration in the form of unsecured loans were received from the partner of the erstwhile firm in the year 2010 (as evidenced from loan agreement) and the AO could not bring out any material facts to show that such conversion of loans to equity shares was a ploy to defraud revenue of the tax on such transaction. In fact, the loans received in earlier years also got tested through scrutiny assessments completed for assessment year 2013-14, 2014-15, 2016-17 and 2017-18 in the case of the erstwhile firm. Thus, it can be concluded that the AO has not made out any case that the share conversion by the appellant led to defrauding revenue of its due taxes. Thus, firstly ,the amount is not received in the relevant previous year makes the applicability of S.56(2)(viib) invalid in the case of the appellant and secondly, the legislative intent to arrest abuse of tax laws to defraud revenue is also not available in the current facts of the case as the receipt of loans in the earlier years were from the existing partners of the erstwhile firm which got duly verified in the scrutiny of various assessment years after loans receipt”.

The Tribunal noted that the ld. CIT(A) had observed that it was an undisputed fact that the appellant did not receive any consideration for allotment of shares in the previous year relevant to the current assessment year; that the AO had not discussed that fact nor countered that contention of the appellant; it was a clear fact that the erstwhile partners of the erstwhile Firm (converted into appellant company) had given loans to the said firm, which were converted into share capital of those partners, who became the shareholders; the AO had mentioned in the assessment order that the loans outstanding as on 01.04.2017 were converted into share capital; the shares were issued at ₹10 per share face value and premium of ₹90 per share.

The Tribunal observed that on a plain reading of S.56(2)(viib), there was no doubt that the provision was applicable to the consideration received in the previous year under consideration for taxing the excess premium charged over and above fair market value of shares determined as per prescribed method under Rule 11UA. In the current facts of the case, the appellant did not receive any consideration in the current assessment year, and only the outstanding loans of existing partners of erstwhile firm was converted into the shares of the appellant company. Thus, prima facie, there was no justification for the AO to apply Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act in the appellant’s case. The said consideration in the form of unsecured loans was received from the partners of the erstwhile firm in the year 2010, as evidenced from loan agreements, and the AO could not bring out any material facts to show that such conversion of loans into equity shares was a ploy to defraud revenue of the tax on such transaction.

In fact, the loans received in earlier years also got tested through scrutiny assessments completed for assessment year 2013-14, 2014-15, 2016-17 and 2017-18 in the case of the erstwhile firm. Thus, it could be concluded that the AO had not made out any case that the share conversion by the appellant led to defrauding revenue of its due taxes. Thus, firstly, the fact that the amount is not received in the relevant previous year made the applicability of S.56(2)(viib) invalid in the case of the appellant and secondly, the legislative intent to arrest abuse of tax laws to defraud revenue was also not available in the current facts of the case, as the receipt of loans in the earlier years were from the existing partners of the erstwhile firm, which got duly verified in the scrutiny of various assessment years after receipt of the loans.

In PCIT vs. Cinestaan Entertainment Pvt. Ltd., 433 ITR 82 ( Del), it was contended on behalf of the Assessee-Respondent before the High Court, inter alia, that section 56(2)(viib) of the Act was not applicable to genuine business transactions; that the genuineness and creditworthiness of the strategic investors was not doubted by either the AO, or the CIT(A); that sub-clause (ii) of clause (a) of the Explanation to section 56(2)(viib) was not applicable to the case of the Respondent-Assessee and the Assessee was not required to satisfy the Assessing Officer about the valuation done; and that in accordance with sub-clause (i) of clause (a) of the Explanation to section 56(2)(viib). the Respondent-Assessee had an option to carry out a valuation and determine the fair market value of the shares only on the Discounted Cash Flow Method (the DCF Method), which was appropriately followed by the Respondent-Assessee.

In view of the above facts and discussion, it was apparent to the Chandigarh bench that there was no case of application of Section 56(2)(viib) to the facts of the appellant’s case where pre-existing unsecured loans of partners/shareholders were converted into equity shares at a premium, and the facts of the assessment order did not indicate any case of tax abuse involved in such share conversion. Even the AO’s decision to substitute DCF method of share valuation by NAV method was not in accordance with Rule 11UA of the IT Rules. Accordingly, the addition of ₹202,50,00,000 u/s. 56(2)(viib) of the Act was deleted.

PARASMANI GEMS’S CASE

The issue was again recently examined by the Ahmedabad Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Parasmani Gems (P) Ltd., vs. DCIT, 210 ITD 215, for assessment year 2013-14. In that case, the assessee company was engaged in the business of manufacturing and trading of gold and diamond jewellery. In assessing the total income for A.Y. 2013-14, the AO found that the assessee had issued shares of face value of ₹10 with a premium on two occasions during the financial year under consideration, first on 03.11.2012 at a premium of ₹90 per share, and again on 26.03.2013 at a premium of ₹31.67 per share only to three persons namely, Daxesh Manharlal Soni, Kunal Manharlal Soni & Nirav Manharlal Soni, against the loans received from such persons in the past.

It was explained to the AO that the shares allotted on 03.11.2012 were on the basis of fair market value of the shares as determined under Discounted Cash Flow method, supported by a report of the Accountant that was filed. The AO was not satisfied with the working of the FMV of the shares as per the DCF method of valuation adopted by the assessee and instead, he worked out the value of the shares as per Net Asset Value method, which worked out to ₹34.55 share only. Accordingly, the AO held that the premium charged to the extent of ₹55.45 (90-34.55) per share was excessive and accordingly a part of the share premium of ₹94,26,500 was added u/s.56(2)(viib) of the Act, which was, subsequently on rectification, reduced to ₹27,72,500 only.

Aggrieved with the order of the AO, the assessee had filed an appeal before the First Appellate Authority, which had been dismissed by the FAA. The assessee in the second appeal, before the Tribunal, raised the following relevant grounds of appeal, besides a few others:

(1) That on facts and in law, the learned CIT(A) has grievously erred in confirming the addition of ₹27,72,500/- made u/s 56(2)(viib) of the Act.

(2) That on facts, evidence on record, and in law, the learned CIT (A) ought to have accepted the valuation done by appellant’s C.A. and ought to have held that the provisions of section 56(2)(viib) of the Act are not applicable and the entire addition ought to have been deleted, as prayed for.”

For the assessee, besides a few other contentions not considered here for the sake of brevity, it was submitted on the issue under consideration herein that there was no fresh introduction of capital during the year; that the assessee had taken loans from the three shareholders, which were converted into share capital during the year and thus, no fresh consideration towards issue of shares was received during the year. The assessee relied upon the decision of the Chandigarh bench of the Tribunal in the case of ACIT vs. I.A. Hydro Energy Pvt. Ltd. [IT Appeal No. 548 (Chd.) of 2022, dated 11-10-2023, and submitted that when no amount was received during the year towards share capital, the applicability of Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act was invalid. The Tribunal was further informed that the decision of the Chandigarh bench was confirmed by the High Court of Himachal Pradesh in ITA No.4 of 2024 dated 31.05.2024/Principal Commissioner of Income-tax vs. I.A. Hydro Energy (P.) Ltd., 299 Taxman 304 (HP).

On behalf of the Revenue, on the issue under consideration herein, besides a few other submissions not considered here, it was submitted that Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act prescribed “any consideration for issue of shares” and that the word “consideration” had a much wider implication. In this regard, reliance was placed on the decision of ITAT Mumbai in the case of Keep Learning Resources Pvt. Ltd. vs. ITO [IT Appeal No. 1692 (Mum.) of 2023, dated 31-8-2023, wherein an identical issue of conversion of loan advanced in the past into equity shares with share premium was involved, and the Mumbai bench had held that the transaction was covered by the provisions of Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act. Reliance was placed also upon the decision of the Kolkata bench of the Tribunal in the case of Milk Mantra Dairy (P.) Ltd. vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax 196 ITD 333 (Kol.). It was also submitted that the assessee had issued shares on two occasions i.e. on 03.11.2012 and again on 26.03.2013, both during the same financial year. While shares on 03.11.2012 were issued at a premium of ₹90/- per share, the shares allotted next on 26.03.2013 were issued at a premium of ₹31.67 per share only. The assessee had not explained the huge difference in the fair market value of the shares in the two allotments made during the same financial year; the premium of ₹31.67 charged by the assessee in the second allotment on 26.03.2013 itself proved that the premium of ₹90 charged earlier in the first allotment was not as per the correct FMV.

The Tribunal examined the facts and the ratio of the decision of coordinate bench of ITAT, Chandigarh, in the case of I.A. Hydro Energy Pvt. Ltd. (supra) on the contention of the assessee that that there was no  fresh inflow of funds in respect of allotment of shares, and that it was only an accounting entry for conversion of loans into share capital and therefore, the provisions of Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act were not at all attracted.

The Ahmedabad bench of the Tribunal noted that the coordinate bench of Chandigarh Tribunal, in that case, did hold that in the case of conversion of loan into share capital, no consideration was received; that such conversion of loan into share capital did not lead to defrauding the Revenue of its due taxes; that the said decision of Chandigarh Bench of Tribunal was upheld by the Himachal Pradesh High Court; that the Hon’ble High Court, on the basis of the finding recorded by the Tribunal held that no substantial question of law was involved in the appeal before the court, and that the issue of whether provision of section 56(2)(viib) of the Act was applicable in the case of conversion of loan into share capital, was not independently examined by the Court. The relevant part of the order of the High Court was reproduced by the Tribunal:

“18. We are of the opinion that the orders passed by the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal as well as the CIT(Appeals), are fairly comprehensive. Both of them have concurrently found that no consideration was received by the assessee-firm for allotment of the shares, therefore Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act would not apply, and that it would have applied only if consideration was received for such a transaction.

19. Also, both the Tribunal and the CIT(Appeals) have held that the Assessing Officer had no jurisdiction to substitute the NAV method of assessing the valuation of shares, once the assessee had exercised option of a DCF valuation method as per Rule 11UA(2) of the Income Tax Rules.

20. We agree with the reasoning adopted by the CIT(Appeals) confirmed by the ITAT on all aspects and find that no substantial questions of law arise in this appeal for consideration by this Court.

21. Accordingly, the appeal fails and is dismissed.”

The Tribunal disagreed with the contention of the assessee that the decision of the Himachal Pradesh High Court in the case of I.A. Hydro Energy Pvt. Ltd. (supra) should be followed to maintain the judicial discipline and that the views expressed by even a non-jurisdictional High Court deserved utmost respect and reverence, that had the unquestionable binding force of law. The Tribunal instead held that a mere declaration by the court that no substantial question of law was involved, on the basis of findings of the lower authorities, could not be considered as a binding precedent. The Tribunal incidentally observed that in the case before the Himachal Pradesh High Court, the AO had no jurisdiction to substitute NAV method of valuation of shares when the assessee had opted DCF method of valuation. In contrast, noted the Tribunal, in the case before them, the assessee had not explained as to why the first allotment of shares was at a premium of ₹90 per share, whereas the second subsequent allotment, after a gap of 5 months, was made at a premium of ₹31.80 per share only. Thus, the facts of the case were found to be totally different and, therefore, the ratio of the decision of Himachal Pradesh High Court was not followed in view of the peculiar facts of the case before them. Further, the Tribunal observed that the judgement of the non-jurisdictional High Court, in any event, did not constitute unquestionably binding judicial precedent.

The provision of the Act as well as the Memorandum for introduction of this provision, the Tribunal noted, made it explicit that if the consideration was received for issue of shares that exceeded the fair value of such shares, then the consideration received for such shares, as exceeding the fair market value of the shares, shall be chargeable to tax under the head income from other sources. It noted that there was no stipulation in section 56(2)(viib) that it would be applicable only in the case of receipt of any ‘amount’ or ‘money’ on account of share application money. Rather the words used in the section were ‘any consideration for issue of shares’ which had a very wide implication. The Ahmedabad bench noted with approval the decision of the co-ordinate bench of Kolkata in the case of Milk Mantra Dairy (P.) Ltd. (supra).

The Ahmedabad bench again noted that the co-ordinate bench of Mumbai in the case of Keep Learning Resources Pvt. Ltd. (supra) had categorically held that the conversion of loan amount into equity shares would not exonerate the assessee from application of provisions of section 56(2)(viib) of the Act.

Keeping in view the language of the section, which used the term ‘consideration’, which was of wider import when compared with the word ‘amounts’, the Tribunal was inclined to agree with the decisions of Mumbai and Kolkata benches on the issue. As a result, the contention of the assessee that provisions of section 56(2)(viib) of the Act were not attracted in the case of conversion of loan amount into share capital was rejected. In the considered opinion of the Ahmedabad bench, the provisions of Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act did apply in the case of conversion of loan into share capital. It observed that the view adopted by the Chandigarh Bench would make the provisions of section 56(2)(viib) otiose for all such transactions of conversion of securities, which was not desirable. It therefore, upheld the order passed by the CIT(A), and the appeal filed by the assessee was dismissed.

OBSERVATIONS

The relevant part of s.56(2)(viib),introduced by Finance Act, 2012 reads as under;

where a company, not being a company in which the public are substantially interested, receives, in any previous year, from any person, any consideration for issue of shares that exceeds the Face value of such shares, the aggregate consideration received for such shares as exceeds the fair market value of the shares:

Provided that this clause shall not apply where the consideration for

issue of shares is received—

(i) by a venture capital undertaking from a venture capital company or a venture capital fund [or a specified fund]; or

(ii) by a company from a class or classes of persons as may be notified by the Central Government in this behalf:

The legislative intent behind the introduction of the deeming fiction was explained by the Finance Minister in the Budget Speech and in the Explanatory Memorandum.

On a composite reading of the provision and the background documents the following emerge;

  •  The provision represents a deeming fiction,
  •  It seeks to tax a receipt of consideration on issue of shares in given circumstances,
  •  The charge of the tax is in the year of receipt of consideration,
  •  The provision is an anti-avoidance measure that seeks to bring to book such cases which are intended to avoid tax by adopting such measures that are undesirable.

It is said that bad facts make for bad law, and the decision of the Ahmedabad bench, with respect, is a case that goes on to prove the same. In that case, the company, during the same year, had issued shares on two occasions, first at a premium of ₹90 per share and then later on at a paltry value of premium of ₹31.57 per share, providing a serious suspicion about the intentions of the company, more so when no material change had happened in the financials of the company between the two issues. This fact itself perhaps led the bench to overlook or keep aside the other relevant consideration of the need for actual receipt during the year and the motive behind the transaction, and also the fact that the valuation based on DCF supported the valuation.

The overwhelming urge to bring to book an errant company might have led the bench to disregard the fact that there was no apparent intention to avoid taxes and further led the bench to disregard the ratio of the decision of the High Court, which had, in clear terms with specific findings, approved the decisions of the CIT(A) and the Tribunal. To hold that the said decision of the High Court was delivered only on the lack of substantial question of law with respect to the case was not correct. Also, not correct was to hold that the decision of non-jurisdictional High Court was not binding on the bench more, so where there was no contrary decision of the Court on the subject nor was any such decision cited by the bench. The Himachal Pradesh High Court, in the decision, had considered the important facts, and on due consideration, had held that the appeal of the Revenue did not involve the substantial question of law. The decision of the Court therefore was delivered on the due consideration of the facts and the law, as was clear from the relevant part of the order reproduced by the bench itself in the body of the order.

The CIT(A) and the Tribunal, in the case of I.A. Hydro Energy Ltd., gave due consideration and the weightage demanded of the case before them to the Budget speech and the Explanatory Memorandum and a few other decisions of the Delhi High court, to hold that the deeming fiction of s.56(2)(viib) had no application in cases where there was no intention to avoid tax and that there was no proof of such intention.

The decision of the Chandigarh Bench in I.A.Hydro Energy’s case has been recently confirmed on the ground that no substantial question of law arose out of the decision of the Tribunal. This decision of the Court is reported in 339 CTR (HP) at page 375. This decision of the Court was cited before the Ahmedabad Bench but was not followed by the Bench in as much as the Bench found the case to be distinguishable on the reasonings discussed above.

The provision was first introduced by the Finance Act, 2012 w.e.f. 01.04.2013 and was originally restricted in its scope to receipts by a company from a resident. The scope, however, was enlarged by the Finance Act, 2023 to encompass receipts from any person, resident or non-resident, w.e.f 01.04.2024. At the time of introduction, specific methodology was not provided for computation of the fair market value but later on, rules were prescribed for valuation. The rules for valuation have been notified w.e.f 29.11.2012. This provision has ceased to apply w.e.f. 01.04.2025 as per the amendment by the Finance (No.2) Act, 2024.

The important issue that remains to be examined is whether a conversion of a loan into share capital could be considered as a “receipt” for attracting the provision. Alternatively, can a receipt of an amount classified as a loan in a different year be construed as a “receipt” on passing of an accounting entry, in a subsequent year for recording the conversion or treatment of a loan into a share capital. Can it be contended that there was no receipt of any amount in the year of issue of share capital?

For attracting a charge of taxation under the relevant provision, twin conditions, besides a few more conditions, are required to be satisfied; one such condition is a receipt in a previous year, and the other condition is that the receipt must represent a consideration for issue of shares. Apparently, the year of receipt of the amount is different than the year of issue of shares and, in any case, these two events are different, even if they fall in the same year, unless the receipt in the first place itself was for issue of shares. In the circumstances, unless the act of passing an accounting entry is considered or classified as an act of receipt representing the consideration for issue of shares, the charge of tax in the year of conversion may fail, as no express provision to that effect is ingrained in the law. Even on the count that the provision in question is a deeming provision and seeks to bring to tax an ordinary transaction of the issue of share capital, which is otherwise on capital account, as an income, it therefore requires a strict interpretation.

Obviously, the loan, when received was refundable, and such a receipt cannot be classified as a receipt of consideration for issue of shares and surely not a receipt that could be taxed in the absence of the applicability of provisions of s. 68 of the Act. This section too would seek to tax the receipt in the year of actual receipt of loan, and not in the year of passing the accounting entry. A small, related issue, not inconsequential, could also be about the year of determination of the fair market value of the shares; should the valuation be in the year of receipt of loan or the year of passing an accounting entry.

The relevant part of the order of the CIT(A), passed in the appeal by I.A.Hydro Energy Ltd. and confirmed by the Chandigarh bench succinctly explains the reason behind not attracting the deeming fiction;

“It is undisputed fact that the appellant did not receive any consideration for allotment of shares in the previous year relevant to current assessment year. The AO has not discussed this fact neither countered this contention of the appellant. It is a clear fact that the erstwhile partners of the erstwhile Firm (converted into appellant company) had given loans to the said firm which was converted into share capital of those partners becoming the shareholders. The AO has mentioned in the assessment order that the loans outstanding as on 01.04.2017 were converted into share capital. The shares were issued at ₹10 per share face value and premium of ₹90 per share. After plain reading of S.56(2)(viib), there is no doubt that this provisions is applicable to the considerations received in the previous year under consideration for taxing the excess premium charged over and above fair market value of shares determined as per prescribed method under Rule 11UA. In the current facts of the case, the appellant did not receive any consideration in the current assessment year and the outstanding loans of existing partners of erstwhile firm was converted into the shares of the appellant company. Thus, prima facie, there is no justification for the AO to apply Section 56(2)(viib) of the Act in the appellant’s case. The said consideration in the form of unsecured loans were received from the partner of the erstwhile firm in the year 2010 (as evidenced from loan agreement) and the AO could not bring out any material facts to show that such conversion of loans to equity shares was a ploy to defraud revenue of the tax on such transaction. In fact, the loans received in earlier years also got tested through scrutiny assessments completed for assessment year 2013-14 2014-15, 2016-17 and 2017-18 in the case of the erstwhile firm. Thus, it can be concluded that the AO has not made out any case that the share conversion by the appellant led to defrauding revenue of its due taxes. Thus, firstly, the amount is not received in the relevant previous year makes the applicability of S.56(2)(viib) invalid in the case of the appellant and secondly, the legislative intent to arrest abuse of tax laws to defraud revenue is also not available in the current facts of the case as the receipt of loans in the earlier years were from the existing partners of the erstwhile firm which got duly verified in the scrutiny of various assessment years after loans receipt”.

Circular No.1/2011 dated 6th April, 2011 issued by the CBDT explaining the provisions of section 56(2)(vii) of the Act specifically states that the section was inserted as a counter evasion mechanism to prevent money laundering of unaccounted income. In paragraph 13.4 thereof, it is stated that “the intention was not to tax transactions carried out in the normal course of business or trade, the profits of which are taxable under the specific head of income”. The said circular, it is respectfully submitted, further fortifies the contention of the assessee that the provisions of section 56(2)(viib) of the Act are not applicable to genuine business transactions without there being any evidence to the contrary.

The better view, supported by the decisions of the High Courts, is that unless a case is made out for tax evasion, the deeming fiction should not be activated.

Book Review

(LEARNINGS FOR NGOs/NPOs INCLUDING BCAS)

Name of the Book: THE MAVERICK EFFECT BY HARISH MEHTA

Author: MR HARISH MEHTA

On 8th February, 2025, I attended the Managing Committee meeting of BCAS as there was an interesting item on the agenda. That was to hear from two people about how “not for profit” organisations can be run and, what are the challenges in doing so and how the same can be overcome.

The two guest speakers who were invited to speak on this topic were Mr. Harish Mehta and Mr. Rajiv Vaishnav.

At the end of the meeting, all those present were handed over a copy of the book “The Maverick Effect” authored by Mr. Harish Mehta. This is an “Inside Story of India’s IT Revolution”. The name of the book intrigued me, and for some reason that I still can’t figure out, I mentioned to Mr. Mehta there and then that I would read this book and then write a book review about it in the BCAJ and send him a copy of that edition of the BCAJ. He was glad to hear this. The editor of the BCAJ was also present at that time, and he agreed to publish the book review. However, it took me much longer to finish the book than I had anticipated. At one social event where I met Mr. Mehta sometime in April, 2025, I reminded him about our meeting at the BCAS managing committee, and he reminded me that he had not yet received the book review. That really prompted me to quickly finish reading the entire book and then start writing this piece.

This is not merely a “book review” but also a note to myself (as one of the active members of the BCAS) and to other leaders (past, present and future) of the BCAS on the lessons that one can learn from the life of Mr. Mehta and his various experiences that he has vividly narrated in the book. In this article, I have tried to highlight various important lessons of life as well as important ways in which nation-building needs to be kept uppermost in one’s mind and actions while creating an organisation like NASSCOM & BCAS.

To begin, let me talk about Mr. Mehta himself. He is one of the founders of NASSCOM. No Indian can afford not to know what NASSCOM is. This body has played a stellar role in creating and sustaining Brand India on the global stage in many ways. He moved from the USA to India at a young age despite having a cushy job there. He began a small business which has, today, grown into a large organisation which is also listed on the stock exchanges. And, of course, he helped build NASSCOM. In this book, he has shared various incidents that give an insight into India’s bureaucracy, politicians, businessmen and, more importantly, leaders who shape the fortunes of millions all over the world.

The first lesson that I learnt from this book is about the importance of collaboration amongst competitors. In the initial days of NASSCOM, there was a crying need for this amongst the software companies of the country. Had they not collaborated in those years, who knows whether NASSCOM would have ever survived and thrived. Here, I would like to quote from the book itself:

The comparison is drawn between the formation of the European Union and NASSCOM:

In both cases, going against their grain, competing entities collaborated for the greater good. NASSCOM’s member companies put India ahead of individual interests. And the people involved were passionate about the causes they stood for.

The next lesson that is very important for me in the context of BCAS is the relevance and importance of core organisational values. The BCAS has always stood out because of the selfless work done by the core group consisting of volunteers and for its values. Many of the volunteers have been associated with the BCAS for several decades. And they have worked for the good of the BCAS without any expectations. Mr. Mehta writes in this book as under:

While each value is important, for me, the three that stand out are: (a) have ‘no personal agenda’, (b) ‘collaborate and compete’, and (c) practice a ‘growth mindset’.

The last value mentioned by him – “practice a growth mindset”, is something that is extremely relevant today for all professionals. For far too long, we have remained docile and meek. For a vast majority of the CA fraternity, “growth” is not something that comes naturally in day-to-day practice. I could be wrong in this judgment. But it is my perception based on interaction with lots of small and midsized CA firms. Apart from the mindset of growth, in today’s times, there is also a crying need for CA firms to “collaborate and compete”. Unfortunately, for several decades, CA firms have only been competing with each other. The time to collaborate is NOW.

Another interesting and relevant aspect of this book is how Mr. Mehta has graciously acknowledged the efforts of various people who passionately contributed to the building of the NASSCOM brand. Mr. Rajiv Vaishnav and the late Mr. Dewang Mehta are two such persons to whom Mr. Mehta has referred to multiple times in the book for their contribution to NASSCOM. This reminds me of the famous words of the former US President Mr. Harry Truman:

It is amazing what you can accomplish if you do not care who gets the credit.

The next important lesson that I could draw from the book and which applies to BCAS with equal force is putting the organisation above the individual. Mr Mehta writes:

NASSCOM was built by a few entrepreneurs, who were driven by the needs of an industry in its infancy. Today, the institution is indeed bigger than any one person or organisation. When we started NASSCOM, we dreamt of making tenfold leaps. We imagined an impossible billion-dollar industry when we were at a mere $120 million. Even when we were at $5 billion, we imagined another unimaginable $50 billion in the next ten years. The actual achievement has far surpassed our wildest imagination.

Neither at BCAS nor at the ICAI level, we have set definite goals in terms of growth of the profession. Unlike the commercial world of software, in the case of the CA profession, no organisation at the national level has set any targets for the profession. Our leaders need to ponder about this. Is there a need to set such targets? Would such an action be in the larger interest of the nation as a whole? Just as the software industry has served multiple purposes for the country, can growth in terms of revenues for our profession as a whole achieve any such altruistic goals at a national level? Obviously, at a firm level, several firms would be setting revenue or profit targets. But at a larger level, there is certainly no such move. Maybe the current and future leaders of the BCAS or the ICAI can think along these lines.

Another very important parallel that I could draw between NASSCOM & BCAS is about the role of each of these wonderful organisations. In the words of Mr Mehta, the role of an organisation like NASSCOM is:

If I could pick one term to describe NASSCOM, I’d say we are trusted catalyst for the IT industry and other stakeholders. We are and will remain independent. We will ensure that there is no vested interest in any outcomes, except the growth of the industry. We thus constantly intervene on myriad issues – from policy to guidelines to skilling, and more. Yet, we stay at arm’s length when it comes to ownership and creating new institutions.

BCAS has always prided itself in being independent and in being a catalyst for the CA profession. It has to its credit several pathbreaking and innovative initiatives that have, later on, been replicated by several other organisations. We have also been at the forefront of advocacy and have been trying to make a difference in the quality of legislations for many decades. The quality of our events and publications has always been appreciated by our members. So, in this respect, we are very similar to NASSCOM. The major difference is that of scale. Maybe, it’s time now to scale up the BCAS and take it to the next level. I am hopeful that the new-age leaders of the BCAS will rise to the occasion.

The next important learning from the book is about dealing with failures. Mr. Mehta has made a very pertinent and moving observation about failure:

The world celebrates success with accolades and trophies, but failure often has no friends. We could change this by encouraging more conversations about how failure is a necessary ingredient for success.

The BCAS, every year, felicitates new entrants to the CA profession by inviting successful students. BCAS has also, in the past, invited those students who have not succeeded in the exams and guided them in how to deal with failure and how failure is part and parcel of life, and, maybe, as mentioned by Mr Mehta, even necessary for success.

The last important point that stood out for me in the book is about the importance of family and relationships. While discussing about whether he has been able to create a “big” company, Mr Mehta dwells on the importance of family and relationships and sums up beautifully by: Finally, to me, the larger metric of success is my family, and the relationships I have nurtured and developed over my life. And with those, I am probably the Biggest 1.

All in all, I found “The Maverick Effect” by Mr. Harish Mehta very interesting, inspiring and useful. I do hope many members of the BCAS – particularly the core group members – will also read this book as we have a lot to learn from NASSCOM and people like Mr. Mehta about how to run a not-for-profit organisation and ensure that the organisation not only thrives but also makes a massive difference for our country which itself is standing on the cusp of a glorious future as we move towards “Viksit Bharat”.

Allied Laws

11. The Correspondence, RBANMS Educational Institution vs. B. Gunashekar and Anr.

Special Leave Petition (Civil) No. 13679 of 2022 / 2025 INSC 490 16th April, 2025

Suit for Injunction – To restrain the owner from disposing of the property – Agreement to sell – Does not confer right, title, or interest in the property – Suit without cause of action – Suit dismissed.

Directions were also issued to registration authorities to report any cash transactions in the purchase of properties which was in upwards of ₹2,00,000/-. [Order VII, Rule 11(a) and (d), Code for Civil Procedure, 1908; S. 269ST, Income-tax Act, 1961].

FACTS

The Respondents (original Plaintiff) had filed a suit seeking a permanent injunction restraining the Appellant (Original Defendant) from creating any third-party interest over the suit property. The Appellant is an educational institution, established in 1873. Thereafter, in 1929, the Appellant purchased the suit property and has been in continuous possession since. The Respondents had alleged that they had entered into an agreement to sell with one third party (vendor) for the purchase of the suit property. Further, as per the agreement to sell, the Respondents had already paid ₹75,00,000/- to the vendor in cash. Therefore, the Appellant must refrain from manipulating the title deeds of the suit property and further restrained from disposing of the said suit property to any other person. The Appellant filed an application under Order VII, Rule 11(a) and (d) of the Code for Civil Procedure, 1908 (CPC) for seeking rejection of the suit filed by the Respondent on the ground that the Respondents are merely agreement holders and not the owners of the suit property and as such, an agreement to sell does not confer any right, title, interest on the prospective buyer. It was further contended by the Respondent that if the alleged agreement to sell exists, then the remedy would lie against the vendor with whom the agreement has been entered into. The Appellant also contended that the Respondent had a pattern of filing such suits in respect of valuable properties by producing alleged agreement to sell. The learned Trial Court, however, dismissed the application filed by the Appellant for dismissing the suit under Order VII, Rule 11(a) and (d) of the CPC. The learned Trial Court had opined that under Order VII, Rule 11(a) and (d) of the CPC, it must confine only to the averments made in the plaint without examining the defence of the Appellant. Further, the Respondent had cause of action against the Appellant. Aggrieved, a revision application was filed before the Hon’ble Karnataka High Court. The Hon’ble High Court concurred with the views of the learned Trial Court and rejected to dismiss the suit under Order VII of the CPC.

Aggrieved, a special leave petition was filed by the Appellant before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court, at the outset, observed the consistent pattern of filing suits by the Respondent in high-value properties. Further, it also noted that the vendors had not been made parties to the suit and the addresses were absent from the plaint. The Hon’ble Supreme Court held that as per section 54 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882, an agreement to sell, cannot by itself create any right, title interest in the suit property. Thus, the Respondent did not have any cause of action against the Appellant. Therefore, the Hon’ble Court held that the suit ought to have been rejected for want of a cause of action.

Before parting, the Hon’ble Court raised doubts as to how the Respondent allegedly pay ₹75,00,000/- to the vendor in cash despite provisions of Section 269ST in the Income-tax Act, 1961 which debars any person from paying in cash above ₹2,00,000/-. Accordingly, the Hon’ble Court directed the Income-tax Department to take cognisance of the said matter. Further, directions were also issued to registration authorities to report any cash transactions in the purchase of properties which was in upwards of ₹2,00,000/-.

The appeal was accordingly allowed.

12. Angadi Chandranna vs. Shankar and Ors.

Civil Appeal No. 5401 of 2025 (SC) / 2025 INSC 532 22nd April, 2025

Joint Hindu Family – Suit Property – Self-acquired or Joint property – Partition of Joint Hindu Family – Partitioned suit property becomes the self-acquired property of that person. [S. 100, Code for Civil Procedure, 1908].

FACTS

A suit was instituted by Respondents No. 1 to 4 (Original Plaintiff/children of Defendant No. 2) for seeking partition and separate possession in the suit property. Briefly, Defendant No. 2 (along with his two brothers) had divided the joint family properties vide a registered partition deed after the death of their father. The suit property was partitioned in favour of one of the brothers. Thereafter, Defendant No. 2 acquired the said suit property (from his brother) via a purchase agreement deed and thereafter, sold it to one Angadi Chandrana (Defendant No. 1 / Appellant). It was contended by the Respondent No. 1 to 4 that the said suit property belonged to the Joint Hindu Family and was not an independent / self-acquired property of the Defendant No. 2. The learned Trial Court allowed the suit and held that the property was in fact belonging to the Joint Hindu Family and thus the property must be divided. An appeal was preferred by Defendant No. 1, wherein the first Appellate Authority allowed the appeal and reversed the finding of the learned Trial Court. Challenging the order, a second appeal was preferred by the Respondent No. 1 to 4 before the Hon’ble Karnataka High Court. The Hon’ble allowed the appeal and restored the order was of the learned Trial Court.

Aggrieved, an appeal was preferred before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court observed that all the properties of the Joint Hindu family were partitioned via a registered partition deed. Therefore, after partition, the properties which were so divided become the self-acquired property of that person. Further, the suit property was purchased by Defendant No. 2 (from his brother) by using his own funds and loans. The Hon’ble Court also noted that the mere existence of children in a Joint Hindu family cannot by itself make the father’s (Defendant No. 2) self-acquired property as joint property. The character of the property must be taken into consideration before determining the nature of the property. Thus, the appeal was allowed, and the original order of the learned Trial Court was set aside.

13. Logabai vs. Nil

AIR 2025 (NOC) 198 (MAD)

17th December, 2024

Guardian ship – Mentally retarded child – Father died in car accident – Mother also dead – Only Grandmother alive – Mentally fit to take care of the child – Grandmother appointed as the guardian and manager of the property. [A. 226, Constitution of India; S. 7, Guardian and Wards Act, 1890].

FACTS

A petition was filed for the appointment of the Petitioner as the legal guardian and manager of the properties of her granddaughter, Ms. Amudha Narmada. It was contended by the Petitioner that her granddaughter was a duly certified mentally retarded child by the Institute of Mental Health. As per the certificate, Ms. Amudha Narmada suffers from 70 per cent mental disability. It was the claim of the Petitioner that her granddaughter is under her care and custody. Further, the Petitioner is a 70-year-old woman who is unable to meet the expenses to maintain herself. Further, it was submitted that the father of the child had died in a car accident, and the learned Trial Court had allowed compensation to the child. However, the same cannot be withdrawn unless the court has appointed a legal guardian. It was further submitted that the mother of the child had also passed away and that there was no family member other than the Petitioner.

HELD

The Hon’ble Madras High Court, after going through all the claims, was satisfied that the child was indeed suffering from mental disability. Further, the child had no family member other than her grandmother (Petitioner), who is a mentally fit person to take care of the child. Therefore, the Hon’ble accepted the plea and appointed the Petitioner as the legal guardian and manager of the properties of the child.

The Petition was thus allowed.

14. Muhammed Kutty vs. Sub Registrar, Office of the Sub Registrar, Palakkad and Anr.

AIR 2025 Kerala 44 / W.P. (C) No. 35494 of 2024 27th November, 2024

Registration – Property – Settlement Deed – Registrar cannot make enquiry into the prior title deeds – Bound to register the deed [S. 34, 69(2), Registration Act, 1908; R. 67, Registration Rules (Kerala)].

FACTS

The Petitioner is one of the sons and legal heirs of one Mr. Abubacker Haji. After the death of the Petitioner’s father, the Petitioner and the remaining legal heirs decided to settle the property in favour of the wife of Mr. Haji (i.e. mother of the Petitioner). Accordingly, the legal heirs prepared a settlement deed and submitted the same for registration before the office of the registrar (Respondents). However, the Respondent refused to register the settlement deed and insisted that the Petitioner to provide a copy of the prior deed of the property i.e. to prove that the father of the Petitioner was in fact the owner of the property before he died.

Aggrieved, a petition was filed before the Hon’ble Kerala High Court (Ernakulam).

HELD

The Hon’ble Kerala High Court observed that as per S. 34 of the Registration Act, 1908 (Act), the powers of the Respondent are limited only to make an enquiry as to whether the document was in fact executed by the persons who purport to have executed the document. Further, the Hon’ble Court observed that as per Rule 67 of the Registration Rules, Kerala, the Respondent have no right to enquire into the validity of a document or to question the right of executant to execute a document or insist on the production of title deeds or prior document of the property except in the case of marriage document. Thus, the Respondent was directed to register the settlement deed.

The petition was therefore allowed.

15. Muruganandam vs. Muniyandi (died) through legal heirs.

2025 Live Law (SC) 549 / Civil Appeal No. 6543 of 2025 8th May, 2025

Suit for specific Performance – Sale Deed – Unregistered and unstamped – Admission of the sale deed – An Unregistered document can be taken into evidence in cases of specific performance or any other collateral proceedings. [S. 17, 49, Registration Act, 1908; S. 35, Indian Stamps Act, 1989].

FACTS

The Appellant (Original Plaintiff/buyer) and the Respondent (Original Defendant/seller) had entered into a sale agreement. As per the sale deed, certain payments were made by the buyer and in exchange, the seller had put the buyer in possession of the property. Thereafter, the entire payment consideration was paid by the buyer. It was the contention of the Appellant (buyer) that the Respondent (seller) was not taking any steps for the execution of the sale deed despite multiple requests. Thus, a suit for specific performance was instituted by the Appellant (buyer) for the execution of the sale deed. During the pendency of the suit, an interim application was filed by the buyer for admission of the original copy of the agreement for sale. It was contended by the buyer that the photocopy of the document was already attached along with the plaint; however, for genuine reasons, the original copy remained to be submitted before the Court. The learned Trial Court, however, rejected the said application on the ground that the document was unregistered and unstamped, and therefore the admission of the same was barred by section 17 of the Registration Act, 1908 (Act) and section 35 of the Indian Stamps Act 1989. Thereafter, a revision petition was filed by the buyer (Original Plaintiff/buyer) before the Hon’ble Madras High Court. However, the Hon’ble High Court held that the decision of the learned Trial Court does not need any interference.

Aggrieved, an appeal was preferred before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court held that although an unregistered document cannot be taken into admission as evidence, the provision to section 49 of the Act specifically allows the Courts to take into account an unregistered document in a suit for specific performance or any other collateral proceedings. Therefore, the decision of the Hon’ble High Court was set aside, and the learned Trial Court was directed to admit the unregistered document into evidence in the suit for specific performance.

The appeal was therefore allowed.

Agricultural Income Revisited

Agricultural income has always been the subject matter of discussion among professionals. It has enjoyed an uninterrupted exemption for more than a century. The same is sought to be continued in the Income Tax Bill 2025. The bill makes some cosmetic changes in the concept of agricultural income as envisaged.

The objective of this article is to explore the idea of Agricultural Income and examine all the relevant provisions, key judgments, and Constitutional mandates. In the course of the article, the author has taken the liberty of sowing the seeds of his views.

CONSTITUTIONAL MANDATE AND DEFINITIONS

The story begins with Entry 82 of the Union List of the 7th Schedule of the Constitution of India, which empowers the Union to levy tax on Income other than Agricultural Income. Entry 46 of the State List makes tax on Agricultural income a State subject. In fact, many states (like Bihar, Odisha, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, and Maharashtra) have passed legislation to this effect, making Agricultural Income taxable in those States, though the implementation or enforcement of those statutes could be a matter of debate.

Under Article 366(1) of the Constitution, Agricultural Income means “agricultural income as defined for the purpose of enactments relating to Indian Income Tax”. The Income Tax Act 1961 defines “Agricultural Income” but doesn’t define “Agriculture”. The meaning we ascribe to the term “Agricultural” is at the core of how we construe the expressions “agricultural purpose” or “agricultural income”.

Black’s Law Dictionary defines Agriculture as the art or science of cultivating the ground, including harvesting of crops, and in a broad sense, the science or art of production of plants and animals useful to man, including in a variable degree, the preparation of these products for man’s use. In the broad sense, it includes farming, horticulture, and forestry, together with such subjects as butter, cheese, making sugar, etc.

Merriam-Webster dictionary defines Agriculture as the science, art, or practice of cultivating the soil, producing crops, and raising livestock, and in varying degrees, the preparation and marketing of the resulting products.

If we go by the above definitions, a broader connotation emerges suggesting that it is not always necessary that some labour and effort are employed to plough the soil and sow the seeds for an activity to be called Agriculture. Even dairy farming or poultry farming can be considered as Agriculture within its expanded meaning.

If we further dig into the etymology of the word “Agriculture,” it is derived from the Latin word “agricultura”, which is a combination of the word “ager”, meaning “field”, and “cultura”, meaning “cultivation”. Therefore, the word “agriculture” literally means “cultivation in the field”. The word “cultivation” implies an active and intentional process of fostering growth and development. Land can be cultivated to foster any form of life, whether plants or animals. So, where there is an intentional plantation of a certain type of grass to feed the cattle and facilitate their healthy growth, it must fall within the literal meaning of the word “agriculture”.

AGRICULTURE UNDER EXISTING TAX LAW

However, such a wide interpretation of the term also gave rise to many disputes. One of them was with respect to scenarios where income was generated out of land without directly performing any labour or toil on the land, like ploughing, sowing, etc. For example, a question often arose whether the phenomenon of plants and fruits growing spontaneously and naturally in the forest, without the intervention of human agency, should be considered as Agriculture. This, in particular, and other disputes in general, were put to rest by the landmark judgment of the Supreme Court in the case of Benoy Kumar Sahas1. In the judgement penned by Bhagwati J, for the first time, a structure to interpret the term agriculture was laid down. In essence, the following principles emerged:

1. Basic Operations are Essential:

  •  Human Skill and Labour: Agriculture must involve basic operations on the land itself that utilise human skills and labour. This includes tilling, sowing, planting and similar efforts before germination.
  •  Not Just Subsequent Operations: Activities after germination, such as weeding, pruning, and harvesting, are not enough on their own to be considered agriculture. They must be carried out as an extension of the basic operation. It is only then that the whole of the integrated activity is considered as Agriculture.

2. Agriculture Includes all Kinds of Products Raised on Land:

  •  Regardless of the nature of the product – whether for humans or for the consumption of the beast.

3. Activities Must be Related to the Land

  •  Not Just Land-Related: The mere fact that an activity has some connection with or is in some way dependent on land is not sufficient to bring it within the scope of the term. For instance, breeding and rearing of livestock, dairy farming, butter and cheese making, and poultry farming would not by themselves be agricultural purposes2.

1  (Raja Benoy Kumar Sahas (1957) 32 ITR 466 (SC))
2  (The Law and Practice of Income Tax, by Arvind P Datar, Eleventh Edition, Vol -1, p. 85)

However, this must be understood holistically along with this disclaimer from the judgement- “The question still remains whether there is any warrant for the further extension of the term “agriculture” to all activities in relation to the land or having a connection with the land including breeding and rearing of livestock, dairy-farming, butter and cheese-making, poultry-farming, etc.”.

Dairy Farming

While the general principle as emerged in Benoy Kumar Sahas is that Dairy Farming may not be considered as Agriculture for want of a direct connection with the land, however, this idea needs to be analysed in the light of judgement by the Rangoon HC in case of Kokine Dairy3.

Roberts, C.J., who delivered the opinion of the Court, observed:

“Where cattle are wholly stall-fed and not pastured upon the land at all, doubtless it is a trade, and no agricultural operation is being carried on: where cattle are being exclusively or mainly pastured and are nonetheless fed with small amounts of oil-cake or the like, it may well be that the income derived from the sale of their milk is agricultural income.”

This, however, is not in consonance with the ruling of the Supreme Court in Benoy Kumar Sahas (supra), where it was held that dairy farming by itself would not constitute agriculture.


3 (Commissioner of Income-tax, Burma v. Kokine Dairy, 6 ITR 502, 509, 1938)

Poultry Farming

While the central issue before the High Court of Andhra Pradesh High Court in the case of Mulakaluru Co-operative Rural Bank4 was not the classification of Poultry Farming as Agriculture, it formed a key component of the ratio decidendi. This judgement underscores the varied and variegated interpretation of the term agriculture and illustrates a potential departure from the established framework in Benoy Kumar. The court held that “No doubt, poultry farming being an extended form of agriculture, certainly qualified eggs to be treated as ‘agricultural produce’ for the purpose of section 80P(2)(iii ).”


4 (CIT v Mulakaluru Cooperative Rural Bank Ltd 173 ITR 629, 1988)

Slaughter Tapping of Rubber

Kerala HC, in the case of KC Jacob,5 held that income generated by the owner from the slaughter tapping on rubber trees was an agricultural income:

“Here, the slaughter-tapping was by the owner himself. The rubber obtained by him, in whatever manner he tapped his trees, is his, and the receipts by him from the sale of rubber obtained by such tapping is “income derived from land which is used for agricultural purposes”, within the meaning of Section 2(a) of the Kerala Agricultural Income Tax Act 1950.”

This takes us to an important question, whether income derived passively from standing trees, like that of rubber, mango, coconut etc., after their initial planting can be regarded as agricultural income.

As established, supra in the case of KC Jacob, income derived by the owner from the slaughter-tapping of a “standing” rubber tree is agriculture income. Thus, there is no requirement to perform the basic operation of tilling, sowing, etc. on land every year. This inference can be extended to mango, coconut and other such standing trees as well. But what would be the scenario where the existing owner did not originally plant the trees? E.g., if a ready mango farm were purchased by the assessee –would the income arising out of the sale of mangoes every year still be regarded as agricultural income? While the answer can vary depending on the facts of the case, but in general, where the sine qua non of agricultural operation, i.e. tilling of the land, sowing of the seeds, planting, and similar operations on the land are missing, courts may be more inclined to deem the same as originating from a commercial activity rather than an agricultural pursuit and treat the income as non-agricultural income. Figuratively – the person reaping the fruits may not be the same as the person who sowed the seeds, but the world appreciates only when the person reaping the fruits had himself sown the seeds.


5 (K.C. Jacob vs Agricultural Income-Tax Officer. 110 ITR 402, 1977)

SECTION 2(1A) OF THE INCOME TAX ACT 1961

With the above background, let us dissect the clauses. Broadly, Section 2(1A) splits the agricultural income into two parts – 1. Depending on the Source, It would either be from Land or Building 2. Depending on the type of Operations- it could be out of agriculture or operations necessary to render the produce fit for market.

Clause 2(1A)(a): This clause focuses on Land being the source of income. It has three mutually inclusive requirements:

(i) Rent or Revenue Derived from Land: The word ‘rent’ means payment of money in cash or kind by any person to the owner in respect of a grant of right to use land. The expression ‘revenue’ is, however, used in the broad sense of return, yield or income and not in the sense of land revenue only6. The Apex court’s decision in the case of Bacha Guzdar established the principle that the expression “revenue derived from land” envisages a direct association with the land. Thus, it was held that “Dividend received from a company earning agricultural income is not agricultural income in the shareholder’s hands7. One should bear in mind that to bring a certain income within the ambit of this clause, it is not necessary that such income should arise by the performance of any agricultural activity – e.g. the compensation received from the government for the requisitioned agricultural land was deemed to possess the character of rent or revenue derived from agricultural land, thus qualifying as agricultural income exempt from tax.8


6 (Raza Buland Sugar Co. Ltd. v. CIT, 1980, 3 Taxman 266 (Allah. HC))
7 (Mrs. Bacha F. Guzdar v. CIT [1955] 27 ITR 1 (SC))
8 (Commissioner of Income Tax v. M/S. All India Tea And Trading Co. Ltd. (1996) 8 SCC 478)

Land Situated in India: Thus, any revenue or rent from agricultural land situated outside India will be out of the purview. The point to note here is that there is no distinction made between urban and rural land. Similarly, the classification of the land in Govt records is also immaterial. This essentially means, e.g., even if the land is classified as Non-Agricultural (NA) it still qualifies for the exemption so long as the third condition is also fulfilled. By virtue of these conditions, income from Fishing in natural waters should ideally be out of the scope of agricultural income.

(ii) Land Used for Agricultural Purposes: We have already explored in detail the scope of meaning of Agriculture. It is the use to which the land is put that is to be seen and not the nature of the land. Very often, we come across parcels of land on the outskirts of big cities that were lush green fields just a few years ago, but now, on those lands, commercial shops have come up, and the owners are earning rent out of it. Though the land may still be agricultural lands in the revenue records, they are no longer used for agricultural purposes. Such rents cannot be treated as agricultural income. Mushroom farming is typically done in a controlled environment and not directly on land. Instead, the soil is placed on racks vertically, and the mushroom is cultured. The question before the ITAT Hyderabad was whether it is an agricultural activity. The gist of the decision is that while soil is an integral component of land, and land itself is a part of the earth, the act of cultivating soil in trays while retaining its fundamental characteristic as ‘land’ does not diminish the agricultural nature of activities conducted upon it. The essence of agriculture remains, even when the soil is separated from its broader terrestrial context9.


9 (Dcit, Circle-2(1), Hyderabad vs Inventaa Chemicals Ltd., 2018)

Clause 2(1A)(b): This clause focuses on the performance of the actual activity of agriculture. Only such income that arises from activities mentioned in the clause will be considered as agricultural income. Further, such activities must be performed on the land as mentioned in clause (b). It provides for three categories of activities:

(i) Agriculture: It is important to note the wording of sub-clause (b)(i)- it says any income derived “by Agriculture” and not “by sale of Agricultural Produce”. It clarifies the intention of the legislature to include even “produce” held by a farmer for self-consumption or produce lying in stock to be considered as “agricultural income”. The Madras HC judgement in the case of Vaidyanatha Mudaliar reinforces this understanding. The judgement was with respect to the issue raised under the Madras Agricultural Income Tax Act, 1955.

(ii) Performance of any process to make the produce fit to be taken to the market: Like in sub-clause (b)(i) above, here too, “sale” of the produce is not required to bring it into the ambit of “agricultural income”. It is the enhancement in the value of the produce after performing the said process that is considered as agricultural income. The process should be one as is ordinarily performed by other cultivators in the locality. The expression “ordinarily performed” is contextual to the locality/region. So, where in the concerned region in the case of Brihan Maharashtra Sugar10, sugarcane was generally sold as such without subjecting it to the process of converting it into gur (jaggery) or sugar, the same when applied in the given case, the income arising from such process was held to be non-agricultural. It is the cultivator or the receiver of rent in kind who alone should have performed such process, e.g., if the standing crop of tobacco is purchased by a trader and he performs “curing” (a process which is ordinarily employed by a cultivator of tobacco to render it fit for sale in the market) on the tobacco after harvesting the income so derived by curing cannot be considered as agricultural income because a trader in this example is neither a “cultivator” nor an owner who is “receiver of rent in kind”.


10 (brihan maharashtra sugar syndicate ltd v CIT(1946) 14 ITR 611 (BOM))

(iii) Sale of Agricultural Produce: In Clause 2(1A)(b), this is the only sub-clause that envisages the “Sale” of Agricultural Produce. However, the stage at which the produce is sold is restricted to the stage the produce is at after applying the process applied to make it fit for the market. e.g., a farmer is involved in preparing and selling ready to cook chapatis in packages. He performs all the agricultural processes for wheat cultivation, from tilling to harvest to threshing, cleaning and packaging chapatis. The sub-clause covers the stage only till threshing and cleaning, as at this stage, the wheat is fit to be sold in the market.

After studying clause 2(1A)(b), an obvious question emerges. Why is there a need to provide for the treatment of income at different stages? The answer to this is that there can be more than one stakeholder in the entire journey of produce, from tilling to making it fit for market. And often, every stakeholder may add value to the value chain. However, the intention of the legislature appears to be to give exemption only to defined contributors till a defined stage.

Clause 2(1A)(c ): The source of income here is the annual value of the House Property. It should meet the four criteria to be considered as Agricultural Income:

i) Used As: dwelling house, or as a store-house, or other out-building.

ii) Occupied By: receiver of rent/revenue or cultivator.

iii) Reason for Occupation: connection of occupier with the land used for agricultural purposes.

iv) Situation of Building: Immediate vicinity of the said Land, and it’s not located within the area specified limits with specified population.

It should be noted here that many buildings in or within the specified limits of municipalities or cantonments will not get the benefit of clause(c ) even if the other criteria are met. The limits are provided in the proviso to clause (c ) of sec 2(1A). The intention of the legislature seems to include only such buildings that are located in rural areas. And the legislature is mindful of the fact that the influence of urbanisation on the use of land is not restricted to the political limits of municipalities or cantonments but is extended even beyond. So, in order to arrest tax evasion by disguising the use of buildings for given agricultural purposes, the law provided for an extended limit of the urban area.

Explanation 1 to Section – 2(1A): Section 2(14), excludes, in general, Agricultural Land from the definition of Capital Asset. Thus, there cannot be Capital Gains on the transfer of such agricultural land. However, it provides for certain exceptions that cover land situated within defined municipal and cantonment limits. Thus, gains on the transfer of such land will be taxed as Capital Gains. A situation might arise where a person describes/discloses such gains are “revenue derived from land” under clause (a) of S. 2(1A) and claims the exemption as agricultural income. To pre-empt such situations, Explanation 1 makes it abundantly clear that such income will not be considered as “income derived from land”.

But this leaves us with an interesting question- while there will not be any Capital gains from the transfer of agricultural land (section – 2(14)), what about the potential of taxing it as non-agricultural income? Some cogent arguments against it can be:

It is Agricultural Income and hence exempt: Explanation 1 to section 2(1A) binds only the exceptions mentioned under section 2(14)(iii); thus, where agricultural land other than that falling within the ambit of clauses (a) and (b) of section 2(14)(iii) (a) and (b) is transferred, the gains could be “revenue derived from the land” and hence is agricultural Income.

It is a Capital Receipt: As a general principle, a receipt that doesn’t partake in the nature of Income cannot be brought to tax under the Income Tax Act. The latter view seems to be the better view.

EXPANDING SCOPE OF AGRICULTURAL INCOME

Explanation 3 to Section – 2(1A): The explanation provides that any income derived from saplings or seedlings grown in a nursery shall be deemed to be agricultural income. However, a question arises whether income from the sale of flower bouquets by a person who owns and manages the nursery will also be agricultural income. The answer might depend on the extent and form of processing involved beyond the basic agricultural operations. So, where the bouquets are simple assemblages of flowers and foliage grown in the nursery, it could be argued that the income remains closely tied to agricultural activity. However, if the process involves significant value addition, such as elaborate flower arrangement, the value addition could be considered as non-agricultural in nature.

SEGREGATING AGRICULTURAL INCOME AND BUSINESS INCOME

How do we disintegrate a composite income which is partially agricultural and partially non-agricultural?

Under the authority of section 295, the Board may make rules for, inter alia, the manner in which and the procedure by which the income shall be arrived at in the case of income derived in part from agriculture and in part from business.

Rule 7 provides the portion that is taxable as business income is calculated by deducting the market value of the agricultural produce used as raw material in the business. No further deductions are allowed for expenses incurred by the assessee as a cultivator or receiver of rent-in-kind.

Market value is the average value at which the produce is sold in its raw form or after basic processing to make it marketable. And where the produce is not marketable, it will be a sum of,

i) Expenses incurred in cultivating the produce.
ii) Land revenue or rent paid.
iii) A reasonable profit as assessed by AO.

Rule 7 is a general rule that applies to all situations with composite income. However, there are specific rules with respect to certain businesses where, perhaps, determining the market value of the raw material is not feasible owing to some practical complications like heavy fluctuations in the rates, etc. Rules 7A, 7B and 8 provide for a fixed proportion of the total composite income to be considered as non-agricultural income and subjected to tax, removing any ambiguity.

Rule 7A- Income from Manufacture of Rubber

The rule outlines how to calculate income from selling certain rubber products (centrifuged latex, cenex, latex-based crepes, brown crepes, or technically specified block rubbers). If these products are made or processed from field latex or coagulum obtained from rubber plants grown by the seller in India, the income from their sale is treated as business income. Out of this business income, 35% is considered taxable.

Rule 7B- Income from Manufacture of Coffee

(1) If one grows and cures coffee in India and then sells it, the income from this sale is considered business income, and 25% of it will be taxed.

(1A) If one grows, cures, roasts, and grinds coffee in India and then sells it (even if one adds chicory or other flavourings), the income is also considered business income, but in this case, 40% of it will be taxed.

Rule 8- Income from Manufacture of Tea

If one grows and manufactures tea in India and then sells it, the income from this sale is considered business income, and 40% of it will be taxed.

EVIDENCES TO SUPPORT THE CLAIM OF AGRICULTURAL INCOME

Where agricultural Income is declared in the return of income, the assessee must maintain robust records to substantiate the claim if scrutiny arises. Ordinarily, these evidences includes,

  •  Proof of Ownership of Land
  • Proof of Cultivation Rights: These could be a Lease Agreement.
  • Proof of Actual Agricultural Operations: Bills of seeds and fertilisers,
  • Proof of Sale
  • Commission Agent’s Receipt etc.
  • Banks Statements

CONCLUSION

Though the concept of agricultural income was first introduced in the Indian Income Tax Act 1886 the same has evolved with time. And even today, determining its scope requires significant caution. While the interpretation is heavily influenced by the Benoy Kumar Sahas case, which insists on basic operations, in today’s fast-changing technological landscape, the very idea of “basic operations” can be challenged. For example, “Hydroponics” is the technique of growing plants using a water-based nutrient solution rather than soil11. It completely bypasses the need for tilling or sowing the land. Classifying the income generated through such a process would, perhaps, call for an amendment in the definition in the Act, which currently hinges on land.

Also, the assessee must be wary: merely deriving income from land or performing any process on land isn’t enough. Overlooking specific criteria for land use, building occupancy, or nature of processing can lead to reclassification of income and an unexpected tax burden.


11 (https://www.nal.usda.gov/farms-and-agricultural-production-systems/hydroponics, n.d.)

Rights of the Accused under PMLA for Obtaining Copies of the Records / Documents

This article deals with the Judgement of the Supreme Court in Sarla Gupta & Onr. vs. Directorate of Enforcement and the right of an accused to obtain copies of the Records / Documents collected by the Investigative Agencies under the PMLA.

INTRODUCTION

The saying that “Information is power” is age-old. Investigating agencies, while investigating a certain offence, tend to collect a large amount of data and information in the quest for justice. An investigation, as well as the resulting prosecution (if any), is supposed to be fair and unbiased. An officer administering certain provisions of an act also conducts inquiries from time to time. This also leads to the collection and compilation of a large amount of data. This data is relevant not only because it could be used to establish that a certain accused is involved in the offence of money laundering but also to give rise to reasonable doubt as to his complicity. The burden of proof to convict an accused in a criminal trial is “beyond reasonable doubt”. If the prosecution cannot prove its case beyond a reasonable doubt, the accused has to be acquitted. Just as the information conducted during an inquiry or an investigation forms the basis of the prosecution case, the same can also be pressed into service for defence. For a criminal trial to be fair to the accused, it is essential that the defence has access to all the material that is at the command of the prosecution. This is particularly relevant for the material that is relied on by the prosecution. The fundamental principle of criminal law is that an accused has the right to confront their accuser and also confront the evidence produced against them.

SECTION 207 & 208 OF CRPC AND PMLA PROCEEDINGS AND SUPPLY OF ‘RELIED UPON DOCUMENTS’

The three-Judge division bench judgement of the Supreme Court in Sarla Gupta & onr. vs. Directorate of Enforcement 2025 SCC OnLine SC 1063 strikes a win for fairness in prosecutions under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (better known as the PMLA).

In modern-day criminal law jurisprudence, due weightage needs to be given to fairness. After all, justice must not only be done but must also be seen to be done. Just like it would not be fair for a person to be made to participate in a fist-fight with one of his hands tied behind him, it would hardly be fair if an accused was not granted copies of the material relied on against him. There are two important provisions under the Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC) which deal with the supply of documents – Sections 207 and 208. The corresponding Sections of the Bharatiya Nagrik Suraksha Sanhita (BNSS) are Sections 230 and 231 respectively. Section 207 of the CrPC applies when the proceedings have been instituted on a police report and are triable by the magistrate. Section 208 applies to a case that is instituted otherwise than on a police report, and the Magistrate is of the view that the case is exclusively triable by the Court of Session.

The complaint based on which the Special Court for the PMLA takes cognisance of an offence has documents annexed to it in order to support its contents. These are the documents ‘relied upon’ in this context to make its case. In Criminal Appeal No. 730 of 2024, which is a part of the common judgement reported in Sarla Gupta, the Supreme Court held that “Both Sections 207 and 208, on the face of it, do not specifically apply to a complaint under Section 44(1)(b) of the PMLA. But, there is no reason why the principles laid down under Sections 207 and 208 should not be applied to a complaint under Section 44(1)(b) of the PMLA”. Relying upon the concept of fair play and Article 21 of the Constitution of India, the Supreme Court made sections 207 & 208 of CrPC applicable to cases under the PMLA. The Court went on to read in the protections that are afforded by sections 207 & 208 of the CrPC into the PMLA in the form of these Directions:

“Therefore, once cognizance is taken on the basis of a complaint under Section 44(1)(b) of the PMLA, the learned Special Judge must direct that along with the process, a copy of the complaint and the following documents must be provided to the accused:

a. Statements recorded by the learned Special Judge of the complainant and the witnesses, if any, before taking cognizance;

b. The documents, including the copies of the Statements under Section 50 of the PMLA produced before the Special Court, along with the complaint, and the documents produced subsequently by the ED till the date of taking cognizance; and

c. Copies of the supplementary complaints and the documents, if any, produced with supplementary complaints.

After cognizance is taken on the basis of the complaint, the ED cannot be heard to say that a document has been produced with the complaint or in the proceedings of the complaint, but it is not a relied-upon document. The copies of documents must be supplied along with a copy of the complaint as required by subsection (3) of Section 204 of the CrPC (sub-section (3) of Section 227 of the BNSS).”

Thus, the directions of the Supreme Court to the Special Court for the trial of PMLA offences is quite clear – documents, as mentioned in the directions reproduced above, must be made available to the Accused once the Special Court take cognizance of an offence under the PMLA. This would equip the accused to take an informed decision on the defence that they wish to take up during trial. But this by itself is not enough. The Judgement of the Court also makes it mandatory that copies of the document produced with the complaint or the proceedings of the complaint must be supplied to the Accused and that the Directorate of Enforcement cannot refuse to furnish any such document by stating that it is not a ‘relied upon document’ in the complaint. This act of the Supreme Court in bringing in these safeguards based on sections 207 & 208 of CrPC is a significant development in PMLA jurisprudence.

SUPPLY OF DOCUMENTS IN THE POSSESSION OF THE DIRECTORATE, NOT RELIED UPON

The ED does not need to rely upon all the documents that it collects during its investigation. There is no obligation on the investigating agency to rely upon all the data that it so collects. However, some of this data could be beneficial to the Accused in preparing their defence. Just like statutes, the interpretation or inferences drawn from data can be different by a different set of eyes. Our system of law administration is fundamentally adversarial in nature unlike in some of the countries that follow ‘civil law’ or the ‘continental system of law’. This gives rise to the danger of the prosecution withholding exculpatory documents from the accused while only relying upon the incriminating documents. The danger of this situation actually arising cannot be ruled out, and the consequences can be severe.

In the year 2021, another three-judge Division bench of the Supreme Court in Criminal Trials Guidelines Regarding Inadequacies and Deficiencies, In re, (2021) 10 SCC 598 observed, “The Amici Curiae pointed out that at the commencement of trial, accused are only furnished with list of documents and statements which the prosecution relies on and are kept in the dark about other material, which the police or the prosecution may have in their possession, which may be exculpatory in nature, or absolve or help the accused. This Court is of the opinion that while furnishing the list of statements, documents and material objects under sections 207/208 CrPC, the Magistrate should also ensure that a list of other materials (such as statements or objects/documents seized, but not relied on) should be furnished to the accused. This is to ensure that in case the accused is of the view that such materials are necessary to be produced for a proper and just trial, she or he may seek appropriate orders under CrPC”. This right was also reiterated in the case of Manoj vs. State of M.P., (2023) 2 SCC 353 where the Supreme Court reiterated its stand that “this Court holds that the prosecution, in the interests of fairness, should as a matter of rule, in all criminal trials, comply with the above rule, and furnish the list of statements, documents, material objects and exhibits which are not relied upon by the investigating officer. The presiding officers of courts in criminal trials shall ensure compliance with such rules”.

In Criminal Appeal No. 730 of 2024, which is a part of the common judgement reported in Sarla Gupta, the Supreme Court observed these prior Judgements and agreed that these documents had to be furnished to the Accused. However, the Court proceeded to analyse at what stage the Accused is entitled to seek copies of the Documents not relied on by the prosecution. The Supreme Court observed that “at the time of hearing for framing of charge, reliance can be placed only on the documents forming part of the charge sheet. In case of the PMLA, at the time of framing charge, reliance can be placed only on those documents which are produced along with the complaint or supplementary complaint. Though the accused will be entitled to the list of documents, objects, exhibits etc. that are not relied upon by the ED at the stage of framing of charge, in ordinary course, the accused is not entitled to seek copies of the said documents at the stage of framing of charge.”

It is, therefore, rare that copies of all the documents are given to the Accused before the framing of the charge. To give or not to give would still be the discretion of the court. However, after the charge is framed, under Section 233 of the CrPC (Section 256 of the BNSS), there is less latitude given to the Courts to refuse the production of documents.

In Criminal Appeal No. 730 of 2024, which is a part of the common judgement reported in Sarla Gupta, the Supreme Court observed, “On plain reading of sub-section (1) of Section 91, the power of the court is discretionary. The word ‘may’ appears in sub-section (1) of Section 91. However, if we peruse sub-section (3) of Section 233 and sub-section (2) of Section 243, the word ‘shall’ has been used. The reason is that these two provisions apply at the stage of the accused leading defence evidence. Therefore, it is provided that if the accused applies for the issue of any process for compelling the attendance of any witness or the production of any document or thing, the court must issue such process. The prayer for issue of such process cannot be denied unless the court, for reasons to be recorded, holds that the application is made for the purposes of vexation or delay or for defeating the ends of justice.”

The Court, therefore, went on to hold that “After carefully perusing the provisions of the PMLA, we did not find any provision of the PMLA which is inconsistent with Section 91 of the CrPC. The power under sub-section (1) of Section 91 can be exercised by a Court when the production of any document or any other thing is necessary or desirable for the purposes of any investigation, inquiry, trial or other proceedings under the CrPC. The consistent line of judgments of this Court hold that at the stage of framing of charge, the accused is ordinarily not entitled to apply under Section 91 of the CrPC for producing the documents which are not relied upon by the complainant. For the purposes of his defence, the accused has a right to seek production of a document or a thing at the stage of leading defence evidence as Section 233 of CrPC will apply to the trial of an offence under the PMLA, due to the fact that Chapter XVIII of the CrPC is made applicable to such trial in view of clause (d) of Section 44(1) of the PMLA.” It also observed that in the light of the negative burden of proof that is placed by Section 24 of the PMLA on the accused, Section 233(3) of the CrPC should be liberally construed in favour of the Accused. This is also because the constitutional validity of Section 24 of the PMLA has been upheld on the ground that the accused has full opportunity to show that he has not violated the provisions of the PMLA and rebut the presumption. If the Special Court refuses the prayer for documents u/s 233 of the CrPC, the accused will not be able to discharge the burden, and the Supreme Court, therefore, held that this right of the Accused must be protected.

CAN DOCUMENTS BE SOUGHT BY THE ACCUSED DURING BAIL PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE PMLA?

The primary reason why PMLA is so feared is the difficulty that an arrested accused faces in order to obtain bail. Getting bail under the PMLA is infamously difficult and is the primary reason that the PMLA is considered draconian. The offence of money laundering is non-bailable, i.e. bail cannot be obtained as a matter of right but is subject to judicial discretion. There are various factors that weigh in with a Court while deciding whether or not to release an accused on bail. The PMLA, through Section 45(1)(ii), adds the ‘twin conditions’ that must be fulfilled over and above this in order for the accused to secure bail. Therefore, if an accused makes an application for bail u/s 45 of the PMLA and the prosecutor opposes the grant of bail, the Court cannot grant bail to the Accused unless “the court is satisfied that there are reasonable grounds for believing that he is not guilty of such offence and that he is not likely to commit any offence while on bail”.

The first of the twin conditions requires that the accused demonstrate to the court that there are ‘reasonable grounds’ for believing that he is not guilty of such offence. This can be very difficult to do if the Accused does not have access to the documents and data that can help him discharge the burden. The Supreme Court in Criminal Appeal No. 730 of 2024, which is a part of the common judgement reported in Sarla Gupta, held that “If a narrow view is taken, by denying this opportunity to the accused, he will not be in a position to discharge the burden on him, and therefore, it will affect his right to liberty as he may be denied bail. This denial will amount to a violation of his rights guaranteed under Article 21. Therefore, at the stage of hearing of a bail application to which stringent provisions of Section 45(1)(ii) of the PMLA are applicable, the accused must be allowed to invoke the provision of Section 91 of the CrPC for seeking production of the documents not relied upon by the ED. But, when the investigation is pending while permitting the accused to seek production of documents that are not relied upon by invoking Section 91 of the CrPC, care has to be taken to ensure that the investigation is not prejudiced. Therefore, when such an application is made, the ED is entitled to resist the production of documents that are not relied upon on the ground that if the said documents are disclosed at that stage to the accused, it may prejudice the investigation. Though the ED is entitled to raise the said plea, it will have to show the documents to the Court. The Court can, for reasons recorded, deny production of documents only if it is satisfied that the disclosure of the documents may prejudice the ongoing investigation. Needless to add that the ED cannot raise such an objection after the investigation is complete.” It is important to note that the Court considered Article 21 of the Constitution of India as the fountain from which the right to receive the documents springs. This Judgement, therefore, is a big step in defending the fundamental rights that have been guaranteed under the Constitution of India. The Court specifically observed that “ When the Legislature has felt a need to bring out a legislation like the PMLA, it is the duty of the Court to interpret Article 21 in such a way that the right of a fair trial available to the accused is not affected. The object of the provisions of Section 24 or 45(1)(ii) is not to take away the fundamental right of fair trial conferred on the accused. These provisions are different in the sense that they put a burden on the accused. When such a burden is put on the accused, it is all the more necessary that the right of fair trial guaranteed under Article 21 to the accused is protected by permitting the accused to lead defence evidence by seeking the production of witnesses and documents not relied upon by the prosecution. Similarly, for discharging the burden under Section 45(1)(ii), the accused has the right to invoke Section 91 of CrPC (Section 94 of the BNSS) for seeking production of documents at the stage of hearing of bail application.”

THE RIGHTS OF THE ACCUSED TO GET COPIES OF RECORDS / DOCUMENTS SEIZED AS PER SECTION 17 & 18 OF THE PMLA

The Supreme Court in Sarla Gupta was also concerned with the rights of the Accused under the PMLA to get copies of Records and Documents that have been seized u/s 17 (Search & Seizure) or Section 18 (Search of Persons). Section 21(2) of the PMLA, that deals with the retention of records, specifically mentions that the person from whom the records are seized or frozen shall be entitled to obtain a copy of the records. Section 2(b) of the PMLA includes deeds and instruments evidencing title or interest in property or asset.

The Supreme Court held that the order of retention under section 20 of the PMLA does not refer to the forfeiture of the property and that the seized property does not vest with the ED. The Supreme Court went on to hold that “There is no prohibition on providing copies of the deeds or instruments evidencing title to the person from whom or from whose premises the deeds or instruments are seized. If the provision is interpreted to mean that the person from whom such deeds or instruments are seized is not entitled to receive even copies of the same, the provision will be rendered arbitrary and violative of Article 14 of the Constitution. Therefore, as far as the seized documents and records are concerned, the person from whom or from whose premises the seizure has been made is entitled to get the true copies thereof. As far as the other property seized is concerned, the person from whom the property is seized is entitled to a copy of the seizure memo and the list of the properties seized.” It held that if the documents are bulky, then soft copies can be furnished and that even if seized records or documents are not relied upon in the Complaint, copies must be supplied, though the accused will not be entitled to rely upon them at the time of framing of charge.

CONCLUSION

In an adversarial system like ours, the ED has often resisted the furnishing of certain documents to the Accused, an example being the non-furnishing of grounds of arrest to the accused in writing, as remedied by the Supreme Court in the case of Pankaj Bansal vs Union of India, (2024) 7 SCC 576 where the Court held that There is no valid reason as to why a copy of such written grounds of arrest should not be furnished to the arrested person as a matter of course and without exception. There are two primary reasons as to why this would be the advisable course of action to be followed as a matter of principle. Firstly, in the event such grounds of arrest are orally read out to the arrested person or read by such person with nothing further and this fact is disputed in a given case, it may boil down to the word of the arrested person against the word of the authorised officer as to whether or not there is due and proper compliance in this regard. In the case on hand, that is the situation in so far as Basant Bansal is concerned. Though ED claims that witnesses were present and certified that the grounds of arrest were read out and explained to him in Hindi, that is neither here nor there as he did not sign the document. Non-compliance in this regard would entail the release of the arrested person straightaway, as held in V. Senthil Balaji vs. State, (2024) 3 SCC 51. Such a precarious situation is easily avoided, and the consequence thereof can be obviated very simply by furnishing the written grounds of arrest, as recorded by the authorised officer in terms of Section 19(1) PMLA, to the arrested person under due acknowledgement, instead of leaving it to the debatable ipse dixit of the authorised officer.”

In fact, in the case of Arvind Kejriwal vs. Enforcement Directorate, (2025) 2 SCC 248, the Supreme Court specifically held that it is not only the grounds of arrest that need to be given to the Accused but also the ‘reasons to believe’ that have been recorded. The Court held that this is because “it would be incongruous, if not wrong, to hold that the accused can be denied and not furnished a copy of the reasons to believe. In reality, this would effectively prevent the accused from challenging their arrest, questioning the “reasons to believe”.. .. “It follows that the “reasons to believe” should be furnished to the arrestee to enable him to exercise his right to challenge the validity of arrest.”

The phrase ‘Information is power’ is especially relevant in the realm of criminal defence law in general and in special laws like the PMLA in particular. While economic offences are to be considered a class apart, it cannot be denied that the process of prosecution of one accused of a crime must be fair. Jurisprudence with regard to the PMLA has grown by leaps and bounds over the last few years. The Supreme Court has, from time to time, sought to balance the fairness of proceedings under the PMLA, which otherwise can be considered quite draconian. The Judgement in the case of Sarla Gupta shall undoubtedly be useful for those caught in the clutches of this law to get a fair trial.

GST Implications on Educational Institutions

INTRODUCTION

Education has long been hailed as the great equaliser—the ladder that lets ambitious minds climb to success. But in India, that ladder is getting steeper and pricier. With education costs skyrocketing, quality education has become less accessible for many. Recently, the CEO of a large asset management company shared that the academic expenditure of one child could amount to ₹10 crores in 16 years from now.

Does Goods and Services Tax (GST) on educational services add fuel to the fire? In this article, we break down the impact of GST on educational services, explore its implications for students and institutions alike, and ask the burning question: Should education really be taxed?

Educational activities by schools or colleges have been generally exempted from indirect tax. The term “education” is not defined under the CGST Act 2017 or even under the Constitution of India. But the flyer by the GST Council also refers to the Apex Court decision in Loka Shikshana Trust vs. CIT,1 wherein it was noted that education is a process of training and developing knowledge, skills and character of students by normal schooling.


1 CIT [1976] 1 SCC 25

But before delving into the interpretation nuances of the exemption, it is imperative to understand whether educational activity can be termed as “supply” per se. It is a settled principle that if an activity is outside the scope of the levy, then the discussion on “exemption” is of no relevance.

Whether the education service is covered under the scope of supply for GST purposes?

The GST levy is governed by Section 9 of the CGST Act 2017 and is a tax on the “supply” of goods or services. The definition of “supply” is given under Section 7 of the CGST Act 2017 and has the following attributes:

a. There should be a supply of goods or services.

b. There should be a consideration.

c. The supply is made by a person.

d. The activity should be in the course or furtherance of business.

While all other attributes may be satisfied, the phrase “in the course or furtherance of business” needs some discussion in the context of educational institutions [EI]. If the activity is not in the course or furtherance of business, then it would be outside the scope of “supply”.

In India, EIs generally operate in a “Trust/ Society” model. The objective of setting up such trusts/ societies is to render charitable activities by imparting education. For centuries, learning has been considered a charitable act, a noble pursuit meant to uplift society rather than generate profit. Gurukuls, temples, and community-run schools thrived on donations and goodwill, fostering an ethos that knowledge should be shared, not sold. Providing education from ages six to fourteen was made a Fundamental Right by the insertion of Article 21A in the Constitution of India by the 86th Constitutional Amendment Act, 2002. The National Policy for Education, 1986 and Programme of Action, 1992, envisaged free and compulsory education for all children up to the age of fourteen years.

Keeping aside the civil argument of modern-day EIs being overly commercialised, we should place emphasis on the letter and spirit of the law. The term business is defined under Section 2(17) of the CGST Act 2017 as under (relevant extract):

businessincludes––
(a) any trade, commerce, manufacture, profession, vocation, adventure, wager or any other similar activity, whether or not it is for a pecuniary benefit;

(b) any activity or transaction in connection with or incidental or ancillary to sub-clause (a);

(c) any activity or transaction in the nature of sub-clause (a), whether or not there is volume, frequency, continuity or regularity of such transaction;
………
(i) any activity or transaction undertaken by the Central Government, a State Government or any local authority in which they are engaged as public authorities;

The term business is defined in an inclusive manner. Sub-clauses (b) and (c) are interdependent on sub-clause (a). Hence, it is important to analyse sub-clause (a), which states that business includes any trade, commerce, manufacture, profession, vocation, adventure or wager. Except for the term “manufacture”, none of the other terms are defined under the CGST Act 2017. To understand the meaning of these terms, reference is made to definitions from Black’s Law Dictionary as under:

Term Meaning Applicability for EI
Trade The act or the business of buying and selling for money. In general parlance, the activity of buying and selling is undertaken with the intention to earn markup or profit from the activity. EI is not primarily engaged in buying and selling.
Commerce The exchange of goods, productions, or property of any kind; the buying, selling, and exchanging of articles. The definition of this term means that the activity should be of buying and selling of things, i.e. goods. EI do not principally deal in the buying and selling of goods.
Profession

 

 

A vocation or occupation requiring special, usually advanced, education, knowledge, and skill; e.g. law or medical professions. Both these terms relate to activity done by an individual or group of individuals. These terms do not relate to an organisation. The profession and vocation of a person depend upon the educational background, attributes and skill of the person, which cannot be equated with the activities of an organisation. EI is not engaged in any profession and vocation but in fact, imparts education to students who can choose a profession or a vocation based on their own individual calling, attributes and skill.
Vocation A person’s regular calling or business; one’s occupation or profession.
Adventure A commercial undertaking that has an element of risk These two terms mean a chance-based transaction for a reward. It is not at all related to the activities of EI.
Wager Money or other consideration is risked on an uncertain event; a bet, or a gamble.

Thus, it can be argued that educational activity does not fit under the term “business”. In the case of the State of Tamil Nadu and another vs. Board of Trustee of the Port of Madras [1999-VIL-27-SC], it was observed that “The word ‘business’ is wider than the words ‘trade, commerce or manufacture, etc’. The word ‘business’ though extensively used is a word of indefinite import, in taxing statutes, it is normally used in the sense of an occupation, a profession–which occupies time, attention and labour of a person, normally with a profit-motive and there must be a course of dealings, either actually continued or contemplated to be continued with a profit-motive and not for sport or pleasure.”

The Hon’ble Bombay High Court, recently, in the case of Goa University,2 had the opportunity to refer to a catena of decisions explaining that education is fundamental to human existence. We refer to some of those decisions herein. In the Indian Medical Association vs. Union of India3, it was observed that education is one of the principal human activities to establish a humanised order in our country. In the T.M.A. Pai Foundation’s case4, the Hon’ble Court noted that it is the duty of the State to do all it can to educate every section of citizens who need a helping hand in marching ahead along with others.


2 2025 (29) Centax 281 (Bom.)
3  2011 (7) SCC 179
4 2002 (8) SCC 481

The Hon’ble High Court of Rajasthan, in the case of Banasthali Vidyapith,5 highlighted that education is essential for intellectual growth, progressive thinking, and personal development. Furthermore, the Court recognised education as a societal responsibility, crucial for developing mental capacity and fostering humanity. The High Court was deciding on the issue of whether EIs are “dealers” under the erstwhile Rajasthan Value Added Tax Act, 2003 and the definition of “business” thereto included “whether or not such trade, commerce, manufacture, adventure or concern is carried on with a motive to make gain or profit”. Considering this aspect, the Hon’ble High Court of Rajasthan held that “imparting education” cannot be considered as a business.


5  2015 (55) taxmann.com 462 (Rajasthan)

Similarly, in some other cases, it has been held that education cannot be treated as a commercial activity:

a. Education is, per se, an activity that is charitable in nature6.

b. Imparting education cannot be allowed to become commerce. Making it one is opposed to the ethos, tradition and sensibilities of this nation. Imparting of education has never been treated as a trade or business in this country since time immemorial. It has been treated as a religious duty.7

c. Though the fees can be fixed by the educational institutions, and it may vary from institution to institution depending upon the quality of education provided by each of such institutions, commercialisation is not permissible.8


6  State of Bombay v. R.M.D. Chamar Baghwala (AIR 1957 SC 699)
7  Unni Krishnan v. State of Andhra Pradesh (AIR 1993 SC 2178)
8  Modern Dental College and Research Centre and Others [Civil 
Appeals No. 4060 of 2009 before Supreme Court of India]

Although the definition of the term “business” states that activities, “whether or not it is for a pecuniary benefit”, are included, fundamentally, it can be argued that profit-motive is very integral to “business”. The observations from the above judgments lead to a view that education is considered sacred in India. Education is regarded as a necessity for human existence. The very thought of
commercialising education appears to be against the spirit of the nation.

Hence, there is a case to argue that educational activity is outside the scope of “supply” as not being in the course or furtherance of business, and therefore, no GST is payable. It may however, be noted that the said line of argument may not be available in case of entities which are ‘for profit’ (for example, private limited company, LLP or partnership firm).

WHETHER THE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES ARE EXEMPT?

For the sake of further discussion, let us proceed with the notion that educational activity is a supply under GST. In this context, we can jump to Entry No. 66 of Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017, which exempts educational services. While the entry per se provides for a “person” oriented exemption, the nature of “educational services” is embedded in the definition of “educational institution” given in the exemption notification itself.

Entry 66: Services provided –

(a) by an educational institution to its students, faculty and staff;

 

(aa) by an educational institution by way of conduct of entrance examination against consideration in the form of entrance fee;

 

(b) to an educational institution, by way of,

 

(i) transportation of students, faculty and staff;

 

(ii) catering, including any mid-day meals schemes sponsored by the Central Government, State Government or Union territory;

 

(iii) security or cleaning or house-keeping services performed in such educational institution;

 

(iv) services relating to admission to, or conduct of examination by, such institution;

 

[The above exemption is available for pre-school education and up to HSC or equivalent]

 

(v) supply of online educational journals or periodicals:

 

[The above exemption is not for pre-school education and up to HSC or approved vocational course]

“educational institution” means an institution providing services by way of, –

(i) pre-school education and education up to higher secondary school or equivalent;

(ii) education as a part of a curriculum for obtaining a qualification recognised by any law for the time being in force;

(iii) education as a part of an approved vocational education course;

Further, “approved vocational education course” is also defined in the same notification as under:

(i) a course run by an industrial training institute, or an industrial training centre affiliated to the National Council for Vocational Education and Training or State Council for Vocational Training offering courses in designated trades notified under the Apprentices Act, 1961 (52 of 1961); or

(ii) a Modular Employable Skill Course, approved by the National Council of Vocational Education and Training, run by a person registered with the Directorate General of Training, Ministry of Skill Development and Entrepreneurship;

On a plain reading of the definition, it is understandable that the scope of “educational institution” is based on the curriculum and courses offered. The opening line contains the phrase “by way of” which restricts the scope to institutions that impart education. The institutions that give training to students for getting the education from schools/colleges will not get covered. In other words, while education imparted by schools and colleges themselves is covered, education by private coaching classes, tuitions, etc., is not covered.

The exemption is given to:

  •  Educational services for pre-school and up to higher secondary. This means that schools and colleges up to higher secondary are exempt under this limb.
  •  Educational services for obtaining a qualification only if the said qualification is recognised by any law in force. This means that only recognised courses are exempt. Most of the universities are created under a Central Act or a State Act. The courses offered by such Universities would get an exemption. It should be noted that section 22(1) of the University Grants Commission Act, 1956, provides for the right of conferring or granting degrees only by a ‘university’ or a ‘deemed university’.
  •  Educational services as a part of an approved vocational education course. The scope of the exemption is restricted to vocational courses that are specifically affiliated or notified.

The services provided by EI to students/ faculty/ staff are exempt. By the very fact that the exemption is given not only for services provided to students, but also to faculty/ staff, it is evident that the scope of this exemption is intended to be wider. Further, as explained earlier, the exemption is “person-driven”, and therefore, all services provided by EI should be exempt, even if some of the services are not direct in the nature of imparting education. Some of the clarifications issued by the Govt. place emphasis on this aspect:

Circular No. The crux of the clarification
85/04/2019-GST
dated 01.01.2019
Supply of food and beverages by an educational institution to its students, faculty and staff is exempt.
177/09/2022-TRU

dated 03.08.2022

The amount or fee charged from prospective students for entrance or admission, or for issuance of eligibility certificate to them in the process of their entrance/admission, as well as the fee charged for issuance of migration certificates by educational institutions to the leaving or ex-students, is covered by the exemption.

The above Circulars make it clear that the ambit of exemption should be construed having regard to the purpose and object it seeks to achieve. The Circular dated 03.08.2022 even extends the exemption to ex-students or prospective students. The schools or colleges generally have a variety of different charge heads for fee recovery. The scope of exemption would not only include admission / tuition fees but also charges like computer fees, extra-curricular fees, duplicate identity card fees, hostel fees, bus fees, library fees, workshop/ conference fees, etc. The purpose is to give GST exemption for the entire gamut of educational services.

WHETHER THE AFFILIATION SERVICES ARE COVERED?

The question arises whether the exemption is available only to “schools and colleges” or whether it can be extended to “Govt. Education Boards” and “Universities”. This doubt arises because the act of imparting education and training is undertaken by “schools and colleges”. The “Govt. Education Boards / Universities” give recognition to the curriculum/ course / institution, and then recover affiliation fees from the “schools and colleges”. It is also important to note that the purpose of providing affiliation by “Govt. Education Boards/Universities” is to monitor and ensure whether the institution possesses the required infrastructure in terms of space, technical prowess, financial liquidity, faculty strength, etc.

The Govt. issued a clarification vide Circular No. 151/07/2021-GST dated 17.06.2021 and stated that GST at 18% is payable for accreditation services provided by Education Boards. However, the GST Council exempted affiliation services provided by a Central or State Educational Board to “Government schools” and w.e.f. 10.10.2024 Entry No. 66A was introduced in the exemption Notification no. 12/2017. However, the exemption was very restrictive and only applicable for affiliation services to Government schools. The Govt. clarified vide Circular No. 234/28/2024-GST dated 11.10.2024 that affiliation services (other than to Govt. schools) provided by universities and educational boards to their constituent schools/ colleges are not covered within the ambit of exemptions because affiliation services are not related to the admission of students to such schools or the conduct of examinations by such schools.

The Hon’ble Karnataka High Court gave a decision on this subject under the service tax regime, in the case of Rajiv Gandhi University of Health Sciences9. It was held that Universities are established by the State for furthering the advancement of learning and pursuing higher education and research. The High Court noted that Universities regulate the manner in which education is imparted in the Colleges and also conduct examinations. Thus, it was concluded that services provided by the University by collecting affiliation fees should be considered as services by way of education as a part of a curriculum for obtaining a qualification recognised by any law.

However, the Hon’ble Telangana High Court, in the case of Care College of Nursing vs Kaloji Narayana Rao University of Health Sciences,10 stated that the exemption is not available to the Universities because the inspection of an institution is conducted and the affiliation is thereafter granted. The High Court held that the admission and the services rendered by the EIs to the students, the faculty and the staff are all services rendered subsequent to the affiliation. The Hon’ble High Court, in its determination, placed reliance on Circular No. 151/07/2021-GST dated 17.06.2021. However, the Court did not undertake an analysis regarding the status of Education Boards/Universities as statutory bodies, nor did it examine whether such entities are engaged in any business activities in the strict sense of the term. It should also be noted that this case was between the college and the university. The tax department was not a part of this case, and the Hon’ble Court also relied on the fact that the University did not object to the payment of tax.


9 2022 (64) G.S.T.L. 465 (Kar.)
10  2023 (12) Centax 216 (Telangana)

This judicial tug-of-war sent mixed signals, leaving everyone scratching their heads. This issue recently came before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court in the case of Goa University11. The Hon’ble High Court observed:

  •  The fees collected by the University are not a consideration as contemplated in section 7 of the CGST Act 2017. The fees are collected in the nature of statutory fees or regulatory fees in terms of the statutory provisions and are not contractual in nature. The same cannot be given a colour of commercial receipts, as there is no element of commercial activity involved in the subject transaction.
  •  The University is actively involved in imparting education to students, and it acts as a regulator of education. The Circular dated 11.10.2024 is erroneous. Affiliation is essentially an activity relating to the admission and examination of students.
  •  The university is also an educational institution and students of the university include students studying through affiliated colleges. Affiliation services by universities are exempt under clause (a) of entry no. 66.

Interestingly, the Hon’ble Court held that the university and colleges, both provide educational services to the same student. The Court also emphasised that affiliation enables the institution to secure qualifications. Moreover, it was also held that the affiliation fee is a statutory levy and, therefore, not a consideration.

The decision of the Hon’ble Bombay High Court appears to be a better proposition and more aligned with the overall object of exempting educational services.


11 2025 (29) Centax 281 (Bom.)

WHAT IS THE TAXABILITY ON FEES PAID FOR ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS?

The second limb of the exemption is specifically applicable to the entrance examination. Some institutions only conduct examinations and do not impart education per se. Under the service tax regime, an exemption similar to clause (aa) did not exist, and there was a view that the entrance examination services would fall under clause (a) itself. Arguably, examination is integral to education as it is one of the major means to assess and evaluate the skills and knowledge of a candidate. However, it appears that the government intended to avoid such interpretational issues, and a specific exemption is given under the GST regime.

The Government also sets up certain boards or authorities (like the National Board of Examination or National Testing Agency) for the conduct of examinations. There were doubts about the applicability of GST for the fees collected by such boards/ agencies. In fact, the National Board of Examination even collected GST from the students. The Govt. then issued a clarification vide Circular No. 151/07/2021-GST dated 17.06.2021 that the National Board of Examination is a central educational board, and thereafter, an Explanation (iva) was introduced in the Exemption Notification on 28.02.2023 to clarify that any authority, board or body set up by the Central Government or State Government for conduct of entrance examination shall be treated as EI. In the case of the National Board of Examination, the Hon’ble Delhi High Court12 instructed to refund GST to all the students.


12 2024 (14) Centax 201 (Del.)

WHETHER THE EXEMPTION IS PERSON-DRIVEN OR ACTIVITY-DRIVEN?

It is apparent from entry no. 66 that GST exemption is available to the “institution” for services to students, faculty and staff. The exemption entry is not based on the nature of services. The nature of “educational services” is implanted in the definition of “educational institution”. This could mean that if an institution primarily satisfies the definition of “educational institution”, then all its activities are exempt. This interpretation was taken by the Hon’ble High Court in the case of Madurai Kamaraj University,13 wherein it was held that allied services like renting of immovable property for purposes of bank, post office, canteen, etc., are included in the purview of educational services. Though the said decision was under the service tax regime but, the exemption entry under the GST regime is similarly worded. It should also be noted that the Hon’ble Court placed more emphasis on the “educational institution” instead of the “service recipient”. The first part of the exemption says that services provided to “students, faculty or staff”. In renting of immovable property for purposes of bank, post office, canteen, etc., the service recipient is not a student/ faculty/ staff. However, a purposive interpretation was made by the Court, and the argument of the petitioner was accepted that within the campus of the university, there are a number of students, teaching and non-teaching faculties and in order to provide the basic services, the bank, post office and canteen and those services in view of the expanded meaning provided under exemption notification.

However, in the context of income tax, the Hon’ble Apex Court has observed in the case of New Noble Education Society14 that where institutions provide their premises or infrastructure to other entities for conducting workshops, seminars or even educational courses (which the institution concerned is not actually imparting) and outsiders are permitted to enrol, then the income derived from such activity cannot be characterised as part of education or incidental to imparting education.

Based on the above decision (though in a different context), it appears that the allied or incidental activity should have a nexus with the educational activity of the concerned institution.


13 2021 (54) G.S.T.L. 385 (Mad.)
14 2023 (6) SCC 649

WHAT IS THE SCOPE OF EXEMPTION FOR SERVICES RECEIVED BY THE EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION?

We now proceed to discuss the second basket of exemption which is from the perspective of inward supplies of EI. The purpose is to ensure that EI is not burdened with ineligible input tax credits on account of outward supplies being exempt.

This exemption is again bifurcated into two categories: a) services procured for pre-school education and up to HSC or equivalent, b) services procured for education for obtaining a qualification [not for pre-school education/ up to HSC/ approved vocational course].

The first category exemption is for the following services provided to EI:

  •  transportation of students, faculty and staff;
  •  catering, including any mid-day meals schemes sponsored by the Government;
  •  security or cleaning or house-keeping services;
  •  services relating to admission to or conduct of examination

The above exemptions are specific and only available when such services are provided to EI for pre-school education and up to HSC or equivalent. The exemption is not available if the service providers directly provide services to students, faculty or staff. In the case of Batcha Noorjahan15, the Advance Ruling Authority [AAR] categorically highlighted that exemption would not be available when consideration towards transportation activity was received by the applicant from students, and no consideration was received from school administration (even though the lease agreement was entered with school administration).


15 2025 (174) taxmann.com 130 (AAR – Tamil Nadu)

The services of catering, security, cleaning and house-keeping are apparently exempt. With respect to catering and mid-day meal scheme, the Govt. has clarified vide Circular No. 149/05/2021-GST dated 17th June, 2021 that “Anganwadi” provide pre-school non-formal education and serving of food to “Anganwadi” shall also be covered by above exemption, whether sponsored by the Government or through donation from corporates.

For “admission to or conduct of examination”, the phrase “in relation to” has been used, thereby expanding the scope of exemption entry. This means that in addition to admission / examination services, the exemption is available for services that are “connected” with admission/ examination services. This would include (i) pre-examination items such as printing of registration certificates, examination enrolment forms, and admit cards, ii) printing of exam papers, answer booklets, developing/ managing web applications for conduct of online examinations, iii) post-examination services of processing of examination results, generation and printing of mark sheets/ pass certificates. This position is also clarified vide Circular No. 151/07/2021-GST dated 17.06.2021.

The last limb of exemption for the supply of online educational journals/periodicals to EIs who provide recognised degree courses. The said exemption is not for services procured by pre-school education/ up to HSC/ approved vocational course.

It should be noted that online journals/ periodicals are generally accessed from websites / web-based applications by paying a subscription fee. An annual subscription fee is paid for access to the entire online database of journals/ periodicals. The CBIC press release dated 18.01.2018 also stated that the intention is to exempt the subscription of online educational journals/periodicals. Despite such clarity, the AARs have given contrasting rulings on this subject. In Manupatra Information Solutions Pvt. Ltd.16, AAR has held that exemption is not available for the subscription fee charged from EI to gain access to data available in the database and to download articles or information. In Informatics Publishing Ltd.17, Appellate AAR has held that a subscription by EI for access to a website providing access to millions of journals published across the world on various areas of study is exempt.


16 2023 (3) Centax 244 (A.A.R. - GST - U.P.)
17 2020 (40) G.S.T.L. 281 (App. A.A.R. - GST - Kar.)

CONCLUSION

Education in India has always been more than just a service — it’s a revered institution, a sacred tradition deeply woven into the country’s cultural and philosophical fabric. It is necessary that suitable clarifications are issued to avoid unwarranted toll on the pursuit of knowledge.

Society News

LEARNING EVENTS AT BCAS

1. FEMA Study Circle meeting – “Compounding under FEMA and Practical aspects” by CA Hardik Mehta was held on 16th May, 2024 @Zoom which was attended by approximately 118 participants, wherein the following was covered:

(i) Overview of FEMA Compounding Provisions:

  •  Explanation of the Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA) and its objectives.
  •  Understanding the concept of compounding as an alternative to litigation for resolving contraventions under FEMA.

(ii) Eligibility for Compounding:

  •  Criteria for entities and individuals eligible to apply for compounding.
  •  Types of contraventions that can be compounded under FEMA.

(iii) Application Process:

  •  Step-by-step process for filing a compounding application with the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).
  •  Key documents and information required for the application.

(iv) Authorities Involved:

  •  Role of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and the Enforcement Directorate (ED) in the compounding process.
  •  Jurisdiction and powers of the compounding authorities.

(v) Calculation of Penalties:

  •  Methods and principles used by the RBI to calculate the penalties for various contraventions.
  •  Factors considered in determining the quantum of the penalty.

(vi) Timeline and Procedure:

  •  Expected timelines for the processing of compounding applications.
  •  Detailed procedure followed by the RBI fromreceipt of application to the issuance of compounding orders.

(vii) Common Contraventions and Case Studies:

  •  Discussion of frequently observed contraventions under FEMA, such as delayed reporting of foreign investments and non-compliance with ECB guidelines.
  •  Analysis of recent case studies and RBI orders to understand the practical application of compounding provisions.

(viii) Benefits of Compounding:

  •  Advantages of opting for compounding over litigation, including faster resolution and avoidance of prolonged legal battles.
  •  Impact on the company’s or individual’s compliance record.

(ix) Post-Compounding Compliance:

  •  Obligations and steps to be followed by the applicant post-compounding to ensure full compliance.
  •  Monitoring and reporting requirements after the compounding order is passed.

(x) Practical Challenges and Solutions:

  •  Discussion of practical challenges faced by entities in the compounding process

2. Direct Tax Laws Study Circle meeting on Taxation of LLPs by CA Chirag Wadhwa was held on Tuesday, 30th April, 2024 @Zoom, which was attended by approximately 77 participants, wherein the following was discussed:

1. Concepts of Limited Liability Partnerships

2. Detailed comparison of Company vs. LLP with respect to:

i. Compliance Procedures

ii. Regulatory Requirements

3. Comparison between Firms and LLP’s and FAQ’s relating to the same.

4. Income-tax implications in case of LLPs in respect of:

i. Deduction w.r.t Partner’s remuneration

ii. Carry forward of losses

iii. Assessment of LLPs

iv. Applicability of Alternate Minimum Tax to LLPs

5. Detailed explanation relating to conversion of Partnership Firm to an LLP and conversion of Company along with explanation relating to definition of “Transfer” as per Section 2(47) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, w.r.t conversion of a Company to an LLP.

The speaker concluded the session by sharingpractical experiences and challenges faced on conversion to LLP and transfer to LLP. The session wasinteractive and gave comprehensive understanding of the topic.

3. “Blood Donation & Organ Donation Awareness Drive” on 25th April, 2024

On Thursday, 25th April, 2024, the BCAS Foundation, jointly with the Seminar, Public Relations & Membership Development Committee of BCAS, held the annual “Blood Donation Drive”, enlisting the support of Tata Memorial Hospital (TMH) together with a campaign on awareness for organ and skin donation.

National Service Scheme (NSS) students (from Vidyalankar School of Information Technology) were deputed around the vicinity (including Churchgate Station), with placards to create awareness amongst the general public and commuters. Interested would-be donors were escorted to BCAS by the students.

Doctors and technicians from TMH screened 63 potential donors (including 31 brought in by the NSS students) through the detailed questionnaire filled in by them. Contrary to popular belief, patients diagnosed with cholesterol, thyroid, blood pressure issues could also donate blood, provided they met certain criteria. 43 units of blood were collected from eligible donors, which also included the President, Trustee of BCAS Foundation and few Past Presidents, BCAS members and staff.

To create awareness and dispel the myths about organ donation, an “Organ Donation Awareness Drive”, supported by Project Mumbai’s ‘Har Ghar Hai Donor’ initiative was also held. A separate desk was also provided to the Rotaract Club of Bombay North (RCBN) Skin Bank to advocate the noble act of donating skin. RCBN Skin Bank caters to the needs of the National Burns Centre (NBC), amongst others.

Through their noble act, each of the donors BeCame an Asli Superhero!

4. International Economics Study Group — “Analysing current Geopolitical & economic challenges” by CA Harshad Shah held on Monday, 22nd April, 2024 @Zoom which was attended by approximately 24 persons

In a world already embroiled in conflicts, from the volatile landscapes of Ukraine and Gaza to the tense standoff between Iran & Israel, the looming specter of confrontation casts a dark shadow over global stability. As geopolitical tensions escalate, their reverberations echo through international markets. The resulting volatility poses a significant risk, potentially triggering widespread repercussions that could have a ripple effect across economies worldwide. Adding to these geopolitical anxieties are the formidable economic challenges (stubborn inflation & unsustainable debt) confronting the world’s two largest economies, USA and China. Despite these daunting hurdles, financial markets in key regions such as the USA, Europe, Japan & India continue their upward trajectory,scaling unprecedented heights. Meanwhile, India finds itself at a crucial juncture as it navigates through a General Election. With political temperatures soaring, the spotlight is on the election manifestos of major political parties and their potential impacts on the Indian economy.

5. FEMA Study Circle meeting — “Recent updates in FEMA; Case studies in Overseas Investment — Part 1 & 2” by Naisar Shah and moderated by Harshal Bhuta was held on 16th& 22nd April, 2024 @Zoom, which was attended by approximately 111 participants, wherein the following was discussed:

The session was bifurcated into two events on two different dates

– Manner of Receipts and Payments under FEMA

– Direct Listing of Shares in Overseas Markets

– Listing on equity shares in permissible jurisdiction

– FAQs issued by Government

– Direct listing v/s depository receipts?

– Status of an unlisted public company will change upon direct listing

– Minimum public shareholding requirement?

– Resident HNIs investing indirectly?

– NRIs investing through FPI v/s. NRI investing directly

– Investment by Foreign Citizens

– CA valuation permitted even in cases where the book-building process would be done by a merchant banker

– FPI v/s. direct listing

6. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting on Issues in Real Estate Sector by Group Leader CA Raghavender Kuncharapu and CA Sanket Shah was held on Monday, 22nd April, 2024 @Zoom which was attended by approximately 95 participants

Group leaders had prepared case studies and presentation covering various issues & challenges faced by taxpayers in Real Estate Sector under the GST law. The case studies covered the following aspects for detailed discussion on the following:

  1.  GST Registration
  2. Reversal of Input Tax Credit under Rule 42 in regard to commercial-cum-residential projects
  3.  Reverse Charge Mechanism (80:20 Rule)
  4.  Valuation, Time of Supply and GST Rate in case of RCM on following transaction:

– Transfer of Development Rights under residential redevelopment project

– Transfer of Development Rights by agriculturist

– Development agreement for shopping mall

– Additional FSI / TDR Purchase

– Buy TDS Scrip / Certificate

Participants appreciated the efforts of group leader.

7. Direct Tax Laws Study Circle meeting on Section 9B & Section 45(4) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 by Adv. Shashi Bekal was held on Friday, 12th April 2024 @Zoom, which was attended by approximately 90 participants, wherein the following points were discussed:

  1.  Difference between Partnership Firms and Limited Liability Partnerships.
  2.  Detailed analysis of section 9B of the Act, reason for its introduction, along with various frequently asked questions and his views thereon.
  3.  Detailed analysis and understanding of Section 45(4) of the Act and comparison of the same with the old provision.
  4.  FAQ’s on section 45(4) of the Act, 1961 along with methodology of computing gains as per the said section.
  5.  Interplay between section 9B and Section 45(4) ofthe Act.

The speaker’s thorough analysis of Sections 9B and 45(4) of the Act shed light on various critical aspects, offering valuable insights into their implications. The session provided clarity on the technical intricacies of these provisions and highlights their significance in taxation.

8. RRR – Read, Remember, Renew Yourself held on Saturday, 6th April, 2024 @BCAS

The Human Resources Development Committee organised a Workshop on the topic “RRR – Read Remember Renew Yourself” on 6th April, 2024, which was attended by 36 participants.

Faculty Mr. Pavan Bhattad, taught the techniques of reading and remembering.

The key takeaways from the workshop are given below:

  1.  Hardly one percent people read. If you are in those 1 per cent, it is a great thing.
  2.  Taking a book and going through it is not reading. You should be able to filter what is useful and implement the knowledge you get from the book.
  3.  Through reading we get ready knowledge gained by writers who write in various publications based on their reading, experience, research, experiments, etc. Reading gives you opportunity to grow beyond these writers. For every challenge, aspiration, goal in life there is a book for it.
  4.  Reading purposefully helps us to renew ourselves through implementing the learning from reading.
  5.  Techniques to remember what we read.
  6.  Faster we read the better we understand, still sometimes we are told to read slowly and carefully because it is important. This makes us infer that we have to read slowly, else we will not understand. Faster we read we get the gist.

9. Suburban Study Circle Meeting on “Case Studies – Interplay Between Income Tax and GST” by CA Gaurav Save and CA Kinjal Bhuta as Group Leaders in two sessions was held on 31st January and 19th March, 2024 at c/o Bathiya & Associates LLP, Andheri (E), which was attended by 10 participants.

The Group Leaders prepared very interesting case-studies through which group had very insightful discussions. They shared their views on the following:

  •  Justification of addition under section 69A.
  •  GST liability on transfer of tenancy right.
  •  Defense strategies for reassessment cases.
  •  Defense against GST mismatch notices, especially regarding NGTP credits.
  •  Inclusion of GST turnover in gross receipts calculation.
  • Applicability of sections 44AD or 44ADA for taxation.
  •  Audit requirement under section 44AB considering practice income and F&O losses.
  •  Availability of GST records to income tax authorities and AO’s access during assessments, etc.

The session was thought-provoking, grounded in real-world application, and comprehensively addressed various perspectives, with plentiful examples drawn from both practical experience and logical reasoning. This approach greatly enhanced the group’s comprehension and engagement with the subject matter.

The session saw lively engagement from the participants, with numerous questions raised and effectively addressed by the group leaders. The interactive nature of the discussion enriched the experience for everyone involved.

10. Half day Seminar on Restructuring of Family Owned Businesses (BCAS jointly with IMC & CTC) held on Friday, 15th March, 2024 @IMC.

First Session: Family-owned Business –Succession / Estate planning (Live case studies) – Including to cover conversion from firm / LLP / Companies – Private Trust etc.

Taxation Committee organised a Half Day Seminar on Restructuring of Family owned businesses at Walchand Hirachand Hall in a hybrid mode.

There was an introduction given by the representatives from all the three organisations.

Moderator CA Anil Sathe started the proceedings after the brief introduction of the panelists. All the three panelists touched upon the brief aspects of the need for restructuring in the family-owned businesses.

CA Sweta Shah explained the various scenarios which the family-owned business groups faces while restructuring for different reasons. She highlighted the reasons beyond tax for such restructurings involving Estate and Succession Planning.

CA Amrish Shah touched upon tax nuances and also the popular structures most organisations adopt in Estate and Succession Planning. Trust as a vehicle was also discussed in detail.

CA Anup Shah explained some of the finer aspects involving corporate and other allied laws. He also explained the situations in case of foreign assets and cross-border issues under FEMA and tax. He also answered queries on HUF and its partition.

Second Session: Restructuring of Businesses – including getting ready for IPO and fund-raising and for that purpose undertaking Merger / Demerger, Slump Sale to carve out core business vs Investments vs separating Brands / Patents, etc. (live Case Studies) In the second session, there were six different case studies which were discussed by the eminent panelists.

All three panelists CA Ketan Dalal, CA Pranav Sayta, and CA Girish Vanvari were very candid in their views on the case studies which involved some real life cases.

They also explained the issues which one can face in case of mergers and demergers without any substantial reason except tax benefit. GAAR and its implications were discussed in detail.

They also emphasised the need for simple structures and avoid complex ones as they can be litigation prone. There
was also a couple of case studies which dealt with cross border mergers and demergers. They explained the implications of reverse mergers and issues arising from them.

Last Session: Family Governance and need for family constitution- Impact on private vs public companies – Binding nature – can it over-ride AOA etc.

Last session was by CA Dinesh Kanabar on the various aspects of Governance of family owned businesses. His presentation was very lucid and covered most of the aspects regarding governance of family owned businesses.

He explained through various examples of both private and public companies the importance of the family constitution and the group abiding by the same.

The entire half-day seminar was well received by both physical and virtual participants. There was an overwhelming response of 200-plus registrations for the same.

This session was chaired by CA Rajan Vora.

11. Full Day Workshop on Bank Audit held on Friday, 15th March, 2024 @BCAS, attended by 52 participants.

(Jointly organised by the Accounting & Auditing & Seminar Committee)

  •  A full-day workshop was conducted to appreciate the intricacies of Central Statutory Audit and how one should approach the same.
  •  There were five sessions concluding with a Panel Discussion.
  •  The first session topic was How to Prepare for a Bank Audit which highlighted key points in audit planning, do’s & don’ts and important reference material.
  •  The second session was on Embracing Digital Transformation in Bank Audits” which highlighted the journey of auditing in digitalised environment.
  •  The third session was on “Verification of Advances” in which critical aspects such as IRAC norms were discussed while auditing bank’s advances.
  •  The fourth session was on “Finalization, Reporting and Practical Challenges for audit for FY 2023-2024“ wherein all critical points and practical challengesfaced by auditors while closing FY24 audits were discussed.
  •  The last session was on “Frauds reporting including NFRA responsibilities” wherein various reporting responsibilities were discussed.
  •  The panel discussion was conducted around changing role of bank audit and expectations from auditors.

Speakers: CA Sandeep Welling, CA Ashutosh Pednekar, CA Vipul Choksi, CA Manish Sampat, CA Priyanka Palav, CA Sushrut Chitale, CA Mukund Chitale, CA Jayant Gokhale, CA Ketan Vikamsey.

Light Elements

In the course of my travel for work, I was once required to stay in a small town in interiors of Maharashtra. I was staying for a couple of days and my schedule as usual was jam packed. Too many things to be completed by meeting various people who were least serious about time! For professionals from Mumbai, this is rather difficult to tolerate but one has to live with it.

I started from my hotel room in the morning and as the monsoons were about to start, it was unbearably humid. Suddenly, there was a brief shower but enough to fill the potholes with water. The road was very narrow and the traffic of rickshaws, scooters and tangas was affected. I stopped to shelter at a roadside shop. I had carried limited clothes and did not want to get wet in the drizzle. I was observing and enjoying peoples’ reactions and overall life of the local people. All of a sudden, I heard the sound of ‘zaanj’ (a traditional musical instrument used for side rhythm). Gradually, I could hear people singing bhajans of ‘Shree Ram Jay Ram, Jay Jay Ram’. I could make out that it was a funeral. Slowly it passed by the road where I was stranded in the rains.

There were quite a few people in the funeral. Around me, people were trying to guess who had died. Somebody said the person who died was not a resident of that village. He was a guest from a distant city. Another said he was the Patil (village mukhiya). Gossip was on though no one had identified as to who was the deceased person. The road was blocked. People in a hurry started cursing him – ‘Arey yaar, is ko abhi hi marna tha! All work is suffering.

Some people were offering namaskaar (homage) to the deceased person and enquiring with each other as to who he was. There was no conclusion reached since that person was perhaps a stranger in that village.

Many people were standing in the shelter of various shops. The procession was quite long. Perhaps, the person had some political connections.

A small schoolboy of six or seven was silently standing beside me and keenly observing the scene. He was perhaps on his way to school. Since there was a crowd around, I was also curious to know who had died. I asked that innocent boy, “Who died?”

The boy gave a very amusing though correct answer.

“The one whom they are carrying on their shoulders has died!”

Statistically Speaking

Regulatory Referencer

I. DIRECT TAX: SPOTLIGHT

1. Extension of due date for filing of Form No. 10A/I0AB under the Income-tax Act — Circular No. 7/2024 dated
25th April, 2024

The due date for filing Form 10 and 10AB was extended in terms of circulars issued from time to time. The date is now further extended up to 30th June 2024 in cases listed in the circular.

2. CBDT vide Notification No. S.O. 2103(E) dated 24th May, 2024 declared the Cost Inflation Index of the Financial Year 2024–2025 as “363”.

II. SEBI

1. SEBI launches ‘SCORES 2.0’, a new version of the SEBI Complaint Redressal System: SEBI with an objective to make the redressal process more efficient, has introduced SCORES 2.0, a new version of SEBI Complaint Redress System. It is expected that this measure would lead to auto-routing and auto-escalation, monitoring by ‘Designated Bodies’ and reduction of timelines. Investors can lodge complaints only through the new version from 1st April, 2024. In the old SCORES, investors would not be able to lodge new complaints. However, they can check the status of their complaints already lodged and pending in old SCORES. [Press release No. 06/2024, dated 1st April, 2024]

2. SEBI allows reporting entities to use e-KYC Aadhaar Authentication services of UIDAI in the Securities Market as ‘sub-KUA’: Earlier, MoF vide notification dated 20th February, 2024 allowed 24 reporting entities to perform Aadhaar authentication services under the Aadhaar Act, 2016. These entities are now allowed to perform authentication services of UIDAI in the securities market as sub-KUA. The KUAs shall facilitate the onboarding of these entities as sub-KUAs to provide the services of Aadhaar authentication with respect to KYC. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/SECFATF/P/CIR/2024/21, dated 5th April, 2024]

3. SEBI introduces a standard reporting format of ‘Private Placement Memorandum audit report’ for AIFs: SEBI has introduced a standard reporting format for Alternative Investment Funds (AIF) in the Private Placement Memorandum (PPM) audit report. This is to ensure uniform compliance standards and facilitate ease of compliance. The reporting format has been prepared in consultation with the pilot Standard Setting Forum for AIFs (SFA). It shall be hosted on the websites of the AIF Associations. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/AFD/SEC-1/P/CIR/2024/22, dated 18th April, 2024]

SEBI relaxes the requirement of publishing ‘fit and proper’ text on contract notes to enhance ease of doing business: SEBI received representations from market participants via the Industry Standards Forum (ISF) to relax the requirement under the Master Circular dated 16th October 2023, of publishing text related to ‘fit and proper’ on contract notes. SEBI has now waived the requirement of publishing ‘fit and proper’ text on contract notes as a step to enhance the ease of doing business. Only a reference to applicable regulations about ‘fit and proper’ must be made part of the contract note. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/MRD/MRD-POD-2/P/CIR/2024/25, dated 24th April, 2024].

4. SEBI amends Alternative Investment Funds Regulations, 2012; introduces a new regulation for ‘dissolution period’: SEBI has notified the SEBI (Alternative Investment Funds) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2024. As per the amended norms, a new regulation 29B relating to the dissolution period has been inserted. It states that a scheme of an Alternative Investment Fund may enter into a dissolution period in the manner and subject to the conditions specified by the Board. Further, SEBI has introduced definitions of ‘dissolution period’ and ‘encumbrance’ under Regulation 2 of existing regulations. [Notification No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2024/168, dated 25th April, 2024]

5. SEBI allows AIFs to create encumbrances on their equity holdings in investee companies engaged in the infrastructure sector: SEBI has allowed Category I and Category II AIFs to create encumbrances on their holdings of equity in investee companies, engaged in the business of development, operation or management of projects in any of the infrastructure sub-sectors listed in the harmonised Master List of Infrastructure issued by the Central Government. This move aims to provide ease of doing business and flexibility to Category I and II AIFs to create encumbrances to facilitate debt raising by such investee companies. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/AFD/POD1/CIR/2024/027, dated 26th April, 2024].

6. SEBI allows recognised stock exchanges to carry out administration and supervision over specified intermediaries: SEBI has notified the Securities Contracts (Regulation) (Stock Exchanges and Clearing Corporations) (Amendment) Regulations, 2024. A new regulation 38A has been inserted into the existing regulations. This regulation states that the activities of administration and supervision over specified intermediaries may be carried out by a recognised stock exchange with the approval of the Board on such terms and conditions as may be specified. [Notification No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2024/171, dated 26th April, 2024]

7. Investment Advisers/Research Analysts applying for registration shall be listed with a recognised body corporate: SEBI has amended the Research Analysts and Investment Advisers Regulations. As per the amended norms, SEBI may recognize a body or body corporate for administration and supervision of research analysts and investment advisers on such terms and conditions as may be specified by SEBI. Further, registration with this body corporate will be required as one of the qualifications for obtaining a registration certificate for Investment Advisers and Research Analysts. [Notification No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2024/169 & 170, dated 26th April, 2024]

8. SEBI allows one-time flexibility to AIF schemes whose liquidation period expired to deal with unliquidated investments: Earlier, SEBI notified SEBI (Alternative Investment Funds) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2024, to provide flexibility to AIFs and investors to deal with unliquidated investments of their schemes. SEBI has now allowed one-time flexibility to AIF schemes whose liquidation period has expired to deal with unliquidated investments. Thus, AIF schemes, whose liquidation period has expired or shall expire on or before 24th July, 2024 shall be granted a fresh liquidation period till 24th April, 2025. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/AFD/POD-I/P/CIR/2024/026, dated 26th April, 2024]

III. FEMA

1. Corresponding FEMA amendment on liberalisation of FDI in Space sector:

In March 2024, the FDI policy on the Space sector was eased by bringing specified sub-sectors under the Automatic Route, which was earlier under the Government approval route only. The corresponding amendment under FEMA has now been made in Schedule I of the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 by prescribing liberalized thresholds in specified sub-sectors or activities. The investee entity shall be subject to sectoral guidelines as issued by the Department of Space from time to time. Specific sectoral categorizations and definitions are provided in the notification.

[FEM (Non-Debt Instruments) (Third Amendment) Rules, 2024.

Notification S.O. 1722(E) [F. NO. 1/5/EM/2019], dated 16th April, 2024]

2. Funds raised on overseas listing by Indian companies permitted to be held abroad in foreign currency:

Recently, Indian companies have been permitted to list their equity shares on International Exchanges. FEMA Notification 10(R) – FEM (Foreign Currency Accounts By A Person Resident In India) Regulations, 2015, has been amended to permit Indian companies to hold funds raised through direct listing of equity shares on International Exchanges in foreign currency accounts with a bank outside India.

[FEM (Foreign Currency Accounts by a Person Resident In India) (Amendment) Regulations, 2024. Notification No. FEMA. 10R(3)/2024-RB, dated 19th April, 2024]

3. RBI raises caution against unauthorised entities providing forex facilities to residents:

RBI has raised caution against unauthorised entities offering foreign exchange (forex) trading facilities to Indian residents with promises of disproportionate/exorbitant returns. Such entities take recourse to engaging local agents who open accounts at different bank branches for collecting money towards margins, investment, charges, etc. These accounts are opened in the name of individuals, proprietary concerns, trading firms, etc., and the transactions in such accounts are not found to be commensurate with the stated purpose for opening the account in several cases. RBI has also observed that these entities are providing options to residents to remit/deposit funds in Rupees for undertaking unauthorised forex transactions using domestic payment systems like online transfers, payment gateways, etc. RBI has brought FEMA provisions and other directions issued by them to the attention of the Authorised Dealer Banks and advised them to be more vigilant and exercise greater caution in this regard. Further, RBI has mandated such AD Cat-I banks to report an account being used to facilitate unauthorised forex trading to the Directorate of Enforcement, Government of India.

[A.P. (DIR Series 2024-25) Circular No. 2, dated 24th April, 2024]

4. Specified non-bank entities permitted by IFSCA to issue derivative instruments in GIFT-IFSC with Indian securities as underlying:

Presently, the Authority permitted IFSC Banking Units, registered with SEBI as FPIs to issue Derivative Instruments. IFSCA has now allowed IFSCA-registered non-bank entities, registered with SEBI as Foreign Portfolio Investors (FPIs), to issue Derivative Instruments with Indian securities as underlying, in GIFT-IFSC.

[Circular: IFSCA/CMD-DMIIT/NBE-DI/2024-25/001 dated 2nd May, 2024]

5. Non-residents are permitted to open interest-bearing accounts for posting and collecting margins in India for permitted derivative contracts:

RBI has notified the FEM (Deposit) (Fourth Amendment) Regulations, 2024. Sub-regulation (6) has been inserted into Regulation 7. As per the amended norms, an authorised dealer in India may allow a person resident outside India to open, hold and maintain an interest-bearing account in Indian Rupees and/or foreign currency for posting and collecting margins in India for permitted derivative contracts entered into by such person as
per FEM (Margin for Derivative Contracts) Regulations, 2020.

[Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) (Fourth Amendment) Regulations, 2024, Notification No. F. No. FEMA 5(R)/(4)/2024-RB dated 6th May, 2024]

6. NRIs and OCIs permitted to invest in India through IFSC-based FPIs:

At present, Regulation 4(b) of SEBI’s FPI Regulations states that the FPI applicant cannot be a Non-resident Indian (NRI) or Overseas Citizen of India (OCI). Further, Regulation 4(c) restricts investment by NRIs and OCIs in an FPI to a maximum of 50 per cent of the total contribution in the corpus of the applicant along with other applicable conditions. SEBI had issued a Consultation Paper on permitting increased participation of NRIs and OCIs into SEBI-registered FPIs based out of IFSCs in India and regulated by the IFSCA.

Following these discussions, the SEBI Board, in its meeting held on April 30, 2024, has now permitted increased participation by NRIs and OCIs in Indian securities through FPIs based in IFSC under two alternative routes:

a. Under Route 1, NRI/OCI/Resident Individual (RI) investors may contribute up to 100% in the corpus of IFSC-based FPIs where such FPIs will be, inter alia, required to submit copies of PAN (or other suitable documents in the absence of the same), of all their NRI/OCI/RI individual constituents, along with their economic interests in the FPI, to the DDP. The modalities for this alternative shall be specified by SEBI.

b. Under Route 2, NRI/OCI/RI investors may contribute up to 100% in the corpus of IFSC-based FPIs, but without the FPI required to submit the documents mentioned in Route 1. However, there is a list of several conditions to be met in this route pertaining to the independence of the entity taking investment decisions, non-permissibility of segregated portfolios, the minimum number of investors prescribed, the maximum share of the corpus prescribed, etc.

[SEBI Press Release No. 08/2024 dated 30th April 2024; & IFSCA Circular F. No. IFSCA-IF-10PR/2/2024-Capital Markets dated 2nd May, 2024]

7. RBI issues Master Direction on ‘Margining for Non-Centrally Cleared OTC Derivatives’:

The draft Directions prescribing guidelines for the exchange of initial margin for Non-Centrally Cleared OTC Derivatives were issued on June 16, 2022. Based on the feedback received from the market participants, RBI has now issued the Master Direction on ‘Margining for Non-Centrally Cleared OTC Derivatives’. Non-centrally cleared derivatives (NCCDs) mean derivative contracts whose settlement is not guaranteed by a central counterparty. A Central counterparty is an entity that interposes itself between counterparties to contracts traded in one or more financial markets, becoming the buyer to every seller and the seller to every buyer and thereby ensuring the performance of open contracts.

[RBI/FMRD/2024-25/117.

FMRD.DIRD.01/14.01.023/2024-25

dated 8th May, 2024]

Goods And Services Tax

HIGH COURT

17 AnishiaChandrakanth vs. Superintendent,

Central Tax and Central Excise [2024] 162

taxmann.com 115 (Kerala)

dated 09th April, 2024.

Late Fees under section 47(2) are applicable only for a delay in filing of GSTR-9 and not GSTR-9C. Annual return GSTR-9 filed without 9C may be deficient attracting a general penalty. Demanding late fees exceeding ₹10,000 for annual returns covered under the Amnesty scheme declared notification No.7/2023-Central Tax is unjust and unsustainable, even if the returns are filed before the introduction of the said Amnesty scheme.

FACTS

The petitioner filed the annual return in FORM GSTR-9 and GSTR-9C for F.Ys. 2017–18, 2018–19 and 2019–20 belatedly as under.

A show cause notice was issued to the petitioner for the levy of a late fee under section 47(2) of the CGST / SGST Act by calculating the number of days of delay in filing annual returns from the due date of filing of GSTR-9 till the date of filing of GSTR-9C. The petitioner submitted that the late fee is leviable up to the late filing of the GSTR 9 return and not the GSTR-9C reconciliation statement. He further argued that by Notification No.7/2023-CT dated 31st March, 2023, the Amnesty Scheme was introduced with respect to the non-filers of GSTR-9 returns for non-filers of the returns for the financial years 2017–2018 to 2021–2022, by waiver of late fee in excess of ₹10,000 to be paid under section 47 of CGST / SGST Act if the returns are filed up to 31st August, 2023. Since the petitioner paid GSTR-9 on or before the commencement of the Amnesty Scheme the petitioner should also be extended the benefit of the said notification. The department contended that the date of filing of the GSTR-9C would be the relevant date for calculating the late fee if the same is not filed along with the GSTR-9 and that the Amnesty Schemeis applicable only for the returns filed during the period 01st April, 2023 up to 31st August, 2023 and not if the returns are filed outside the said period.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court observed that the GST portal does not support payment of late fees for late filing GSTR-9C. Annual return GSTR-9 filed without 9C may be deficient attracting a general penalty. However, a late fee cannot be made applicable for regularising the GSTR-9 by filing GSTR-9C. Hon’ble Court further observed that when the Government itself has waived the late fee under the aforesaid two notifications Nos.7/2023 dated 31st March, 2023 and 25/2023 dated 17th July, 2023 in excess of ₹10,000, in case of non-filers there appears to be no justification in continuing with the notices for non-payment of late fee for belated GSTR 9C, that too filed by the taxpayers before 01st April, 2023, the date on which one-time amnesty commences. The Hon’ble Court therefore declared the notice demanding a late fee in excess of ₹10,000 as unjust and unsustainable with a caveat that the petitioner shall not be entitled to refund of late fee already paid in excess of ₹10,000.

18 Tvl. Cargotec India (P.) Ltd. vs. Assistant Commissioner (ST) [2024] 162 

taxmann.com 83 (Madras)

dated 23rd April, 2024.

The Hon’ble Court directed a refund of tax recovered by debiting the electronic ledger of the assessee before the expiry of three months i.e., statutory period for filing an appeal, after observing that the authority had failed to explain the reasons for taking recourse under proviso to section 78.

FACTS

The assessment orders for three years were issued on 28th December, 2022 and appeals were filed on 06th April, 2023. However, the recovery proceedings were initiated even prior to the expiry of the three-month period and the amounts were debited from the petitioner’s Electronic Cash and Credit Ledgers in February 2023. Aggrieved by the same, the petitioner sought a direction for re-credit or refund of the amounts recovered under the said assessment orders.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court observed that although the proviso to section 78 permits the recovery of assessed dues prior to the expiry of a period of three months, the said proviso could be invoked only if the proper officer has recorded in writing the reason as to why he considers it expedient in the interest of revenue to require a taxable person to make payment even before the expiry of prescribed three month period. The Hon’ble Court noted that in the instant case, the respondents failed to satisfactorily explain the recourse to the proviso to section 78 and hence directed the respondent authority to either refund the recovered amount or re-credit the same to the petitioner’s Electronic Cash or Credit Ledgers.

19 Maple Luxury Homes vs. State of Rajasthan

[2024] 162 taxmann.com 34 (Rajasthan)

dated 18th April, 2024.

Where the Notice in RFD-08 proposing rejection of refund does not contain the reasons for rejection of refund, the Hon’ble Court sets aside the order holding that provisions contained in Rule 92(3) of CGST Rules 2017 incorporate the principles of natural justice as it mandates and obligates the proper officer to disclose to the applicant the reason for his tentative decision to reject refund application with an object to invite response, consider the same and pass the order.

FACTS

Petitioner-assessee engaged in construction and development business received advance consideration on account of the agreed supply of a flat from a buyer and it discharged its GST liability in GSTR-3B. However, before the completion of construction, the booking of flats was cancelled due to casualty. Petitioner filed an application for refund of GST paid by it on account of supply having not been completed due to cancellation of the agreement. Authority issued a notice in GST-RFD-08 and thereafter the impugned order was passed rejecting the refund claim of the assessee.

The petitioner contended that Rule 92 of the Central Goods and Services Tax Rules, 2017, mandatorily requires the competent authority to issue a notice stating the reasons for the proposed rejection of a claim. However, in the present case, the show cause notice issued in FORM GST-RFD-08 was completely non-speaking and did not incorporate any reason whatsoever. The petitioner submitted a reply on a speculative basis. It was only when the final order was passed that the Petitioner became aware of the reasons for not accepting the claim for a refund. The Petitioner therefore contended that the order passed by the authority is in apparent violation of principles of natural justice incorporated under the statutory scheme of Rule 92(3) of the Rules, 2017. The department contended that the petitioner is raising only technical grounds and that it is not a case where no opportunity for a hearing was afforded.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that provisions were included in the CGST Rules 2017 to ensure that before rejection of the claim, the applicant comes to know why his application is being rejected so that he could get an opportunity to satisfy the authority that the tentative reason/satisfaction is not correct. The object and purpose seem to minimise the error in the decision-making process. It is for this reason that the principles of natural justice have been incorporated in the aforesaid provision mandatorily requiring the proper officer to communicate the reasons for such satisfaction, obtain a reply from the concerned applicant and then pass an order.

The Hon’ble Court observed that if what has been stated in the GST-RFD-08 notice with regard to reasons is juxtaposed with the reasons that have been assigned in the impugned order to reject the claim of refund, it would be clear that what was stated in the impugned order to reject a claim for refund was not at all stated, even briefly, in the said show cause notice. Hence it was held that the issuance of a show cause notice was only an empty formality rather than making it meaningful requiring the assessee to offer its reply to the reasons for the proposed rejection of the application for a claim of refund. Hence the order was set aside and remitted the matter to the proper officer for issuance of proper notice in FORM GST-RFD-08 and proceed accordingly.

20 (2024) 18 Centax 259 (A.P.) SRS Traders vs. Assistant Commissioner (ST)
dated 19th March, 2024.

The defect of unsigned order uploaded by the adjudicating authority is invalid in the eyes of the law and cannot be cured by taking shelter of provision of rectification of mistake apparent from the record or mode of communication of order.

FACTS

Respondent passed an order and electronically uploaded it without any signature under section 74 of CGST ACT 2017. The said order was issued in non-consideration of objections as well as in the absence of a signature by the valid officer on the order. Being aggrieved by such an order, the petitioner filed a writ petition before Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court relied upon the conclusion arrived in the case of A. V. Bhanoji Row vs. Assistant Commissioner (ST) in W.P.No. 2830 of 2023 wherein it was held that sections 160 and 169 of CGST Act, 2017 cannot safeguard and justify unsigned orders in any manner. In view of the aforementioned, the Hon’ble High Court allowed this petition and thereby directed to set aside the unsigned order and issue fresh orders expeditiously in consonance with the law.

21 (2024) 14 Centax 295 (Cal.) Arvind Gupta versus Assistant Commissioner of Revenue State Taxes

dated 04th January, 2024.

Appellate Authority should consider the appeal beyond the statutory limit of 4 months on merits where the justifiable reason for the delay in filing the appeal was provided.

FACTS

The petitioner was suffering from carcinoma maxilla and was regularly visiting hospital for the treatment during July 2023. Petitioner had filed an appeal beyond the statutory limit of 4 months and stated the above medical reasons in Annexure to GST APL – 01 along with sufficient evidence for the delay. Appellate Authority without taking the reasons for delay into consideration rejected the appeal on the ground of delay in filing the appeal beyond the statutory time limit of 4 months (i.e. 3 months + 1 month). Being aggrieved by the Order of Appellate Authority, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court followed the conclusion arrived in the judgment of S.K. Chakraborty & Sons versus Union of India & Others (MAT 82 of 2022 dated 01st December, 2023) and held that Appellate Authority has the power to condone the delay in filing of the appeal if sufficient reasons for condonation of delay are provided by the Appellant. This is so because in the case of S. K. Chakraborty’s decision (supra), it was inter alia held, “The co-ordinate Bench in Kajal Dutta (supra) has construed the provisions of section 107(1) and (4) of the Act of 2017 and held that the statute does not state that beyond the prescribed period of limitation, the appellate authority cannot exercise jurisdiction”. “Prescription of a period of limitation by a special statute may or may not exclude the applicability of the Act of 1963 (The Limitation Act), particularly section 29(2) thereof should be considered.” Also, “section 107 of the Act does not excludethe applicability of the Act of 1963 expressly.” Therefore, High Court ordered Appellate Authority to considerthe appeal on merits and decide the same inaccordance with law. Accordingly, the writ petition was allowed.

22 (2024) 18 Centax 48 (Jhar.) East India Udyog Ltd. vs. State of Jharkhand
dated 13th April, 2024.

Interest on delayed filing of returns cannot be demanded without any adjudication proceedings.

FACTS

Petitioner was engaged in the business of manufacturing various types of power distribution transformers, conductors and cables. There was a delay in filing the return for the period from June 2018 to March 2019. Petitioner received a notice for non-payment of interest amounting to ₹92,96,0423 due to a delay in filing the return. Thereafter, a show cause notice was issued, and the order was passed without any opportunity for hearing or adjudication. The petitioner preferred an appeal to contest the order but was dismissed without any remedy. Being aggrieved by the appellate order, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court relied upon the conclusion arrived in the judgment of R.K. Transport Private Limited, Phusro, Bokaro vs. Union of India [W.P. (T) No. 1404 of 2020 dated 16th February, 2022] andMahadeo Construction Co. vs. Union of India [2020(36) G.S.T.L 343 (Jhar.)], wherein it was held that without initiating adjudication proceedings under section 73 or 74 of CGST Act 2017, demand for payment of interest cannot be raised due to delayed filing of return. The Hon. Court inter alia observed as follows:

“32. Therefore, it is evident that the dispute between the parties to the litigation is not with regard to the very liability to pay interest itself but only on the quantum of such liability. In order to decide and determine such quantum, the objections raised by each petitioner shall have to be, certainly, considered. Undoubtedly unilateral quantification of interest liability cannot be justified especially when the assessee has something to say on such quantum.”

Further Hon’ble High Court stated that a bench of co-equal strength must follow the decision of another bench of co-equal strength. Accordingly, a petition was disposed of, with liberty to the department to initiate the adjudication proceeding.

23 (2024) 15 Centax 444 (Bom.) NRB Bearings Ltd. vs. Commissioner of State Tax

dated 14th February, 2024.

Rectification of bonafide errors in GSTR-1 should be allowed and recipients should not suffer denial of ITC where tax has been paid to the Government.

FACTS

Petitioner made a clerical error while reporting invoice details in GSTR-1 pertaining to F.Y. 2017–18. This error resulted in a mismatch between GSTR-3B and GSTR-2A and denial of ITC in the hands of the recipient viz. Bajaj Auto Ltd. Thereafter, the petitioner approached the jurisdictional officer for rectification of invoice details in GSTR-1 of December 2019. Also, the petitioner referred to Circular 2A of 2022 and submitted a CA Certificate stating that GST liability was duly discharged on the said transaction. In respect the submissions, no response was received regarding the rectification of GSTR-1. Under such circumstances, the petitioner filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble High Court of Bombay.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court relied upon the decision in the case of M/s. Star Engineers (I) Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India &Ors. dated 14th December 2023, wherein it was held that in case of a bonafide error where no loss is caused to the exchequer, technicalities must not restrict legitimate rectifications. Accordingly, a writ petition was allowed by permitting the petitioner to rectify GSTR-1 for the period 2017–18. However, the eligibility of ITC in the hands of Bajaj Auto Ltd. was kept open.

Recent Developments in GST

A. NOTIFICATIONS

1. Notification No. 09/2024-Central Tax dated 12th April, 2024

The above notification seeks to extend the due date for filing FORM GSTR-1, for the month of March 2024 till 12th April, 2024. (One-day relief due to technical glitches).

B. ADVANCE RULINGS

10 Job Work vis-à-vis Composite Supply
M/s. Zuha Leather Pvt. Ltd. (AR Order No. 36/AAR/2022 dated 30th November, 2022 (TN)

The applicant has filed an application for Advance Ruling, raising the following question:

“Whether the activity of tanning, with chemical consumption, carried out by the applicant is coming within the purview of job work chargeable to tax under item i(e) of the Heading 9988 i.e., Manufacturing Services on Physical Inputs (Goods) owned by Others, and, if not what would be the applicable tax rate?”

The applicant submitted that he is basically a tanner carrying out the activity of tanning process on hides and skins (Chapter 41) and selling the finished product viz., finished leather. It was further submitted that apart from its own manufacturing activity, he is carrying out job tanning (work) i.e., carrying out the activity of tanning process on the hides and skins owned by others. In such process of tanning, the applicant procures and transfers tanning chemicals which are chargeable to tax @ 18 per cent. The applicant was apprehensive that if the transaction is composite supply, the rate will be different and if considered as job work supply the rate will be different. Therefore, this AR was filed. In the course of AR proceedings, the applicant explained the nature of the activity. It was explained that the contract of tanning, essentially involves either —

a. Conversion of raw hides and skins (Chapter 41) into finished leather (Chapter 41) or

b. Conversion of raw hides and skins into wet blue or crust leather or

c. Conversion of wet blue or crust leather to finished leather or

d. Any other intermediary process/es.

It was explained that the intent of the contract is to process or tan the required type of finish on the input leather supplied by the principal and the price for such work (i.e., job tanning charges) has been agreed mutually by the Principal and the Job worker.

Citing the definition of ‘job work’ in section 2(68), the applicant submitted that the activity is a job work activity. Supporting precedents cited. The whole process of job work is explained with a flow chart.

The ld. AAR made reference to Section 2(68) of the GST Act according to which the term ‘job work’ means any treatment or process undertaken by a person on goods belonging to another registered person.

The ld. AAR also referred to the definition of ‘Composite Supply’ defined in section 2(30) and reproduced the same as under:

“Composite Supply” means a supply made by a taxable person to a recipient consisting of two or more taxable supplies of goods or services or both, or any combination thereof which are naturally bundled and supplied in conjunction with each other in the ordinary course of business, one of which is a principal supply.

Illustration: Where goods are packed and transported with insurance, the supply of goods, packing materials, transport and insurance is a composite supply and the supply of goods is a principal supply;”

The ld. AAR analyzed facts as under:

“In the instant case, on perusal of the invoices of job work and flowchart of the process submitted by the Applicant, it is clear that hides and skins (Chapter 41) are received from Applicant’s customer for the job work of tanning and that certain tanning chemicals are added to assist the tanning process. After various processes, the raw hides and skins (Chapter 41) are converted into finished leather (Chapter 41) and returned back to the Applicant’s customer. The Customer (M/s Century Overseas -who is a registered person-Principal) while transporting the raw hides and skins and receiving the finished product, does not transfer the ownership to the Applicant. This is apparent in the Job Tanning order given by the customer (M/s Century Overseas). The terms and conditions stipulate that the Applicant (M/s Zuha Leathers) should return the goods without any damage. Hence, it is clear that the Applicant in the instant case is the job worker, who has to process the rawhide supplied by the Principal and after the tanning process (job work) return the same to the Principal. In the course of the tanning process, Applicant is using some tanning chemicals which are consumed in the process. It is not unusual for a job worker to add some inputs to aid his job work process. But, it remains a job working process and it is pertinent to note in the instant case that both the raw material (hides & skins) and finished product (finished leather) fall in Chapter 41. Also, it cannot be treated as a composite supply, if we analyze the illustration given in the definition of Composite Supply cited supra. Therefore, the activity of the Applicant in processing (tanning), the rawhide owned by the Principal into finished leather falls within the purview of job work.”

Accordingly, the ld. AAR clarified activity as ‘job work’.

Referring to entry 3 in Schedule II, the ld. AAR held that it is the supply of service. Regarding the rate of tax, the ld. AAR referred to Notification no.11/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 as amended by Notification No.20/2017 prescribing the rates of tax for manufacturing services on physical inputs (goods) owned by others.

The ld. AAR also made reference to CBIC Circular No. 126/45/2019-GST [F. NO. 354/150/2019- TRU], dated 22nd November, 2019 in which clarifications are given about above notification.

Based on the above background, the ld. AAR held that the rate wouldwould be 5 per ce if the activity is for registered persons. The ld. AAR held that if the activity of the applicant is undertaken on goods which are owned by persons other than those registered under the CGST Act, then the applicable rate will be 18 per cent.

11 Supply of goods vis-à-vis Services
M/s. Precision Camshafts Ltd.
(AR Order No. MAH/AAAR/DS-RM/16/2022-23 dated 20th January, 2023 (MAH)

This appeal arose out of AR order No.GST-AAR-22/2020-21/B-36 dated 29th March, 2022. The appellant had put up the following question for advance ruling:

“Whether the supply of “assistance in design and development of patterns used for manufacture or camshaft” to a customer is a composite supply of services, the principal supply being supply of services?”

The ld. AAR has given the ruling as under:

“The activity of design and development of patterns used for manufacturing of camshaft for a customer is a supply of service in the form of intermediary service.”

In appeal, the appellant once again explained the whole activity. The appellant receives two separate orders from Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM), one for assistance in the design and development of patterns used for manufacturing camshafts and the other for supply of camshafts.

The appellant was submitting that the first transaction of assistance in the design and development of patterns is the activity of service by submitting that the overseas OEM engages the appellant and assigns it the responsibility to (i) assist in manufacturing process planning (ii) designing and developing the tool (iii) identify the third party manufacturers who can manufacture tools based on the drawings/designs/patterns for the manufacture of camshafts (iv) engage the third party vendors to manufacture the tools (v) use such tools for the manufacture of camshafts. It was submitted that though the pattern is in physical form, it is a composite supply where service is the principal supply.

The ld. AAR accepted the contention of the appellant that the transaction is the supply of service but held that it is an intermediary service. In this respect, in appeal, abundant material in the form of submissions is provided with the meaning of composite supply and others. The appellant explained the concept of supply of service.

Elaborate submissions were made before the ld. AAAR about the nature of the transaction.

The ld. AAAR summarized the position as under:

“11. As per the submission made by the appellant, it is the appellant who prepares the drawing and designs of tool / pattern and also check feasibility of its manufacturing. The techno-commercial offer is being made by the appellant to overseas OEM / Machinist. Overseas OEM / Machinist releases the purchase order, for a specific number of units of tools, after approval of techno-commercial offer. The appellant undertakes in-house drawing, design, modelling, simulation and documentation for the manufacture of the tools. Whereas, it hires third-party vendor for machining (manufacturing) the tool as per the specification provided by the appellant. The third-party vendors charge for the manufacture of tools, which is paid by the appellant. The third-party vendor delivers the tool to the appellant, of which the appellant further raises the supply invoice to overseas OEMs / Machinist specifying therein the description of goods (tools), quantity, rate per unit, etc. However, as industry practice in this sector, the appellant keeps such tools with it for further use in the manufacture of camshafts.

12. The invoice raised by the appellant also exhibits that the tools of specific designs as per the specifications of overseas customers are supplied to them. Thus, from a perusal of the purchase order placed by the overseas customers and supply invoice raised by the appellant, it is clear that the dominant intention of overseas customers is to get the supply of manufactured patterns / tools from the appellant as per the specification provided by them.”

The ld. AAAR further found that the appellant is making such a supply of tools on his own against consideration which is the price for tools, hence, there is no issue of receiving commission from overseas customers. The ld. AAAR also observed that the appellant is not facilitating any supply between the overseas entity and a third-party vendor. The impugned transaction is a supply of goods i.e., tools from appellant to customer on a principal-to-principal basis, observed the ld. AAAR. Accordingly, the ld. AAAR held that order of ld. AAR holding the above activity as an intermediary service is erroneous and cannot be accepted.

The ld. AAAR further observed that the appellant first manufactures the tools as per the requirements and specifications given by the customer and it retains them for use in the manufacture and supply of camshafts to said customer. The ld. AAAR observed that the appellant raised the tax invoice for these tools in the name of an overseas customer in convertible foreign exchange, though the tools are not physically exported to the customer and the ownership of the tools remains with the overseas customer. Therefore, the ld. AAAR held that the impugned transaction between the appellant and overseas customer is of supply of goods i.e., supply of pattern / tool of specified specifications.

The ld. AAAR modified AR accordingly, holding the transaction as a supply of goods.

12 Exemption — liability to RCM
M/s. Portescap India Pvt. Ltd.
(AR Order No. MAH/AAAR/DS-RM/15/2022-23
dated 13th January, 2023 (MAH)

The appellant is engaged in the manufacturing of customized motors in India and it is a SEZ Unit.

The appellant procures Rental Services from “Santacruz Electronics Export Processing Zone” (hereinafter referred to as “SEEPZ”) SEZ Authority, situated at SEEPZ service centre building, Andheri East, Mumbai-400096. Additionally, other services like Advocate Services and Gate Pass Services from SEEPZ are being procured wherein GST is presently being discharged by the appellant under the Reverse Charge Mechanism.

As per the Notification No. 18/2017 – Integrated Tax (Rate) dated 05th July, 2017, the Central Government exempts services imported by a unit or a developer in the Special Economic Zone for authorized operations, from the whole of the integrated tax leviable thereon under section 5 of the IGST Act.

The appellant understood that the exemption to allow tax-free procurement of goods and services for authorized operations.

The appellant filed an application for AR before ld. AAR is raising the following questions:

“(i) Whether an SEZ unit is required to comply with the reverse charge mechanism as a service recipient for local/domestic renting of immovable property services procured by the unit from SEEPZ Special Economic Zone Authority (Local Authority) in accordance with Notification No. 13/2017 – Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 read with Notification No. 03/2018 — Central Tax (Rate) dated 25th January, 2018?

(ii) Whether an SEZ unit is required to pay tax under the reverse charge mechanism on any other services in accordance with Notification No. 13/2017 — Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 read with Notification No. 03/2018 – Central Tax (Rate) dated 25th January, 2018.”

Vide order in GST-ARA-93/2019-20/B-110 dated 10th December, 2021. The ruling was given as under:

This appeal is against the above advanced ruling.

In appeal, the appellant mainly raised ground that Reverse charge in terms of Notification No. 13/2017 — Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 read with Notification No. 03/2018 — Central Tax (Rate) dated 25.01.2018 and Notification No 10/2017 — Integrated Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 (hereinafter referred to as “reverse charge notification”) is not applicable in the case of a SEZ Unit and there ought to be a harmonized reading of the aforesaid reverse charge notifications issued under Section 9(3) of the CGST Act 2017, or Section 5(3) of the IGST Act 2017 with the provisions of Section 16(3) of the IGST Act 2017.

The appellant further submitted that a supply to SEZ will be considered as an inter-state supply and as long as the same supply is used for authorized operations of the SEZ, the same will be zero-rated. Further, it was submitted that as a recipient of supplies made by DTA to SEZ, the appellant is entitled to the option available under Section 16 of IGST Act 2017, for zero-rated supplies, to provide a LUT for the supplies received from the SEEPZ SEZ and used for the authorized activities of the SEZ. Therefore, it was contended that, the appellant is not required to make cash payment under reverse charge but receive supplies on the basis of an LUT at its option.

The appellant relied upon on the judgment in GMR Aerospace Engineering Limited and another versus Union of India and others (2019 (8) TMI 748 — 2019-VIL-489-TEL-ST) in support of the contention that the SEZ Act — Section 51 has an overriding effect.

The appellant, alternatively submitted that, even if it is assumed that “reverse charge” notifications asaforesaid are applicable, even then the SEZ unit in terms of Section 16 of the IGST 2017 could exercise the option to provide LUT as provided in respect of supplies made from DTA to an SEZ unit specified under Section 16(3) of the IGST Act 2017 and therefore, no liability to deposit RCM in cash.

The ld. AAAR made reference to relevant provisions including in section 16(1) of the IGST Act and reproduced the said section as under:

“16. (1) “zero rated supply” means any of the following supplies of goods or services or both, namely:

(a) export of goods or services or both; or

(b) supply of goods or services or both to a Special Economic Zone developer or a Special Economic Zone unit.”

The ld. AAAR on perusal of the aforesaid provisions of the zero-rated supply, observed that any supply of goods or services or both made to a SEZ developer or SEZ unit for carrying out authorised operation in SEZ will be considered as zero-rated supply and the said supply will not attract any GST whatsoever. The ld. AAAR observed that this provision of zero-rated supply will cover even the supply of services which are specified under the reverse charge Notification 10/2017-I.T. (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017 as amended by Notification No. 03/2018-I.T. (Rate) dated 25th January, 2018. The ld. AAAR, in this respect, referred to the principle of law that the specific provision made in the Act will have greater legal force than that of a notification issued under the same or any other provisions of the same Act. Accordingly, the ld. AAAR held that the provisions laid down under section 16(1) of the IGST Act, 2017 will supersede the notification issued under section 5(3) of the IGST Act, 2017, which enumerates the services which attract GST under a reverse charge basis. The ld. AAAR also observed that the said provision of section 16(1), merely mentions the supply of goods or services or both to the SEZ developer or SEZ unit and it does not mention anything about the type of the supplier. Therefore, irrespective of fact whether the supplier supplying the services is located in DTA or in SEZ area, as long as the supply is being made to SEZ developer or SEZ unit for carrying out authorized operations in SEZ, the same will be treated as zero-rated supply, and will not be subject to GST. Therefore, the ld. AAAR held that in the present case, the impugned services of renting immovable property being provided by the SEZ developer, i.e., SEEPZ SEZ to the appellant and not by a supplier located in DTA does not make any difference.

Referring to provisions of section 16 (1) and Section 5 (3) of the IGST Act, the ld. AAAR held that the intention of the legislature is not to tax the supplies made to a unit in SEZ or an SEZ developer, which has been made zero-rated under clause (b) of section 16 (1) of the IGST Act, 2017. It is further observed that by virtue of deeming provision under section 5 (3) of the IGST Act, 2017, the levy on procurement of services specified in Notification 13/2017 CT (Rate) falls upon the unit in SEZ or SEZ developer and therefore, a unit in SEZ or SEZ developer can procure such services for use in authorized operation without payment of integrated tax provided the actual recipient i.e., SEZ unit or SEZ developer, furnishes a LUT or bond as specified in condition (i) of para 1 of notification No. 37/2017-CT. The ld. AAAR opined that the actual recipient here for the subject supplies is a deemed supplier for the purpose of the aforesaid condition and the appellant will not be required to pay any GST under RCM on the impugned supply of renting of immovable property services received from SEEPZ SEZ, if appellant furnishes LUT.

The ld. AAAR further extended above principle in relation to service obtained by SEZ unit from DTA unit and held that the supply of services procured by SEZ unit from the suppliers located in DTA for carrying out the authorized operation in SEZ will not attract any GST in accordance with the provision of section 16(1) of the IGST Act, 2017, and the Appellant will not be required to pay any GST under RCM on the services received from DTA supplier for carrying out the authorized operation in SEZ, subject to LUT.

Accordingly, the ld. AAAR modified the AR as under:

“43. We, hereby, set aside the Advance Ruling No. GST-ARA-93/2019-20/B-110 dated 10th December, 2021– 2021-VIL-464-AAR, passed by the MAAR and held as under:

(i) that the Appellant is not required to pay GST under RCM on the impugned services of renting immovable property services received from SEEPZ SEZ for carrying out the authorized operation in SEZ subject to furnishing of LUT or bond as a deemed supplier of such services;

(ii) that the Appellantis not required to pay GST under RCM on any other services received from the suppliers located in DTA for carrying out the authorized operation in SEZ subject to furnishing of LUT or bond as a deemed supplier of such services.”

13.ITC of payment of BCD, CVD and SAD
M/s. Vijay Flexi Packaging Industries (AR Order No. 106/AAR/2023 dated 5th September, 2023 (TN)

In the AR the applicant has stated that they are a partnership concern engaged in the manufacture of printed poly packing materials. During 2011 they imported certain machinery under the EPCG Scheme and availed concessional duty benefits under the EPCG Scheme for the import of capital goods under an Authorization letter issued by Asst. Director General of Foreign Trade, Madurai for a period of 8 years ending 2019. Due to unforeseen circumstances, they could not fulfil the export obligation under the EPCG scheme. Therefore, they have remitted the duty amount i.e., Basic Customs Duty (BCD), Countervailing Duty (CVD), and Special Additional Duty (SAD).

Based on the above, the issue raised before AR was about eligibility to ITC of payment made of BCD, CVD and SAD along with interest.

The ld. AAR referred to the definition of ‘input tax’ in section 2(62) of the CGST Act which reads as under:

“(62) “input tax” in relation to a registered person, means the central tax, State tax, integrated tax or Union territory tax charged on any supply of goods or services or both made to him and includes—

(a) the integrated goods and services tax charged on the import of goods;

(b) the tax payable under the provisions of sub-sections (3) and (4) of section 9;

(c) the tax payable under the provisions of sub-sections (3) and (4) of section 5 of the Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act;

(d) the tax payable under the provisions of sub-sections (3) and (4) of section 9 of the respective State Goods and Services Tax Act; or

(e) the tax payable under the provisions of sub-sections (3) and (4) of section 7 of the Union Territory Goods and Services Tax Act, but does not include the tax paid under the composition levy.”

The ld. AAR also observed that ‘input tax credit’ means the credit of input tax as defined in section 2(63) of the CGST Act as reproduced above. BCD, CVD and SAD are not covered by the above sections. The ld. AAR observed that the definition of Input tax and input tax credit as per Section 2 of the GST Act, 2017, includes only IGST charged on imports of goods and there is no provision under the GST Law for availing credit of BCD, CVD and SAD.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR passed a ruling that BCD, CVD and SAD are not eligible for ITC.

Article 13 of India-Denmark DTAA — Assessee, a Danish tax resident, had obtained software licenses from Microsoft for its group entities and received payments from its Indian AE SGIPL. Since software was used by Indian AE, and such use did not involve any transfer of copyright or other rights, as neither assessee nor SGIPL had right to sub-license or modify software, payment made by Indian AE to assessee could not be characterised as royalty.

6 [2024] 161 taxmann.com 590 (Delhi – Trib.)

Saxo Bank A/S.vs. ACIT

ITA No: 2010/Del/2023

A.Y.: 2020–21

Dated: 16th April, 2024

Article 13 of India-Denmark DTAA — Assessee, a Danish tax resident, had obtained software licenses from Microsoft for its group entities and received payments from its Indian AE SGIPL. Since software was used by Indian AE, and such use did not involve any transfer of copyright or other rights, as neither assessee nor SGIPL had right to sub-license or modify software, payment made by Indian AE to assessee could not be characterised as royalty.

FACTS

Assessee was a tax resident of Denmark. It entered into a global agreement with Microsoft for procuring various shrink-wrapped software licenses such as Microsoft Visual Studios, Dynamic 365, remote desktop, office 365, etc., for entities within the Saxo Group. The assessee received payments from its Indian Associated Enterprise (‘AE’) against the above licenses. Indian AE had withheld tax under section 195 of the Act. In its return of tax, assessee claimed refund of tax withheld by the Indian AE.

AO held that the assessee had received charges from Indian AE for allowing use of its IT infrastructure, which consisted of various third-party software, owned / leased / supported platforms, including hardware systems. Hence, the receipts were taxable as royalty. The DRP upheld order of the AO.

Being aggrieved, the assessee filed appeal to the ITAT.

HELD

  •  The software used by SGIPL and the amount cross-charged by the assessee did not pertain to use or right to use any copyright, as neither the assessee nor the Indian AE had any right to sub-license, transfer, reverse engineer, modify or reproduce the software or user license.
  •  The Indian AE had acknowledged that the Microsoft Software was granted to assessee by Microsoft Denmark ApS under an object code-only, non-exclusive, non-sublicensable, non-transferable, revocable license to access and use the object code version of the proprietary software, solely for internal business purposes of the assessee and its group / associate companies.
  •  The core of a transaction is to authorise the end-user to have access to and make use of the licensed software over which the licensee has no exclusive rights and no copyright is parted. Payment for the same cannot be characterised as royalty.

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA — Subscription fees received by an American scientific society for providing access to online chemistry database and for sale of online journal to Indian subscribers did not qualify as Royalty, either in terms of section 9(1)(vi) of Act, or in terms of article 12(3) of India-USA DTAA.

5 [2024] 161 taxmann.com 354 (Mumbai – Trib.)

American Chemical Society vs. DCIT

ITA No: 415/Mum/2023

A.Y.: 2021–22

Dated: 27th March, 2024

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA — Subscription fees received by an American scientific society for providing access to online chemistry database and for sale of online journal to Indian subscribers did not qualify as Royalty, either in terms of section 9(1)(vi) of Act, or in terms of article 12(3) of India-USA DTAA.

FACTS

The assessee (ACS) was a society based in the USA and supported scientific inquiry in the field of chemistry. Its source of income was subscription fees — for providing access to online chemistry database and for sale of online journals from outside India to Indian subscribers.

Following the orders passed in earlier years, the AO treated the payments received by the assessee as royalty. The DRP upheld the order of the AO.

Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to the ITAT.

HELD

Following the orders passed for earlier years1, the ITAT held that the subscription fees received by the assessee from its customers for providing access to database and journals was not royalty as the subscribers did not acquire use of a copyright. Key findings of the ITAT in earlier years were:

  •  The grant of a copyright means that the recipient has a right to commercially exploit the database / software, e.g. reproduce, duplicate or sub-license the same.Such payments may be classified as royalty. However, in the present case, assessee had not transferred such rights in the database or search tools to its subscribers.
  •  The user of the copyrighted software does not receive the right to exploit the copyright in the software. He merely enjoys the product or the benefits of the product in the normal course of his business.

The journal provided by ACS did not provide any information arising from its previous experience. The experience of the assessee was in the creation of and maintaining of such online format. By granting access to the journals, the assessee neither shared its experiences, techniques or methodology employed in evolving databases with the subscribers, nor did the assessee impart any information relating to the subscribers.

 


1 American Chemical Society vs. Dy. CIT (IT) [2019] 106 taxmann.com 253 (Mumbai) (para 4) and American Chemical Society vs. Dy. CIT [2023] 151
taxmann.com 74 (Mumbai - Trib.) (para 4).

Sec. 54, Sec. 263.: Where the assessee claimed deduction under section 54 within the prescribed time limits, capital gains not deposited in the CGAS scheme will not be considered as prejudicial to the interest of the revenue and invoking revisionary jurisdiction was bad in law.

20 Ms. Sarita Gupta vs. Principal Commissioner of Income-tax

[2024] 109 ITR(T) 373 (Delhi -Trib.)

ITA NO. 1174 (DELHI) OF 2022

A.Y.: 2012–13

Dated: 7th December, 2023

Sec. 54, Sec. 263.: Where the assessee claimed deduction under section 54 within the prescribed time limits, capital gains not deposited in the CGAS scheme will not be considered as prejudicial to the interest of the revenue and invoking revisionary jurisdiction was bad in law.

FACTS

The assessee was an individual who had sold a residential property during the year under consideration. Based on certain information in this regard, reassessment was initiated by the AO calling upon the assessee to furnish the details of the properties sold and the resultant capital gain. After verifying all the details, the AO accepted the return of income filed by the assessee and accordingly completed the assessment.

The records were examined by the PCIT wherein it was found that the capital gain amount was not deposited in the capital gain account scheme during the interim period till its utilisation in purchase / construction of new property. Revisionary powers under section 263 were invoked by the PCIT.

Rejecting assessee’s submissions, the PCIT set aside the assessment order with a direction to disallow the deduction claimed under section 54 of the Act, on the count that the assessee had failed to deposit the capital gain amount in capital gain account scheme.

Aggrieved by the order, the assessee filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The ITAT observed that in the course of assessment proceedings, the AO had thoroughly examined the issue of sale of the immovable property and the resultant capital gain arising from such sale.

On the perusal of the show cause notice issued under section 263 of the Act as well as the order passed, it was observed by the ITAT that the revisionary authority had not expressed any doubt regarding the quantum of capital gain arising at the hands of the assessee and also the fact that such capital gain was invested in purchase/construction of residential house within the time limit prescribed under section 54(1) of the Act.

The ITAT held that treating the assessment order to be erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of Revenue only because the capital gain was not deposited in the capital gain account scheme was bad in law.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed.

Sec. 48.: Where assessee sold house properties and claimed indexed cost of improvement while computing long term capital gains, since all expenditure incurred enhanced the sale value of the house property, assessee was entitled to deduction towards cost of improvement. Sec. 54.: Where assessee reinvested sale proceeds in purchase of property from his own bank account, then the property being registered in the name of his parents will not disentitle the assessee to claim a deduction u/s 54 of the Act.

19 Rajiv Ghai vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income-tax

[2024] 109 ITR(T) 439 (Delhi – Trib.)

ITA NO. 8490 & 9212 (DELHI) OF 2019

A.Y.: 2016–17

Dated: 26th December, 2023

Sec. 48.: Where assessee sold house properties and claimed indexed cost of improvement while computing long term capital gains, since all expenditure incurred enhanced the sale value of the house property, assessee was entitled to deduction towards cost of improvement.

Sec. 54.: Where assessee reinvested sale proceeds in purchase of property from his own bank account, then the property being registered in the name of his parents will not disentitle the assessee to claim a deduction u/s 54 of the Act.

FACTS

The assessee was an individual who sold two residential properties at Lucknow and Bangalore. The assessee claimed indexed cost of acquisition and indexed cost of certain improvements made to both the properties. Further, the assessee reinvested the sales proceeds towards the purchase of another house property which was registered in the name of his parents and claimed deduction u/s 54 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (Act).

In the course of scrutiny, the Assessing Officer (AO) partly disallowed the indexed cost of improvements in the computation of long-term capital gains against the Lucknow property. It was contended by the AO that the valuation report and other evidences furnished by the assessee to justify the cost of improvements were vague and insufficient. Further, the AO partly disallowed the indexed cost of improvements for the Bangalore property contending that installation costs of elevator was ineligible to be claimed as cost of improvement. Further, the deduction claimed u/s 54 was disallowed on the count that the house property was registered in the name of assessee’s parents.

Aggrieved by the assessment order, the assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A). The CIT(A) partly allowed the appeal of the assessee to the extent of the claim of deduction u/s 54 of the Act.

Aggrieved, the assessee and the Revenue filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

The ITAT observed that the assessee had submitted a valuation report certifying the cost of acquisition and cost of improvement of the Lucknow property. The said valuation was carried out in compliance with the guidelines laid down by the Central Public Works Department.

The ITAT held that all the costs incurred led toimprovement in the value of the house property. The AO had disallowed the improvement costs based on selective reading of the sale agreement. Further, it was held that the AO could not bring anything on record that the statement given by the valuer was wrong on facts or had inconsistencies.

For the Bangalore property, the ITAT held that deductions towards elevator installation and other expenses made the house habitable and should be allowed to be claimed as costs of improvement.

Relying on the decisions in ACIT vs. Suresh Verma (135 ITD 102) & CIT vs. Kamal Wahal (351 ITR 4), the ITAT held that the assessee reinvested sale proceeds in purchase of property from his own bank account. Therefore, the property being registered in the name of his parents will not disentitle the assessee to claim a deduction u/s 54 of the Act.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed and that of the revenue dismissed.

S. 270A – No penalty under section 270A can be levied for incorrect reporting of interest income if the interest income as appearing in Form 26AS as on date of filing of return was correctly disclosed by the assessee and the difference in interest income was on account of delayed reporting by the deductor. S. 270A – No penalty under section 270A could be levied if the enhanced claim of exemption under section 10(10) of the assessee was on the basis of a mistaken but bona fide belief and he had disclosed all material facts and circumstances of his case S. 270A – Imposition of penalty under section 270A(1) is discretionary and not mandatory.

18 Ravindra Madhukar Kharche vs. ACIT

(2024) 161 taxmann.com 712 (Nagpur Trib)

ITA No.: 228(Nag) of 2023

A.Y.: 2017–18

Dated: 16th April, 2024

S. 270A – No penalty under section 270A can be levied for incorrect reporting of interest income if the interest income as appearing in Form 26AS as on date of filing of return was correctly disclosed by the assessee and the difference in interest income was on account of delayed reporting by the deductor.

S. 270A – No penalty under section 270A could be levied if the enhanced claim of exemption under section 10(10) of the assessee was on the basis of a mistaken but bona fide belief and he had disclosed all material facts and circumstances of his case

S. 270A – Imposition of penalty under section 270A(1) is discretionary and not mandatory.

FACTS

The assessee-individual joined his services with Maharashtra State Electricity Board (MSEB), which was demerged, inter alia, into Maharashtra State Electricity Generation Company Ltd (MSEGCL) which was a State Government of Maharashtra-owned company. Consequently, the assessee’s employer became MSEGCL. He retired from MSEGCL on 31st May, 2016.

He declared total income of ₹44,68,490 with NIL tax liability in his original return of income. Subsequently, the return was revised claiming tax refund of ₹3,09,000, owing to upward revision of claim of exemption of gratuity to ₹20,00,000 (on the belief that his case was covered by CBDT notification dated 8th March, 2019) as against original claim of ₹10,00,000.

While framing assessment under section 143(3),the AO made two additions: (a) addition of ₹10,00,000 arising on account of restricting the claim of exemption of gratuity to ₹10,00,000 under section 10(10) as available to non-government employee, as against the claim of ₹20,00,000 made in revised ITR;(b) addition of ₹21,550 being difference of interest
income offered to tax as against the income reported in Form 26AS.

The assessee did not challenge the disallowances in appeal and paid the assessed tax.

The AO initiated penal proceedings under section 270A pursuant to the aforesaid additions and imposed a penalty of ₹6,02,858 @ 200 per cent of tax sought to evaded under section 270A(8).

CIT(A) confirmed the penalty levied by the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal vide an ex-parte order deleted the penalty under section 270A and observed as follows:

(a) With regard to the penalty vis-a-vis incorrect reporting of interest income was concerned, the Tribunal held that no penalty under section 270A could be levied since:

(i) as on the date of filing of return, the amount of interest earned as appearing in Form No 26AS had been rightly offered to tax by the assessee;

(ii) the difference in interest income came to light post filing of ITR and on account of delayed reporting by the deductor / payer bank / financial institution.

(b) With regard to the penalty vis-à-vis disallowance of enhanced claim of gratuity exemption was concerned, the Tribunal deleted the penalty under section 270A since:

(i) Admittedly for part of the service, the appellant was State Government employee whose employment, by enforcement of Electricity Act, 2003 and MSEGCL Employee Service Regulation, 2005, was converted into non-governmental service / employment. Therefore, the belief under which full / extended exemption of retirement benefit claimed in the ITR filed was in first not incorrect in its entirety and certainly it was bonafide and not synthetic one.

(ii) The explanation offered by the appellant in support of his mistaken but bonafide belief and his disclosure of all material facts of his service and circumstances which swayed him to claim full exemption in his ITR, fell within section 270A(6)(a) and therefore, was pardonable.

(iii) The imposition of penalty is at the discretion of AO since section 270A(1) refers to the word “may” and not as “shall”; and in light of facts and circumstance of the present case holistically and in right spirit of law, levy of penalty @ accelerated rate of 200 per cent was unwarranted.

(iv) in respect of penalty in fiscal laws, the principle followed is more like the principle in criminal cases, that is to say, the benefit of doubt is more easily given to the assessee as expounded in V V Iyer vs. CC, (1999) 110 ELT 414 (SC).

Section 17(3) — payment of ex-gratia compensation without any obligation on the part of employer to pay an amount in terms of any service rule would not amount be taxable under section 17(3)(i). The Departmental Representative is required to confine to his arguments to points considered by AO / CIT(A) and could not set up altogether a new case before ITAT and assume the position of the CIT under section 263.

17 ITO vs. Avirook Sen

(2024) 161 taxmann.com 462 (DelTrib)

ITA No.: 6659(Delhi) of 2015

A.Y.: 2009–10

Dated: 12th April, 2024

Section 17(3) — payment of ex-gratia compensation without any obligation on the part of employer to pay an amount in terms of any service rule would not amount be taxable under section 17(3)(i).

The Departmental Representative is required to confine to his arguments to points considered by AO / CIT(A) and could not set up altogether a new case before ITAT and assume the position of the CIT under section 263.

FACTS

During F.Y. 2008–09, the assessee received ₹2,00,00,000 as lumpsum from his employer after his termination from service and ₹13,08,444 for purchase of a new car.

The AO sought to tax the aforesaid amounts as profits in lieu of salary under section 17(3)(i).

CIT(A) allowed the assessee’s appeal.

Aggrieved, the tax department filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) The cases relied by the AO, namely, C.N. Badami vs. CIT,(1999) 240 ITR 263 (Madras) and P. Arunachalam vs. CIT,(2000) 240 ITR 827 (Mad) were distinguishable since unlike in those cases, there was no agreement between the assessee and his employer in the present case and the amounts were received on account of out of court settlement and as value of perquisite.

(b) Since neither the AO nor CIT(A) had considered the applicability of section 17(3)(iii), the Departmental Representative could not set up altogether a new case / arguments before ITAT and assume the position of the CIT under section 263.

(c) As the payment of ex-gratia compensation was voluntary in nature without there being any obligation on the part of employer to pay further amount to assessee in terms of any service rule, it would not amount to compensation under section 17(3)(i).

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that the addition was rightly deleted by CIT(A) and dismissed the appeal of revenue.

Section 50C ­— Leasehold rights in land are not within the purview of section 50C.

16 DCIT vs. A. R. Sulphonates (P.) Ltd.

(2024) 161 taxmann.com 451 (KolTrib)

ITA No.:570(Kol) of 2022

A.Y.: 2017–18

Dated: 22nd March, 2024

Section 50C ­— Leasehold rights in land are not within the purview of section 50C.

FACTS

The assessee was allotted leasehold land by Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) on 11th April, 2008 for setting up a manufacturing unit.

Subsequently, the assessee decided to transfer the said land to one partnership firm, M/s S. M. Industries (SMI) vide an agreement to sale executed on 28th April, 2011, whereby the assessee agreed to transfer the said leasehold land for a consideration of ₹2 crores (stamp value on such date was ₹1,62,99,500). Against this agreement to sale, assessee received an advance of ₹5 lacs by account payee cheque and the balance was to be received on or before the execution of conveyance deed.

Assessee handed over possession of the said land to the partners of SMI on the date of execution of agreement to sale, that is, on 28th April, 2011. It also sought a permission from MIDC to transfer the leasehold rights in the land. The permission from MIDC got delayed which was eventually given on 23rd February, 2016, whereby assessee took all the necessary steps for execution of conveyance in favour of SMI which was done on 24th August, 2016. The assessee received the balance consideration of ₹1.95 crores as agreed earlier through agreement to sale dated 28th April, 2011.

The AO held that leasehold right of the land acquired by the assessee are capital asset which the assessee acquired from MIDC and subsequently transferred it to the partners of SMI for the remaining period of lease, and the assessee is liable to pay long term capital gain under section 50C.

CIT(A) held in favour of the assessee.

Aggrieved, the tax department filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD

Noting the restrictive covenants in the relevant agreements / MIDC order, the Tribunal noted that the leasehold rights of the assessee were limited and restrictive in nature as compared to the ownership rights.

The Tribunal observed that:

(a) It is a settled legal proposition that deeming provision cannot be extended beyond the purpose for which it is enacted. Section 50C(1) does not refer to immovable property but to specific capital asset being, land or building or both.

(b) A reference to “rights in land or building or part thereof” (as used in section 54D , 54G, etc.) does not find place in section 50C(1); therefore, it cannot be inferred that that capital asset being land or building or both, would also include rights in land or building or part thereof and that such provision will also cover leasehold rights which are limited in nature and cannot be equated with ownership of land or building or both. The Act has given separate treatment to land or building or both, and the rights therein.

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that leasehold rights in land are not within the purview of section 50C and concurred with CIT(A).

On the alternate plea of applicability of first and second proviso to section 50C, the Tribunal observed that even if it is assumed that transfer of a leasehold right in land is covered by section 50C(1), the assessee was adequately safeguarded by first and second proviso to section 50C since the stamp duty value at time of agreement to sale was less than the actual consideration of R2 crores.

Where refund arising consequent to granting MAT credit is more than 10 per cent of the total tax liability and is out of TDS and the return of income has been filed by due date mentioned in section 139(1), assessee is entitled to interest u/s 244A from the first day of the assessment year though the claim of MAT credit was made much later in a rectification application filed. Interest on unpaid interest also allowed.

15 Srei Infrastructure Finance Ltd. vs. ACIT

TS-288-ITAT-2024(Kol)

A.Y: 2017–18

Date of Order: 29th April, 2024

Section 244A

Where refund arising consequent to granting MAT credit is more than 10 per cent of the total tax liability and is out of TDS and the return of income has been filed by due date mentioned in section 139(1), assessee is entitled to interest u/s 244A from the first day of the assessment year though the claim of MAT credit was made much later in a rectification application filed.

Interest on unpaid interest also allowed.

FACTS

The assessee originally filed the return on 29th November, 2017, and in this return TDS credit of ₹81,86,10,024 was claimed and this amount was finally revised in the revised return on 30th March, 2019 claiming TDS of ₹75,14,12,726. In the final revised return, the refund claimed by the assessee was only ₹2,89,36,036. Thereafter, the assessee’s case was scrutinised by issuing of noticeu/s. 143(2) and the reference was given to the TPO on 18th October, 2019 and finally assessment order was framed on 29th May, 2021. In the computation sheet attached with the assessment order, the amount payable to assessee was only ₹3,31,49,723. No interest u/s. 244A of the Act was granted because the TDS was less than 10 per cent of the total tax liability.

Thereafter, on 6th June, 2022, the assessee moved a rectification application and one of the points of its application was that the assessee is entitled to substantial MAT credit brought forward from earlier years. The AO passed rectification order on 12th July, 2022 and issued a refund of ₹25,72,14,141 which comprised of tax of ₹25,06,86,616 and interest u/s 244A of ₹65,27,525. Interest was granted for only five months whereas the assessee was of the view that it was entitled to interest for 70 months, i.e., since 1st April, 2017.

Aggrieved with short grant of interest, assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who held that assessee had not raised this issue in rectification application and therefore, there was no need for adjudication of the issue relating to interest u/s 244A.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal noted the facts and also the year wise details of MAT credit claimed and observed that except for A.Y. 2010–11, all the other amounts of MAT credit were either after the filing of original return of income or during the course of assessment proceedings for the year under appeal. The Tribunal observed that it appears that assessee was not aware of the eligible MAT credit which it was entitled prior to the date of filing the final revised return on 30th March, 2019. It also noted that there was no dispute about the correctness of the MAT credit of ₹33,08,57,877. The Tribunal observed that since the MAT credit available for set off is from preceding assessment years is available to the assessee and has been accepted by the AO in the computation sheet and has given the revised tax component of ₹25,06,86,616, the only point to be examined is for how many months the assessee is entitled to the interest u/s. 244A.

The Tribunal upon perusal of section 244A observed that the assessee’s case falls u/s 244A(1)(a)(i) of the Act because the refund order to the assessee is out of the tax deducted at source upto 31st March, 2017 and the assessee had furnished its original return u/s139(1) of the Act. Even though the assessee has revised the return but for the purpose of calculating interest, assessee’s return shall always be treated to be filed u/s. 139(1) of the Act. Though the refund in the present case has been awarded in the order u/s. 154 of the Act but even section 154 is also forming part of the fleet of other sections mentioned in section 244A(3) of the Act and that comes into action when a refund has already been granted but subsequent to the rectification order, the refund is increased or decreased then the interest given earlier also needs to be increased or decreased. However, in the instant case when the assessee was originally granted the refund no interest was given because the refund was less than 10 per cent of the total tax liability. It was only in the rectification order dated 12th July, 2022 that the refund of tax component of ₹25,06,86,616 was given. After considering the facts and circumstances of the case, and also considering the set off of MAT credit available with the assessee as on the beginning of the assessment year, the Tribunal found merit in the contentions made on behalf of the assessee that the interest u/s 244A of the Act in the case of the for A.Y. 2017–18 needs to be computed from 1st April, 2017 to the date of grant of refund. The Tribunal relying upon the following decisions allowed the effective ground raised by the assessee in its appeal:

i) UOI vs. Tata Chemicals ltd. [(2014) 43 taxmann.com 240 (SC)];

ii) CIT vs. Birla Corporation ltd. [(2016) 66 taxmann.com 276 (Cal)];

iii) CIT vs. Cholamandalam Investment & Finance Co. Ltd. [(2008) Taxman 132 (Madras)];

iv) CIT vs. Ashok Leyland Ltd. [(2002) 125 Taxman 1031 (Madras)];

v) PCIT vs. Bank of India [(2018) 100 taxmann.com 105 (Bom.)]; &

vi) ADIT (IT) vs. Royal bank of Scotland N. V [(2011) 130 ITD 305(Kol)].

The Tribunal also held that the assessee indeed is entitled for interest on unpaid interest.

Part A | Company Law

4 In the Matter of M/s MITHLANCHAL PROFICIENT NIDHI LIMITED (MPLNL)

Registrar of Companies, Bihar

Adjudication Order No. ROC/PAT/Sec.143/19970/1918

Date of Order: 12th March, 2024

Adjudication Order against “Auditor” of the Company for failure to report violations / non-compliance made by the Company in its Audit Report under Section 143(3)(e) and Section 143(3)(j) of the Companies Act, 2013.

FACTS

Registrar of Companies, Bihar (“ROC”) observed non-compliance in the audited financial statements (based on the records on MCA Portal in the E-form AOC-4 filed by MPNL for the financial year ending on 31st March, 2017, 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019). The Chartered Accountant Mr. VP was the auditor of MPNL during these financial years.

It was observed that MPNL while preparing the financial statements has contravened the provisions of Schedule III, Section 129 and Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Accounting Standard-3. Further, Mr. VP the auditor of MPNL had not made any comments or not reported such non-compliance of MPNL in its Audit Report, leading to a violation of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 by the auditor of the Company. Hence this was a failure on the part of Mr. VP the auditor of MPNL with respect to the non-reporting of violations/non-compliance in its Audit Reports.

The details of non-compliance while preparing the financial statements of MPNL and Non reporting of compliance by auditor Mr. VP in the Reports are as follows:

Sr. no.

Contravention of the provisions by MPNL

Non-compliance by MPNL while preparing the financial statements

Violation of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 by Not reporting or No comments offered on the Non-Compliance of MPNL by auditor Mr. VP in its Report

1.

Section 129, Section 133 and Section 2(40) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Accounting  Standard- 3:

For the financial years ending as on 31st March, 2017, 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019. The “Cash Flow Statement” was not attached along with the Financial Statements as required by the Companies Act, 2013.

Non-Compliance as mentioned alongside

2. Section 129, Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with AS-18

In the Financial Statements for the financial years ending as on 31st March, 2017, 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019, MPNL had not disclosed the “Name of the related Party” and “Nature of the related party relationship where control exists irrespective of whether there have been transactions between the related parties”

Non-Compliance as mentioned alongside

3. Section 129 and Section 133 read with Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013

i. In the Financial Statements for the financial years ending as on 31st March, 2017, 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019 had shown “short term borrowings” amounting to  ₹2,36,15,116, ₹3,08,15,080 and ₹45,66,443 respectively, however, failed to “Sub-classify” such Short-term borrowings whether it was Secured / Unsecured as per Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013.

Non-Compliance as mentioned alongside

ii. In the Financial Statements for the financial years ending of 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019, had shown “Loan to Members” under the head of “Short Term Loans and Advances” amounting to ₹2,02,95,743 and ₹1,55,95,667. However, failed to “Sub-classify” such short-term loan advances whether it was Secured / Unsecured as per Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013

4. Section 129, Section 133 read with Schedule III Item-6F(ii) of the Companies Act, 2013

i. In the Financial Statements for the financial years ending as of 31st March, 2019 the Schedules Forming Part of the said Balance Sheet shows “Deferred Tax Liability-Schedule-3″ whereas no effect of the said Deferred Tax Liability-Schedule-3 has been shown in the Balance Sheet,

ii. In the Financial Statements for the financial years ending as on 31st March, 2019 amount of ₹1,45,66,443 has been shown as “Short Term Borrowings”. However, failed to “Sub-classify” such Short-term borrowings whether it was Secured / Unsecured.

Non-Compliance as mentioned alongside

5.

Section 129, Section 133 read with Schedule III Item-6R(ii) of the Companies Act, 2013

In the Financial Statements for the financial year ending on 31st March, 2019 an amount of ₹1,56,14,109/- was shown as “Short Term Loans and Advances” in the Balance Sheet whereas the said amount was not sub-classified as (a) Secured, considered good; (b) Unsecured, considered good; (c) Doubtful.

Non-Compliance as mentioned alongside

Accordingly, the auditor of MPNL, Mr. VP had violated the provisions of Section 143(3)(e) and Section 143(3)(j) of the Companies Act, 2013 and the office of Adjudication Officer (“AO”) had issued Show Cause Notice (“SCN”) for default under section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013. Thereafter, no reply or revert from Mr. VP, auditor of MPNL was received at the office of AO.

Section 450 of the Companies Act, 2013 stated that:

Punishment where no specific penalty or punishment is provided:

If a company or any officer of a company or any other person contravenes any of the provisions of this Act or the rules made thereunder, or any condition, limitation or restriction subject to which any approval, sanction, consent, confirmation, recognition, direction or exemption in relation to any matter has been accorded, given or granted, and for which no penalty or punishment is provided elsewhere in this Act, the company and every officer of the company who is in default or such other person shall be liable to a penalty of ten thousand rupees, and in case of continuing contravention, with a further penalty of one thousand rupees for each day after the first during which the contravention continues, subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees in case of a company and fifty thousand rupees in case of an officer who is in default or any other person.

ORDER / HELD

On non-receipt of any reply from Mr. VP, auditor of MPNL, the AO had concluded that the provisions of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 have been contravened by him and hence he was liable for penalty under Section 450 of the Companies Act, 2013 for the financial years ending as on 31st March, 2017, 31st March, 2018 and 31st March, 2019.

The AO had imposed an amount of ₹10,000 as a penalty for each of the financial years 2016–17 to 2018–19. The AO, further ordered that the auditor of MPNL should pay the amount of penalty individually by way of e-payment within 90 (ninety) days of the order.

Disallowance provision in section 143(1)(a)(v), introduced by the Finance Act, 2021, w.e.f. 1st April, 2021, dealing with deductions claimed under Chapter VI-A applies with prospective effect.

14 Food Corporation of India Employees Co-operative Credit Society Ltd. vs. ADIT, CPC

TS-193-ITAT-2024(Mum)

A.Y.: 2019–20

Date of Order: 22nd March, 2024

Sections 80P, 143(1)(a)(v)

Disallowance provision in section 143(1)(a)(v), introduced by the Finance Act, 2021, w.e.f. 1st April, 2021, dealing with deductions claimed under Chapter VI-A applies with prospective effect.

FACTS

The CPC while processing the return of income filed by the assessee for assessment year 2019–20 disallowed the claim of deduction made under section 80P for want of filing the return of income by due date.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who dismissed the appeal.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal to the Tribunal where revenue contended that the claim made by the assessee could be disallowed u/s 143(1)(a)(ii) at the time of processing of return of income on the grounds that it constituted “incorrect claim, if such incorrect claim is there from any information in the return of income”. Reliance was also placed on the decision of the Madras High Court in the case of Veerappampalayam Primary Agricultural Co-operative Credit Society vs DCIT [(2022) 138 taxmann.com 571 (Mad. HC)]. Attention was also drawn to the provisions of section 80AC.

HELD

In view of the fact that the Finance Act, 2021 has w.e.f. 1st April, 2021 introduced a disallowance provision in section 143(1)(a)(v) dealing with deduction claimed under Chapter VI-A, the contention of the revenue was not found acceptable. The amendment made by the Finance Act, 2021 is prospective and applies w.e.f. 1st April, 2021 whereas the assessment year under consideration is 2019–20. As regards reliance on section 80AC, the Tribunal held that once the legislature itself has made the impugned provision in section 143(1)(a)(v) the same could not have led to the claim of deduction u/s 80P being disallowed in summary “processing”. The Tribunal found the decision of the Madras High Court in Veerappampalayam Primary Agricultural Co-operative Credit Society (supra) to be distinguishable since the said judgment was pronounced on 7th April, 2021 and dealt with A.Y. 2018–19 and did not have the benefit of the amendment made by the Finance Act, 2021. Since the specific provision in section 143(1)(a)(v) is not applicable the general provision in section 143(1)(a)(ii) could not be pressed in action. The Tribunal held that it has adopted the principle of strict interpretation as laid down in Commissioner vs. Dilip Kumar and Co. & Others [(2018) 9 SCC 1 (SC)(FB)] to conclude that the action of both the lower authorities needs to be reversed.

When notice is for under-reporting of income, order passed levying penalty for misreporting of income is not justified.

13 Mohd. Sarwar vs. ITO

TS-193-ITAT-2024(Mum)

A.Y.: 2018–19

Date of Order: 2nd April, 2024

Section 270A

When notice is for under-reporting of income, order passed levying penalty for misreporting of income is not justified.

FACTS

The assessee filed his return of income for the assessment year 2018–19, declaring therein a total income of ₹14,34,180. In the revised return of income filed on 26th July, 2018, the assessee returned total income of ₹6,46,520 and claimed a refund of ₹2,21,980. The TDS credit claimed in revised return of income was ₹2,65,037 as against ₹2,50,037 claimed in the original return. This led to a notice u/s 142(1) being issued along with questionnaire. During the course of assessment proceedings, the assessee furnished a revised computation of income, computing total income to be ₹14,84,160, claiming that certain rental income was overlooked in the return of income filed. It was also submitted that the revised return of income was filed by the tax consultant without his knowledge and that in the revised return of income the tax consultant had erroneously claimed housing loan benefits when there was no such loan. The assessee contended that the revised return of income which has been filed is a fraud played upon the assessee by the tax consultant and this was substantiated by saying that the revised return of income had email id and mobile number of the tax consultant. As per the revised computation of income filed in the course of assessment proceedings, the revised total income was ₹14,84,160 and tax payable worked out to ₹2,65,480.

The Assessing Officer (AO) held that revised return of income claiming large refund was filed with the knowledge of the assessee and that the assessee was responsible for filing of any return under his name and PAN. The refund due on processing of revised return would go to the bank account of the assessee and not the tax consultant. He rejected the contention that the fraud had been played upon the assessee and accepted the revised computation of total income filed and determined the total income by not allowing deduction claimed under Chapter VIA and housing loan and held that the assessee has under-reported his income. The difference between ₹14,84,160 and ₹6,46,520 being amount of total income as per revised return of income was treated as under-reported income. The assessee accepted the proposed modification to the total income. He also issued a notice u/s 274 which mentioned that the assessee has under-reported his income.

The AO, consequently, passed an order dated 22nd January, 2022 levying a penalty of ₹4,44,844 for misreporting of income.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who upheld the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the AO has in the assessment order categorically mentioned that the assessee was involved in under-reporting of income. Also, the notice issued was for under-reporting of income. The Tribunal held that it failed to understand under what circumstances the initial violation which was under-reporting of income was converted into misreporting of income. The Tribunal held that if at all the revenue authorities are intending to charge the assessee for misreporting of income then specific notice is required to be issued which has not been done in the present case. In the present case, a revised return of income was filed claiming huge deduction, which in the estimation of the AO, constituted under-reporting of income and for which a notice was issued. The Tribunal held that once the assessee himself admitted the fact that there was under-reporting of income which was also accepted by the AO then penalty should have been levied only on account of under-reporting of income and not for misreporting of income. The Tribunal modified the order passed by the AO and confirmed by CIT(A) and directed the AO to revise the demand by taking the violation as under-reporting of income u/s 270A of the Act and not misreporting of income.

Notional interest income credited to the profit and loss account in compliance of Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) cannot be considered as real income in absence of contractual obligation of repayment.

12 ACIT vs. Kesar Terminals and Infrastructure Ltd.

TS-193-ITAT-2024(Mum)

A.Y.: 2018–19

Date of Order: 8th March, 2024

Section 28

Notional interest income credited to the profit and loss account in compliance of Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) cannot be considered as real income in absence of contractual obligation of repayment.

FACTS

The assessee, a public limited company, engaged in the business of storage and handling cargo, had given an interest free loan to its wholly owned subsidiary, viz., Kesar Multimodal Logistic Limited. Though no interest was due as per the agreed terms, yet as per the requirement of Indian Accounting Standard, the assessee accounted for a sum of ₹2,76,81,947 as “notional interest” in the books of account and credited the same to its Profit & Loss Account.

While processing the return, CPC did not allow the exclusion as it was not a deduction allowable under any of the provisions of the Act. Accordingly, the returned income was enhanced by an amount of ₹2.76 crore.

Aggrieved, the assessee challenged the addition in an appeal filed to the CIT(A). In the meantime, assessee also preferred a rectification application before CPC, which was rejected. Aggrieved by the rejection of rectification application, assessee filed another appeal before CIT(A). The CIT(A) took up both the appeals together. However, he first disposed the appeal filed against an order u/s 154. The CIT(A) agreed with the contention of the assessee that “notional interest” did not accrue to the assessee and hence, the same is not liable for taxation. Accordingly, he deleted the disallowance made by CPC.

Aggrieved by the order passed by CIT(A), revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that CIT(A) dismissed the appeal filed against an intimation u/s 143(1)(a) of the Act since he had already granted relief against the very same addition while deciding appeal filed against rectification application u/s 154 of the Act. The Tribunal also noted that the assessee has not challenged the order passed by CIT(A), dismissing the appeal filed against an intimation u/s 143(1)(a) of the Act.

The Tribunal observed that the only issue that arose for adjudication is related to taxability of notional interest income credited by the assessee to its profit & loss account as per requirements of Ind AS. The assessee argued that income tax can be levied only on real income and not on notional income. Since there is no contractual obligation for the debtor to pay interest, notional interest credited to Profit & Loss Account as per requirement of Ind AS cannot be taxed.

The Tribunal noted that the Chennai Bench of the Tribunal in Shriram Properties Ltd. [ITA No. 431/Chny/2022 dated 22nd March, 2023], while deciding the case related to an order passed by PCIT u/s 263 of the Act directing the AO to assess notional guarantee commission credited by the assessee to its P & L Account, in accordance with the requirement of Ind AS, held that “when there is a contractual obligation for not charging any commission, merely for the reason that the assessee had passed notional entries in the books for better representation of the financial statements, it cannot be said that income accrues to the assessee which is chargeable to tax for the impugned assessment year. Therefore, we are of the view that on this issue it cannot be said that there is an error in the order of the Assessing Officer.”

The Tribunal observed that the revenue had not shown that there existed a contractual obligation to collect interest from debtors. The Tribunal following the decision rendered by the Chennai Bench held that notional interest income credited by the assessee to its profit & loss account as per requirements of Ind AS has not accrued to the assessee and hence the same is not liable for taxation under real income principle. The Tribunal held that the CIT(A) was justified in directing the AO to exclude the same.

Related Party Transactions: The Purpose & Effect Test

INTRODUCTION

Related Party Transactions (“RPTs”) are a very significant matter for listed companies. The SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (“the LODR”) have laid down strict guidelines on how listed companies should deal with RPT. The idea always is that the minority shareholders of the listed entity should be protected and not be put at a disadvantage in any manner. The LODR has undergone a fundamental change with the introduction of the Purpose and Effect Test for RPTs. Let us examine what are the consequences of this change.

WHO IS A RELATED PARTY?

As per Regulation 2(zb) of the LODR, a “related party” means a related party as defined under sub-section (76) of section 2 of the Companies Act, 2013 or under the applicable accounting standards. S.2(76) defines the following persons as a related party for a company:

(i) a director or his relative;

(ii) a key managerial personnel or his relative;

(iii) a firm, in which a director, manager or his relative is a partner;

(iv) a private company in which a director or manager or his relative is a member or director;

(v) a public company in which a director or manager is a director or and holds along with his relatives, more than 2 per cent of its paid-up share capital;

(vi) any body corporate whose Board of Directors, managing director or manager is accustomed to act in accordance with the advice, directions or instructions of a director or manager;

(vii) any person on whose advice, directions or instructions a director or manager is accustomed to act:

(viii) any body corporate which is—

(A) a holding, subsidiary or an associate company of such company;

(B) a subsidiary of a holding company to which it is also a subsidiary;or

(C) an investing company or the venturer of a company;

(ix) a director (other than an Independent Director) / Key Managerial Personnel of the Holding Company and will include his relative.

Ind AS 24 (para 9) on Related Party Disclosures contains additional definitions on the meaning of the term related party.

In addition, the LODR provides that:

(a) any person or entity forming a part of the promoter or promoter group of the listed entity; or

(b) any person or any entity, holding equity shares of 10 per cent or more, with effect from April 1, 2023 in the listed entity either directly or on a beneficial interest basis as provided under section 89 of the Companies Act, 2013, at any time, during the immediate preceding financial year;

shall be deemed to be a related party.

WHAT IS A RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION?

As per Regulation 2(zc) of the LODR, a “related party transaction” means “a transaction involving a transfer of resources, services or obligations between:

(i) a listed entity or any of its subsidiaries on one hand and a related party of the listed entity or any of its subsidiaries on the other hand; or

(ii) a listed entity or any of its subsidiaries on one hand, and any other person or entity on the other hand, the purpose and effect of which is to benefit a related party of the listed entity or any of its subsidiaries, with effect from 1st April, 2023

regardless of whether a price is charged and a “transaction” with a related party shall be construed to include a single transaction or a group of transactions in a contract.”

Hence, with effect from 1st April, 2023, a transaction by a listed entity with an unrelated entity would also be treated as an RPT, if the purpose and effect of such unrelated transaction is to benefit a related party of the listed entity. When one reads this definition, three cumulative factors emerge:

(i) There must be a transaction between a listed entity and an unrelated entity;

(ii) There must be a purpose and effect of this transaction; and

(iii) Such purpose and effect must be to benefit a related party of the listed entity or its subsidiary.

Accordingly, if an unrelated party is interposed in a transaction with no commercial rationale other than to indirectly confer a benefit upon a related party, then such transaction would also fall within the purview of an RPT.

EXAMPLE

Goods Ltd, a listed company supplies engineering equipment to Works P Ltd, a construction / EPC company. Works P Ltd is entirely unrelated to Goods Ltd, the listed company. This EPC company uses the aforesaid engineering equipment for a turnkey contract for Tower Ltd, one of the related parties of the listed company. Thus, there are two on the face of it unrelated transactions ~ one between Goods Ltd and Works P Ltd and the other between Works P Ltd and Tower Ltd. However, as per the new definition a transaction by a listed entity with an unrelated entity would also be treated as an RPT, if the purpose and effect of such unrelated transaction is to benefit a related party of the listed entity. Thus, if the purpose and effect of Goods Ltd supplying equipment to Works P Ltd was to benefit Tower Ltd, then the transaction between Works P Ltd and Goods Ltd would also become a related party transaction for Goods Ltd, the listed company. Accordingly, in that event, it would have to ensure compliances which a listed company needs to undertake for a related party transaction (detailed below).

BACKGROUND

SEBI had constituted a Working Group on Related Party Transactions which submitted its Report in January 2020. One of the findings of the Report was that Shell or apparently unrelated companies, controlled directly or indirectly, by such persons were purportedly used to siphon off large sums of money through the use of certain innovative structures, thereby circumventing the regulatory framework of RPT. It recommended broadening the definition of RPTs to include transactions which are undertaken, whether directly or indirectly, with the intention of benefitting related parties. The Report stated that this concept is also captured in the legislation of other jurisdictions, such as the U.K.

SEBI had also issued a Memorandum dated November 2021 to review the regulatory provisions with respect to Related Party Transactions. This stated that it was desirable to include transactions with unrelated parties, the purpose and effect of which was, to benefit the related parties of the listed entity or any of its subsidiaries. It was important to consider the substance of the relationship and not merely the legal form as a part of good governance practice. Hence, the doctrine of substance over legal form has now found its way into the SEBI Regulations also.

MEANING OF TERMS

Interestingly, while the Regulation uses some important terms it does not define them. To apply this definition it also becomes very crucial to better understand the meaning of the two terms “purpose” and “effect”. It is important to bear in mind that the presence of both is mandatory for this definition to get attracted. While the terms are two, the purpose is more important than the effect.

MEANING OF ‘PURPOSE’

Black’s Law Dictionary, 6th Edition defines this term to mean that which one sets before him to accomplish or attain; an end, intention or aim, object, plan, project. The term is synonymous with ends sought, an object to be attained, an intention, etc.

P Ramanatha Aiyar’s The Law Lexicon, 4th Edition defines the word Purpose to mean that which a person sets before himself as an object to be reached or accomplished, the end or aim to which the view is directed in any plan, manner or execution, end or the view itself, design, intention.

In Kevalchand Nemchand Mehta v CIT, [1968] 67 ITR 804 (Bom) it was held that the word purpose implied “the thing intended or the object and not the motive behind the action.”

In Ormerods (India) (P.) Ltd. v CIT, [1959] 36 ITR 329 (Bom) it was held that Purpose may, in some context, suggest object; and purpose may sometimes: suggest motive for a transaction. The word purpose has to be read in its legal sense to be gathered from the context in which it appears. The meaning, as far as possible should be found out from the language of the section itself and without attributing to the Legislature a precise appreciation of the technical appropriateness of its own. But whatever way one reads the word “purpose” it cannot certainly mean a motive for a transaction.

In Smt. Padmavati Jaykrishna v CIT, (1975) 101 ITR 153 (Guj) the Court held that Purpose meant a design of effecting something. Motive was a force which impels a person to adopt a particular course of action. It was highly subjective in character and could be found out mainly from a course of conduct. But purpose was more apparent and had immediate connection with the result which is brought about.

In Newton v Federal Commissioner of Taxation, Privy Council of Australia, [1958] ALR 833 the Court held that the purpose of a contract, agreement or arrangement must be what it was intended to effect and that intention must be ascertained from its terms. These terms may be oral or written or may have to be inferred from the circumstances but, when they have been ascertained, their purpose must be what they effect. “The word ‘purpose’ meant, not motive, but the effect which it is sought to achieve the end in view. The word ‘effect’ meant the end accomplished or achieved.”

MEANING OF ‘EFFECT’

Black’s Law Dictionary, 6th Edition defines effect to mean to do, to make, to bring to pass, to execute, enforce, accomplish.

P Ramanatha Aiyar’s The Law Lexicon, 4th Edition defines it as a result which follows a given act; consequence, event; something caused or produced as a result.

MEANING OF ‘BENEFIT’

The pivot on which this definition hinges is whether such a transaction confers abenefit upon a related party of the listed entity. The word benefit has been defined in P Ramanatha Aiyar’s The Law Lexicon, 4th Edition to mean “advantage, profit, gain,..”

In State Of Gujarat & Ors vs Essar Oil Ltd., (2012) 1 SCALE 397, the Supreme Court has defined the term “benefit” as follows:

“Now the question is what constitutes a benefit. A person confers benefit upon another if he gives to the other possession of or some other interest in money, land, chattels, or performs services beneficial to or at the request of the other, satisfies a debt or a duty of the other or in a way adds to the other’s security or advantage. He confers a benefit not only where he adds to the property of another but also where he saves the other from expense or loss. Thus the word “benefit” therefore denotes any form of advantage”

Hence, one possible view is that unless there is some benefit / advantage to the related party of the listed entity which would otherwise not have been available to it, the aforesaid definition should not apply. The idea behind enacting the purpose and effect test is to catch those transactions which are not in the ordinary course of business but which are inspired by the sole or dominant motive of benefiting a related party. One or more layers of unrelated parties have been interposed in the transaction but the chain between the listed entity, and the related party as the eventual beneficiary, is clear and visible. To apply this test, the effect of benefiting the related party must be both clear and direct. One touchstone for determining whether there is a benefit is whether the transaction with the unrelated party is in the ordinary course of business / on an arm’s length pricing for the listed entity? If yes, then there would not be any case for stating that there is a benefit which has been extended by the listed entity to the related party.

The above principle draws support from the UK’s Financial Conduct Handbook on which the aforesaid SEBI LODR definition of related party transaction is based. Para 7.3.3 of this Handbook expressly states that the purpose and effect test would not apply to a transaction or arrangement in the ordinary course of business between a listed entity and an unrelated entity which is concluded on normal market terms. However, it may be noted that such an express exemption is not found in the LODR.

Similarly, the Federal Court of Appeal of Canada, in The Queen v Ellan Remai (2009) FCA, 340 has also stated that:

“..whether the terms of a transaction reflect “ordinary commercial dealings between parties acting in their own interests” is not a separate requirement of the legal tests for determining if a transaction is at arm’s length. Rather, the phrase is a helpful definition of an arm’s length transaction…”

Comparable wordings are found in Chapter X-A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 dealing with General Anti-Avoidance Rules or GAAR. According to this, an impermissible avoidance agreement would be one which lacks commercial substance and creates rights which are not on an arm’s length basis. Having an accommodating party in a transaction shows that there is lack of commercial substance. An accommodating party is one who is interposed and the main purpose of that is to claim a (tax) benefit. Thus, the GAAR provisions use the word main purpose to determine whether a party is an accommodating party. This is an entity used to create an illusion of commercial substance to circumvent anti-avoidance rules. The Supreme Court in VNM Arunachala Nadar v CEPT (1962) 44 ITR 352 (SC) has held that whether or not the main purpose of a transaction was defeating anti-avoidance provisions was more a question of fact than a mixed question of fact and law.

COMPLIANCES FOR RPTs

In the event that the purpose and effect test is applicable, then the listed company would need to ensure the following compliances for the RPTs:

(a) All related party transactions and subsequent material modifications shall require prior approval of the audit committee of the listed entity. Only those members of the audit committee, who are independent directors, can approve related party transactions.

(b) A related party transaction to which the subsidiary of a listed entity is a party but the listed entity is not a party, shall require prior approval of the audit committee of the listed entity if the value of such transaction whether entered into individually or taken together with previous transactions during a financial year exceeds 10 per cent of the annual consolidated turnover, as per the last audited financial statements of the listed entity.

(c) With effect from 1st April, 2023, a related party transaction to which the subsidiary of a listed entity is a party but the listed entity is not a party, shall require prior approval of the audit committee of the listed entity if the value of such transaction whether entered into individually or taken together with previous transactions during a financial year, exceeds 10 per cent of the annual standalone turnover, as per the last audited financial statements of the subsidiary.

(d) All material related party transactions and subsequent material modifications shall require prior approval of the shareholders through resolution and no related party shall vote to approve such resolutions whether the entity is a related party to the particular transaction or not.

A transaction with a related party shall be considered material, if the transaction(s) to be entered into individually or taken together with previous transactions during a financial year, exceeds ₹1,000 crores or 10 per cent of the annual consolidated turnover of the listed entity as per the last audited financial statements of the listed entity, whichever is lower. In addition, the Board of the listed company is required to formulate a Policy on Materiality of Related Party Transactions and on dealing with related party transactions, including clear threshold limits for the same.

WHAT CAN AUDIT COMMITTEES DO?

It may so happen that a listed company transacts with an unrelated party, which in the ordinary course of its business, transacts with a related party of the listed company. At a later date, the listed company realises this but by now prior approval of the Audit Committee has not been obtained for the related party transaction. What can the Audit Committee do in such a case?

Listed Companies could be asked to supply their suppliers / dealers with a list of related parties and instructed that if the suppliers / dealers intend to transact with any of those related parties, then they should first approach the listed companies. This would pre-empt a scenario of the listed company coming to know at a subsequent stage that a dealer has transacted with one of its related parties.

Secondly, when it is faced with a purpose and effect type of RPT, the Audit Committee should examine the nature of benefit, if any, to the related party. The terms of the contract between the listed entity and the unrelated entity, the pricing, the reasonableness, comparison with unrelated transactions, is it in the ordinary course of business, economic substance, etc., are some of the tests which could be applied.

CONCLUSION

Related Party Transactions cannot be done away with altogether. What is important is that they are disclosed adequately and they do not confer any undue benefits on related parties. The purpose and effect test is an important step by SEBI in this respect. Listed companies would be well advised to pay heed to compliances related to RPTs. A slip up could prove very costly!

Allied Laws

11 Bar Of Indian Lawyers Through its President Jasbir Singh Malik vs. D.K. Gandhi PS National Institute of Communicable Diseases

2024 Live Law (SC) 372

14th May, 2024

Advocates — Professionals — Highly skilled — Success depends on various factors — Cannot be compared with business — Cannot be held for deficiency of service. [S. 2(1)(o), Consumer Protection Act, 1986]

FACTS

The Appellant, an advocate was hired by Mr. DK Gandhi (Respondent) for legal services. Disputes arose between them and the Respondent filed a consumer complaint before the district forum for deficiency in services. The District forum decided the complaint in favour of the respondent. The State Commission held that the services of lawyers /advocates did not fall within the ambit of “service” defined under section 2(1)(o) of the CP Act, 1986. The NCDRC, however in the Revision Application preferred by the respondent passed the impugned order holding that if there was any deficiency in service rendered by the Advocates / Lawyers, a complaint under the CP Act would be maintainable.

Being aggrieved by the said impugned order passed by the NCDRC, the present set of appeals has been filed by the Bar of Indian Lawyers, Delhi High Court Bar Association, Bar Council of India.

HELD

With regard to the nature of the work of a professional, which requires a high level of education, training and proficiency and which involves skilled and specialized kind of mental work, operating in the specialized spheres, where achieving success would depend upon many other factors beyond a man’s control, a Professional cannot be treated equally or at par with a Businessman or a Trader or a Service provider of products or goods as contemplated in the CP Act.

The appeal is allowed.

12 Umesh Kumar Gupta vs. Collector Rewa

AIR 2024 MADHYA PRADESH 57

12th January, 2024

Borrower — Non-performing assets — Financial institutions can invoke arbitration clauses as well as recourse under SARFAESI. [S. 11, 14, 35, 37 Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002 (SARFAESI); S.36, Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 (ACA)].

FACTS

The Petitioner is a borrower while respondent No. 2 is a financial institution which had extended a loan facility to the petitioner and to secure the same, the petitioner had mortgaged a certain piece of land. Petitioner defaulted in repayment of the loan leading to the loan account becoming NPA and the financial institution took recourse under SARFAESI. During the SARFAESI proceedings, the Petitioner objected stating that the financial institution had already invoked the arbitration clause in the agreement between the petitioner-borrower and financial institution whereafter award had been passed in favour of the financial institution. The objection was rejected and hence this Petition.

HELD

No doubt Section 11 of the SARFAESI Act mandates disputes to be resolved by way of conciliation and arbitration. Section 35 of the SARFAESI Act stipulates that provisions of the SARFAESI Act shall have overriding effect over anything inconsistent with any other law for the time being in force or any instrument having effect by virtue of any such law. Section 37 prescribes that the provisions of the SARFAESI Act are mandated to take effect in addition to and not in derogation of several statutes. Meaning thereby that the overriding effect of the SARFAESI Act mandated in Section 35 of the SARFAESI Act is diluted to a considerable extent by Section 37 of the SARFAESI Act by providing that the provisions of SARFAESI Act would be in addition to and not in derogation of various enactments referred to in Section 37 of the SARFAESI Act, and also any other law for the time being in force, including Arbitration and Conciliation Act. Hence, no fault can be found with the respondent financial institution invoking Section 14 of the SARFAESI Act by approaching the District Magistrate, Rewa.

13 Binita Dhruv Karia vs. Aashna Dhruv Karia

AIR 2024 (NOC) 194 (BOM)

2nd May, 2023

Guardian — Appointment of Guardian — Mental retardation not covered under “mental illness” — No remedy other than Writ — Mother was allowed to be appointed as the guardian of her major daughter to manage the properties for the well-being of her daughter. [S. 7, Guardians and Wards Act, 1890].

FACTS

The Petitioner is the mother of the ward, a major and sought to be appointed as her legal Guardian. Since the ward was the joint owner of immovable property, it was necessary for the Petitioner to be appointed as the guardian to make decisions for the well-being of her child who suffered from mental retardation. However, there was no remedy other than filing this Writ Petition.

HELD

The child was suffering from mental retardation which is not considered a “mental illness” under section 2(s) of the Mental Health Act, 2017 and the Guardians and Wards Act, 1890 only allows for the appointment of a Guardian for minors. Having considered the peculiar facts, the mother / petitioner was allowed to be appointed as the guardian of her major daughter to manage the properties for the well-being of her daughter as the said properties were jointly owned by her daughter.

The Petition was allowed.

14 Maya Gopinath vs. Anoop S. B. & Anr

SLP (Civil) 13398 of 2022

24th April, 2024

Hindu Law — Stridhan — Wife’s absolute property — Husband has no rights.

FACTS

The Appellant was the wife of the Respondent. On the occasion of their marriage, she was gifted with gold and cash by her family, which was misappropriated by her husband to clear old liabilities. The couple drifted apart and she filed a case for recovery of her assets. The trial court held in favour of the appellant. The High Court reversed the order on the requirement of evidence.

Aggrieved by the said order, an appeal was filed before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court observed that the Stridhan is an absolute property of the wife and the husband has no title. The same can be used by the husband in times of distress and it is his duty to restore the same. In the interest of justice and the passage of time, as compensation for the gold and cash, the apex court directed the husband to pay a sum of R25 lakhs within six months.

15 Shonali Dighe vs. Ashita Tham and others

AIR 2024 (NOC) 242 (BOM)

8th November, 2023

Will — Execution of Will — Under suspicious circumstances — Probate not granted. [S. 63, Succession Act, 1925; S. 68, Evidence Act, 1872].

FACTS

On 20th June, 2003, Mr. Bipin Gupta executed a Will while undergoing treatment for renal failure and hip fracture in Bombay Hospital which is the subject matter of the present suit proceedings. The two Executors named in the Will were Mr. Vasant Sardal and Mr. Behram Ardeshir whereas Will was attested by Mr. Santosh Raje and Mr. Anil Sardal as attesting witnesses. By this Will, Mr. Bipin Gupta bequeathed his entire estate to charity to the exclusion of his family members/legal heirs and indirectly to the Executors. On 04th September, 2003, Mr. Bipin Gupta expired in Flat No. 2, Firdaus Building. The Executors and the attesting witnesses without informing any of his family members took his body for cremation. Neighbours informed the Defendants (family members) about the demise of Mr. Bipin Gupta.

Disputes arose among the parties, the said petition was filed by Mr. Vasant Sardal one of the executors of the Will.

HELD

The Court made several observations such as the doctor treating the deceased is not an attesting witness, the bequest was obscure and in the name of a charitable trust controlled by the executors, the executor and witnesses were related parties, no evidence of who drafted the Will, signatures on each page were not identical and unnatural exclusion of heirs of the testators also raised suspicion.

Hence, the Will was held to be not genuine and the petition was dismissed.

Section 132 of the Act — Search and seizure — Condition precedent — Revenue authorities must have information in their possession on basis of which a reasonable belief can be formed — Contents of satisfaction note did not disclose any information which would lead authorities to have a reason to believe that any of contingencies as contemplated by Section 132(1)(a) to (c) were satisfied — Search and seizure action was to be quashed and set aside.

7 Echjay Industries (P.) Ltd. vs. Rajendra

WP No. 122 OF 2009 & 2309 OF 2010

A.Y. 2008–09

Dated: 10th May, 2024. (Bom.) (HC).

Section 132 of the Act — Search and seizure — Condition precedent — Revenue authorities must have information in their possession on basis of which a reasonable belief can be formed — Contents of satisfaction note did not disclose any information which would lead authorities to have a reason to believe that any of contingencies as contemplated by Section 132(1)(a) to (c) were satisfied — Search and seizure action was to be quashed and set aside.

Petitioner no. 1 is a private limited company. Petitioner no. 2 is the Chairman and Managing Director of petitioner no. 1. Other Petitioners are Directors, their spouses and family members.

Respondent no. 1 was the officer empowered by the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) to issue authorisation under Section 132 of the Act for carrying out search and seizure under the Act. In the exercise of his powers under Section 132 of the Act, respondent no. 1 issued authorisations dated 7th July, 2008 in favour of respondent no. 2 and others, authorising them to enter upon and search various premises belonging to petitioners.

Petitioner company was incorporated on 31st December, 1960 under the Companies Act 1956 and was a leading manufacturer of forging and engineering products required in the automobile industry. Petitioners were regularly assessed to income-tax and wealth tax. It is stated in the petition that the income tax assessments of petitioner company for the last 20 years have been made under Section 143(3) of the Act by way of detailed scrutiny. It is also stated that no penalty under Section 271(1)(c) of the Act has ever been levied upon petitioners for any concealment or furnishing inaccurate particulars of income.

On or about 9th and 10th July, 2008, a search was conducted at the business premises of petitioner company as well as at residential premises of Chairman and directors, pursuant to an authorisation dated 7th July, 2008, issued by respondent no. 1 under Section 132(1) of the Act. Respondent no. 2 and other authorised officers entered into various premises and conducted the search. Panchnamas were also drawn up in the course of the search proceedings. It is stated that petitioners submitted various clarifications and explanations to respondents as and when they were called upon to do so. Petitioners stated that by the initiation of search proceedings and also the manner in which the proceedings were conducted, they are apprehensive that respondents will, without jurisdiction or authority of law, proceed against petitioners to make assessments and / or reassessments of past six assessment years in the case of all petitioners and raise huge demands by way of tax, interest and penalties, which will cause hardship and prejudice to petitioner. It is petitioners’ case that authorisations dated 7th July, 2008 issued against petitioners are unconstitutional, ultra vires, invalid, without jurisdiction, etc., and are liable to be quashed and set aside.

The stand taken by the revenue basically is that the grounds raised in the petition are based on presumptions and conjectures. It was submitted that respondent no. 1 had information in his possession of undisclosed assets / documents which represented income or property which has not been or would not be disclosed by petitioners under normal circumstances. There was also reason to believe that petitioners were in possession of documents relating to such undisclosed income, which would not be produced if called for under relevant provisions of the Act. Proper inquiries were made and the relevant material placed on record to give rise to reasons for such belief. It was also stated that authorised officers have not seized the entire cash and jewellery found at various premises but have seized only a part, which remained unexplained by petitioners at the relevant time or in respect of which explanation was not to the satisfaction of the authorised officers. If a bonafide belief was formed on the basis of material available on record which was the case, it is not open to petitioners to challenge the same by way of plea of lack of alternate remedy against such action by respondent no. 1.

It was also submitted by revenue that there was credible basis to believe that petitioners were in possession of assets / documents which were not disclosed or which would not be disclosed. It was stated that there were proper enquiries and application of mind by four different Statutory Authorities. The reasons for authorizing action under Section 132 of the Act are duly recorded in a Satisfaction Note which shows due application of mind by various statutory authorities. All the procedures and safeguards provided in the Act were duly followed and the search has been carried out within the framework of Section 132 of the Act.

As regards making available the details of the information received and the satisfaction note, the Learned ASG and later department counsel both strongly opposed disclosing / making available copies thereof and for that relied upon the decision of the Apex Court in Principal Director of Income-tax (Investigation) vs. Laljibhai Kanjibhai Mandalia [2022] 140 taxmann.com 282/446 ITR 18/288 Taxman 361 (SC). The Learned ASG further submitted that it is settled law that copy of the material leading to the search should not be made available to assessee. It was also submitted that in view of the explanation inserted in Section 132(1) by the Finance Act 2017 with retrospective effect from 1st April, 1962, the reason to believe as recorded by the Income Tax authorities under Section 132(1) shall not be disclosed to any person or any authority or the Appellate Tribunal.

It was also submitted by the Learned ASG that the court may examine the information / documents based on which the authorisations of search and seizure were issued and decide the matter within the principles elaborated in paragraph 33 of Laljibhai Kanjibhai Mandalia (supra).

It was further submitted that the reason behind insertion of the Explanation is to remove the ambiguity created by judicial decisions regarding disclosure of reasons recorded to any person or to any authority.

The Petitioner relied upon the decision of the Apex Court in the matter of ITO vs. Seth Brothers (1969) 74 ITR 836 and Pooran Mal vs.Director of Inspection (Investigation)(1974) 93 ITR 505, and submitted that the court has opined that the necessity of recording of reasons was to ensure accountability and responsibility in the decision-making process. The necessity of recording of reasons also acts as a cushion in the event of a legal challenge being made to the satisfaction reached. At the same time, it would not confer in the assessee a right of inspection of the documents or to a communication of the reasons for the belief at the stage of issuing of the authorisation as it would be counterproductive of the entire exercise contemplated by Section 132 of the Act. At the same time, it is only at the stage of commencement of the assessment proceedings after completion of the search and seizure, if any, that the requisite material may have to be disclosed to the assessee. It was submitted that since the assessment proceedings were commenced, the time is now ripe to disclose the requisite material to petitioners.

The Honourable court noted that a similar matter came up for consideration before the Division Bench of this Court (Nagpur bench) in the case of Balkrushna Gopalrao Buty & Ors. vs. The Principal Director (Investigation), Nagpur & Ors. Judgment dated 23rd April, 2024 in Writ Petition No.1729 of 2024. In that case also, assessee was questioning the search and seizure carried out in his premises pursuant to the provisions of Section 132 of the Act. Assessee has also submitted that a search and seizure has necessarily to be in consequence of some information in possession of the Authority, which provides him a reason to believe that any of the actions, as indicated in Section 132(1)(a) to (c) of the said Act, are likely to occur, which would be the only grounds on which the search and seizure could be made under Section 132 of the said Act. It was assessee’s case therein that the seizure was based on certain transactions which were all disclosed in the returns filed and, therefore, there was no material which would entitle the revenue to conduct the search and seizure in terms of the language and requirement of Section 132 of the said Act. The court analysed Section 132 of the Act and decided not to disclose the reasons recorded in the file for the sake of maintaining secrecy but expressed its view on the satisfaction note. The satisfaction note and the information was made available only to the court for consideration and upon its consideration, the court concluded that the requirement of Section 132(1) of the Act was not satisfied. The Court also held that the department cannot rely upon what was unearthed on account of opening of the lockers of petitioners, as the information and reason to believe as contemplated under Section 132(1) of the Act must be prior to such seizure.

The Honourable court noted that the same approach would be adopted in present matter. The court further relied on the decision in case of Director General of Income Tax (Investigation), Pune vs. Spacewood Furnishers Private Limited (2015) 12 SCC 179.

The Honourable Court noted that as per Section 132(1) of the Act, the Authority must have information in his possession on the basis of which a reasonable belief can be founded that, the person concerned has omitted or failed to produce the books of accounts or other documents for production of which summons or notice has been issued, or such person will not produce such books of accounts or other documents even if summons of notice is issued to him, or such person is in possession of any money, bullion or other valuable articles which represents either wholly or partly income or property which has not been or would not be disclosed, is the foundation to exercise the power under Section 132 of the said Act. The Apex Court in Laljibhai Kanjibhai Mandalia (supra)and in Spacewood Furnishers Pvt Ltd. (supra) has specifically held that such reasons may have to be placed before the High Court in the event of a challenge to formation of the belief of the Competent Authority in which event the Court would be entitled to examine the reasons for formation of the belief, though not the sufficiency or adequacy thereof.

The Honourable Court noted that no notice or summons have been issued to petitioners calling for any information from them at any point of time earlier to the action under Section 132(1) of the Act to give rise to an apprehension of non-compliance by petitioners justifying action under Section 132(1) of the Act. Therefore, no reasonable belief can be formed that the person concerned has omitted or failed to produce books of accounts or other documents for production of which summons or notice had been issued, or that such person will not produce such books of accounts or other documents even if summons or notice is issued to him.

The Honourable Court agreed with the view expressed in Balkrushma Gopalrao Buty (supra) that respondents cannot rely upon what has been unearthed pursuant to the search and seizure action as the information giving a reason to believe as contemplated under Section 132(1) of the said Act must be prior to such seizure.

The Honourable Court read the contents of the file of the department given to court in a sealed envelope by counsel for respondents. Having considered the contents thereof, the court opined that it does not disclose any information which would lead the Authorities to have a reason to believe that any of the contingencies as contemplated by Section 132(1)(a) to (c) of the said Act are satisfied. The reasons recorded only indicate a mere pretence. The material considered is irrelevant and unrelated. For the sake of maintaining confidentiality, the Court did not discuss the reasons recorded in the file, except that the information noted therein is extremely general in nature. The Honourable Court further noted that the reasons forming part of the satisfaction note have to satisfy the judicial conscience. The satisfaction note does not indicate at all the process of formation of reasonable belief. The Honourable Court noted that it has not questioned the adequacy or sufficiency of the information. That apart, the note also does not contain anything altogether regarding any reason to believe, on account of which there is total non-compliance with the requirements as contemplated by Section 132(1) of the said Act which vitiates the search and seizure. It does not fulfil the jurisdictional pre-conditions specified in Section 132 of the Act.

Hence, the action of respondents taken under Section 132(1) of the Act was quashed and set aside. The Honourable Court further observed that even though the search is held to be invalid, the information or material gathered during the course thereof may be relied upon by revenue for making adjustment to the Assessee’s income in an appropriate proceeding.

NFRA Digest

(Editorial Note: Given the increasingly important role played by NFRA in the context of auditing, BCA Journal, will be continuing with reporting on NFRA developments. This new feature titled NFRA DIGEST will cover orders, reports, circulars, notifications, rules, inspection reports, discussion papers, etc. BCAJ seeks to bring to light some of the important changes affecting the profession of audit with a view that members and readers can learn from these developments. The aim is to enable members to improve their audit processes and reduce their audit risk by improving quality and governance frameworks mandated by applicable standards and regulatory expectations. In this context, we are pleased to bring this new feature NFRA Digest to our readers, covering NFRA updates. This is another in a row and will cover the circulars issued by NFRA to date and NFRA orders post-December 2023)

BACKGROUND ABOUT NFRA ORDERS/CIRCULARS:

The National Financial Reporting Authority (“NFRA”) was constituted on 1st October, 2018, by the Government of India under section 132(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the 2013 Act”). Since its inception, the NFRA has issued 67 orders till today highlighting significant deficiencies in the audit process, reporting by the auditors and other matters in relation to the audit of listed entities.

Our previous issues have covered, in detail, the structure of NRFA Orders and Powers of NFRA under Section 132(4)(c) of the 2013 Act with respect to the imposition of monetary penalties and debarment of the member or/and firm, where the professional or other misconduct is proved, key learnings from NFRA orders issued till 31st December, 2023.

In addition to these orders, the NFRA has also issued certain circulars on specific matters based on its findings during the proceedings or on its regular reviews. The NFRA has also issued an order highlighting significant deficiencies in an engagement other than audit engagements.

NFRA CIRCULARS

As per Sub-section 2(b) of section 132 of the Companies Act 2013 read with rule 4(2)(c) of the NFRA Rules 2018, the NFRA is mandated to monitor and enforce compliance with accounting and auditing standards. Further, NFRA is required by sub-section 2(d) of section 132 of the Act read with rule 4(2) of NFRA Rules, to perform such other functions and duties as may be necessary or incidental to the aforesaid functions and duties. NFRA monitors compliance with accounting standards by the companies as part of its review of published financial statements.

Based on these reviews, since inception, the NFRA has issued circulars on three important topics:

Topics Non-accrual of interest on borrowings
Date and Applicability of circular 20th October, 2022

 

Applicability:

 

(a) All Listed companies (b) Unlisted companies specified in Rule 3 of NFRA Rules 2018 (c) Auditors of these companies

Summary of NFRA circular Issue highlighted:

 

•   The company had been classified as Non-Performing Asset (NPA) by the lender banks and was negotiating one-time settlements with the banks. The company had discontinued accrual/recognition of interest expense on these borrowings.

•   The company’s discontinuation of the recognition of accrual of interest while calculating the amortised cost of the borrowings was in violation of Effective Interest Method and Effective Interest Rate (EIR) principles.

•   The Statutory Auditors failed to identify and question the company on this change in accounting treatment and report on non-compliance with Ind AS.

Requirement as per Ind-AS:

 

•   As per para B3.3.1, a financial liability is extinguished only when the borrower is legally released from primary responsibility for the liability (or part of it) either by the process of law or by the creditor.

•   In the present case, the bank had not released the company from the liability of the borrowings as well the interest. The discontinuation of interest expense recognition on financial liability solely based on the Non-accrual of interest on borrowings borrowing company’s expectation of loan/interest waiver/concession without evidence of the legally enforceable contractual documents is non-compliance with Ind-AS.  Hence, the company should have continued the accrual/recognition of interest expenses.

Direction by NFRA:

•   All the companies required to follows Ind-AS and their audit committee are advised not to discontinue the recognition of principal and interest based on management expectation of likely settlement with or without concession from the banks. The auditors are required to ensure strict compliance with this circular.

Topics Accounting policies for Revenue from Contract with Customers and Trade Receivables
Date and Applicability of circular 29th March, 2023

 

Applicability:

 

(a) All Listed companies (b) Unlisted companies specified in Rule 3 of NFRA Rules 2018 (c) Auditors of these companies

Summary of NFRA circular Issue highlighted:

•   Revenue recognition: In many companies, it has been noticed that the significant accounting policies disclosed wrongly state that revenue is recognised and measured at fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

 

•   Trade Receivables: In many companies it has been noticed that their accounting policy, either stating separately or as part of the policy for financial assets including trade receivables, wrongly stating that the trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value.

 

Requirement as per Ind-AS:

 

•   Revenue recognition: As per para 46 of Ind AS 115, Revenue from contracts with customers requires that the entity shall recognise as revenue the amount of transaction price, excluding the estimates of variable consideration that is allocated to that performance obligation. Under Ind AS 115, the application of fair value is relevant only in a limited set of situations like fair value of consideration in form of other than cash.

•   Trade Receivables: As per para 5.1.3 of Ind AS 109, the financial assets in the form of trade receivables, shall be initially measured at their transaction price unless those contain a significant financing component determined in accordance with Ind AS 115.

 

Direction by NFRA:

•   The illustrative examples of correct accounting policies with respect to revenue recognition and trade receivables are mentioned in the circular.

•   All the listed companies and other entities falling with the domain of NFRA which are required to follow Ind-AS are hereby advised to comply with Ind AS 115 and Ind AS 109, as discussed above. The auditors of these companies are required to ensure strict compliance, in the performance of their audits, with the provision of the Ind ASs as brought out above.

Topics Fraud Reporting- Statutory Auditors’ responsibilities
Date and Applicability of circular 26th June, 2023

 

Applicability:

 

(a) Auditors of entities regulated by NFRA

Summary of NFRA circular Issue highlighted:

 

•    NFRA has noticed that auditors are not fulfilling their statutory responsibilities relating to reporting fraud as mandated under the Companies Act 2013 read with relevant rules and applicable Standards on Auditing (SAs).

 

•    The Hon’ble Supreme Court of India in a recent judgement has held that the consequence of section 140(5) will be applicable also to those auditors who resign from their audit engagements without reporting fraud/suspected fraud.

 

Requirement under different provisions:

 

•    Section 143(12) of CA 2013 and related rules lays down certain reporting responsibilities on the auditor in relation to fraud. Rule 13 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules 2014, prescribes detailed steps that need to be followed by auditors in relation to reporting of fraud.

 

•    SA 240- The Auditor’s Responsibilities Relating to Fraud in an Audit of Financial Statements elaborately deals with the auditors’ responsibilities relating to fraud in an audit of financial statements. The guidance in SA 240 also details the communication to the management, TCWG and Regulatory & Enforcement authorities regarding reporting of fraud/suspected fraud.

 

Direction by NFRA:

 

•    The Statutory Auditors is duty bound to submit Form ADT-4 to the Central Government u/s 143(12) even in cases where the Statutory Auditors is not the first person to identify the fraud/suspected fraud.

•    Resignations does not absolve the Auditor of his responsibilities to report suspected fraud or fraud as mandated by law.

NFRA ORDERS:

A) On Statutory Audit Engagements: The observations summarised below relates to the orders issued by NFRA during the period from 01st January, 2024 to 30th April, 2024. Further, the issues covered in this publication represent additional/new observations other than those covered in the previous issues.

1. Despite of giving multiple communications by NFRA to submit the audit files through speed-post, e-mail communications and letters, EP did not respond. (Order No. 002/2024 dated 5th January, 2024)

2. Failure to evaluate the management’s assessment of the entity’s ability to continue as a Going concern despite the presence of significant indicators like defaults in repayment of Cash credit facilities and term loans, uncertainties relating to recoverability of trade receivables, continuing and increasing losses, negative operating cash flows, long delay in completion of many projects etc. (Order No. 003/2024 dated
08th January, 2024)

3. Failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence relating to revenue recognition and failure to evaluate the risk of fraud in revenue recognition. (Order No. 003/2024 dated 08th January, 2024)

4. Failure to perform physical verification or any alternate audit procedures to determine the existence and condition of inventory and also to modify his audit opinion with respect to inventory. (Order No. 003/2024 dated 08th January, 2024)

5. Failure to determine Materiality for the financial as a whole while establishing the audit strategy and to determine performance materiality for the purpose of assessing the risk of material misstatements and determining the timing, nature and extent of further audit procedures. (Order No. 003/2024 dated
08th January, 2024)

6. Failure to communicate in writing significant deficiencies in internal control with TCWG and with management on a timely basis. (Order No. 003/2024 dated 08th January, 2024)

7. Recognition of interest cost on borrowing rate at a rate lower than loan agreement for FY 2014–15 & 2015-16, disclosing balance interest liability as a contingent liability and non-recognition of interest at all for FY 2016–17 due to ongoing negotiations for restructuring of NPA accounts resulting into understatement of losses. (Order No. 005/2024 dated 22nd February, 2024)

8. Failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence for the verification of revenue. (Order No. 005/2024 dated 22nd February, 2024)

9. False reporting in CARO with respect to loans given to related parties. (Order No. 005/2024 dated 22nd February, 2024)

10. Violation of the Responsibilities as Joint Auditor. (Order No. 008/2024 dated 12th April, 2024)

11. Indulged in self-review by preparing material information for the financial statements of the Company, which subsequently became the subject matter of audit opinion, and this violated the Code of Ethics and Standards on Auditing. (Order No. 008/2024 dated 12th April, 2024)

12. Failure to analyse the contradictory evidence. (Order No. 008/2024 dated 12th April, 2024)

13. Failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the reasonability of estimate of Expected Credit Loss (ECL) on Financial Assets. (Order No. 008/2024 dated 12th April, 2024)

14. Acceptance of Audit Engagement before receipt of NOC from predecessor auditor (Order No. 012/2024 dated 26th April, 2024)

15. Not obtaining sufficient appropriate audit evidence of significant matters (fraud reported by previous auditors as the reason for resignation) reported by the previous auditor before acceptance of engagement and also during the course of audit and reporting.

B) On Other Engagements:

Date of order 3rd January, 2024
Nature of Engagement Reports u/s 80 JJAA of the Income Tax Act, 1961
Observations by NFRA

In the order, NFRA highlighted following significant deficiencies in the Form 10DA issued u/s 80JJAA of the Income-tax Act, 1961:

a. Failure to verify reorganization of business with various parties

 

b.   Failure to exclude employees whose contribution was paid by the Government

c.   Lapses in reporting additional employees

d.   Failure to verify payment of additional employee cost by account payee cheque/draft/electronic means

e.   Failure to verify the salary limit of ₹25,000 per month for new employees

Based on the above, NFRA concluded that the
concerned CA has failed to exercise due diligence in the conduct of professional duties and has also failed to obtain sufficient information which is necessary for the expression of an opinion, or its exceptions are sufficiently material to negate the expression of an opinion.

Key Takeaways

The implementation of these circulars issued by NFRA on various matters will be reviewed for scrutiny by them in subsequent inspections of the entities or audit firms. Therefore, it is imperative that the audit firms should create adequate documentation in respect of their audit procedures and diligence applied to ensure compliance of the same either by an entity or themselves.

The NFRA’s recent action on certification engagement of listed entities carried out by CA firms is also one of its kind. The CAs in practice and specially engaged by listed entities for statutory audit or other engagements should exercise a greater degree of professional scepticism.

“It’s good to learn from your mistakes. It’s better to learn from other people’s mistakes.” Warren Buffett

Financial Reporting Dossier

A. KEY GLOBAL UPDATES

1. IASB: COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF ACCOUNTING FOR INTANGIBLES

  • On 23rd April 2024, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) announced that it will comprehensively review the accounting requirements for intangibles.
  • This review is mainly based on concerns raised relating to all aspects of IAS 38 Intangible Assets, including its scope, its recognition and measurement requirements (including the difference in the accounting for acquired and internally generated intangible assets), and the adequacy of the information companies are required to disclose about intangible assets.
  • The project will assess whether the requirements of IAS 38 remain relevant and continue to fairly reflect current business models or whether the IASB should improve the requirements.

2. IASB: AMENDMENTS FOR RENEWABLE ELECTRICITY CONTRACTS

  • On 8th May 2024, the International Accounting Standards Board published an Exposure Draft proposing narrow-scope amendments to ensure that financial statements more faithfully reflect the effects that renewable electricity contracts have on a company. The proposals amend IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures. The IASB’s swift action responds to the rapidly growing global market for these contracts.
  • Renewable electricity contracts aim to secure the stability of and access to renewable electricity sources. However, renewable electricity markets have unique characteristics. Renewable electricity sources depend on nature and its supply cannot be guaranteed. The contracts often require buyers to take and pay for whatever amount of electricity is produced, even if that amount does not match the buyer’s needs at the time of production. These distinct market characteristics have created accounting challenges in applying the current accounting requirements, especially for long-term contracts.
  • To address these challenges, the IASB is proposing some targeted changes to the accounting for contracts with specified characteristics. The proposals would:
  • address how the ‘own-use’ requirements would apply;
  • permit hedge accounting if these contracts are used as hedging instruments; and
  • add disclosure requirements to enable investors to understand the effects of these contracts on a company’s financial performance and future cash flows.

3. IASB: IFRS 18- AID INVESTOR ANALYSIS OF COMPANIES’ FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE:

  • On 9th April 2024, the International Accounting Standards Board completed its work to improve the usefulness of information presented and disclosed in financial statements. IFRS 18 introduces three sets of new requirements to improve companies’ reporting of financial performance and give investors a better basis for analysing and comparing companies:
  • Improved comparability in the statement of profit or loss (income statement): Currently there is no specified structure for the income statement. IFRS 18 introduces three defined categories for income and expenses—operating, investing and financing to improve the structure of the income statement, and requires all companies to provide new defined subtotals, including operating profit. The improved structure and new subtotals will give investors a consistent starting point for analysing companies’ performance and make it easier to compare companies.
  • Enhanced transparency of management-defined performance measures: Many companies provide company-specific measures, often referred to as alternative performance measures. However, most companies don’t currently provide enough information to enable investors to understand how these measures are calculated and how they relate to the required measures in the income statement.

IFRS 18 therefore requires companies to disclose explanations of those company-specific measures that are related to the income statement, referred to as management-defined performance measures. The new requirements will improve the discipline and transparency of management-defined performance measures and make them subject to audit.

  • More useful grouping of information in the financial statements: Investor analysis of companies’ performance is hampered if the information provided by companies is too summarised or too detailed. IFRS 18 sets out enhanced guidance on how to organise information and whether to provide it in the primary financial statements or in the notes. The changes are expected to provide more detailed and useful information. IFRS 18 also requires companies to provide more transparency about operating expenses, helping investors to find and understand the information they need.

4. FASB: ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE RELATED TO PROFIT INTEREST AWARDS

  • On 21st March 2024, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) published an Accounting standard update that improves generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) by adding illustrative guidance to help entities determine whether profits interest and similar awards should be accounted for as share-based payment arrangements within the scope of ASC 718, Compensation–Stock Compensation.
  • Certain entities, typically private companies, provide employees and other non-employees with profits interest and similar awards to align compensation with the company’s operating performance and provide those holders with the opportunity to participate in future profits and/or equity appreciation of the company. The Private Company Council and other stakeholders noted the diversity in practice in accounting for these awards as share-based payment arrangements.
  • The amendment will apply to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in the grantor’s own operations or provides consideration payable to a customer by either of the following:

a. Issuing (or offering to issue) its shares, share options, or other equity instruments to an employee or a non-employee.

b. Incurring liabilities to an employee or a non-employee that meet either of the following conditions:

1. The amounts are based, at least in part, on the price of the entity’s shares or other equity instruments. (The phrase at least in part is used because an award of share-based compensation may be indexed to both the price of an entity’s shares and something else that is neither the price of the entity’s shares nor a market, performance, or service condition.)

2. The awards require or may require settlement by issuing the entity’s equity shares or other equity instruments.

5. FRC: REVISIONS TO UK & IRELAND ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

  • On 27th March 2024, the Financial Reporting Council issued comprehensive improvements to financial reporting standards applicable in the UK and the Republic of Ireland.
  • The amendments are designed to enhance the quality of UK financial reporting and help support the access to capital and growth of the businesses applying them. The most significant changes apply to leases and revenue recognition to align with recent changes to international financial reporting standards. The changes will provide better information to users of financial statements including current and potential investors and lenders. In response to stakeholder feedback, the FRC has made improvements to the proposals for lease accounting and revised the recognition exemption for leases of low-value assets to clarify that the focus is to ensure that the most significant leases are recognised in the balance sheet.
  • Whilst there will be some implementation costs, the FRC has been mindful of the need for changes to be proportionate and to remove any unnecessary reporting burdens. During the extensive stakeholder engagement period many stakeholders, including those representing preparers, generally supported the updates to the accounting model for revenue recognition.

6. PCAOB: STANDARDIZING DISCLOSURE OF FIRM AND ENGAGEMENT METRICS

  • On 9th April 2024, the PCAOB issued a proposal regarding public reporting of standardized firm and engagement metrics and a separate proposal regarding the PCAOB framework for collecting information from audit firms.
  • It would require PCAOB-registered public accounting firms that audit one or more issuers that qualify as an accelerated filer or large accelerated filer to publicly report specified metrics relating to such audits and their audit practice.
  • The proposal sets out standardized firm- and engagement-level metrics that PCAOB believes would create a useful dataset available to investors and other stakeholders for analysis and comparison. The proposed metrics cover (1) partner and manager involvement, (2) workload, (3) audit resources (4) experience of audit personnel, (5) industry experience of audit personnel, (6) retention and tenure, (7) audit hours and risk areas (engagement-level only), (8) allocation of audit hours, (9) quality performance ratings and compensation (firm-level only), (10) audit firms’ internal monitoring, and (11) restatement history (firm-level only).

7. IESBA: FIRST GLOBAL ETHICS STANDARDS ON TAX PLANNING

  • On 15th April 2024, the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA) launched the first comprehensive suite of global standards on ethical considerations in tax planning and related services, incorporated in the IESBA Code of Ethics.
  • The standards establish a clear framework of expected behaviours and ethics provisions for use by all professional accountants and respond to public interest concerns about tax avoidance and the role played by consultants in light of revelations in recent years such as the Paradise and Pandora Papers.
  • These standards are especially relevant in the context of rising public scrutiny of tax avoidance schemes which can harm companies’ credibility and corporate reputation, as well as risking litigation and harming the public interest. Responding to increased public interest concerns, the fundamental goal of these standards is to ensure an ethical, credible basis for advising on tax planning arrangements, thereby restoring public and institutional trust on a topic that is core to the social contract between corporations and the market which supports them.

B. GLOBAL REGULATORS— ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS AND INSPECTION REPORTS

I. THE FINANCIAL REPORTING COUNCIL, UK

a) Sanctions against Grant Thornton UK LLP (8th April 2024)

  • The FRC’s Enforcement Committee (Committee) has found that Grant Thornton UK LLP failed to comply with the Regulatory Framework for Auditing in its audit of a local authority’s pension fund for the year ended 31st March 2021.
  • The Committee found failures in the reviewed audit, which it considered represented a significant departure from the standards expected of a Registered Auditor and had the potential to affect the public, employees, pensioners or creditors. These included two uncorrected material errors which appeared in the version of the pension fund’s audited financial statements that were included in the local authority’s annual report (these errors did not appear in the pension fund’s own financial statements) and insufficient audit evidence obtained that the value of investments was materially accurate.
  • The Committee considered that it is necessary to impose a Sanction to ensure that Grant Thornton UK LLP’s Local Audit Functions are undertaken, supervised and managed effectively.
  • The Committee issued a Notice of Proposed Sanction proposing a Regulatory Penalty of £50,000, adjusted by a discount of 20 per cent for co-operation and other mitigating factors to £40,000. The Sanction has been accepted by Grant Thornton UK LLP.

II. THE PUBLIC COMPANY ACCOUNTING OVERSIGHT BOARD (PCAOB)

a) Sanctions against Deloitte Indonesia, Deloitte Philippines & KPMG Netherlands (10th April 2024)

  • The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) announced five settled disciplinary orders sanctioning Imelda & Raken (“Deloitte Indonesia”), Navarro Amper & Co. (“Deloitte Philippines”), the latter’s former National Professional Practice Director, Wilfredo Baltazar (“Baltazar”), KPMG Accountants N.V. (“KPMG Netherlands) and its former head of Assurance, Marc Hogeboom for violations of PCAOB rules and quality control standards relating to the firms’ internal training programs and monitoring of their systems of quality control.
  • At all the firms, quality control deficiencies resulted in widespread answer sharing on internal training tests.
  • The audit partners and other personnel were engaged in widespread answer sharing — either by providing answers or using answers – or received answers without reporting such sharing in connection with tests for mandatory firm training courses.
  • On at least six occasions, the third-party vendor, in his capacity as the partner responsible for e-learning compliance, shared answers to training assessments with other audit partners at the firm.
  • The sanctions are as follows:
  • Deloitte Philippines: $1 Million civil penalty
  • Deloitte Indonesia: $1 Million civil penalty
  • Wilfredo Baltazar: $10,000 civil money penalty
  • KPMG Netherlands: $25 Million civil penalty
  • Marc Hogeboom: $1,50,000 civil money penalty and a permanent bar

b) Sanctions against Singapore firm for Quality Control Violations (9th April 2024)

  • The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) announced a settled disciplinary order sanctioning Singapore-based audit firm Pan-China Singapore PAC (“the firm”) for violations of PCAOB rules and quality control standards.
  • The PCAOB found that the system of quality control at the firm failed to provide reasonable assurance that it:

1. Used an audit methodology, guidance materials, and practice aids designed to comply with PCAOB auditing standards and other regulatory requirements;

2. Ensured that staff participated in relevant training;

3. Met requirements with respect to audit documentation;

4. Made all required communications to issuer audit committees; and

5. Timely and accurately filed Form APs.

  • The sanction: $75,000 civil money penalty on the firm and requiring the firm to conduct training for all audit staff.

c) Sanctions against three partners of KPMG China for violations of Audit Standards (20th March 2024)

  • The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) today announced a settled disciplinary order sanctioning CHOI Chung Chuen (“Choi”), MA Hong Chao (“Ma”), and DONG Chang Ling (“Dong”) (collectively, “Respondents”), partners of mainland China-based KPMG Huazhen LLP (the “Firm”), for violations of PCAOB standards.
  • The PCAOB found that each of the Respondents violated PCAOB standards in connection with the Firm’s audit of the 2017 financial statements of Tarena International, Inc., a mainland China-based education service provider listed in the United States. In 2019, Tarena restated its 2017 financial statements for, among other things, intentional revenue inflation and improper charges against accounts receivable.
  • Specifically, the PCAOB found that Choi and Ma, the engagement partner and a second partner on the 2017 audit, respectively, failed to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to support Tarena’s reported revenue. In evaluating Tarena’s revenue, Choi and Ma planned to rely on the company’s internal controls, including information technology-related controls (“IT Controls”). However, after learning of numerous unremediated deficiencies in Tarena’s IT Controls, Choi and Ma improperly continued to rely on those controls to support their audit conclusions as if those controls were effective.

 

  • Sanctions are as follows:

a. Imposes civil money penalties in the amounts of $75,000 on Choi, $50,000 on Ma, and $25,000 on Dong;

b. Bars Choi and Ma from being associated persons of a registered public accounting firm with a right to petition the Board for consent to associate with a registered public accounting firm after one year;

c. Limits Dong from acting in certain roles on issuer audits for a one-year period;

d. Requires that Choi and Ma each complete continuing professional education before filing any petition for Board consent to associate with a registered public accounting firm; and

e. Requires that Dong complete additional continuing professional education over the next year.

d) Deficiencies in Firm Inspection Reports:

  • Centurion ZD CPA & Co. (29th March 2024)

Deficiency: In an inspection carried out by PCAOB it has identified deficiencies in the financial statement and ICFR audits related to Revenue, Related Party Transactions, a Significant Account, the Financial Reporting Process and Journal Entries, and Information Technology General Controls (ITGCs).

a. Revenue: The firm did not identify and test any controls that address whether the relevant revenue recognition criteria were met prior to recognizing revenue.

b. Related Party Transactions: The firm did not identify and test any controls over the issuer’s (1) identification of related parties and relationships and (2) accounting for, and disclosure of, related party transactions.

c. Significant Account: The issuer engaged an external specialist to develop an estimate related to this significant account. The firm did not identify and test any controls over the assumptions used by the company’s specialist. The firm’s approach for substantively testing this estimate was to test the issuer’s process, and the firm engaged another external specialist to perform a review of the company’s specialist’s report.

d. Financial Reporting Process and Journal Entries: The firm did not identify and test any controls over journal entries and other adjustments made in the period-end financial reporting process. In addition, the firm did not perform any substantive procedures to examine material adjustments made while preparing the financial statements.

• Salles Sainz- Grant Thornton, S.C.

(29th March 2024)

Deficiency: In an inspection carried out by PCAOB it has identified deficiencies in financial statement audit related to Intangible Assets, Long-Lived Assets, and Right of Use Assets.

a. Intangible Assets: The issuer determined that it had a single cash-generating unit (“CGU”) for purposes of evaluating intangible and long-lived assets for possible impairment and used a discounted cash flow method to determine the recoverable amount of this CGU in its annual impairment analysis. The firm’s approach for substantively testing the impairment of an intangible asset was to review and test the issuer’s process.

They did not sufficiently evaluate whether the method the issuer used to determine the recoverable amount of the CGU was in conformity with the applicable financial reporting framework and standards. Also, they did not perform any procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of certain significant assumptions used by the issuer to determine the recoverable amount of the CGU.

b. Long-Lived Assets and Right of Use Assets: The firm did not perform procedures to evaluate whether there were indicators of potential impairment for certain long-lived assets and right-of-use assets beyond reading the issuer’s impairment policy.

III. THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE COMMISSION (SEC)

  • Sanctions Audit firm BF Borgers and its owner with massive fraud affecting more than 1,500 SEC filings (3rd May 2024)

The Securities and Exchange Commission today charged audit firm BF Borgers CPA PC and its owner, Benjamin F. Borgers (together, “Respondents”), with deliberate and systemic failures to comply with Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) standards in its audits and reviews incorporated in more than 1,500 SEC filings from January 2021 through June 2023. The SEC also charged the Respondents with falsely representing to their clients that the firm’s work would comply with PCAOB standards; fabricating audit documentation to make it appear that the firm’s work did comply with PCAOB standards; and falsely stating in audit reports included in more than 500 public company SEC filings that the firm’s audits complied with PCAOB standards.

They failed to adequately supervise and review the work of the team performing the audits and reviews; did not properly prepare and maintain audit documentation, known as “work papers;” and failed to obtain engagement quality reviews, without which an audit firm may not issue an audit report.

The SEC’s order further finds that, at Benjamin Borgers’s direction, BF Borger’s staff copied work papers from previous engagements for their clients, changing only the relevant dates, and then passed them off as work papers for the current audit period. As a result, the order finds, BF Borgers’s work papers falsely documented work that had not been performed. Among other things, the work papers regularly documented purported planning meetings — required to discuss a client’s business and consider any potential risk areas — that never occurred and falsely represented that both Benjamin Borgers, as the
partner in charge of the engagement, and an engagement quality reviewer had reviewed and approved the work.

  • Charges against record keeping and other failures (3rd April 2024)

The Securities and Exchange Commission today announced charges against registered investment adviser Senvest Management LLC for widespread and longstanding failures to maintain and preserve certain electronic communications. The SEC also charged Senvest with failing to enforce its code of ethics.

Senvest employees at various levels of authority communicated about company business internally and externally using personal texting platforms and other non-Senvest messaging applications in violation of the firm’s policies and procedures. Senvest also failed to maintain or preserve the off-channel communications as required under the federal securities laws and the firm’s policies and procedures. In one instance, three senior employees engaged in off-channel communications on personal devices that were set to automatically delete messages after 30 days. Additionally, the order finds that certain Senvest employees failed to adhere to provisions of the firm’s code of ethics requiring them to obtain pre-clearance for all securities transactions in their personal accounts.

  • False and misleading statements about their use of Artificial Intelligence (18th March 2024)

The Securities and Exchange Commission announced settled charges against two investment advisers, Delphia (USA) Inc. and Global Predictions Inc., for making false and misleading statements about their purported use of artificial intelligence (AI). The firms agreed to settle the SEC’s charges and pay $400,000 in total civil penalties.

According to the SEC’s order against Delphia, from 2019 to 2023, the Toronto-based firm made false and misleading statements in its SEC filings, in a press release, and on its website regarding its purported use of AI and machine learning that incorporated client data in its investment process. For example, according to the order, Delphia claimed that it “put[s] collective data to work to make our artificial intelligence smarter so it can predict which companies and trends are about to make it big and invest in them before everyone else.” The order finds that these statements were false and misleading because Delphia did not in fact have the AI and machine learning capabilities that it claimed. The firm was also charged with violating the Marketing Rule, which, among other things, prohibits a registered investment adviser from disseminating any advertisement that includes any untrue statement of material fact.

The SEC’s Office of Investor Education and Advocacy has issued an Investor Alert about artificial intelligence and investment fraud.

Section 151, r.w.s 147 and 148 of the Act — Reopening of assessment — Beyond three years — Sanction for issue of notice — Appropriate authority for issuance of notice under Sections 148 and 148A(b) should have been either Principal Chief Commissioner or Principal Director General, or in their absence, Chief Commissioner or Director General – Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, do not fall within specified authorities outlined in Section 151.

6 Ashok Kumar Makhija vs. Union of India

WP (C) NO. 16680 OF 2022

A.Y.: 2017–18

Dated: 7th May, 2024, (Delhi) (HC)

Section 151, r.w.s 147 and 148 of the Act — Reopening of assessment — Beyond three years — Sanction for issue of notice — Appropriate authority for issuance of notice under Sections 148 and 148A(b) should have been either Principal Chief Commissioner or Principal Director General, or in their absence, Chief Commissioner or Director General – Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, do not fall within specified authorities outlined in Section 151.

The petitioner is engaged in the business of wholesale trading of pan masala and beetle nut (supari) through his proprietorship concerns namely, M/s Neelkanth Trades and M/s Prem Supari Bhandar. On 28th March, 2017, he was served with a summon under Section 131(1A) of the Act, seeking verification of cash deposits made by him in his bank account during the period of demonetisation, i.e., 8th November, 2016 to 31st December, 2016.

Accordingly, on 14th October, 2017, ITR was filed by the petitioner for A.Y. 2017–18, declaring a total income of ₹1,70,43,590. The said ITR was subjected to scrutiny assessment on the issues of capital gains / loss on sale of property and cash deposits made during the demonetisation period.

The petitioner claimed that the said cash deposit in his bank account represents the sale proceeds of the business. While issuing notice dated 20th November, 2019 under Section 133(6) of the Act, the Revenue sought confirmation from M/s Mahalaxmi Devi Flavours Pvt. Ltd., from whom the petitioner claimed to have made the purchases. Consequently, on 28th December, 2019, an assessment order under Section 143(3) of the Act came to be passed accepting the aforesaid ITR.

On 8th April, 2021, a notice under Section 148 of the Act was issued, reopening the assessment of the petitioner for A.Y. 2017–18 on the grounds that the income of the petitioner which was chargeable to tax had escaped assessment. However, the said notice was quashed following the decision rendered by in the case of Man Mohan Kohli vs. ACIT 2021 SCC OnLine Del 5250, which inter alia declared that all notices issued under Section 148 of the Act after 1st April, 2021 under the erstwhile law (un-amended provision of Section 148 of the Act) could not have been issued.

In the meantime, the Supreme Court in the case of Union of India vs. Ashish Agarwal 2022 SCC OnLine SC 543 rendered a decision declaring that notices issued under Section 148 of the Act between 1st April, 2021 to 30th June, 2021, under the old provisions shall be treated as notices under Section 148A(b) of the Act, and the same shall be dealt with in the light of the directions contained in the aforesaid decision.

Thereafter, the Revenue issued the impugned notice dated 26th May, 2022, under Section 148A(b) of the Act and initiated reassessment proceedings by supplying the petitioner with the information in its possession, i.e., an exponential increase in the sales turnover of the petitioner during A.Y. 2017–18, alleging that the same has escaped assessment. Consequently, the impugned order under Section 148A(d) dated 30th July, 2022 was passed by the Revenue.

The petitioner submitted that the reassessment proceedings for A.Y. 2017–18 are after a lapse of more than three years, the appropriate authority for issuance of the notice under Sections 148 and 148A(b) of the Act should have been either the Principal Chief Commissioner or Principal Director General, or in their absence, the Chief Commissioner or Director General, instead of the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, Delhi-10, who does not fall within the specified authorities outlined in Section 151 of the Act. He relied on the decision of this Court in the case of Twylight Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. vs. ITO &Ors. 2024 SCC OnLine Del 330.

The Honourable Court held that there is no approval of the specified authority, as indicated in Section 151(ii) of the Act.Accordingly, for the reasons assigned in the Twylight Infrastructure (supra) judgment, the impugned notices dated 26th May, 2022 and 30th July, 2022 and the impugned order dated 30th July, 2022 were quashed with liberty to the revenue to commence reassessment proceedings afresh.The writ petition was disposed accordingly.

From Published Accounts

Compilers’ Note

As per the amendments to the Companies Act, 2013 and Rules thereto, for Financial Years commencing on or after 1st April, 2023, i.e., audit reports issued for FY 2023–24, the auditor needs to report on whether the accounting software used by a company has a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and whether the same has been operated throughout the year and it has not been tampered. To assist auditors on this new reporting requirement, ICAI has, in February 2024, issued an Implementation Guide on Reporting on Audit Trail under Rule 11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 (Revised 2024) Edition.

Given below is an instance of modified reporting on the above.

TCS Ltd – 31st March 2024

From Auditors’ Report on Consolidated Financial Statements

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements

1 …

2A) As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report, to the extent applicable, that:

a) …

b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law relating to preparation of the aforesaid consolidated financial statements have been kept so far as it appears from our examination of those books except for the matters stated in paragraph 2(B)(f) below on reporting under Rule 11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014;

2(B) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us:

a) …

b) …

c) …

d) …

e) …

f) The reporting under Rule 11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 is applicable from 1st April, 2023.

Based on our examination which included test checks, and as communicated by the respective auditor of three subsidiaries, except for the instances mentioned below, the Holding Company and its subsidiary companies incorporated in India have used accounting softwares for maintaining its books of account, which have a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and the same has operated throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded in the respective softwares:

i) In case of the Holding Company and its three subsidiary companies incorporated in India, the feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility was not enabled at the database level to log any direct data changes for the accounting softwares used for maintaining the books of account relating to payroll and certain non-editable fields/tables of the accounting software used for maintaining general ledger;

ii) In case of the Holding Company, the feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility was not enabled at the database level to log any direct data changes for the accounting software used for maintaining the books of account relating to consolidation;

iii) In case of the Holding Company and its three subsidiary companies incorporated in India, the feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility was not enabled at the application layer of the accounting softwares relating to revenue, trade receivables and general ledger for the period from 1st April, 2023 to 13th November, 2023 and relating to property, plant and equipment for the period from 1st April, 2023 to 14th December, 2023. Further, in case of a subsidiary incorporated in India, the feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility was not enabled at the application layer of the accounting software relating to payroll for the period from 1st April, 2023 to 15th February, 2024;

iv) In case of a subsidiary incorporated in India, as communicated by the auditor of such subsidiary, the feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility of the accounting software used for maintaining general ledger was not enabled for the period from 1st April, 2023 to 30th April, 2023.

Further, for the periods where audit trail (edit log) facility was enabled and operated throughout the year for the respective accounting softwares, we did not come across any instance of the audit trail feature being tampered with.

From Auditors’ Report on Standalone Financial Statements

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements

1 …

2A)

a) …

b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the Company so far as it appears from our examination of those books except for the matters stated in the paragraph 2B(f) below on reporting under Rule 11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014;

2B) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us:

a) …

b) …

c) …

d) …

e) …

f) The reporting under Rule 11(g) of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 is applicable from 1st April, 2023.

Based on our examination which included test checks, except for the instances mentioned below, the Company has used accounting softwares for maintaining its books of account, which have a feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility and the same has operated throughout the year for all relevant transactions recorded in the respective software:

i. The feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility was not enabled at the database level to log any direct data changes for the accounting softwares used for maintaining the books of account relating to payroll, consolidation process and certain non-editable fields/tables of the accounting software used for maintaining general ledger;

ii. The feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility was not enabled at the application layer of the accounting softwares relating to revenue, trade receivables and general ledger for the period 1st April, 2023 to 13th November, 2023 and relating to property, plant and equipment for the period 1st April, 2023 to 14th December, 2023.

Further, for the periods where audit trail (edit log) facility was enabled and operated throughout the year for the respective accounting software, we did not come across any instance of the audit trail feature being tampered with.

Ind AS 2023 Amendments

Ind AS 8 — ACCOUNTING POLICIES, CHANGES TO ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND ERRORS

The amendments to Ind AS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes to Accounting Estimates and Errors, introduce a new definition of accounting estimates. The amendments are designed to clarify the distinction between changes in accounting estimates changes in accounting policies and the correction of errors.

DEFINITION OF AN ACCOUNTING ESTIMATE

The current version of Ind AS 8 does not provide a definition of accounting estimates. Accounting policies, however, are defined. Furthermore, the standard defines the concept of a “change in accounting estimates”. A mixture of a definition of one item with a definition of changes in another has resulted in difficulty in drawing the distinction between accounting policies and accounting estimates in many instances. In the amended standard, accounting estimates are now defined as, “monetary amounts in financial statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty”.

To clarify the interaction between an accounting policy and an accounting estimate, paragraph 32 of Ind AS 8 has been amended to state that: “An accounting policy may require items in financial statements to be measured in a way that involves measurement uncertainty – that is, the accounting policy may require such items to be measured at monetary amounts that cannot be observed directly and must instead be estimated. In such cases, an entity develops an accounting estimate to achieve the objective set out by the accounting policy”. Accounting estimates typically involve the use of judgements or assumptions based on the latest available reliable information.

The amended standard explains how entities use measurement techniques and inputs to develop accounting estimates and states that these can include estimation and valuation techniques. The term “estimate” is widely used in accounting and may sometimes refer to estimates other than accounting estimates. Therefore, the amended standard clarifies that not all estimates will meet the definition of an accounting estimate, but rather may refer to inputs used in developing accounting estimates.

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

Distinguishing between a change in accounting policy and a change in accounting estimate is, in some cases, quite challenging. To provide additional guidance, the amended standard clarifies that the effects on an accounting estimate of a change in input or a change in a measurement technique are changes in accounting estimates if they do not result from the correction of prior period errors.

The previous definition of a change in accounting estimate specified that changes in accounting estimates may result from new information or new developments. Therefore, such changes are not corrections of errors. The standard-setters felt that this aspect of the definition is helpful and should be retained. For example, if the applicable standard permits a change between two equally acceptable measurement techniques, that change may result from new information or new developments and is not necessarily the correction of an error.

ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE

Applying the definition of accounting estimates—Fair value of a cash-settled share-based payment liability

FACT PATTERN

On 1st April, 20X0, Entity A grants 100 share appreciation rights (SARs) to each of its employees, provided the employee remains in the entity’s employment for the next three years. The SARs entitle the employees to a future cash payment based on the increase in the entity’s share price over the three-year vesting period starting on 1st April, 20X0.

Applying Ind AS 102 Share-based Payment, Entity A accounts for the grant of the SARs as cash-settled share-based payment transactions—in doing so it recognises a liability for the SARs and measures that liability at its fair value (as defined by Ind AS 102). Entity A applies the Black–Scholes–Merton formula (an option pricing model) to measure the fair value of the liability for the SARson 1st April, 20X0 and at the end of the reporting period.

At 31st March, 20X2, because of changes in market conditions since the end of the previous reporting period, Entity A changes its estimate of the expected volatility of the share price—an input to the option pricing model—in estimating the fair value of the liability for the SARs at that date. Entity A has concluded that the change in that input is not a correction of a prior period error.

APPLYING THE DEFINITION OF ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The fair value of the liability is an accounting estimate because:

a. the fair value of the liability is a monetary amount in the financial statements that is subject to measurement uncertainty. That fair value is the amount for which the liability could be settled in a hypothetical transaction—accordingly, it cannot be observed directly and must instead be estimated.

b. the fair value of the liability is an output of a measurement technique (option pricing model) used in applying the accounting policy (measuring a liability for a cash-settled share-based payment at fair value).

c. to estimate the fair value of the liability, Entity A uses judgements and assumptions, for example, in:

i. selecting the measurement technique—selecting the option pricing model; and

ii. applying the measurement technique—developing the inputs that market participants would use in applying that option pricing model, such as the expected volatility of the share price and dividends expected on the shares.

In this fact pattern, the change in the expected volatility of the share price is a change in an input used to measure the fair value of the liability for the SARson 31st March, 20X2. The effect of this change is a change in accounting estimates because the accounting policy—to measure the liability at fair value —has not changed.

Feedback on the draft amendments expressed a concern that measurement techniques might meet the definition of accounting policies—for example, a valuation technique is a measurement technique but could also be seen as a practice and, therefore, meet the definition of an accounting policy. Accordingly, there is a risk that the effects of a change in a measurement technique could be seen as both a change in accounting estimate and a change in accounting policy. To avoid this risk, the standard-setter specified in paragraph 34A that the effects of a change in measurement technique are changes in accounting estimates unless they result from the correction of prior period errors.

The amendments also specified that measurement techniques an entity uses to develop accounting estimates include estimation techniques and valuation techniques. Specifying this avoids ambiguity about whether the effect of a change in an estimation technique or a valuation technique is a change in accounting estimate. The terms ‘estimation techniques’ and ‘valuation techniques’ appear in Ind AS Standards—for example, Ind AS107 Financial Instruments: Disclosures uses the term ‘estimation techniques’ and Ind AS 113 Fair Value Measurement uses the term ‘valuation techniques’.

The amendments state that the term ‘estimate’ in the Standards sometimes refers not only to accounting estimates but also to other estimates. For example, it sometimes refers to inputs used in developing accounting estimates. The amendments specified that the effects on an accounting estimate of a change in input are changes in accounting estimates.

SELECTING INVENTORY COST FORMULAS

The standard-setter proposed clarifying that, for ordinarily interchangeable inventories, selecting a cost formula (that is, first-in, first-out (FIFO) or weighted average cost) in applying Ind AS 2 Inventories constitutes selecting an accounting policy. However, some felt that selecting a cost formula could also be viewed as making an accounting estimate. Since paragraph 36(a) of Ind AS 2 already states that selecting a cost formula constitutes selecting an accounting policy, this issue was not revisited. It was observed that entities rarely change the cost formula used to measure inventories and, accordingly, there would be little benefit in the standard-setter doing so.

EFFECTIVE DATE AND TRANSITION

The amendments become effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1st April, 2023 and apply to changes in accounting policies and changes in accounting estimates that occur on or after the start of that period.

End of the Non-Dom Era in the UK

For many years, the concept of domicile has been a cornerstone of the UK tax system. In order to attract wealthy individuals to the UK, the UK Government was happy to grant preferential tax treatment to non-UK domiciled individuals, effectively protecting their overseas assets from UK taxation for an extended period.

However, this privileged status has attracted much debate in recent years, so it was no surprise when the Chancellor announced the abolition of the non-dom regime in the 2024 Spring Budget. We were told that the existing rules would be replaced with a residence-based tax system for income and capital gains tax from April 2025, with new benefits for long-term non-residents lasting for only four years following a move to the UK.

The Government also announced the inheritance tax regime would move to a residence-based test following a period of consultation, leaving many UK resident non-doms having to rethink their plans, whilst new arrivers to the UK will be wondering how they can benefit from the new rules.

UK TAX PRINCIPLES

Domicile

Domicile is a concept in UK general law that is distinct from nationality and residency. It is the country where a person ‘belongs’ and is found by considering the individual’s habitual residence and where they intend to remain indefinitely.

Under UK law, each person has a domicile, and whilst it is possible to be a resident in more than one country, a person can only have one domicile at any given time. There are three different types of domicile:

  • A domicile of origin, typically being where the individual’s father was domiciled at the time of their birth;
  • A domicile of dependence, where their parent acquired a different domicile before the individual turned 16 years old; and
  • A domicile of choice, which occurs if the individual moves away from their home country and resides in a different country with the intention of making the latter their home permanently or indefinitely.

For tax purposes only, the UK also has the concept of ‘deemed domicile’, where an individual who is non-UK domiciled under general law is considered to be UK domiciled for tax purposes where certain conditions are met. Since 2017, this would apply if an individual has been a UK tax resident for 15 of the last 20 tax years or, where someone with a domicile of origin in the UK who had obtained a domicile of choice elsewhere subsequently becomes a tax resident in the UK again.

When an individual is deemed domiciled in the UK, this status is relevant for income, capital gains and inheritance tax purposes, although relief might be available under some double tax treaties in limited circumstances.

Background

The UK first introduced income tax in 1799 in order to fund the Napoleonic Wars. Even then, the rules incorporated an early form of the remittance basis of taxation by limiting a taxpayer’s liability on foreign income to that remitted to the UK. It was not until 1914 that the concept of domicile was linked to the UK’s tax system and the benefits that a UK-domiciled individual could obtain from this ‘remittance basis’ started to be restricted.

This divergence between the taxation of UK and non-UK domiciled individuals increased in the 1940s and 1950s through further restrictions on the reliefs available to those with a UK domicile, and when capital gains tax was introduced in 1965, it was only ‘non-doms’ who were able to use the remittance basis to shelter unremitted overseas gains. The final strands of the remittance basis available to UK domiciled individuals were effectively abolished in 1974, and this disparity continues to this day.

As it stands, the two primary benefits of the non-dom regime are the ability to avoid paying inheritance tax on non-UK situs assets and the option to elect to be taxed on the remittance basis, which avoids the taxation of overseas income and gains.

From a conceptual perspective, aligning tax benefits to an individual’s domicile status could help achieve the long-standing UK objective of encouraging foreign individuals to relocate to the UK to do business and invest in the economy. However, the existing regime has some apparent drawbacks, including the loss of tax revenue on foreign income and gains, a tax charge that can effectively encourage non-doms to keep their wealth outside of the UK, and the discontent of the UK public at the inequity of tax regimes.

The remittance basis remains a popular election for non-doms with the UK’s tax authority, HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC), reporting that in 2022 the combined total of non-domiciled and deemed domiciled taxpayers in the UK stood at a minimum of 78,700. Together this cohort contributed £12.4 billion to the UK in the form of income tax, capital gains tax, and National Insurance Contributions — the highest amount on record.

However, despite these revenue contributions, the regime and its users have remained under significant scrutiny and criticism from both the public and politicians. Anecdotally, the public considers the regime to be a benefit for the rich — at odds with the principle of those with the broadest shoulders contributing most to the economy. Politicians, on the other hand, question whether a regime which motivates taxpayers to keep their wealth out of the UK is counterproductive to what was originally intended. This contrasts with supporters of the existing rules who point to the regime as being one of the reasons individuals and businesses have for decades continued to come to the UK to do business, create wealth and spend money.

From a professional adviser’s perspective, the concept of domicile is very subjective, so it can be difficult to form a definitive opinion on the matter, which has led to many tax disputes. At the time the concept was introduced, it would not have been possible, or at least highly unlikely, to have a permanent home in two different countries but this is now relatively commonplace with modern-day transportation and ever-increasing global mobility. Similarly, moving away from traditional family relationships can cause issues when applying the rules and many people are uncertain where they will remain permanently until very late in life.
Accordingly, since at least 2015, most UK opposition parties, including Labour and Liberal Democrats, have pledged to either abolish the regime altogether or drastically restrict it. In 2017, we saw significant changes to the non-dom regime, including an increase to the annual charge applicable when claiming the remittance basis after 7 years of UK residence, the point at which one is deemed UK domiciled reducing from 17 to 15 of 20 years of UK residence, and income and gains being brought into the deemed domicile rules.

Despite these changes, the remittance basis remained a popular election, and non-doms looked set to continue to utilise the regime prior to the Budget announcements.

THE CURRENT REGIME

As noted, non-UK domiciled individuals are currently able to benefit from a UK inheritance tax exemption on their non-UK situs assets and an exemption from income and capital gains tax on overseas income and gains by electing to be taxed on the remittance basis of taxation. Both of these benefits offer significant benefits and planning opportunities that are not available to UK domiciled individuals.

UK Inheritance Tax (IHT)

IHT can apply when an individual makes certain transfers during their lifetime, but it is primarily a charge on the value of a person’s estate on death. However, the extent to which an individual’s estate is subject to IHT depends on their domicile status.

UK-domiciled and deemed domiciled individuals are subject to IHT on their worldwide assets. To the extent an individual’s estate does not consist of ‘Excluded Property’ or qualifies for any reliefs or exemptions, it will be taxed at the inheritance tax death rate, currently 40 per cent, on any amounts in excess of the nil rate band of £325,000.

This threshold of £325,000 has not been increased since 2009 and is set to remain at this level until 2028. As a result, there has been a significant increase in the number of people who find themselves subject to inheritance tax as the nil rate band has not kept up with inflation or, in particular, the rise in UK property values over the same period.

In contrast, for a non-UK domiciled individual, non-UK situs assets will be Excluded Property with the exception of any assets that derive their value from UK residential property or related loans – for example, foreign companies that own UK residential property. Accordingly, non-doms coming to the UK currently have limited exposure to IHT, provided they do not stay long enough to become deemed domiciled.

Furthermore, as Trusts inherit the IHT status of the settlor, under the current regime non-doms have the ability to settle non-UK situs assets into trust without these assets falling into the Relevant Property Trust regime, which would otherwise subject the trust fund to principal and periodic charges. These trust structures can, therefore, offer long-term IHT protection provided the assets are kept out of the UK.

The Remittance Basis

From an income and capital gains tax perspective, the default position for a UK resident is that they are subject to income tax and capital gains tax on their worldwide income and gains on an arising basis. This means that UK tax is payable on these receipts regardless of where they arise and whether or not they are brought to the UK.

However, non-doms have the ability to limit their UK tax exposure by electing to be taxed on the remittance basis in a given year. The effect of this election is that they will continue to be taxed on their UK source income and gains on an arising basis, but their non-UK income and gains will only be taxable in the UK to the extent that they are brought into, or otherwise enjoyed in the UK.

Non-UK income and gains that have not been taxed in the UK as a consequence of a claim to be taxed on the remittance basis will be subject to UK taxation if they are remitted to the UK at any point in the future. When this occurs, the income loses its character and is taxed as non-savings income at rates of 20 per cent, 40 per cent and 45 per cent (or up to 48 per cent if the individual is a Scottish taxpayer). Capital gains will be taxed at the prevailing capital gains tax rate at the time of the remittance. If the income or gains have suffered tax in another jurisdiction, any Double Tax Treaty between the UK and the source country will need to be considered to determine how much, if any, foreign tax credit relief is available against the UK liability.

The concept of ‘remittance’ is very broad. In summary, non-UK income and gains are treated as remitted to the UK if they are brought into, received in or used in the UK. This includes income and gains being used to pay for services in the UK, being used in relation to UK debts, or being used to acquire assets that are subsequently brought into the UK.

Additionally, anti-avoidance provisions exist to prevent non-domiciled individuals from making remittances in tax years when they are temporarily non-UK residents — i.e., where they are outside the UK for less than five years. In these circumstances, any remittances in the period of temporary non-residence will be taxed in the year they re-establish residence in the UK.

Where an individual’s unremitted foreign income and gains in a year are less than £2,000, the remittance basis applies automatically without the need to make a claim. Otherwise, the remittance basis must be claimed annually on an individual’s UK tax return. Accordingly, individuals can decide whether to be taxed on the remittance basis on a year-by-year basis by taking into account the potential UK tax due on the overseas income and gains and the amount that has been remitted to the UK in order to determine whether it is beneficial for a given tax year.

Drawbacks of the Remittance Basis

Whilst there can be significant benefits to claiming the remittance basis, there are costs associated with doing so and also potential pitfalls.

Firstly, under the current rules, any foreign income and gains received in a year when a remittance basis election is made will always become taxable in the UK when remitted. This could be the following year or in 10 years — it still becomes taxable when it is brought into the UK. Accordingly, it is necessary to maintain detailed records to demonstrate the source of funds remitted to the UK, which can be very onerous over an extended period of time.

It may also be necessary to maintain multiple offshore accounts in order to avoid different sources of income and gains becoming mixed. A non-dom could have overseas receipts from different sources — investments, property income, asset sales, etc. — which can be difficult or impossible to unpick later down the line. Where money is remitted to the UK from a mixed fund, statutory ordering provisions apply, which deem the remittance to be made up of income or gains from the current tax year in priority to earlier years and, in essence, from income in priority to capital gains. This allows HMRC to tax remittances from mixed funds at the highest rates possible, as income tax rates significantly exceed those for capital gains. Whilst these rules can result in a significant compliance burden, they also provide an opportunity for well-advised individuals to structure their affairs so they are able to remit funds in a tax efficient manner.

Another pitfall is the wide-ranging definition of what constitutes a remittance. Non-doms will typically identify that a direct bank transfer to a UK account is a remittance, but it is not so obvious for indirect transfers — for instance, if they use a UK credit card which is ultimately repaid using overseas income. The acquisition of UK stocks and shares using offshore funds also constitutes a remittance, which is often not identified until after a purchase has been made — the sale of these assets does not remove the remittance, so consideration is required on what to do with these assets or proceeds given the remittance has already been made. At the very least, clear instructions should be given to any investment manager in place, and the taxpayer should monitor their portfolio on an ongoing basis through this lens. Care is also required around gifts to and from close family members and family investment vehicles to avoid unintended tax consequences.

Where a remittance of overseas funds has been made but not immediately identified, non-doms will want to ensure they disclose this to HMRC as soon as possible. As a remittance relates to offshore income or gains, a harsher penalty regime applies — up to 200 per cent of the unpaid tax — but this can usually be significantly mitigated by making a voluntary disclosure, cooperating with HMRC in resolving the matter, and making a full and prompt settlement of the underpaid tax. If the taxpayer fails to secure ‘unprompted disclosure’ status — for instance, if HMRC gets wind of undeclared income or gains and issues a ‘nudge letter’ — the ability to mitigate these penalties is considerably reduced.

As noted, whilst there can be tax benefits to claiming the remittance basis, there is also a ‘cost’ associated with doing so. Whenever a non-dom elects to be taxed on the remittance basis, the individual loses their entitlement to the income tax-free Personal Allowance (currently £12,570) and the capital gains tax Annual Exemption (£3,000 for the 2024/25 tax year).

In addition, a Remittance Basis Charge (‘RBC’) applies to remittance basis users after they have been UK residents for more than seven of the previous nine years. This charge starts at £30,000 and increases to £60,000, where the individual has been resident for more than 12 of the last 14 tax years.
Eventually, after being resident in the UK for 15 of the last 20 years, individuals will become deemed domiciled in the UK and therefore considered to be UK domiciled for all tax purposes. This means that they can no longer benefit from the remittance basis of taxation and that their worldwide estate will be chargeable to IHT on their death, subject only to very limited exceptions found in a handful of old Double Tax Agreements.

THE PROPOSED NEW REGIME

Before considering the proposed changes, it’s worth noting the current state of play in British politics, which will undoubtedly have an impact on what is ultimately enacted by legislation. The current Government has a Conservative majority but opinion polls suggest this is unlikely to be the case come the end of the year. So, whilst we know what a regime introduced by the Conservatives might look like, they may not be in a position to have much of a say on matters after the General Election now set for 4th July.

Based on current polling, the Labour Party is in pole position to take power so it is necessary to consider their take on matters. We know that they are in favour of abolishing the existing non-dom regime, so we can be relatively certain that the old rules will go in April 2025. There also seems to be an acceptance that the concept of domicile has had its’ day, so it is likely the new rules will be based on residence. Beyond that, those affected will need to pay close attention to the party proposals in the run-up to, and decisions made following the General Election.

If we do consider the Conservative Party proposals for the time being, the most significant change is the removal of the remittance basis of taxation from April 2025 and the introduction of a new Foreign Income and Gains Regime (the “FIG regime”). Under the FIG regime, new arrivers — said to be those who have been non-UK residents for the previous ten years — will not suffer income or capital gains tax on their offshore income or gains for the first four years of UK residence, after which point they will be subject to UK taxation on their worldwide income and gains. Similar to claiming the remittance basis, electing into the FIG regime will result in the loss of their Personal Allowance and capital gains tax Annual Exemption. However, unlike the remittance basis, foreign income or gains will not be taxed irrespective of whether they are remitted to the UK.

Transitional Rules

As is often the case with significant changes in tax policy, the proposals included some transitional provisions for those affected:

  • For the 2025/26 and 2026/27 tax years, taxpayers who have previously claimed the remittance basis will have access to a Temporary Repatriation Facility, whereby they will be able to remit foreign income and capital gains and suffer tax at a reduced tax rate of 12 per cent (compared to up to 45 per cent under the current rules);
  • For the 2025/26 tax year only, those who were claiming the remittance basis but are unable to benefit from the FIG regime will be able to exempt 50 per cent of their foreign income (not gains) from UK taxation; and
  • Individuals who have previously been taxed on the remittance basis and are neither UK domiciled nor deemed domiciled on 5th April, 2025 will be able to claim a capital gains tax rebasing uplift to the April 2019 value for assets sold after April 2025.

In addition, the Conservatives have announced that any Excluded Property Trusts — i.e. those established by non-domiciled individuals and are therefore not subject to UK IHT unless they hold UK situs assets — would retain their IHT benefits so long as they were settled before
6th April, 2025.

Some implications of the proposals.

In the first instance, individuals planning to come to the UK might consider the timing of their move. The new regime will be very attractive to new arrivers so they may wish to consider aligning their arrival date to that of the introduction of the new rules so they are able to take full advantage of the FIG regime. Whilst several countries already have a tax regime aimed at attracting wealthy individuals, these often come with a requirement to make a substantial investment in the country or pay a hefty annual charge to benefit from the local regime. As currently proposed, the FIG regime will have no such requirement, so it is very generous for the first four years of UK residence.

Because of this, we may see a rise in individuals using the UK as a temporary place of residence. In particular, the FIG regime will be attractive for business owners looking to realise a gain on or extract dividends from their non-UK business, which they will be able to do without incurring any UK tax. They will, of course, need to carefully consider the interaction of the new rules with tax legislation in the source jurisdiction.

There will also be certain professions where the changes could have a disproportionately large impact — for instance, foreign football players will typically keep their wealth out of the UK as they are generally able to meet their UK spending needs on just their club salary. This will no longer be effective planning after four years of UK residence, so we might see players only willing to sign up to a four-year contract, after which the player moves on to another league.

Consideration will also need to be given to how the new rules work with existing Double Tax Agreements. In many cases, relief from taxation in one jurisdiction is only available where the income or gains are taxed in the other jurisdiction — as the new FIG rules will not bring the income or gains into UK taxation, the taxing rights may fall back to the country where the income or gains are derived from.

For non-doms who are already UK residents and have not previously claimed the remittance basis, they may wish to consider doing so in order to ensure they can benefit from some of the transitional provisions. As noted above, there is likely to be a ‘cost’ to making the claim, so once there is certainty over the incoming rules, they will need to weigh this up against the benefits of doing so.

All that said, at the time of writing, these are still just proposals with no legal authority, and the Labour Party have given some strong suggestions that they would not introduce everything announced in the Spring 2024 Budget. In particular, they have suggested there would be no 50 per cent income exemption for those unable to benefit from the FIG regime and also that Excluded Property Trusts would lose their preferential IHT status. This leaves those affected in a rather unhelpful position with no firm basis on which to make plans.

Inheritance Tax (IHT) (again)

Finally, the Conservatives also announced their intention to move the application of IHT to a residence-based system from April 2025 but have not yet expanded further on this area. It would be extremely harsh to bring an individual’s entire estate into the charge to UK taxation after only four years of residence, so a 10-year period has been suggested as a starting point for discussion. We are advised that the Government will issue a formal Consultation on this matter in the summer, after which we can expect more information on the direction of travel.

WHAT NEXT…

The Government has given advanced notice of a fundamental change to UK taxation. This is helpful insofar as those affected are now aware that a change is coming — the issue is over what the landscape will look like after April 2025 and what actions they should be taking based on their personal circumstances.

The upcoming General Election and the contrasting views of the two main political parties add an element of uncertainty, but there are a few areas that seem to be relatively safe assumptions. Both parties seem to agree that the concept of domicile should be replaced with a residence-based test, indicating the existing non-dom regime is going. There also seems to be agreement that a mechanism which enables remittance basis users to bring funds into the UK is necessary, so we can expect some incarnation of Temporary Repatriation Facility —although it will be interesting to see how this looks when eventually legislated. Beyond that, it would seem that everything is up for debate and we expect this to be a key battleground as the parties draw up their tax policies for the General Election.

So much like Christopher Columbus, we know the direction of travel but not how we will get there or what the landscape will look like on arrival. For those wishing to avoid the new rules, the obvious option is to get off the ship — i.e., leave the UK before April 2025, but this would result in some pretty significant lifestyle changes that may not be attractive to everyone. For those who intend to stay in the UK, they should keep a close eye on developments over the next 6–8 months and, when we eventually have certainty on the incoming rules, be prepared to act swiftly. Accordingly, those with complex affairs will want to review their assets and structures to assess the implications of the changes and give consideration to their long-term objectives. Once the new regime is finalised, there will then be a relatively short window to implement any changes or suffer the consequences of this brave new world.

Non-resident — Income deemed to accrue or arise in India — Situs of share or interest transferred outside India deemed to be located in India by corelating it with underlying assets in India — Insertion of Explanations 6 and 7 to section 9(1)(i) — Prospective or retrospective — Explanations 6 and 7 have to be read along with Explanation 5 which operates from 1st April, 1962 — Explanations 6 and 7 clarificatory and curative — To be given retrospective effect — Deeming provision attracted only where share or interest does not exceed percentage specified or transferor did not exercise right of management and control in company whose share and interest transferred:

21 CIT(IT) vs. Augustus Capital PTE Ltd.

[2024] 463 ITR 199 (Del.)

A.Y.: 2015-16

Date of order 30th November, 2023

S. Explanations 5, 6 and 7 of section 9(1)(i) of the ITA 1961

Non-resident — Income deemed to accrue or arise in India — Situs of share or interest transferred outside India deemed to be located in India by corelating it with underlying assets in India — Insertion of Explanations 6 and 7 to section 9(1)(i) — Prospective or retrospective — Explanations 6 and 7 have to be read along with Explanation 5 which operates from 1st April, 1962 — Explanations 6 and 7 clarificatory and curative — To be given retrospective effect — Deeming provision attracted only where share or interest does not exceed percentage specified or transferor did not exercise right of management and control in company whose share and interest transferred:

The Assessee Company was incorporated under the laws of Singapore on 22nd November, 2011. Between January 2013 and March 2014, the assessee invested in equity and preference shares of APL, a company incorporated in and resident of Singapore. On 27th March, 2015, the assessee sold its investment in APL to an Indian Company, JIPL for ₹41,24,35,969. The return of income for AY 2015-16 was filed declaring NIL income and refund of ₹17,84,19,800 was claimed.

The assessee’s case was selected for scrutiny and queries were raised in the course of assessment proceedings. The main contention of the assessee in its replies was that the assessee had only acquired 0.05 per cent of the ordinary share capital and 2.93 per cent of the preference share capital of APL and the assessee did not have right of management and control concerning the affairs of APL and hence the capital gains arising on account of transfer of shares was not taxable in India. The AO did not accept the contention of the assessee and proposed an addition of ₹36,33,15,969 under the head Capital Gains. In the objections before the DRP, the main contention of the assessee was that Explanation 7 of section 9(1)(i) ought to have been given retrospective effect, and in not doing so, the AO had committed an error. The respondent / assessee asserted that Explanations 6 and 7 clarified Explanation 5, which was introduced via Finance Act 2012. The DRP rejected the objections and the final assessment order was passed confirming the proposed addition. On appeal before the Tribunal, the Tribunal decided the issue in favour of the assessee and deleted the addition.

On appeal before the High Court, the main contention of the Appellant Department before the High Court was that the insertion of Explanations 6 and 7 via Finance Act 2015 was to take effect from 1st April, 2016 and could only be treated as a prospective amendment. The argument advanced in support of this plea was that Explanations 6 and 7 brought about a substantive amendment in section 9(1)(i) of the Act.

The assessee, on the contrary, contended that the provisions of s. 9(1)(i) r.w. Explanations 4, 5, 6 and 7 form a complete code, whereby situs of share or interest transferred outside India is deemed to be located in India, provided a substantial value of the underlying assets, as defined in Explanation 6, is located in India and where the transfer of share and interest exceeds the percentage provided in Explanation 7 and the transferor exercises a right of management and control in the company whose share and interest is being transferred. Explanations 6 and 7 have not brought about a substantive amendment. This is evident upon perusal of the opening words of Explanation 6 and 7, which begin with the expression “For the purpose of this clause….”. Quite clearly, Explanations 6 and 7 are not standalone provisions. The provision made by the legislature via Explanations 6 and 7 will have no meaning if it is not tied in with Explanation 5.

The High Court dismissed the appeal of the Department and the issue was decided in favour of the assessee as follows:

“Explanations 6 and 7 to section 9(1)(i) alone would have no meaning if they were not read along with Explanation 5. If Explanations 6 and 7 are not read along with Explanation 5, no legislative guidance would be available to the Assessing Officer regarding the meaning to be given to the expression “share or interest” or “substantially” found in Explanation 5. Therefore, if Explanations 6 and 7 were to be read along with Explanation 5, which operated from 1st April, 1962, they would have to be construed as clarificatory and curative. The Legislature had taken a curative step regarding the vague expressions “share or interest” or “substantially” used in Explanation 5. Therefore, though the Explanations 6 and 7 were indicated in the Finance Act, 2015 to take effect from 1st April, 2016, they could be treated as retrospective, having regard to the legislative history which had led to the insertion of Explanations 6 and 7.”

Assessment — Company — Dissolution — No corporate existence continues — Company not in existence at the time of passing assessment order — No provision to assess dissolved company — Order against non- existent entity null and void:

20 Rainawari Finance & Investment Company Pvt. Ltd. vs. ITO

[2024] 463 ITR 65 (J&K&L.)

A.Y.: 2004-05

Date of order: 3rd November, 2023

S. 143 of the ITA 1961 and S. 560 of the Companies Act, 1956

Assessment — Company — Dissolution — No corporate existence continues — Company not in existence at the time of passing assessment order — No provision to assess dissolved company — Order against non- existent entity null and void:

The assessee filed a NIL return of income for AY 2004-05. The return of income filed by the assessee contained a note stating that the assessee had filed an application before the ROC u/s. 560 of the Companies Act for striking off the name of the assessee from the Register of Companies. The assessment was completed u/s. 143(3) of the Act and addition of ₹1,00,75,000 was made on account of unsecured loan received during the earlier years and credited to the capital reserve during the previous year. On appeal before the first appellate authority, the appeal was dismissed. On second appeal, the Tribunal remanded the case back to the CIT(A) to adjudicate the case afresh after complying with necessary requirements of deposit of fees under the provisions of the Act. On remand, the CIT(A) confirmed the addition. The Tribunal confirmed the order of the CIT(A). The assessee’s contention that no assessment order could have been passed was rejected by the CIT(A) as well as the Tribunal.

The assessee filed appeal before the High Court on the only ground that the assessing authority could not have passed an assessment order as the assessee company was dissolved as per the provisions of section 560(5) of the Companies Act at the time of making the assessment order.

On the other hand, the Department argued that the Department was not intimated about the assessee company being dissolved and therefore, the assessee could not contend that the aforesaid aspect was not considered by the authorities.

The Hon’ble High Court decided the appeal in favour of the assessee and held as follows:

“i) Once a company is dissolved under section 560(5) of the Companies Act, 1956 it ceases to exist and, therefore, no order of assessment could be validly passed against it under the Income-tax Act, 1961 and if it is passed, it would be a nullity. Section 560(7) of the 1956 Act read along with section 2(31) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 makes it clear that the assessee to be assessed under section 143 of the 1961 Act must be a person in existence. A company is a juridical person but the moment it is struck off from the register of companies and is dissolved, it ceases to exist. An assessment order against a non-existent company would be a nullity and would not give rise to any right or liability under such an order.

ii) For the purpose of challenging the action of the Registrar striking off the registration of the company and effecting its dissolution by publication in the Official Gazette, the company is conferred a juridical personality and may in its own name file an application before the court for setting aside the order passed by the Registrar under sub-section (5) of section 560 of the 1956 Act. Similarly, under section 226(3) of the 1961 Act, it is provided that if there is any tax due from the struck off company it can be recovered from any person who holds or may subsequently hold money for or on account of the assessee-company.

iii) After promulgation of the Companies Act, 2013 and in view of the specific provision made in section 250 thereof, the dissolved company is by fiction of law conferred juridical personality and may, therefore, be competent to challenge the assessment order, if any, passed against it when it stood dissolved by the Registrar under section 248 of the Companies Act, 2013. Similar provision is absent under the Companies Act, 1956.

iv) On the date of passing of the assessment order, the company stood dissolved under section 560(5) of the 1956 Act on the publication of the notice in the Official Gazette and was struck off from the register of companies. In terms of section 143 of the 1961 Act, assessment can be made by the assessing authority only against the assessee, who has filed a return under section 139 or in response to a notice issued under sub-section (1) of section 142. Although the assessee had never brought the aforesaid facts to the notice of the assessing authority, the Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal, all the three authorities committed no illegality in holding that merely because the company was defunct, the assessing authority could not be restrained from passing the assessment order against it. The authorities had concurrently held that there was distinction between the company which was rendered defunct because of stoppage of operations and was formally struck off and dissolved in terms of sub-section (5) of section 560 of the 1956 Act. The order of assessment and the orders of the Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal were set aside.

v) Section 250 of the Companies Act, 2013 was not in existence in the year 2006 nor there was any provision parallel to or in pari materia with this section in the 1956 Act, as was applicable at the relevant point of time. The assessee was given fictional juridical personality only for the purpose of laying challenge before the court to the order of the Registrar striking it off from the register and effecting its dissolution upon publication of the notice in the Official Gazette and no more. The directors of the company who under some circumstances could be held liable to pay the dues owed by the assessee-company to the Department were competent in law to take proceedings against the assessment order passed against a dissolved company, if they were aggrieved. Therefore, all the proceedings by the assessee before the Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal were not maintainable. Similarly, the appeal by the company was also not maintainable. The assessee having ceased to exist was not competent to challenge the assessment order, though, the director might have. Since the company all along been represented by the director, all proceedings taken in the name of the assessee should be treated to be the proceedings by the director of the company.

vi) Notwithstanding dissolution of a struck off company in terms of sub-section (5) of section 560 of the Companies Act, the liability of any person who holds or may subsequently hold money for and on account of the assessee-company or a director of the private company in respect whereof any tax is due in respect of any income of the previous year, as is provided under section 226(3) and section 179 of the 1961 Act, still remains and such person or director shall have the locus standi to challenge the assessment order, if any, passed by the Assessing Officer against such struck off and dissolved company in respect of any income of the previous year.

vii) If the company is not in existence at the time of making the assessment, no order of assessment can be validly passed upon it under the 1961 Act and if one is passed, it must be a nullity.”

Re-assessment — Faceless assessment — Validity — Condition precedent for faceless assessment — Adequate opportunity should be provided to assessee to be heard:

19 Packirisamy Senthilkumar vs. GOI

[2024] 461 ITR 473 (Mad.)

A.Y. 2016-17

Date of order: 2nd June, 2023

Ss. 144B and 147 of ITA 1961

Re-assessment — Faceless assessment — Validity — Condition precedent for faceless assessment — Adequate opportunity should be provided to assessee to be heard:

The assessee, a non-resident Indian, has been resident of Singapore since 1996 and a regular taxpayer there. During the previous year relevant to the AY 2016-17, the assessee purchased immovable properties amounting to ₹90,00,000 for which TDS was deducted. The assessee had not filed his return of income.

The assessee received a clarification letter dated 10th February, 2023 calling upon the assessee to reply along with documentary evidence stating that a sum of ₹1,80,00,000 had escaped assessment for the AY 2016-17. The assessee submitted a detailed reply on 23rd February, 2023 despite which notice u/s. 148A(b) dated 4th March,2023 was issued proposing to re-open the assessment. In response, the assessee once again submitted a detailed response vide letter dated 13th March, 2023 repeating its earlier reply and the reason why no return of income was filed for AY 2016-17. The AO passed order u/s. 148A(d) without considering the submission of the assessee against which the assessee filed a petition before the High Court.

The assessee contended that in the clarification letter as well as the show cause notice u/s. 148A(b), the only reason stated for re-opening of assessment was the purchase of immovable property of ₹90,00,000 and therefore a sum of ₹1,80,00,000 had escaped assessment. However, in the order passed u/s. 148A(d), the AO had dealt with the loan account, employment details, salary certificate, etc. of the assessee and he was never called upon to explain or given time to produce the documents. Therefore, the assessee submitted that the order be set-aside.

On the other hand, the Department contended that the assessee had not given any details as to how a sum of ₹22,50,000 had been sourced by him. The assessee had also not submitted any details about his employment and earnings from such employment. Lastly, it was submitted that no prejudice would be caused to the assessee since the AO had only proceeded to ask clarifications.

The Hon’ble High Court allowing the petition in favour of the assessee held as follows:

“the notice to the assessee had been based only on certain reasons, whereas the order added new reasons for the order. The assessee had not been given an opportunity to answer and explain them. Therefore, taking into account the fact that the very basis of the demand was erroneous and the order proceeded to give new reasons, which the assessee had not been given an opportunity to defend, the order had to be set aside.”

Charitable purpose — Registration of trust — Appeal to appellate tribunal — Power of Tribunal to grant registration: Charitable purpose — Registration of trust — Factors to be considered by Commissioner — Objects of trust and genuineness of activities of trust — Whether trust entitled to exemption on facts to be considered by Assessing Officer:

18 CIT(Exemptions) vs. Nanak Chand Jain Charitable Trust

[2024] 462 ITR 283 (P&H.)

A. Y. 2016-17

Date of order: 8th February, 2023

Ss. 11, 12AA and 254(1) of ITA 1961

Charitable purpose — Registration of trust — Appeal to appellate tribunal — Power of Tribunal to grant registration:

Charitable purpose — Registration of trust — Factors to be considered by Commissioner — Objects of trust and genuineness of activities of trust — Whether trust entitled to exemption on facts to be considered by Assessing Officer:

The assessee trust was set up by one VOL, a limited company as the settlor, to carry out its duties under the CSR as provided under the provisions of section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013. The objects of the trust were in the nature of eradicating hunger and poverty, promotion of education, promoting gender equality etc. An application for grant of registration u/s. 12AA was filed before the Commissioner (Exemptions) on 28th March, 2016 which was rejected by the Commissioner on the ground that the assessee trust had been formed by the settlor for the purpose of carrying out its CSR activities and also rejected the application u/s. 80G(v) holding that the application was void ab initio in terms of Rule 11AA.

On appeal before the Tribunal, the appeal of the assessee was allowed and the order passed by the Commissioner was set aside. The Tribunal, inter alia, held that merely because the trust was formed to comply with the CSR requirements, registration could not be denied to the assessee trust u/s. 12AA of the Act. The Tribunal held that while granting registration under section 12AA of the Act, the Commissioner is required to see only two factors, that is, the objects of the trust, whether they are charitable in nature and the genuineness of the activities of the trust. There is no requirement to see whether the activities are in sync with the Companies Act or not. The CIT is empowered to satisfy himself about the charitable object and the genuineness of the activities and once they are not in doubt, the powers u/s. 12AA end. Such powers do not extend to the eligibility of the trust/ institution for exemption u/s 11 r.w.s 13 of the Act which falls in the domain of the AO. Thus, the Tribunal directed the CIT to grant registration u/s. 12AA of the Act as well as the approval u/s. 80G(5)(vi) of the Act.

On Department’s appeal before the High Cout, the High Court dismissed the appeal of the Department and upheld the view of the Tribunal. The observations of the High Court are as follows:

i) The Tribunal had rightly examined the case of the assessee for grant of registration under section 12AA of the Act. The Tribunal had recorded its satisfaction as the trust fulfilled the following two basic conditions for grant of registration under section 12AA of the Act and the object of the trust, and the genuineness of the activities of the trust / institution. The Tribunal had rightly directed the Commissioner to grant registration under section 12AA and also the approval under section 80G(5)(vi) of the Act to the assessee.

ii) The Commissioner was not to examine with the genuineness of the activities of the trust and whether, if the trust transfers funds to another charitable society, it can be given exemption under section 11 of the Act. This power was restricted to the Assessing Officer. Hence, no useful purpose would be served by remanding the matter to the Commissioner to pass appropriate orders.”

Decision of High Court binding on Income-tax Authorities — Order of assessment ignoring direction of High Court — Not valid

17 Vaani Estates Pvt. Ltd. vs. Addl./Jt./Deputy/Asst. CIT

[2024] 462 ITR 232 (Mad.)

A.Ys.: 2014-15

Date of order: 19th January, 2024

Articles 215, 226 and 227 of the Constitution of India

Decision of High Court binding on Income-tax Authorities — Order of assessment ignoring direction of High Court — Not valid

The assessee company was initially formed by one BGR and his wife SR each holding 5,000 shares. Upon death of BGR, his shares devolved upon his daughter VR. In order to purchase property, SR introduced ₹23.32 crores through banking channels against which she was allotted 10,100 shares at a premium of ₹23,086 per share. The AO treated the share premium as income from other sources u/s. 56(2)(viib) of the Act. When the matter reached in appeal before the Tribunal, the Tribunal decided the issue in favour of the assessee. However, on department’s appeal before the High Court, the High Court remanded the matter back to the AO with the direction to undertake the exercise of fact finding by determining the FMV of the shares in question as required in the Explanation to section 56 of the Act. Further, liberty was given to the assessee to seek necessary clarification from the CBDT on the administrative side.

Pursuant to the orders of the High Court, the assessee approached the CBDT for a clarification vide letter dated 1st November, 2019. Pending such clarification, the AO issued notice u/s. 142(1) calling for details. In response to the notice, the assessee furnished the details and its submissions. The assessee also stated that it had approached the CBDT for seeking clarification on the applicability of section 56(2)(viib) which was pending before the CBDT. Overlooking the fact that clarification from the CBDT was pending, the AO issued a show cause notice proposing to make variation to the total income. In response, the assessee sought 15 days to file its reply and also enclosed the acknowledgment of the reminder letters to the CBDT. However, the AO passed the assessment order.

On writ petition filed by the assessee, the Hon’ble High Court allowed the petition of the assessee and held as follows:

“i) Under article 215 of the Constitution, every High Court shall be a court of record and shall have all the powers of such a court including the power to punish for contempt of itself. Under article 226, it has a plenary power to issue orders or writs for the enforcement of the fundamental rights and for any other purpose to any person or authority, including in appropriate cases any Government, within its territorial jurisdiction. Under article 227 it has jurisdiction over all courts and Tribunals throughout the territories in relation to which it exercises jurisdiction. The law declared by the highest court in the State is binding on authorities or tribunals under its superintendence, and they cannot ignore it either in initiating a proceeding or deciding on the rights involved in such a proceeding. Any order contrary to or disregarding the direction of the High Court cannot be sustained as it renders the order bad for want of jurisdiction.

ii) The High Court had directed the Assessing Officer to undertake the exercise of finding a fair market value of share as contemplated in the Explanation to section56 of the Act. However, the exercise had not been completed. Hence, the assessment order was not valid.”

Search and Seizure — Inordinate delay in return of seized cash — Assessee is entitled to interest on amount returned — Inordinate delay in returning amounts due to the assessee not justified.

16 Vindoa B. Jain vs. JCIT &Ors

[2024] 462 ITR 58 (Bom.)

A.Y. 1991-92

Date of order: 13th September, 2023

Ss. 119, 143(2) and 144 of ITA 1961

Search and Seizure — Inordinate delay in return of seized cash — Assessee is entitled to interest on amount returned — Inordinate delay in returning amounts due to the assessee not justified.

During the previous year 1990-91, the Central Excise Department seized gold items weighing 1545.2 grams and cash of ₹2,60,000/-. The gold and cash were taken over by the Income-tax Department u/s. 132A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’) and order u/s. 132(5) of the Act was passed retaining the said gold and cash. Scrutiny assessment was completed and order u/s. 143(3) was passed. The matter reached before the Tribunal and the issue was decided in favour of the assessee. No appeal against the said order was preferred by the Department before the High Court and the order of the Tribunal attained finality. There was no outstanding demand against the assessee. Since the Department was not following the order of the Tribunal, the assessee filed an application before the Principal Commissioner who, vide order dated 31st December, 2019 passed u/s. 132B of the Act directed the AO to release the gold and cash. While the seized gold was handed over, the cash was not returned to the assessee. Therefore, the assessee filed the petition before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court. The Hon’ble High Court allowed the petition of the assessee and held as follows:

“i) The Income-tax Act, 1961 recognises the principle that a person should only be taxed in accordance with law and hence where excess amounts of tax are collected from an assessee or any amounts are wrongfully withheld from an assessee without authority of law the Revenue must compensate the assessee.

ii) Notwithstanding the order of the Tribunal which attained finality on 25th September, 2014, the Revenue did not consider it fit to return the cash of ₹2,60,000 that was seized on or about 9th July, 1996. Moreover, even after the Principal Commissioner passed the order on 31st December, 2019 under section 132B of the Act, the Revenue did not consider it fit to process and refund the amount. Even after the petition was filed and served and the lawyer appeared for the Revenue, the Revenue still did not consider it fit to return the money. Therefore, there had been an inordinate delay and this was nothing but a clear case of high handedness on the part of the officers of the Revenue. The assessee would be entitled to interest at 12 per cent. per annum for the post-assessment period, i. e., from 25th September, 2014 until payment / realisation.”

Validity of Notice under Section 148 Issued By the JAO

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

Over the last few years, the Government has adopted a policy of making several processes under the Act fully faceless, which otherwise required interface with the taxpayers. In line with this objective, Section 151A was inserted with effect from  1st November, 2020, which provides for notification of a faceless scheme for the following purposes, namely —

  •  assessment, reassessment or re-computation under section 147;
  •  issuance of notice under section 148;
  •  conducting of enquiries or issuance of show-cause notice or passing of order under section 148A;
  •  sanction for issue of such notice under section 151.

Notification No. 18/2022 was issued notifying the ‘e-Assessment of Income Escaping Assessment Scheme, 2022’ (Scheme) under Section 151A with effect from 29th March, 2022. The scope of this scheme as provided in Clause 3 of the Scheme is reproduced below for reference —

Scope of the Scheme

3. For the purpose of this Scheme, —

(a) assessment, reassessment or recomputation under section 147 of the Act,

(b) issuance of notice under section 148 of the Act,

shall be through automated allocation, in accordance with the risk management strategy formulated by the Board as referred to in section 148 of the Act for issuance of notice, and in a faceless manner, to the extent provided in section 144B of the Act with reference to making assessment or reassessment of total income or loss of assessee.

Even after this Scheme has come into effect, in several cases, the notices under Section 148 have been issued by the concerned Jurisdictional Assessing Officer (JAO) and not by the Faceless Assessing Officer (FAO) or National Faceless Assessment Centre (NFAC).

Therefore, an issue has arisen before the High Courts as to whether such notice issued by the JAO under Section 148 post this Scheme coming into effect is valid, and consequently, whether the reassessment proceeding conducted in pursuance of such notice would be valid. The Calcutta High Court has affirmed the validity of such notices issued by the JAO. However, the Telangana and Bombay High Courts have taken a view that the JAO did not have the power to issue a notice under Section 148 and, therefore, the notice issued by him in contravention of the provisions of Section 151A read with the Scheme was invalid and bad in law.

TRITON OVERSEAS (P.) LTD.’S CASE

The issue had first come up for consideration before the Calcutta High Court in the case of Triton Overseas (P.) Ltd. vs. UOI [2023] 156 taxmann.com 318 (Calcutta).

In this case, the assessee had challenged the notice dated 28th April, 2023, issued under Section 148 relating to the assessment year 2019–20 on the ground that the same had been issued by the JAO and not by NFAC as required under Section 151A. The revenue contended that the issue raised by the assessee was hyper-technical, since the mode of service did not affect the contents and merit of the notice. Further, it was also argued that the issuance of the notice under Section 148 of the Act was justifiable and sustainable in law in view of the office memorandum dated 20th February, 2023, being F No. 370153/7/2023-TPL, issued by the CBDT.

The High Court referred to Paragraph 4 of the said office memorandum which is reproduced below —

“4. It is also pertinent to note here that under the provisions of the Act, both the JAO as well as units under NFAC have concurrent jurisdiction. The Act does not distinguish between JAO or NFAC with respect to jurisdiction over a case. This is further corroborated by the fact that under section 144B of the Act, the records in a case are transferred back to the JAO as soon as the assessment proceedings are completed. So, section 144B of the Act lays down the role of NFAC and the units under it for the specific purpose of conducting assessment proceedings in a specific case in a particular Assessment Year. This cannot be construed to be meaning that the JAO is bereft of jurisdiction over a particular assessee or with respect to procedures not falling under the ambit of section 144B of the Act. Since, section 144B of the Act does not provide for issuance of notice under section 148 of the Act,there can be no ambiguity in the fact that the JAO still has the jurisdiction to issue notice under section 148 of the Act.”

On this basis, the High Court held that there was no merit in the writ petition, and accordingly dismissed it.

HEXAWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.’S CASE

The issue recently came up for consideration before the Bombay High Court in the case of Hexaware Technologies Ltd. vs. ACIT [2024] 162 taxmann.com 225 (Bombay).

In this case, the assessee was issued a notice dated 8th April, 2021 under Section 148 for assessment year 2015–16. The assessee filed a writ petition challenging this notice issued under section 148, on the ground that the said notice has been issued under the unamended provisions, which have ceased to exist and are no longer in the statute. The petition was allowed on 29th March 2022 and the Court held that the notice dated 8th April 2021 was invalid.

Thereafter, the JAO issued another notice dated 25th May 2022 stating that the said notice was issued in view of the decision of the Hon’ble Apex Court in Ashish Agarwal, whereby the notice issued under Section 148 during the period from 1st April, 2021 to 30th June, 2021 under the unamended provisions of Section 148 was to be treated as notice issued under Section 148A(b). The JAO also provided a copy of the reasons recorded and claimed that the information relied upon by him was embedded in the said reasons.

The assessee filed a detailed reply vide its letter dated 10th June, 2022 raising objections challenging the validity of the notice on several grounds. The JAO issued another notice dated 29th June, 2022 requiring the assessee to submit any further explanation / documentary evidence in support of its case before 4th July, 2022, and it was also stated that a fresh notice was issued due to a change in incumbency as per the provisions of Section 129. The assessee informed the JAO that its earlier submission dated 10th June, 2022 should be considered as a response to the fresh notice dated 29th June, 2022.

The JAO passed an order under Section 148A(d) dated 26th August, 2022 rejecting the objections raised by the appellant. Thereafter, the JAO also issued the notice under Section 148 dated 27th August, 2022, which was issued manually, stating that he had information in the case of the assessee, which required action in consequence of the judgment of the Hon’ble Apex Court, which suggested that income chargeable to tax for Assessment Year 2015-2016 had escaped assessment. Separately, a communication dated 27th August 2022 was issued where the JAO stated that DIN had been generated for the issuance of notice under Section 148 of the Act dated 26th August, 2022.

The assessee approached the Court under Article 226 of the Constitution of India and challenged the validity of (i) notice dated 25th May 2022 purporting to treat notice dated 8th April 2021 as notice issued under Section 148A(b) for Assessment Year 2015-2016; (ii) the order dated 26th August 2022 under Section 148A(d); and (iii) the notice dated 27th August 2022 issued by the JAO under Section 148.

On the basis of the arguments advanced by both parties, the Court identified the issues as follows which were required to be adjudicated —

(1) Whether TOLA was applicable for Assessment Year 2015-2016 and whether any notice issued under Section 148 of the Act after 31st March 2021 will travel back to the original date?

(2) Whether the notice dated 27th August 2022 issued under Section 148 of the Act was barred by limitation as per the first proviso to Section 149 of the Act?

(3) Whether the impugned notice dated 27th August 2022 was invalid and bad in law as the same had been issued without a DIN?

(4) Whether the impugned notice dated 27th August 2022 was invalid and bad in law being issued by the JAO as the same was not in accordance with Section 151A of the Act?

(5) Whether the issues raised in the impugned order showed an alleged escapement of income represented in the form of an asset or expenditure in respect of a transaction in relation to an event or an entry in the books of account as required in Section 149(1)(b) of the Act?

(6) Whether the Assessing Officer had proposed to reopen on the basis of change of opinion and if it was permissible?

(7) When the claim of deduction under Section 80JJAA of the Act had been consistently allowed in favour of petitioner by the Assessing Officers/ Appellate Authorities in the earlier years, can the Assessing Officer have a belief that there was escapement of income?

(8) Whether the approval granted by the Sanctioning Authority was valid?

Since the subject matter of this article is limited to the issue of jurisdiction of the JAO to issue a notice under Section 148 post notification of ‘e-Assessment of Income Escaping Assessment Scheme, 2022’ under Section 151A, the other issues decided by the Court in this decision are not dealt with here.

With respect to Issue No. (4) as listed above, the assessee argued that the impugned notice dated 27th August, 2022 was invalid and bad in law, being issued by the JAO, which was not in accordance with Section 151A, which gave power to the CBDT to notify the Scheme for the purpose of assessment, reassessment or recomputation under Section 147, for issuance of notice under Section 148 or for conducting of inquiry or issuance of show cause notice or passing of order under Section 148A or sanction for issuance of notice under Section 151. In exercise of the powers conferred under Section 151A, CBDT issued a notification dated 29th March, 2022 after laying the same before each House of Parliament and formulated a Scheme called “the e-Assessment of Income Escaping Assessment Scheme, 2022” (the Scheme). The Scheme provided that (a) the assessment, reassessment or recomputation under Section 147 and (b) the issuance of notice under Section 148 shall be through automated allocation, in accordance with risk management strategy formulated by the Board as referred to in Section 148 for issuance of notice and in a faceless manner, to the extent provided in Section 144B with reference to making assessment or reassessment of total income or loss of assessee. The impugned notice under Section 148 dated 27th August, 2022 had been issued by the JAO and not by the NFAC, which was not in accordance with the aforesaid Scheme and, therefore, bad in law.

The following contentions were raised by the revenue with respect to this issue —

  •  The guideline dated 1st August 2022 issued by the CBDT for issuance of notice u/s. 148 included a suggested format for issuing notice under Section 148, as an Annexure to the said guideline and it required the designation of the Assessing Officer along with the office address to be mentioned, therefore, it was clear that the JAO was required to issue the said notice and not the FAO.
  •  ITBA step-by-step Document No.2 dated 24th June 2022, an internal document, regarding issuing notice under Section 148 for the cases impacted by Hon’ble Supreme Court’s decision dated 4th May 2022 in the case of Ashish Agarwal (Supra), required the notice issued under Section 148 to be physically signed by the Assessing Officers and, therefore, the JAO had jurisdiction to issue notice under Section 148 and it need not be issued by FAO.
  •  FAO and JAO had concurrent jurisdiction and merely because the Scheme had been framed under Section 151A, it did not mean that the jurisdiction of the JAO was ousted or that the JAO could not issue the notice under Section 148.
  •  The notification dated 29th March 2022 issued under Section 151A provided that the Scheme so framed was applicable only ‘to the extent’ provided in Section 144B and Section 144B did not refer to the issuance of notice under Section 148. Hence, the notice could not be issued by the FAO as per the said Scheme.
  •  No prejudice was caused to the assessee when the notice was issued by the JAO and, therefore, it was not open to the assessee to contend that the said notice was invalid merely because the same was not issued by the FAO.
  •  Office Memorandum dated 20th February, 2023 issued by CBDT (TPL Division) with the subject – ‘seeking inputs / comments on the issue of the challenge of the jurisdiction of JAO – reg.’ was also relied upon by the revenue in support of its stand that the notice under Section 148 was required to be issued by the JAO and not FAO.
  •  The revenue also relied upon the decision of the Calcutta High Court in the case of Triton Overseas Pvt. Ltd. (supra).

On this issue under consideration, the Bombay High Court held as under –

  •  There was no question of concurrent jurisdiction of the JAO and the FAO for issuance of notice under Section 148 or even for passing assessment or reassessment order. When specific jurisdiction has been assigned to either the JAO or the FAO in the Scheme dated 29th March, 2022, then it was to the exclusion of the other. To take any other view on the matter would not only result in chaos but also render the whole faceless proceedings redundant. If the argument of Revenue was to be accepted, then even when notices were issued by the FAO, it would be open to an assessee to make submission before the JAO and vice versa, which was clearly not contemplated in the Act. Therefore, there was no question of concurrent jurisdiction of both FAO or the JAO with respect to the issuance of notice under Section 148 of the Act.
  •  The Scheme dated 29th March 2022 in paragraph 3 clearly provided that the issuance of notice “shall be through automated allocation” which meant that the same was mandatory and was required to be followed by the Department and did not give any discretion to the Department to choose whether to follow it or not.
  •  The argument of the revenue that the Scheme so framed was applicable only ‘to the extent’ provided in Section 144B, the fact that Section 144B did not refer to issuance of notice under Section 148 would render the whole scheme redundant. The Scheme framed by the CBDT, which covered both the aspects of the provisions of Section 151A could not be said to be applicable only for one aspect, i.e., proceedings post the issue of notice under Section 148 of the Act being assessment, reassessment or recomputation under Section 147 and inapplicable to the issuance of notice under Section 148. The Scheme was clearly applicable for issuance of notice under Section 148 and accordingly, it was only the FAO which could issue the notice under Section 148 of the Act and not the JAO. The argument advanced by the revenue would render clause 3(b) of the scheme otiose. If clause 3(b) of the Scheme was not applicable, then only clause 3(a) of the Scheme remained. What was covered in clause 3(a) of the Scheme was already provided in Section 144B(1) of the Act, which Section provided for faceless assessment, and covered assessment, reassessment or recomputation under Section 147 of the Act. Therefore, if Revenue’s arguments were to be accepted, there was no purpose of framing a Scheme only for clause 3(a) which was in any event already covered under the faceless assessment regime in Section 144B of the Act. The phrase “to the extent provided in Section 144B of the Act” in the Scheme was with reference to only making assessment or reassessment of total income or loss of assessee. For issuing notice, the term “to the extent provided in Section 144B of the Act” was not relevant. The phrase “to the extent provided in Section 144B of the Act” would mean that the restriction provided in Section 144B of the Act, such as keeping the International Tax Jurisdiction or Central Circle Jurisdiction out of the ambit of Section 144B of the Act, would also apply under the Scheme.
  •  When an authority acted contrary to law, thesaid act of the Authority was required to be quashed and set aside as invalid and bad in law, and the person seeking to quash such an action was not required to establish prejudice from the said act. An act which was done by an authority contrary to the provisions of the statute, itself caused prejudice to the assessee. Therefore, there was no question of the petitioner having to prove further prejudice before arguing the invalidity of the notice.
  •  The guideline dated 1st August 2022 relied upon by the Revenue was not applicable because these guidelines were internal guidelines as was clear from the endorsement on the first page of the guideline — “Confidential For Departmental Circulation Only”. These guidelines were not issued under Section 119 of the Act. Further, these guidelines were also not binding on the Assessing Officer, as they were contrary to the provisions of the Act and the Scheme framed under Section 151A of the Act. The scheme dated 29th March, 2022 issued under Section 151A, which had also been laid before the Parliament, would be binding on the Revenue and the guidelines dated 1st August, 2022 could not supersede the Scheme.
  •  As regards ITBA step-by-step Document No.2 regarding issuance of notice under Section 148 of the Act, relied upon by Revenue, an internal document cannot depart from the explicit statutory provisions of, or supersede the Scheme framed by the Government under Section 151A of the Act, which Scheme was also placed before both the Houses of Parliament as per Section 151A(3) of the Act.
  •  Office Memorandum dated 20th February, 2023 as referred merely contained the comments of the Revenue issued with the approval of Member (L&S) CBDT and the said Office Memorandum was not in the nature of a guideline or instruction issued under Section 119 of the Act so as to have any binding effect on the Revenue. The High Court also dealt with several errors in the position which had been taken in the said Office Memorandum in detail in its order.
  •  With respect to the decision in the case of Triton Overseas Private Limited (supra), it was noted that the Calcutta High Court did not consider the Scheme dated 29th March, 2022 but had referred to an Office Memorandum dated 20th February, 2023, which could not have been relied upon, in the opinion of the Bombay High Court.

The Bombay High Court relied upon the decision of the Telangana High Court in the case of Kankanala Ravindra Reddy vs. ITO [2023] 156 taxmann.com 178 (Tel) wherein it was held that, in view of the provisions of Section 151A read with the Scheme dated 29th March, 2022, the notice issued by the JAOs were invalid and bad in law.

Accordingly, on the basis of the above, the Bombay High Court decided the issue in favour of the assessee and declared the notice issued under Section 148 dated 27th August, 2022 to be invalid and bad in law, having been issued by the JAO and, hence not being in accordance with Section 151A.

OBSERVATIONS

The power of the Assessing Officer to make the assessment or reassessment of income escaping assessment under Section 147 is subject to the provisions of sections 148 to 153. This is evident from the main operating provision of Section 147 which is reproduced below —

If any income chargeable to tax, in the case of an assessee, has escaped assessment for any assessment year, the Assessing Officer may, subject to the provisions of sections 148 to 153, assess or reassess such income or recompute the loss or the depreciation allowance or any other allowance or deduction for such assessment year (hereafter in this section and in sections 148 to 153 referred to as the relevant assessment year.

Therefore, it is mandatory for the Assessing Officer to comply with the requirements of sections 148 to 153 in order to make the assessment or reassessment of the income escaping assessment. The Assessing Officer will lose his jurisdiction to make the assessment under section 147 if he has contravened the provisions of sections 148 to 153.

Issuance of notice under section 148 is a sine qua non for the purpose of making the assessment or reassessment of income escaping assessment under section 147. There are several conditions which have been imposed under several sections for the purpose of issuing notice under section 148, viz. time limit within which the notice can be issued, obtaining of sanction of the higher authority before issuance of the notice, etc. Time and again, the Courts have held the notice issued under section 148 to be bad in law if it has been issued without fulfilling the relevant conditions which were required to be satisfied before issuing the said notice.

Section 151A is also one of the provisions of the entire scheme of reassessment, as provided in sections 147 to 153. It authorises the Central Government to make a scheme by notification in the Official Gazette. The objective of the said scheme to be notified should be to impart greater efficiency, transparency and accountability by—

(a) eliminating the interface between the income-tax authority and the assessee or any other person to the extent technologically feasible;

(b) optimising utilisation of the resources through economies of scale and functional specialisation;

(c) introducing a team-based assessment, reassessment, re-computation or issuance or sanction of notice with dynamic jurisdiction.

In line with this objective, the Central Government notified e-Assessment of Income Escaping Assessment Scheme, 2022 vide Notification No. 18/2022 dated 29-3-2022. This Scheme provided not only for making of the assessment or reassessment under section 147, but also for issuing notice under section 148 in a faceless manner through automated allocation.

The requirement of issuing notice under section 148 in a faceless manner by the FAO is mandatorily applicable without any exceptions. When the jurisdiction to issue any particular notice under the Act lies with a particular officer, another officer cannot assume that jurisdiction and issue that notice. It is a settled proposition that when a law requires a thing to be done in a particular manner, it has to be done in the prescribed manner and proceeding in any other manner is necessarily forbidden. The Madras High Court in the case of Danish Aarthi vs. M. Abdul Kapoor [C.R.P.(NPD)(MD)No.475 of 2004 and C.R.P.(NPD)(MD)No.476 of 2004] has dealt with this principle extensively and the relevant observations of the High Court in this regard are reproduced below –

20. It is well settled in law that when a statute prescribes to do a particular thing in a particular manner, the same shall not be done in any other manner than prescribed under the law. The said proposition is well recognised as held by the Honourable Supreme Court in the following decisions:

(a) In the decision reported in AIR 1964 SC 358 (State of Uttar Pradesh vs. Singhara Singh) in paragraphs 7 and 8 of the Judgment, it is held thus, “7. In Nazir Ahmed’s case, 63 Ind App 372: (AIR 1936 PC 253 (2)) the Judicial Committee observed that the principle applied in Taylor vs. Taylor, (1876) 1 Ch.D 426 to a Court, namely, that where a power is given to do a certain thing in a certain way, the thing must be done in that way or not at all and that other methods of performance are necessarily forbidden, applied to judicial officers making a record under S.164 and, therefore, held that the magistrate could not give oral evidence of the confession made to him which he had purported to record under S.164 of the Code. It was said that otherwise all the precautions and safeguards laid down in Ss.164 and 364, both of which had to be read together, would become of such trifling value as to be almost idle and that “it would be an unnatural construction to hold that any other procedure was permitted than that which is laid down with such minute particularity in the sections themselves.”

8. The rule adopted in Taylor vs. Taylor (1876) 1 Ch D 426 is well recognized and is founded on sound principles. Its result is that if a statute has conferred a power to do an act and has laid down the method in which that power has to be exercised, it necessarily prohibits the doing of the act in any other manner than that which has been prescribed. The principle behind the rule is that if this were not so, the statutory provision might as well not have been enacted. A magistrate, therefore, cannot in the course of investigation record a confession except in the manner laid down in S.164. The power to record the confession had obviously been given so that the confession might be proved by the record of it made in the manner laid down. If proof of the confession by other means was permissible, the whole provision of S.164 including the safeguards contained in it for the protection of accused persons would be rendered nugatory. The section, therefore, by conferring on magistrates the power to record statements or confessions, by necessary implication, prohibited a magistrate from giving oral evidence of the statements or confessions made to him.”

(b) The said proposition is also reiterated in the decision reported in (1999) 3 SCC 422 (BabuVerghese vs. Bar Council of Kerala). In paragraphs 31 and 32 of the Judgment, the Honourable Supreme Court held thus, “31. It is the basic principle of law long settled that if the manner of doing a particular act is prescribed under any statute, the act must be done in that manner or not at all. The origin of this rule is traceable to the decision in Taylor vs. Taylor ((1875)1 Ch D 426) which was followed by Lord Roche in Nazir Ahmad vs. King Emperor (AIR 1936 PC 253) who stated as under: “(W)here a power is given to do a certain thing in a certain way, the thing must be done in that way or not at all.”

32. This rule has since been approved by this Court in Rao Shiv Bahadur Singh vs. State of V.P. (AIR 1954 SC 322) and again in Deep Chand vs. State of Rajasthan (AIR 1961 SC 1527). These cases were considered by a three-Judge Bench of this Court in State of U.P. vs. Singhara Singh (AIR 1964 SC 358) and the rule laid down in Nazir Ahmed case (AIR 1936 PC 253) was again upheld. This rule has since been applied to the exercise of jurisdiction by courts and has also been recognised as a salutary principle of administrative law.”

(c) In Captain Sube Singh vs. Lt.Governor of Delhi, AIR 2004 SC 3821 : (2004) 6 SCC 440, the Supreme Court, at paragraph 29, held as follows: “29. In Anjum M.H. Ghaswala a Constitution Bench of this Court reaffirmed the general rule that when a statute vests certain power in an authority to be exercised in a particular manner then the said authority has to exercise it only in the manner provided in the statute itself. (See also in this connection Dhanajaya Reddy vs. State of Karnataka.) The statute in question requires the authority to act in accordance withthe rules for variation of the conditions attached to the permit. In our view, it is not permissible to the State Government to purport to alter these conditions by issuing a notification under Section 67(1)(d) read with sub-clause (i) thereof.”

(d) In State of Jharkhand vs. Ambay Cements, (2005) 1 SCC 368: 2005 (1) CTC 223, at paragraph 26 (in SCC), the Supreme Court held as follows: “26. Whenever the statute prescribes that a particular act is to be done in a particular manner and also lays down that failure to comply with the said requirement leads to severe consequences, such requirement would be mandatory. It is the cardinal rule of interpretation that where a statute provides that a particular thing should be done, it should be done in the manner prescribed and not in any other way. It is also a settled rule of interpretation that where a statute is penal in character, it must be strictly construed and followed. Since the requirement, in the instant case, of obtaining prior permission is mandatory, therefore, non-compliance with the same must result in cancelling the concession made in favour of the grantee, the respondent herein.”

(e) The Division Bench of this Court in 2009 (1) CTC 32 (Indian Network for People living with HIV/AIDS vs. Union of India) and in 2002 (1) LW 672 (Rev. Dr. V. Devasahayam, Bishop in Madras CSI and another vs. D. Sahayadoss and two others) also held to the same effect.

Therefore, the JAO cannot be permitted to issue the notice under section 148 which under the law is required to be issued by the FAO. Further, there is no express provision under the Act providing for concurrent jurisdiction of both; JAO and FAO. To take a view that the JAO also has a concurrent jurisdiction for issuing notice under section 148 would be against the very objective of making the processes under the Act faceless.

The Bombay High Court has dealt with the provisions of section 151A as well as the scheme notified thereunder extensively and took the view that the notice would be invalid if it is issued by the JAO post the effective date of the scheme. The Calcutta High Court merely relied upon the office memorandum dated 20th February, 2023 being F No. 370153/7/2023-TPL issued by the CBDT, which was not having any authority under the Act. In view of this, the view taken by the Bombay High Court and Telangana High Court appears to be the better view of the matter.

Sustainability Reporting – Limited Assurance versus Reasonable Assurance

INTRODUCTION

The word “sustainability” is creating a buzz around the world these days. Everyone, including corporates, are echoing about adopting sustainable practices in conducting their business that creates sustainable, long-term shareholder, employee, consumer, and societal value by pursuing responsible environmental, social, economic and or governance strategies. There is an increasing need for companies to act more responsibly in sustainability-related issues due to pressures from their stakeholders. This increased pressure comes with a corresponding need for companies to report on their actions. As the stakeholders of companies do not have the opportunity to assess the credibility of the reporting themselves, the responsibility falls upon a third party to give assurance on the contents of the report. The assurance as such will be an important part in providing reliability to sustainability reporting. Regulators across various jurisdictions are coming up with requirements for sustainability reporting and assurance on sustainability reporting with different timelines.

REPORTING AND ASSURANCE FRAMEWORKS

On perusal of most annual reports, it can be sensed that the theme is increasingly based on sustainability. Not only is there focus on sustainability in the message from the Chairman, CEO and the senior management, but also there is a dedicated section wherein it is disclosed at length on how the business is getting impacted by climate change and vice versa. The “net-zero” commitment statement is used often these days in the statutory reporting. International Federation of Accountants in its vision statement has stated “Sustainability-related disclosure is finally taking its rightful place within the corporate reporting ecosystem, through global and jurisdiction-specific initiatives. Climate, human capital, and other ESG matters are becoming decision critical. The way forward is clear—with the establishment of the International Sustainability Standards Board and support from public authorities like The International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO)—for a system that delivers consistent, comparable, and reliable information.”1


1. https://www.ifac.org/_flysystem/azure-private/publications/files/IFAC-Vision-Sustainability-Assurance.pdf

There are many reporting standards basis which companies are presenting sustainability disclosures, viz., Sustainability disclosure standards issued by Global Reporting Initiative (GRI), IFRS S1, General Requirements for Disclosure of Sustainability-related Financial Information and IFRS S2, Climate-related Disclosures issued by International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) and European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) to name a few.

The stakeholders analyse sustainability disclosures from their own lens. The investor focus is experiencing a gradient shift from the conventional financial metrics to the novel non-financial metrics reported by the companies. The State of Play: Sustainability Disclosure and Assurance benchmarking studies by the International Federation of Accountants (IFAC) and American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) & Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) captures and analyses the extent to which the largest global companies are reporting and obtaining assurance over their sustainability disclosures, which assurance standards are being used, and which companies are providing the assurance service.2 This study updates understanding based on financial year (FY) 2022 reporting of market practice by 1,400 companies across 22 jurisdictions (including India). As per this study, 98 per cent of the companies reviewed for FY 2022 reported some level of detail on sustainability whereas 69 per cent of the companies that reported sustainability disclosures obtained assurance on at least some of their sustainability disclosures. Further, 82 per cent of these companies have obtained limited level of assurance.3


2. https://www.ifac.org/knowledge-gateway/contributing-global-economy/discussion/state-play-sustainability-assurance
3. https://ifacweb.blob.core.windows.net/publicfiles/2024-02/IFAC-State-Play-Sustainability-Disclosure-Assurance-2019-2022_0.pdf

To standardise the assurance practices, standard-setting bodies across the globe have issued their own version of sustainability reporting assurance standards. In conducting the assurance engagements, professional accountants use standards set in the public interest — including quality management, ethics, and independence — developed by the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (IAASB) and the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA). As per The State of Play: Sustainability Disclosure and Assurance benchmarking study, 92 per cent of the firms applied ISAE 3000 (Revised), Assurance Engagements Other Than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information issued by IAASB.3

CURRENT STATE IN INDIA

In India, too, sustainability has grabbed the attention of corporates and regulators. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) has mandated the disclosure of attributes relating to ESG parameters in the Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report (BRSR) for the top 1,000 listed entities (by market capitalisation) from FY 2022–23 onwards. To instil investor confidence in the reporting, SEBI has further mandated the assurance of BRSR Core, a subset of BRSR and a collection of nine ESG attributes of BRSR, for the top 150 listed entities (by market capitalisation) from FY 2023–24 onwards. The requirement of mandatory reasonable assurance will increase to the top 1,000 listed entities (by market capitalisation) from FY 2026–27 onwards in a phased manner. The regulator has gone a step ahead and notified that the top 250 listed entities (by market capitalisation) need to disclose ESG attributes with respect to their value chain from FY 2024–25 on a comply-or-explain basis. Further, these disclosures pertaining to the value chain are required to be assured on a comply-or-explain basis from FY 2025–26. It is pertinent to note that SEBI in its circular has differentiated between the level of assurance that a listed entity needs to obtain for ESG disclosures in the BRSR Core and for the disclosures made in respect of value chain — reasonable assurance for the former and limited assurance for the latter.4


4. https://www.sebi.gov.in/legal/circulars/jul-2023/brsr-core-framework-for-assurance-and-esg-disclosures-for-value-chain_73854.html

Further, SEBI clarified that the assurance provider may appropriately use a globally accepted assurance standard on sustainability / non-financial reporting such as ISAE 3000 (Revised) or assurance standards issued by The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI), such as Standard on Sustainability Assurance Engagements (SSAE) 3000, Assurance Engagements on Sustainability Information or Standard on Assurance Engagements (SAE) 3410, Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse Gas Statements.5


5. https://www.sebi.gov.in/sebi_data/faqfiles/aug-2023/1691500854553.pdf

Globally, except for a few regions, assurance on non-financial disclosure is voluntary. Wherever this is mandatory, the requirement is usually of ‘limited’ assurance. In India, the regulator has prescribed ‘reasonable’ assurance of ESG disclosure for listed companies, initially for top tier, and then progressively increased the coverage, i.e., reasonable assurance for the top 1,000 listed companies based on market capitalisation in a phased manner and limited assurance for value chain entities. Most of the companies in India were obtaining limited assurance on a voluntary basis. With the mandatory reasonable assurance, it is important to understand the difference between limited assurance and reasonable assurance6.


6. SEBI has recently issued a Consultation paper containing ‘Recommendations of the Expert Committee for Facilitating Ease of Doing Business with respect to Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report (BRSR)’ whereby one of the recommendations proposes that the term “assurance” shall be substituted with “assessment” in LODR Regulations and SEBI circulars on BRSR. The last date for submission of comments is 12th June, 2024.

LIMITED VS REASONABLE ASSURANCE

Limited assurance and reasonable assurance are two levels of assurance that can be provided on reported figures and disclosures. Reasonable assurance provides a positive affirmation on the statements being made by the company as compared to limited assurance which only gives a negative form of assurance that nothing has come to the attention of the assurance provider that the information is not fairly stated. A reasonable assurance engagement, therefore, involves deeper assessment of systems, processes and controls as well as the performance of many more tests on large number of samples in arriving at the conclusion.

Following are few important elements on which reasonable assurance and limited assurance can be distinguished:

Limited Assurance Reasonable Assurance
Level of Assurance Lower — Negative Assurance Higher — Positive assurance
Level of Assurance Conclusion — “Based on our procedures and the evidence obtained, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the subject matter in order for it to be in accordance with the Criteria” Opinion — “In our opinion the subject matter is  presented, in all material respects, in accordance with the criteria”
Subject Matter Understanding on which assurance will be given Sufficient to identify areas where a material misstatement is likely to arise Sufficient to identify and assess the risks of material misstatement
Understanding and evaluating the design of internal controls Obtain an understanding about (a) the control environment; (b) the information system; (c) the results of the entity’s risk assessment process Additionally, obtain understanding to assess the risks of material misstatement at the assertion level and monitoring of controls
Testing of Controls Typically, do not test controls Perform test of controls to reach a conclusion about their operating effectiveness in control reliance strategy
IT and IT General Controls (ITGCs) Typically, do not test or rely on ITGCs When assurance provider decides to place reliance on controls established by the management, we test and determine whether management has effective ITGCs in place.
Procedures Analytical, inquiry procedures. Examples include observation, variance analysis, ratio analysis Substantive testing, test of controls, test of detail.

Examples include reperformance, recalculation, confirmation, statistical sampling

 

Refer to the Appendix for an illustrative list of procedures.

Report Report includes conclusion whether we are aware of any material modifications that should be made to the subject matter for it to be in accordance with the criteria. Report includes opinion whether the subject matter is in accordance with the criteria, in all material respects, or the assertion is fairly stated, in all material respects.

IAASB has issued Non-Authoritative Guidance on Applying ISAE 3000 (Revised) to Extended External Reporting (EER) Assurance Engagements7 in April 2021. For examples of considerations relating to an entity’s process to prepare the subject matter information, and the internal control over that preparation, reference can be made to ‘Appendix 3 Limited and Reasonable Assurance Engagements – EER Illustrative Table of the aforesaid guidance’. The report formats are also given in the EER guidance:

  • Illustration I: Unmodified Reasonable Assurance Report Reasonable assurance engagement on Sustainability Information included within the Annual Report
  • Illustration II: Unmodified Limited Assurance Report Limited assurance engagement on Sustainability Information included within the Annual Report

7. Refer Non-Authoritative Guidance on Applying ISAE 3000 (Revised) to Extended External Reporting

Having mentioned the above, there are few elements which are common to both reasonable and limited assurance engagement such as planning of the engagement, determining of appropriate materiality benchmarks, etc.

IAASB is in the process of issuing a new global standard specific to sustainability assurance called the “International Standard on Sustainability Assurance (ISSA) 5000, General Requirements for Sustainability Assurance Engagements. This is a principle-based standard and currently, it is an exposure draft. The standard setter has received various comments from different stakeholders on the exposure draft and the final standard may undergo revision basis consideration of such comments. The standard is expected to be released by September 2024. Assurance practitioners can use this standard upon its issuance as final standard.

PREPARER RESPONSIBILITIES

While the assurance provider is responsible for providing assurance, preparers also have unique and vitally important responsibilities. Only they can implement the systems, processes, controls and governance that are key to preventing material misstatements in their financial reporting — versus detecting them. Some of the important questions that companies should focus on while they gear up for obtaining assurance on the sustainability reporting are as follows:

  • What systems and processes have the management put in place to ensure they are gathering, analysing and measuring the relevant data?
  • How does the management ensure the data’s reliability and what controls do they have around this data?
  • Which criteria do the board use for the selection of the sustainability assurance provider?
  • Who is responsible for sustainability reporting? Are the sustainability reporting accountabilities clear?
  • Is the management using the same / consistent assumptions and estimations for financial and sustainability reporting?
  • How is the company challenging management to ensure all information that is material to the company is disclosed?
  • Is internal audit (IA) department involved in the company’s ESG transformation, and how?
  • Are all assurance providers (internal and external) coordinating their work and ensuring that proper controls are in place and that there are no significant gaps?

BOTTOM LINE

Reasonable assurance is a much higher level of assurance and requires collaboration of subject matter skills (like carbon emission / other non-financial KPIs) and assurance skills to perform detailed control testing and substantive procedures. There is a need for collaboration of the subject matter experts and the assurance experts to provide high-quality assurance on BRSR Core and other sustainability reporting to enhance credibility of such information. While global and Indian standards exist for assurance providers, there is a need for the regulators to issue detailed methodology / work programs for assurance providers on various KPIs included in BRSR core and guidance for companies as well for the smooth implementation of the requirements.

APPENDIX A

The objective of this appendix is to expand on the procedures for reasonable assurance by way of examples:

Procedures for reasonable assurance

Inquiry and/or observation Analytical procedures Test of controls Test of details / Inspection / recalculation / reperformance / confirmation
Performing walkthroughs of the significant reporting processes to obtain understanding and then inquiring the process owners about whether our understanding of the process and relevant key controls is accurate. Observe whether those who make and review the controls are performing functions and using inputs as we understand they do. Observe whether the process owners, or others, act upon deviations from the expectations for the estimates. Detailed analytical procedures are performed in response to assessed risks of material misstatement which involve developing expectations of quantities or ratios or trends that are sufficiently precise to identify material misstatements. Designing tests of controls for key controls in the significant reporting process to evaluate the operating effectiveness of the control to address the risks. Examining sample controls by obtaining evidence of its design, implementation and operation. Inspecting and examining records or documents or sites to provide direct evidence of existence or valuation on sample basis. We determine whether to perform external confirmation procedures, to obtain relevant and reliable assurance evidence from external third parties. Assessing whether the different locations being aggregated use the same definitions, the same units to express sustainability performance and the same measurement, sampling and analysis techniques.

While reference should be made to assurance standard followed by assurance provider in accordance with SEBI circular read with FAQs on BRSR Core, given below are few examples of reasonable assurance procedures for few KPIs included in BRSR Core.

Green-house gas (GHG) footprint — Greenhouse gas emissions may be measured in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard.

Illustrative procedures for Scope 1 emission

1. Obtain an understanding of the entity’s business and operations to identify sources of Scope 1 emission (Diesel / Petrol for vehicles, DG sets, etc.) and the reporting process with respect to data collection and aggregation.

2. Basis the understanding obtained in point no. 1 above, assess the completeness of the data to ensure all sources and all units / sites / plants / offices (within the defined Reporting Boundary) have been included.

3. Verify the accuracy and completeness of the energy / fuel consumption data with the data reported under Principle 6, Question 1 (energy consumption). Verify the completeness and accuracy of other sources (other than energy) of scope 1 emissions such as fire extinguisher, refrigerants, etc. by checking the supporting documents on a sample basis.

4. Verify the conversion and emission factors used for calculating the scope 1 emissions.

5. Where estimation has been used by the management, obtain a note on the estimation methodology, assumptions used and evaluate whether they are appropriate and have been applied consistently.

6. Verify if the meters are calibrated periodically (as may be applicable) where computation is based on meter readings.

7. Verify if the data is reported for the relevant reporting period only.

8. Check the presentation and disclosure of the data is in line with the BRSR Core criteria and guidance issued.

Illustrative procedures for Scope 2 emissions

1. Obtain an understanding of the entity’s business and operations to identify sources of Scope 2 emission and the reporting process with respect to data collection and aggregation.

2. Basis the understanding obtained in point no. 1 above, assess the completeness of the data to ensure all sources and all units / sites / plants / offices (within the defined Reporting Boundary) have been included.

3. Verify the accuracy and completeness of the energy consumed from purchased electricity and other sources of scope 2 emissions with the data reported under Principle 6, Question 1 (energy consumption).

4. Verify the conversion and emission factors used for calculating the scope 2 emissions.

5. Where estimation has been used by the management, obtain a note on the estimation methodology, assumptions used and evaluate whether they are appropriate and have been applied consistently.

6. Verify if the meters are calibrated periodically (as may be applicable) where computation is based on meter readings.

7. Verify if the data is reported for the relevant reporting period only.

8. Check the presentation and disclosure of the data is in line with the BRSR Core criteria and guidance issued.

Glimpses of Supreme Court Rulings

3 All India Bank Officers’ Confederation vs. The Regional Manager, Central Bank of India and Ors.

Civil Appeal Nos. 7708 of 2014, 18459 of 2017, 18460 of 2017, 18462 of 2017, 18463 of 2017, 18461 of 2017, 18464 of 2017, 18465-18466 of 2017, 18457-18458 of 2017 and 18467 of 2017

Decided On: 7th May, 2024

Does Section 17(2)(viii) and / or Rule 3(7)(i) lead to a delegation of the ‘essential legislative function’ to the CBDT? — The subordinate authority’s power under Section 17(2)(viii), to prescribe ‘any other fringe benefit or amenity’ as perquisite is not boundless, it is demarcated by the language of Section17oftheAct—Anything made taxable by the rule-making authority under Section 17(2)(viii) should be a ‘perquisite’ in the form of ‘fringe benefits or amenity’ — The enactment of subordinate legislation for levying tax on interest free / concessional loans as a fringe benefit is within the rule- making power under Section 17(2)(viii) of the Act

Is Rule 3(7)(i) arbitrary and violative of Article 14 of the Constitution insofar as it treats the PLR of SBI as the benchmark? — SBI is the largest bank in the country and the interest rates fixed by them invariably impact and affect the interest rates being charged by other banks — By fixing a single clear benchmark for computation of the perquisite or fringe benefit, the Rule prevents ascertainment of the interest rates being charged by different banks from the customers and,thus,checks unnecessary litigation — Therefore, Rule 3(7) is intra vires Article 14 of the Constitution of India

The appeals filed by staff unions and officers’ associations of various banks before the Supreme Court, impugned the judgments of the High Courts, which dismissed their writ petitions,where the vires of Section17(2)(viii) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 or Rule 3(7)(i) of the Income Tax Rules, 1962, or both, were challenged.

The Supreme Court noted that Section 17(2)(viii) of the Act includes in the definition of ‘perquisites’,‘any other fringe benefit or amenity’,‘as may be prescribed’. Rule3 of the Rules prescribes additional ‘fringe benefits’ or ‘amenities’,taxable as perquisites, pursuant to Section17(2)(viii). It also prescribes the method of valuation of such perquisites for taxation  purposes. Rule 3(7)(i) of the Rules stipulates that interest-free / concessional loan benefits provided by banks to bank employees shall be taxable as ‘fringe benefits’ or ‘amenities’ if the interest charged by the bank on such loans is lesser than the interest charged according to the Prime Lending Rate of the State Bank of India.

Section 17(2)(viii) and Rule 3(7)(i) were challenged on the grounds of excessive and unguided delegation of essential legislative function to the Central Board of Direct Taxes. Rule 3(7)(i) was also challenged as arbitrary and violative of Article 14 of the Constitution insofar as it treats the PLR of SBI as the benchmark instead of the actual interest rate charged by the bank from a customer on a loan.

The Supreme Court noted that Sections 15 to 17 of the Act relate to income tax chargeable on salaries. Section 15 stipulates incomes that are chargeable to income tax as ‘salaries’. Section 16 prescribes deductions allowable under ‘salaries’. Section 17 defines the expressions ‘salary’, ‘perquisites’ and ‘profits in lieu of salary’ for Sections 15 and 16.

According to the Supreme Court, after specifically stipulating what is included and taxed as ‘perquisite’, Clause (viii) to Section 17(2), as a residuary clause, deliberately and intentionally leaves it to the rule-making authority totax ‘any other fringe benefit or amenity’ by promulgating a rule. The residuary Clause is enacted to capture and tax any other ‘fringe benefit or amenity’ within the ambit of ‘perquisites’, not already covered by Clauses (i) to (viia) to Section 17(2).

The Supreme Court noted that in terms of the power conferred under Section 17(2)(viii), CBDT has enacted Rule 3(7)(i) of the Rules. Rule 3(7)(i) states that interest-free/concessional loan made available to an employee or a member of his household by the employer or any person on his behalf, for any purpose, shall be determined as the sum equal to interest computed at the rate charged per annum by SBI, as on the first date of the relevant previous year in respect of loans for the same purpose advanced by it on the maximum outstanding monthly balance as reduced by interest, if any,actually paid. However, the loans made available for medical treatment in respect of diseases specified in Rule 3A or loans whose value in aggregate does not exceed ₹20,000/-, are not chargeable.

The Supreme Court observed that the effect of the Rule is two-fold. First, the value of interest-free or concessional loans is to be treated as ‘other fringe benefit or amenity’ for the purpose of Section 17(2)(viii) and, therefore, taxable as a ‘perquisite’. Secondly, it prescribes the method of valuation of the interest- free/concessional loan for the purposes of taxation.

The Supreme Court observed that Section 17(2)(viii) is a residuary clause, enacted to provide flexibility. Since it is enacted as an enabling catch-within-domain provision, the residuary Clause is not iron-cast and exacting. A more pragmatic and common sensical approach can be adopted by locating the prevalent meaning of ‘perquisites’ in common parlance and commercial usage.

The Supreme Court noted that the expression ‘perquisite’ is well-understood by a common person who is conversant with the subject matter of a taxing statute. New International Webster’s Comprehensive Dictionary defines ‘perquisites’ as any incidental profit from service beyond salary or wages; hence, any privilege or benefit claimed due. ‘Fringe benefit’ is defined as any of the various benefits received from an employer apart from salary, such as insurance, pension, vacation, etc. Similarly, Black’s Law Dictionary defines ‘fringe benefit’ as a benefit (other than direct salary or compensation) received by an employee from the employer,such as insurance,a company car, or a tuition allowance. The Major Law Lexicon has elaborately defined the words ‘perquisite’ and ‘fringe benefit’.

‘Perquisites’ has also been interpreted as an expression of common parlance in several decisions of this Court. For example, ‘perquisite’ was interpreted in Arun Kumar v. Union of India (2007) 1 SCC 732, with respect to Section 17(2) of the Act. The Court referenced its dictionary meanings and held that ‘perquisites’ were a privilege, gain or profit incidental to employment and in addition to regular salary or wages. This decision refers to the observations of the House of Lords in Owen vs. Pook (1969) 2 WLR 775 (HL), where the House observed that ‘perquisite’ has a known normal meaning, namely, a personal advantage. However, the perquisites do not mean the mere reimbursement of a necessary disbursement. Reference was also made to Rendell vs. Went (1964) 1 WLR 650 (HL), wherein the House held that ‘perquisite’ would include any benefit or advantage, having a monetary value, which a holder of an office derives from the employer’s spending on his behalf.

Similarly, in Additional Commissioner of Income Tax vs. Bharat Patel (2018) 15 SCC 670, the Court held that ‘perquisite’, in the common parlance relates to any perk or benefit attached to an employee or position besides salary or remuneration. It usually includes non-cash benefits given by the employer to the employee in addition to the entitled salary or remuneration.

The Supreme Court thus concluded that, ‘perquisite’ is a fringe benefit attached to the post held by the employee unlike‘profit in lieu of salary’,which is a reward or recompense for past or future service. It is incidental to employment and in excess of or in addition to the salary. It is an advantage or benefit given because of employment, which otherwise would not be available.

From this perspective, the Supreme Court was of the opinion that the employer’s grant of interest-free loans or loans at a concessional rate will certainly qualify as a ‘fringe benefit’ and ‘perquisite’, as understood through its natural usage in common parlance.

According to the Supreme Court, two issues would arise for its consideration: (I) Does Section 17(2)(viii) and/or Rule 3(7)(i) lead to a delegation of the ‘essential legislative function’ to the CBDT?; and (II) Is Rule 3(7)(i)arbitraryandviolativeofArticle14oftheConstitutioninsofarasittreats the PLR of SBI as the benchmark?

I. Does Section17(2)(viii)and/or Rule3(7)(i) lead to a delegation of the ‘essential legislative function’ to the CBDT?

The Supreme Court noted that a Constitution Bench of Seven Judges of this Court in Municipal Corporation of Delhi v. Birla Cotton, Spinning and Weaving Mills, Delhi and Anr.1968: INSC:47, has held that the legislature must retain with itself the essential legislative function. ‘Essential legislative function’ means the determination of the legislative policy and its formulation as a binding Rule of conduct.Therefore,once the legislature declares the legislative policy and lays down the standard through legislation, it can leave the remainder of the task to subordinate legislation. In such cases, the subordinate legislation is ancillary to the primary statute. It aligns with the framework of the primary legislation as long as it is made consistent with it, without exceeding the limits of policy and standards stipulated by the primary legislation.The test,therefore, is whether the primary legislation has stated with sufficient clarity, the legislative policy and the standards that are binding on subordinate authorities who frame the delegated legislation.

The Supreme Court was of the opinion, the subordinate authority’s power under Section 17(2)(viii), to prescribe ‘any other fringe benefit or amenity’ as perquisite is not boundless. It is demarcated by the language of Section 17 of the Act. Anything made taxable by the rule-making authority under Section 17(2)(viii) should be a ‘perquisite’ in the form of ‘fringe benefits or amenity’. According to the Supreme Court, the provision clearly reflects the legislative policy and gives express guidance to the rule-making authority.

Section 17(2) provides an ‘inclusive’ definition of ‘perquisites’. Section 17(2)(i) to (vii)/(viia) provides for certain specific categories of perquisites. However, these are not the only kind of perquisites. Section 17(2)(viii) provides a residuary Clause that includes ‘any other fringe benefits or amenities’ within the definition of ‘perquisites’, as prescribed from time to time. The express delineation does not take away the power of the legislature, as the plenary body, to delegate the rule-making authority to subordinate authorities, to bring within the ambit of ‘perquisites’ any other ‘fringe benefit’ or annuities’ as ‘perquisite’. The legislative intent, policy and guidance is drawn and defined. Pursuant to such demarcated delegation, Rule 3(7)(i) prescribes interest- free/loans at concessional rates as a ‘fringe benefit’ or ‘amenity’, taxable as ‘perquisites’. This becomes clear once we view the analysis undertaken in Birla Cotton (supra)viz. the ‘essential legislative function’ test.

The Supreme Court after referring to plethora of judgements was of the opinion that the enactment of subordinate legislation for levying tax on interest free/concessional loans as a fringe benefit was within the rule-making power underSection17(2)(viii)of the Act.Section17(2)(viii)itself,and the enactment of Rule 3(7)(i) was not a case of excessive delegation and falls within the parameters of permissible delegation. Section 17(2) clearly delineates the legislative policy and lays down standards for the rule-making authority. Accordingly, Rule 3(7)(i) was intra vires Section 17(2)(viii) of the Act. Section 17(2)(viii) does not lead to an excessive delegation of the ‘essential legislative function’.

II. Is Rule3(7)(i) arbitrary and violative of Article 14 of the Constitution in so far as it treats the PLR of SBI as the benchmark?

Rule 3(7)(i) posits SBI’s rate of interest, that is the PLR, as the benchmark to determine the value of benefit to the Assessee in comparison to the rate of interest charged by other individual banks. According to the Supreme Court, the fixation of SBI’s rate of interest as the benchmark is neither an arbitrary nor unequal exercise of power. The rule-making authority has not treated unequal as equals. SBI is the largest bank in the country and the interest rates fixed by them invariably impact and affect the interest rates being charged by other banks. By fixing a single clear benchmark for computation of the perquisite or fringe benefit, the Rule prevents ascertainment of the interest rates being charged by different banks from the customers and, thus, checks unnecessary litigation. Rule 3(7)(i) ensures consistency in application, provides clarity for both the Assessee and the revenue department, and provides certainty as to the amount to be taxed. When there is certainty and clarity, there is tax efficiency which is beneficial to both the taxpayer and the tax authorities. These are all hallmarks of good tax legislation. Rule 3(7)(i) is based on a uniform approach and yet premised on a fair determining principle which aligns with constitutional values. Therefore, Rule 3(7) was held to be intra vires Article 14 of the Constitution of India.

The Supreme Court therefore dismissed the appeals and upheld the impugned judgments of the High Courts of Madras and Madhya Pradesh.

Erroneous Refund of Input Tax Credit – Whether Adjudication under section 73 / 74 Permissible?

INTRODUCTION

For a long time, taking the amount back from the government remained a challenging task for industry and professionals. The reason for the same is also apparent, no officer wants to take a chance for the disbursement of any amount from the government treasury, which is susceptible to be illegal or erroneous hence except for automated processing of refunds, the same is being sanctioned and disbursed with utmost care and only after due verification of eligibility criteria and relevant documents. Since refunds of Input Tax Credit (ITC) on account of exports or inverted duty structure are regular phenomena, the same are being applied by the taxpayer on a concurrent basis and sanctioned after due verification by departmental officers. However, after the department started the audit under section 65, one of the common observations of the audit was an erroneous refund of ITC sanctioned and disbursed to the taxpayer. Based on such audit observations, the department has now initiated proceedings under section 73 / 74 for recovery of the allegedly erroneous grant of ITC in several cases. This article attempts to examine the jurisdiction and validity of proceedings under section 73 / 74 for recovery of such refunds.

ADJUDICATION OF REFUND APPLICATION:

As far as the refund of ITC is concerned, the same is a statutory right which emanates from section 54(3). As per statutory provision, a refund of ITC can be claimed in two circumstances, firstly in the case of zero-rated supplies and secondly in the case of inverted duty structure. The procedure for the same is provided in Chapter X of the GST Rules. Rules 89 to 91 deal with procedures in relation to the filing of a refund application, its acknowledgement, and the provisional refund. Whereas rule 92 provides for adjudication of refund applications.

The bare reading of section 54(5), Rule 92(1) & (1A) signifies that before granting a Refund, the proper officer has to examine the refund application along with documentary and other evidence, and he has to apply his mind, whether a refund is payable or not. Moreover, if a proper officer finds that a refund is not payable, as per rule 92(3), it is necessary for the proper officer to give notice of this effect to the taxpayer and provide an opportunity to be heard before rejecting any such refund application. Accordingly, any decision to grant or reject any such refund is an adjudication order as per section 2(54) read with section 54 and Rule 92. Further, one may conclude that section 54 read with chapter X of CGST Rules, is a complete code in itself for regulating refunds. One may refer to the judgment of the Hon’ble Madras High Court in the case of Eveready Industries India Ltd. vs. CESTAT, Chennai 2016 (337) E.L.T. 189 (Mad.), whereby in similar circumstances and legal framework, the Hon’ble High Court observed as under:

28. But, a careful look at the scheme of Sections 11A, 11B and 35E would show that an application for a refund is not to be dealt with merely as a ministerial act or an administrative act. Under Section 11B of the Act, a person, claiming a refund of any duty of excise and interest already paid, should make an application in the prescribed form. Such application is to be made within the period of limitation prescribed under sub-section (1) of Section 11B. The application should be accompanied by such documentary or other evidence, in relation to which, such refund is claimed. Sub-section (2) of Section 11B mandates that upon receipt of any application for refund, the Assistant Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner, if he is satisfied that the duty is refundable, should make an order. The refund order is capable of being given effect in several methods including adjustment or rebate of duty of excise, all of which are prescribed in Clauses (a) to (f) under the Proviso to sub-section (2) of Section 11B.

30. Therefore, the detailed procedure prescribed under Section 11B not only regulates the manner and form, in which, an application for refund is to be made but also prescribes a period of limitation, and method of adjudication as well as the manner, in which, such refund is to be made. In simple terms, Section 11B is a complete code in itself.

31. Therefore, it is clear that what is required of an Assistant Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner under sub-section (2) of Section 11B is to adjudicate upon the claim for refund. The expression ‘Adjudicating Authority’ is also defined in Section 2(a) to mean any authority competent to pass any order or decision under this Act, but does not include the Central Board, Commissioner of Excise (Appeals) or the Appellate Tribunal. Hence, the power exercised under Section 11B is that of an adjudicating authority and the order passed is certainly one of adjudication.

By the above discussion, one may conclude that granting a refund under the GST law, more specifically ‘Refund of ITC’, is not mechanical computation only; rather it involves the application of mind by the proper officer, and is granted or rejected by the proper adjudication of refund application.

JURISDICTION UNDER SECTIONS 73 / 74:

Proceedings under sections 73 and 74 are identical, barring that section 73 applies to bonafide cases and section 74 applies to evasion cases. Hence, for brevity, relevant extracts of section 74 alone are reproduced hereunder for ready reference:

(1) Where it appears to the proper officer that any tax has not been paid or short paid or erroneously refunded or where input tax credit has been wrongly availed or utilised by reason of fraud, or any wilful-misstatement or suppression of facts to evade tax, he shall serve notice on the person chargeable with tax which has not been so paid or which has been so short paid or to whom the refund has erroneously been made, or who has wrongly availed or utilised input tax credit, requiring him to show cause as to why he should not pay the amount specified in the notice along with interest payable thereon under section 50 and a penalty equivalent to the tax specified in the notice.”

From the perusal of section 74(1), one can identify that section 74 can be issued to recover demand in respect of five subject matters, i.e., when tax has been short paid, not paid, erroneously refunded, or when ITC has been wrongly availed or utilised. The same can be summarised in the following table for easy understanding:

In respect of Tax In respect of ITC
1) Tax has not been paid;

2) Tax has paid short-paid;

3) Tax has been erroneously refunded;

4) ITC has been wrongly availed;

5) ITC has been wrongly utilised.

A bare perusal of Statutory Provision reveals that section 74, with respect to tax demand, can be invoked if tax has not been paid, short paid, or erroneously refunded. On the other hand, the invocation of section 74 with respect to Input Tax Credit can be there for wrongful availment or utilisation.

Statutory Provisions does not authorise invocation of section 73 / 74 whereby the allegation is of erroneous refund of Input Tax Credit. Accordingly, in the humble opinion of the author, section 73 / 74 doesn’t confer jurisdiction to any officer to initiate proceedings under section 73 / 74 for recovery of the alleged erroneous refund of input tax credit.

REMEDY AGAINST ERRONEOUS REFUND OF ITC:

Once it is discussed that there is no jurisdiction under section 73 / 74 for such recovery, the obvious question comes to mind: what remedy does the department have in case of grant of any erroneous refund of the input tax credit?

Once any adjudication order is passed, the statute provides the following remedial measures against an order, depending upon the facts and circumstances of the case:

i. Section 107: Appeal to First Appellate Authority:

When the department is of the opinion that the order or decision of refund is legibly not correct or inappropriate, an appeal under section 107(2) may be filed against such decision.

ii. Section 108: Revision:

When revisional authority is of the opinion that the order or decision of refund is erroneous in so far as it is prejudicial to the interest of revenue and is illegal or improper or has not taken into account certain material facts, the Revision under section 108 can be initiated.

iii. Section 161: Rectification

When the proper officer (one who sanctioned the refund) finds that there is any error which is apparent on the face of records, the officer may take recourse to section 161 and rectify the order on its own.

Hon’ble Allahabad High Court examined the identical issue in the case of Honda Siel Power Products vs. Union of India [2020 (372) ELT 30 (All)], whereby the Hon’ble High Court held that once the adjudication has taken place under section 11B, the department cannot proceed to recover on the basis of “erroneous refund” under section 11A so as to enable the refund order to be revoked, as the remedy lied under section 35E for applying to the Appellate Tribunal for determination and not invoking section 11A.

Recently, this issue under GST law has been raised before the Hon’ble Rajasthan High Court in the case of Saars Construction vs. Chief Commissioner of State Tax, Jaipur & Others [DB CWP No. 4398/2024, Dt. 18th April, 2024], whereby Hon’ble High Court appreciated and was pleased to stay proceedings initiated through a show cause notice under section 73 for recovery of refund of ITC and observed as under:

Taking into consideration the submission of learned counsel for the petitioner that proceedings by way of impugned show cause notice could not be drawn unless an order of refund granted under Section 54, sub-section (3) of the Rajasthan Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 (for short ‘the Act’) is reversed either in an appeal under Section 107 of the Act or in revision under Section 108 of the Act by the competent authority under the law, further proceedings pursuant to impugned show cause notice shall remain in abeyance.

Even otherwise, initiation of adjudication under section 73 / 74 for an already granted refund of input tax credit shall amount to a review of adjudication already happened under section 54, for which GST law doesn’t have any enabling provision. It is a settled principle of law that power of review is not an inherent power and must be expressly provided under the law [Refer Commissioner of Central Excise, Vadodara vs. Steelco Gujrat Ltd. 2004 (163) ELT 403 (SC)]

CONCLUSION

Sanction and grant of refund of input tax credit happen through a complete adjudication process, whereby the proper officer, after application of mind, reaches a conclusion of granting of refund. Either of the aggrieved parties (i.e., taxpayer or the department) have remedies provided within law. In the humble opinion of the author, just because departmental authorities could not take appropriate statutory recourse timely, the fresh proceeding under section 73 / 74 cannot be initiated to recover the grant of alleged wrongful or erroneous refund of Input Tax Credit.

Corporate Guarantee and Letter of Comfort: Untangling the Transfer Pricing Quandary

Transfer Pricing (TP) regulations examine related party transactions as to whether they are undertaken between parties on an arm’s length basis or otherwise from the viewpoint of avoidance of tax leakage, i.e., whether said transactions are priced in a manner as transactions between two independent parties would have been priced. This not only mitigates tax leakage from one country to another but also ensures appropriate corporate governance (especially in listed companies dealing with public money).

In the complex landscape of TP, the issuance of corporate guarantees and letters of comfort (including the potential compensation to be charged thereon) has been a matter of significant controversy in income tax proceedings as well as in audit committee discussions.

BACKGROUND

Essentially, a corporate guarantee / letter of comfort is issued by a holding company to the bankers on behalf of its subsidiary, basis which the bank lends funds to the subsidiary. The borrowings in several cases entail a significant quantum of funds and consequentially, the above controversy has now reached corporate boardrooms and top management.

While the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations 2022 (OECD Guidelines) covers financial guarantees and does not specifically mention corporate guarantees, conceptual reference can be drawn from various paragraphs therein.

Para no. 10.154 of the OECD Guidelines acknowledges the intricacies involved in guarantee-related transactions, stating that “To consider any transfer pricing consequences of a financial guarantee, it is first necessary to understand the nature and extent of the obligations guaranteed and the consequences for all parties, accurately delineating the actual transaction in accordance with Section D.1 of Chapter I.”

Para no. 10.155 of the OECD Guidelines states that “There are various terms in use for different types of credit support from one member of an MNE group to another. At one end of the spectrum is the formal written guarantee and at the other is the implied support attributable solely to membership in the MNE group.”

Para no. 10.158 of the OECD Guidelines states that “From the perspective of a lender, the consequence of one or more explicit guarantees is that the guarantor(s) are legally committed; the lender’s risk would be expected to be reduced by having access to the assets of the guarantor(s) in the event of the borrower’s default. Effectively, this may mean that the guarantee allows the borrower to borrow on the terms that would be applicable if it had the credit rating of the guarantor rather than the terms it could obtain based on its own, non-guaranteed, rating.”

Para No. 10.163 of the OECD Guidelines deals with explicit / implicit support and states that “By providing an explicit guarantee the guarantor is exposed to additional risk as it is legally committed to pay if the borrower defaults. Anything less than a legally binding commitment, such as “letter of comfort” or other lesser form of credit support, involves no explicit assumption of risk. Each case will be dependent on its own facts and circumstances but generally, in the absence of an explicit guarantee, any expectation by any of the parties that other members of the MNE group will provide support to an associated enterprise in respect of its borrowings will be derived from the borrower’s status as a member of the MNE group. For this purpose, whether a commitment from one MNE group member to another MNE group member to provide funding to meet its obligations, constitutes a letter of comfort or a guarantee depends on all the facts and circumstances … The benefit of any such support attributable to the borrower’s MNE group member status would arise from passive association and not from the provision of a service for which a fee would be payable.”

Thus, the factual parameters of each individual guarantee transaction need to be carefully considered and the internationally accepted principle indicates that an “explicit” guarantee with a financial obligation on the guarantor would be regarded as a “transaction” requiring arm’s length compensation. However, an “implicit” support like a “Letter of Comfort” ought not to require any compensation.

Corporate guarantees are typically explicit, i.e., there is a financial obligation on the guarantor in case of the borrower’s default. A “Letter of Comfort” on the other hand is merely a support letter by the Group’s flagship company to the lender confirming the status of the borrower entity as a Group constituent. No financial obligation is cast on the issuer of such a letter.

This is also evidenced by the terminology generally included in corporate guarantee agreements, which revolves around an obligation on the guarantor in the event of default by the borrower. Corporate guarantee agreements usually contain explicit / specific references to:

  • “Unconditional / irrevocable / absolute financial obligation which the guarantor agrees to bear”;
  • “Obligations binding on the guarantor to pay any defaulted amounts to the lender on behalf of the borrower”;
  • “Continuing security for all amounts advanced by the bank”;
  • “In the event of any default on the part of Borrower in payment/repayment of any of the money referred to above, or in the event of any default on the part of the Borrower to comply with or perform any of the terms, conditions and covenants contained in the loan agreements / documents, the Guarantor shall, upon demand, forthwith pay to the Bank without demur all of the amounts payable by the borrower under the loan agreements / documents”;
  • “The Guarantor shall also indemnify and keep the Bank indemnified against all losses, damages, costs, claims, and expenses whatsoever which the Bank may suffer, pay, or incur of or in connection with any such default on the part of the Borrower including legal proceedings taken against the Borrower.”

In contrast, the nomenclature used in a letter of comfort is far more generic / informative in nature, typically involving:

  • “Declarations from the issuer of the letter that they are aware of the credit facility being extended to its subsidiary”;
  • “Assurance to the lender that the issuer shall continue to hold majority ownership / control of the business operations of the borrower”;
  • “The issuer shall not take any steps whereby the borrower might enter into liquidation or any arrangement due to which rights of the lender could get compromised vis-a-vis other creditors.”

Therefore, corporate guarantees and letters of comfort serve their respective purpose and the rationale behind providing a corporate guarantee or issuing a comfort letter are not directly comparable.

REGULATORY AND JUDICIAL HISTORY OF THE ISSUE IN INDIA

One of the first rulings from the Indian judiciary on the issue of applicability of transfer pricing provisions on providing of corporate guarantee by a parent to its subsidiary company was in the case of Four Soft Ltd vs. DCIT, wherein the Hyderabad Income-tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT) (62 DTR 308) adjudicated that the definition of international transaction did not specifically cover transaction for providing corporate guarantee and hence, in absence of any charging provision enabling application of TP regulations to the said transaction, the same would be outside the purview of TP.

However, in the case of Nimbus Communications Ltd vs. ACIT [2018] 95 Taxmann.com 507 (MUM-TRIB.), Mumbai ITAT held that the provision of corporate guarantee is an international transaction.

To provide more clarity from a regulatory standpoint, Finance Act 2012 retrospectively amended the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act) by appending clause “(c)” to Explanation (i) in Section 92B of the Act, specifically including corporate guarantee as an international transaction. Before the said amendment, the matter of contention was the inclusion of corporate guarantee as an international transaction. Post amendment, the issue of eligibility of corporate guarantee as an international transaction continued to evolve, with the addition of newfound arguments centered around the validity of retrospective amendment and interpretation of Explanation (i) to Section 92B of the Act in conjunction with the Section itself. It is pertinent to note that Letter of Comfort has not been specifically included in the purview of Section 92B of the Act vide aforesaid amendment, thereby continuing to remain a bone of contention from the perspective of classification or otherwise as an international transaction under transfer pricing regulations.

Divergent views have been taken in subsequent judicial pronouncements. In the case of Bharti Airtel Limited vs. ACIT [2014] 63 SOT 113 (Del), it was held by the ITAT, Delhi that “there can be a number of situations in which an item may fall within the description set out in clause (c) of Explanation to Section 92B, and yet it may not constitute an International transaction, as the condition precedent with regard to the ‘bearing on profit, income, losses or assets’ set out in Section 92B(1) may not be fulfilled.” Thus, a view can be taken that a corporate guarantee is in the nature of parental obligation or shareholder’s activity for the best interest of the overall group, and if it can be established that providing a corporate guarantee does not involve any cost to the guarantor, then such corporate guarantee is outside the ambit of the “international transaction”.

However, in the case of Redington (India) Ltd [TS-656-HC-2020(MAD)-TP], the Hon’ble Madras High Court held that corporate guarantee is an international transaction and upheld the guarantee commission rate of 0.85 per cent to be at arm’s length. The Hon’ble High Court observed that in case of default, the guarantor has to fulfil the liability and therefore there is always an inherent risk to the guarantor in providing such guarantees. Hence, the Hon’ble High Court adjudicated that there is a service provided to the AE in increasing its credit worthiness for obtaining debt from the market. It was further observed that there may not be an immediate impact on the profit and loss account, but an inherent risk to the guarantor cannot be ruled out in providing such guarantees.

Over time, a multitude of assertions by the tax authorities as well as rulings by judicial authorities providing a variety of views as to whether or not such arrangements qualify as “covered transactions” from a TP perspective have added fuel to the above controversy.

Post the barrage of judicial pronouncements, the general consensus among taxpayers was that in case of an explicit guarantee, taxpayers typically reported it as an international transaction and conducted the arm’s length analysis accordingly.

Another controversy was on the issue of “Letters of Comfort” where the support is more implicit. In case of default, there is no financial obligation on the issuer of such a letter. The tax authorities have always alleged that even if there is no direct financial obligation, the mere fact that such letters of comfort benefit the group entity borrowing funds, compensation would be warranted.

The taxpayers have, however, maintained the position that implicit support could never warrant a fee.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Very recently, the Mumbai ITAT issued two specific rulings on whether or not the issuance of a comfort letter can be considered in the same light as a corporate guarantee, thereby constituting an international transaction. While the rulings were fact-specific, they have shed further light on the debate.

In the case of Asian Paints Limited vs. ACIT [2024] 160 Taxmann.com 214 (MUMBAI-TRIB.) & ACIT vs. Asian Paints Limited (I.T.A. No. 5934/Mum/2017), the ITAT adjudicated that a comfort letter meets the criteria of international transaction even though they cannot be squarely compared to a corporate guarantee. Here, the ITAT focused on the fact that the taxpayer had made a specific disclosure in its financial statements showing it as a “contingent liability” in the same manner as corporate guarantee was disclosed in the financial statements. The ITAT held that since the taxpayer itself has classified it as a contingent liability, the letter of comfort has a bearing on the assets. Accordingly, it meets the specific criteria prescribed under Section 92B of the Act whereby, inter alia, a transaction having a bearing on the profits, income, losses, or assets is an international transaction and hence, compensation is warranted.

However, in the case of Lupin Limited vs. DCIT [2024] 160 Taxmann.com 691 (MUMBAI-TRIB.), the ITAT observed that in order to ascertain whether or not the issuance of a comfort letter constitutes an international transaction, it is important to examine whether any additional financial obligation is cast on the taxpayer. The ITAT held that issuance of a comfort letter is not an international transaction as “Rule 10TA of Safe Harbour Rules for International Transactions defines “corporate guarantee” as explicit corporate guarantee extended by a company to its wholly owned subsidiary being a non-resident in respect of any short-term or long-term borrowing and does not include a letter of comfort, implicit corporate guarantee, performance guarantee or any other guarantee of similar nature.”

Further, in relation to the characterization or otherwise of a letter of comfort as an international transaction, in a recent judgement of Shapoorji Pallonji and Company Private Limited [TS-147-ITAT-2024(Mum)-TP], the Mumbai ITAT held that a letter of comfort does not come under the definition of ‘international transaction’ and there is no necessity for determining the ALP of the said transaction.

A controversy has also recently come to light in the case of Goods and Services Tax (GST) law in India as to whether such guarantee transactions need to be valued and are eligible for GST liability.

Vide Circular No. 204/16/2023-GST dated 27th October, 2023, the Central Board of Indirect Taxes and Customs (CBIC) clarified that where the corporate guarantee is provided by a company to a bank / financial institutions for providing credit facilities to its related party the activity is to be treated as a supply of service between related parties. Further, in case where no consideration is charged for the said activity, it still falls within the ambit of ‘supply’ in line with Schedule I to the CGST Act.

For valuation of the aforesaid ‘supply’, a new sub-rule was inserted to Rule 28 of the CGST Rules, 2017 vide Notification No. 52/2023-Central Tax dated 26th October, 2023, whereby the value of supply of such services was prescribed as 1 per cent of the amount of such guarantee offered, or the actual consideration, whichever is higher.

A petition against the above-mentioned amendment has been filed before the Hon’ble High Court of Delhi, wherein the levy of GST on corporate guarantees has been challenged basis of the alleged fact that guarantees are contingent contracts which are not enforceable until the guarantee is invoked and a financial obligation on the guarantor is triggered, thereby giving rise to the issue of a “taxable service”. The matter is presently sub judice, with the hearing scheduled for July 2024.

KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THE ABOVE

In a nutshell, the critical differentiator when ascertaining whether or not a consideration needs to be charged would be whether the support in question is explicit or implicit based on the facts of the case. If the support casts a financial liability on the guarantor, compensation may be required. A mere implicit support ought not to warrant compensation from a TP perspective.

PRICING FROM A TP AND GST STANDPOINT

Once it is established that compensation is required, determining the quantum of such compensation becomes critical from a business / operational viewpoint.

From a TP perspective, it is a matter of benchmarking by adopting various methods for conducting such analysis. Globally, the Interest Savings Method (ISM) and Loss Given Default (LGD) approach are widely accepted.

The ISM applies the principle of interest rates being determined based on credit ratings. Since the credit rating of the guarantor gets super imposed on the borrower, the borrower can obtain the funds at a reduced interest rate. Such reduction is the “interest saving” which needs to be compensated. In such cases, it becomes vital to understand the benefit obtained by the borrower through the support / credit rating provided by the guarantor and to quantify the value of said benefit in terms of savings in interest payout.

Broadly, LGD is the estimated amount of money a guarantor is expected to pay without recovery when a borrower defaults on a loan. The LGD method firstly takes into account the probability of default by the borrower triggering payout for the guarantor and subsequently, the likelihood of non-recovery of the said payout by the guarantor from the borrower. The compensation is computed based on the percentage of such default probability on the guaranteed amount.

Apart from the above, in case the guarantor / borrower has entered into a similar transaction with an unrelated party on identical terms, the guarantee commission percentage in such transaction could also be adopted. This is referred to as the Comparable Uncontrolled Price (CUP) method. The CUP method mandates strict comparability, and for application of the same, the terms & conditions of the arrangement in question must be almost perfectly identical to the terms & conditions of the comparable arrangement being considered.

In case an actual transaction is not entered into, even quotations for identical transactions can be utilized. Judicial precedents are also considered as references in this regard for providing a reference rate of guarantee commission to be charged, should the transaction be characterized as an international transaction requiring TP benchmarking.

Another reference point in the regulations is the Safe Harbour Rules, which prescribe a range of 1.75 per cent – 2.00 per cent for pricing of corporate guarantee transactions vide Rule 10TD of Income-tax Rules, 1962. The exact pricing is to be determined subject to specific conditions as mentioned in the aforesaid Rule.

Even from a GST perspective, the pricing of the transaction is imperative. The stand taken by the authorities has been that the provision of a guarantee is a service liable for taxation as it is undertaken by the parent company to maximize its returns on investment in the subsidiary.

As mentioned above, as per the aforementioned Circular issued by the GST authorities, a corporate guarantee should be valued at 1 per cent or the actual pricing, whichever is higher.

One key question which is presently under discussion is whether the transaction pricing for accounting, corporate governance, and income tax purposes should be based on actual benchmarking or whether the 1 per cent valuation prescribed by the GST authorities will prevail. In this regard, a better view seems to be that the 1 per cent valuation is merely for the purposes of payment of GST. However, the actual transaction should be undertaken based on the appropriate benchmarking methods. Having said this, the TP rules themselves recognize that Government orders in force need to be taken into account while determining the related party pricing. Hence, one may argue that 1 per cent itself is an appropriate transaction pricing. The issue has not reached finality and is still being debated.

CONCLUSION

Given the significant numbers involved in several cases, compensation or otherwise for corporate guarantees / letters of comfort has now become a boardroom topic. Given the recent rulings, Circulars and assertions by tax authorities, the controversy is far from settled. It is crucial to consider the facts and circumstances involved in each individual case, especially the actual conduct and intent of the parties to establish whether or not compensation is warranted. The nomenclature of the instrument or terminology used in the financial statements can be looked into, but should not be the sole factor for concluding on the nature of support. Having said that, wording the instrument accurately could reduce the questions raised.

Further, whether the 1 per cent guidance provided by the GST Circular should be the transaction pricing or whether a specific TP benchmarking should be the basis of the price determination is also a subject matter of debate. Given that the same is sub judice before the Hon’ble Delhi High Court, guidance in this regard is to provide clarity. Having said that, a better view seems to be that scientifically benchmarked pricing should be adopted, duly considering all the facts and particulars of each case in hand. However, tax professionals are still not ruling out the possibility of determining the guarantee transaction pricing at 1 per cent.

All facts and circumstances, including the Government and judicial views, need to be taken into account in adopting the appropriate positions on the issue. A holistic approach would be recommended.

Emigrating Residents and Returning NRIs

1. This article is a part of the series of articles on income-tax and FEMA issues faced by NRIs and deals with issues faced by individuals when they change their residential status. A resident who leaves India and turns non-resident is termed as a “Migrating Resident”; while a non-resident of India, who comes to India and becomes a resident of India is termed as a “Returning NRI” in this article.

2. Both Migrating Residents and Returning NRIs have to consider implications under income-tax and FEMA before taking any decision for change of residence. We have come across several instances where such a person has not taken due care before change of residence leading to unnecessary and avoidable legal issues. After the advent of the Black Money Act1, there are instances where corrective action is quite difficult under law. Further, resolution of violations under FEMA can be difficult or costly to undertake.


1. Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015

3. Key to the above concern is the fact that residential status definitions under the Income-tax Act (ITA) and FEMA are separate and different. While under ITA, the definition is largely based on number of days stay of the individual in India; under FEMA, it is based on the purpose for which the person has come to, or left India, as the case may be. An important objective in advising persons who are migrating from India or returning to India, thus, is to determine the date on which the change in residence has been effected and purpose thereof. Any discrepancy in this can lead to assumption of incorrect residential status which can have adverse implications, some of which are as under:

a. Concealment of foreign income which should have been submitted to tax as well as non-disclosure of foreign incomes and assets, which can have severe implications under the Black Money Act;

b. Incorrect claim of benefits under the Double Tax Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs);

c. Holding assets or executing transactions which are in violation of FEMA.

4. The provisions of residential status under the ITA, the DTAA and under FEMA are dealt in detail in th preceding articles of this series — in the December 2023 and January and March 2024 editions, respectively, of The Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal (the Journal) — and hence, not repeated here. Readers will benefit by referring to those articles for issues covered therein. This article deals with income-tax and FEMA issues specifically for Migrating Residents and Returning NRIs2 and is divided into three parts as follows:

Sr. No. Topic
Part-I
A. Migrating Residents
A.1 Income-tax issues of Migrating Residents
A.2 FEMA issues of Migrating Residents
A.3 Change in Citizenship
Part-II
B. Returning NRIs
B.1 Income-tax issues of Returning NRIs
B.2 FEMA issues of Returning NRIs
C. Other relevant issues common to change of residential status

2. There is an overlap of several sections under different topics. To prevent repetition and focus on the relevant issues, the sections are not repeated completely. Only the applicable provisions or part thereof, which are relevant to the topic, are referred here.

Issues related to Returning NRIs and other relevant issues common to change of residential status will be covered in Part II of this Article in the upcoming issue of the Journal.

A. Migrating Residents

India has the world’s largest overseas diaspora. In fact, every year, 25 lakh Indians migrate abroad.3 While Indians shift and settle down abroad, it seldom happens that they eliminate their financial ties with India completely. The common reason being that either they continue to own assets or continue their businesses in India, or their relatives stay in India with whom they enter into transactions. Hence, Migrating Residents generally have a continuing link with India even after they have left India. This can create issues under income-tax and FEMA, which are analysed in detail below.


3. https://www.moneycontrol.com/news/immigration/immigration-where-are-indians-moving-why-are-hnis-leaving-india-12011811.html

A.1 Income-tax issues relevant for Migrating Residents:

1. Continuing Residential status under ITA: An issue that Migrating Residents need to keep in mind in particular is their residential status in the year of migration. Clause (a) of Explanation 1 to Section 6(1)(c) of the ITA provides a relief from the basic “60 + 365 days test”4. The relief is available only under two specific circumstances, i.e., a citizen who is leaving India during the relevant previous year for the purposes of employment abroad or as a crew member on an Indian ship. If a person does not fall under either of these circumstances, the “60 + 365 days test” test applies.


4 “60 + 365 days test” means that the individual has stayed in India for 60 days or more during the relevant previous year and for 365 days or more during the four preceding years.

Hence, in such cases, if a person who was normally residing in India, stays in India for 60 days or more during the year of his or her departure, he or she will meet the “60 + 365 days test” and consequently, be a resident for the whole previous year under ITA and will be classified as ROR. In such cases, following implications should be noted:

1.1 As a resident, scope of total income under Section 5 of the ITA includes all incomes accruing or arising within or outside India. Hence, foreign incomes would be prima facie taxable, subject to relief under the relevant DTAA. However, in the year of migration, even treaty benefits may not be available as the Migrating Resident may not be considered as a resident of the other country. Further, the exposure is not just regarding tax, interest and penalty under the Income-tax Act on concealment of income, but also the penal provisions under the Black Money Act for non-disclosure of foreign incomes and assets.

1.2 The issue gets compounded for a Migrating Resident who would otherwise not need to file a tax return but is now required to file a tax return as they would generally have a foreign bank account abroad. A common example is of students who are leaving India. Fourth proviso to Section 139(1) provides that those persons who are resident and ordinarily resident of India and hold or are beneficiary of any foreign asset are required to file their tax return in India even if they are not required to file a tax return otherwise. The same issue can come up for senior citizens or spouses who generally are not filing tax returns, but now need to do so in the year they are moving abroad. It should be noted that this requirement has no relief even if such person is termed as a non-resident for the purposes of the treaty under the relevant DTAA. Such an error can lead to harsh penalties under the Black Money Act for non-disclosure of foreign incomes and assets.

Hence, persons migrating abroad should be careful about their residential status in the year of migration.

1.3 Deemed Resident: Another instance where a Migrating Resident may still be considered as a resident under the ITA is due to the application of Section 6 (1A) of the ITA. This sub-section provides for an individual to be deemed as a resident of India if such individual, being a citizen of India, has total income other than income from foreign sources exceeding ₹15 lakhs during the previous year and is not liable to tax in any other country or territory by reason of domicile or residence or any other criteria of similar nature. While such deemed residents are considered as Resident but Not Ordinarily Resident as per Section 6(6)(d) of the ITA, their foreign incomes derived from a profession setup in India, or a business controlled from India are covered within the scope of income liable to tax in India. Readers can refer to the December 2023 edition of the Journal for an exposition on this provision.

1.4 Recording the change in status: On a person turning non-resident, his or her status should be correctly selected in the tax returns filed starting from the relevant assessment year of change in residence. It should be noted that the change in status recorded in the tax return does not automatically update the person’s status on the income-tax portal. Hence, such status should be changed on the income-tax portal also. Further, as of now, there seems to be no linking between the status updated in the tax return filed or on the income-tax portal with that recorded as per the local ward in the income-tax department. Hence, one should always ensure that such change is recorded in the local ward and the PAN is shifted to a ward which deals with non-residents. This will ensure that the status has been recorded in all manners with the tax department. This can be quite useful when the department issues notices to such persons.

2. Impact on change of residential status under ITA:

On change of residence, following are the important changes to keep in mind as far as ITA is concerned:

Particulars ROR NOR NR
Scope of Total Income5 Global incomes taxable Indian-sourced incomes are taxable. Foreign-sourced income are taxable only if derived from a business controlled in India or profession set up in India.

Incomes being received for the first time in India are also taxable.

Only Indian-sourced incomes taxable.

Foreign-sourced incomes are not taxable at all.

Incomes being received for the first time in India are also taxable.

Set-off of capital gains, dividend, etc., against unexhausted basic exemption limit Allowed6 Not allowed
Dividend Taxed at the applicable slab rate. Taxed @ 20%7 plus applicable surcharge & cess. (No set-off against unexhausted basic exemption, as stated above. No benefit of lower slab rate since special rate is mentioned.)
LTCG on unlisted securities and shares of 20% with indexation8 10% without the benefit of indexation and forex fluctuation9
a company, not being a company in which public are substantially interested
Withholding tax under ITA where the person is recipient of income Generally, at lower rates Generally, at a higher rate unless treaty relief availed
Access to Indian DTAAs Available as Resident of India under the DTAA Available if he is a resident of such host country as per the DTAA
FCNR Interest10 Taxable Not taxable
NRE Interest11 Exempt if the person is non-resident under FEMA
Benefits provided to senior citizens — higher  basic exemption limit, non-applicability of advance tax in certain situations, higher deduction for medical premium u/s. 80D, deduction u/s. 80TTB, etc. Available Not available

5. Section 5 of ITA. 
6. Proviso to Section 112(1)(a) and 
Proviso to Section 112A (2) of ITA. 
7. Section 115A(1)(A)
8. Section 112(1)(a)(ii)
9. Section 112(1)(c)(iii)
10. Section 10(15)(iv)(fa)
11. Section 10(4)(ii)

3. Transfer Pricing: Transfer Pricing triggers in case of a transaction which can give rise to income (or imputed income) between associated enterprises (parties related to each other as per Section 92 of the Income-tax Act), of which at least one party is a non-resident. All such transactions must be on an arm’s length basis. The implications under Transfer Pricing on the shift of a person from India can lead to unnecessary complications. However, in some cases, such an implication may be unavoidable. Thus, the incomes earned by a Migrating Resident from his related enterprises in India and other International transactions with such enterprises would be subject to Transfer Pricing. There is no threshold on application of Transfer Pricing provisions.

Having considered the issues under the ITA, a Migrating Resident would need to study the impact of the DTAA, too, especially with regard to reliefs available. A detailed study of residential status as per the DTAA has been dealt with in the January 2024 issue of the Journal. Here, we focus on the issues a Migrating Resident needs to be concerned about:

4. Treaty relief:

4.1 A person can access DTAA if he is a resident of at least one of the Contracting States. To consider a person as resident of a Contracting State, DTAAs generally refer to the residential status of the person under domestic tax laws of the respective country. While there are different permutations possible, one important point to note is that while migrating abroad, there can be an overlapping period wherein the person is a resident of India as well as the foreign country during the same period. This leads to dual residency, for which tie-breaker tests are prescribed under Article 4(2) of the DTAA. There could also be a possibility of the concept of split residency under DTAA being applicable. Accordingly, the provisions of the DTAA can be applied. These provisions have been explained in detail in the second article of this series contained in the Journal’s January edition.

4.2 A dual resident status under the treaty can lead to the person being able to claim the status of a non-resident of India as per the relevant treaty even though they are a resident as far as the ITA is concerned. While this would provide them benefits under the treaty as applicable to a non-resident of India, it would not change their status under the ITA. Such persons would still need to file their tax return as a resident of India, and they would be treated as a non-resident only as far as application of the benefits of treaty provisions is concerned.

4.3 It should be noted that the benefit of treaty provisions as a non-resident is not automatic and is subject to conditions on whether such person qualifies as a tax resident of the country of his new residence as per the definition of the respective DTAA. Further, as per Section 90(4), a tax residency certificate should be obtained from the foreign jurisdiction. At the same time, as per Section 90(5), Form 10F needs be submitted online.

4.4 Individuals who claim treaty benefits without proper substance in the country of residence risk exposure to denial of such benefits under the anti-avoidance rules of the treaty like Principal Purpose Test or those of the Act in the form of General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAAR) where the main purpose of such change of residence was tax avoidance.

A.2 FEMA issues of Migrating Residents:

5. Residential status: The concept of residential status under FEMA has been dealt with in the March 2024 edition of the Journal. FEMA uses the terms “person resident in India”12 and “person resident outside India”13. For simplicity, these terms are referred to as “resident” and “non-resident” in this article.


12 As defined in Section 2(v) of FEMA
13 As defined in Section 2(w) of FEMA

It is pertinent to note from the said article that only a claim that the person has left India — for or on employment, or for carrying on business or vocation, or under circumstances indicating his intention to stay outside India for an uncertain period — is not sufficient to be considered as a non-resident under FEMA. The facts and circumstances surrounding the claim are more important and should be backed up by documentation as well. For instance, leaving India for the purpose of business should be based on a type of visa which allows business activities and to support the purpose. Similarly, a person claiming to be leaving India for employment abroad should be backed up not only by an employment visa but also a valid employment contract; actual monthly salary payments (instead of just accounting entries); salary commensurate to the knowledge and experience of the person; compliance with labour and other applicable employment laws; etc. In essence, the intent and purpose should be backed by facts substantiated by documents which prove the bona fides of such intent.

6. Scope of FEMA: Once a person becomes non-resident under FEMA, such person’s foreign assets and foreign transactions are outside FEMA purview except in a few circumstances. However, such person’s assets and transactions in India would now come under the purview of FEMA. This can create issues in certain cases.

A common example of this is loans and advances between a Migrating Resident and his family members, companies, etc. On turning non-resident, the person generally does not realise that such fresh transactions can now be undertaken only as allowed under FEMA. A simple loan transaction can be a cause of unintended violations under FEMA — resolution for which is
generally not easy.

7. Existing Indian assets of migrating persons:

7.1 For a Migrating Resident, transacting with his or her own Indian assets after turning non-resident results in capital account transactions and, thus, can be undertaken only as permitted under FEMA. Section 6(5) of FEMA comes to the rescue in such a case. It allows a non-resident to continue holding Indian currency, Indian security or any immovable property situated in India if such currency, security or property was acquired, held or owned by such person when he or she was a
resident of India. In essence, Section 6(5) of FEMA allows non-residents to continue holding their Indian
assets which they acquired or owned when they were residents.

7.2 This also includes such assets or investments which cannot be otherwise owned or made by a non-resident. For instance, non-residents are not allowed to invest in an Indian company which is engaged in real estate trading. However, if a resident individual has invested in such a company and he later becomes a non-resident, he can continue holding such shares even after turning non-resident.

7.3 However, it should be noted that Section 6(5) permits only holding the existing assets. Any additional investment or transaction should conform with the FEMA provisions applicable to such non-residents.

Hence, if such an individual wants to make any further investment in the real estate trading company after turning a non-resident, he can do so only in compliance with FEMA. As investment by an NRI in an entity which undertakes real estate trading in India is not permitted under the NDI Rules14, such further investment would not be allowed even if the migrating person owned stake in such an entity before they turned non-resident.


14. Non-debt Instrument Rules, 2019

7.4 Further, incomes earned, or sale proceeds obtained, from such assets can be utilised only for purposes permissible to a non-resident. Thus, incomes earned by a non-resident from assets he held as a resident cannot be utilised, for instance, to invest in a real estate trading company in India. This is in contrast to Section 6(4) of FEMA which applies to Returning NRIs who are permitted to invest and utilise their incomes earned on their foreign assets covered under Section 6(4) or sale proceeds thereof without any approval from RBI even after they turn resident. This concept of Section 6(4) will be explained in detail in the second part of this article dealing with Returning NRIs.

7.5 Other assets: Section 6(5) of FEMA specifies only three assets: Indian currency, Indian security or any immovable property situated in India. A person would generally own several other assets. For instance, the person may have an interest in a partnership firm, LLP, AOPs or may own gold, jewellery, paintings, etc. There is no clarity provided in FEMA or its notifications and rules on continued holding of such other assets. However, as a practice, a person is eligible to continue holding all the Indian assets after turning non-resident which he owned or held as a resident. In fact, even the business of all entities can continue.

7.6 Repatriation of sale proceeds and incomes: On the migrating person turning non-resident, assets in India are considered to be held on a non-repatriable basis. That is, the sale proceeds obtained on transfer of such assets are not freely repatriable outside India. This is because transfer of an asset held in India by a non-resident is a capital account transaction and full remittance of sale proceeds of such assets covered under Section 6(5) is not specifically allowed.

However, separately, on turning non-resident, NRIs (including PIOs and OCI card holders) are allowed to remit up to USD 1 million per financial year from their funds lying in India15. It should be noted that such remittances can be only from one’s own funds. Remittances in excess of this limit would be only under approval route and there are low chances of the RBI providing any relief in such cases. Thus, in essence, a Migrating Resident would have limited repatriability as far as sale proceeds of their assets in India covered under Section 6(5) are concerned.


15. Regulation 4(2) of Foreign Exchange Management (Remittance of Assets) Regulations, 2016

Incomes generated from such investments, say dividend, interest, etc., can be freely repatriated from India without any limit as these are considered as they are current account transactions for which there are no limits on repatriation under FEMA for a non-resident.

7.7 Applicability of Section 6(5) of FEMA:

Section 6(5) of FEMA reads as under:

(5) A person resident outside India may hold, own, transfer or invest in Indian currency, security or any immovable property situated in India if such currency, security or property was acquired, held or owned by such person when he was resident in India or inherited from a person who was resident in India.

The first limb of Section 6(5) of FEMA allows non-residents to hold specified Indian assets which they owned or held as a resident. The second limb of Section 6(5) further allows the non-resident heir of such a migrating person also to inherit and hold such assets in India.

Thus, Section 6(5) allows both the Migrating Resident and his or her non-resident heirs to continue holding the Indian assets. It should be noted this provision covers only one level of inheritance, i.e., from the migrating person who has become non-resident to his non-resident heir. Later, if say the heir of such non-resident heir acquires such assets by way of inheritance, it is not covered under Section 6(5). The relevant notifications, rules, etc., under FEMA corresponding to the concerned assets need to be checked for the same. The permissibility for holding and inheritance under Section 6(5) can be summarised as follows:

An area of interpretation arises on a plain reading of the second limb of Section 6(5) which suggests that it covers inheritance by a non-resident heir only from a resident as the phrase reads as “a person who was resident in India”. However, the intention is to cover inheritance by a non-resident heir from another non-resident who had acquired the Indian assets when he was resident and later turned non-resident. Hence, if a non-resident acquires any asset in India by way of inheritance from a resident, the relevant notifications, rules, etc., under FEMA corresponding to the concerned assets need to be checked if they are permitted. For instance, if a non-resident is going to acquire an immovable property situated in India from a resident, it needs to be checked whether such inheritance is permitted under the NDI Rules16. Under Rule 24(c) of NDI Rules, an individual, who is non-resident, is permitted to acquire an immovable property situated in India by way of inheritance only if such person is an NRI or OCI cardholder. Hence, in this case, if the non-resident is an NRI or OCI cardholder, only then he is permitted to inherit an immovable property situated in India from a resident. This case will not be covered under Section 6(5).


16. Non-debt Instrument Rules, 2019

Apart from the general relief under Section 6(5) of FEMA, there are certain specific assets and transactions which are dealt with separately under the notifications as explained below.

7.8 Bank and Demat Accounts: Bank and demat accounts normally held by persons staying in India are Resident accounts. When a resident individual turns non-resident, he is required17 to designate all his bank and demat accounts to Non-Resident (Ordinary) account – NRO account. One must note that there is no specific procedure under FEMA for a person to claim or to even intimate to the authorities that they have turned non-resident on migrating abroad. Unlike OCI card, there is no NRI card. Further, there is no concept of a certificate under FEMA like a Tax Residency Certificate under ITA. The simplest manner this claim can be put forward is by designating their bank account as a Non-Resident (Ordinary) account (NRO) account. Thus, it is important that a Migrating Resident does not delay in designating their bank account as an NRO account. This becomes the primary account of the person for Indian transactions and investments. It should be noted that banks will ask for related documents which substantiate the change in residential status of the individual for designating the account as NRO. In fact, the redesignation of account as NRO is the most widely accepted recognition of a person as an NRI under FEMA, and therefore, it is important for the Migrating Resident to intimate his banker about the change of residential status.


17. Para 9(a) of Schedule III to FEMA Notification No. 5(R)/2016-RB. FEM (Deposit) Regulations, 2016.

Once the Migrating Resident becomes a non-resident as per FEMA, they are permitted to open different type of accounts like NRE account, FCNR account, etc., which provide permission to hold foreign currency in India, flexibility of making inward and outward remittances without limit or compliances, etc. Once a person becomes non-resident, he can take benefit of opening such accounts. (The provisions pertaining to the same will be dealt with in detail in the upcoming parts of this series of articles.)

7.9 Loans:

i. Loan taken by a Migrating Resident from bank: If a loan is taken by a resident from a bank and he later turns non-resident, the loan can be continued. This is subject to terms and conditions as specified by RBI, which have not been notified. However, in practice, banks are allowing non-residents to continue the loans taken by them when they were residents.

ii. Loan between resident individuals: Where a loan is given by one resident individual to another, FEMA would not apply. If the lender becomes a non-resident later, repayment of the same can be done by the resident borrower to the NRO account of the lender. There is no rule or provision in FEMA for a situation where the borrower becomes a non-resident. However, in such case, the borrower can repay the loan from his Indian or foreign funds. It should not be an issue.

7.10 Immovable properties: NRIs and OCIs are permitted to acquire immovable property in India, except agricultural land, farmhouse or plantation property18. However, what if a person owned such property as a resident and later turned non-resident. Section 6(5) covers any type of immovable property which was acquired or held as a resident. Hence, one can continue holding any immovable property after turning non-resident including agricultural land.


18. Rule 24(a) of FEM (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019

7.11 Insurance: Almost every Migrating Resident would have existing insurance contracts covering both life and medical risks. While there is no specific clarification on continuance of such policies, a Migrating Resident can take recourse to the Master Direction on Insurance19 which provides that for life insurance policies denominated in rupees issued to non-residents, funds held in NRO accounts can also be accepted towards payment of premiums apart from their other accounts. Settlement of claims on such life insurance policies will happen in foreign currency in proportion to the amount of premiums paid in foreign currency in relation to the total amount of premiums paid. Balance would only be in rupees by credit to the NRO account of the beneficiary. This would also apply in cases of death claims being settled in favour of residents outside India who are assignees or nominees on such policies.


19. FED Master Direction No. 9/ 2015-16 - last updated on 7th December, 2021

7.12 PPF account: Non-residents are not permitted to open PPF accounts. However, residents who hold PPF account and turn NRIs (and not OCIs) are permitted to deposit funds in the same and continue the account till its maturity on a non-repatriation basis.20 While extension is not permitted, as a practice, the account is permitted to be held after maturity but additional contributions are not allowed.


20. Notification GSR 585(E) issued by Ministry of Finance dated 25th July 2003.

7.13 Privately held investments: Migrating person who holds investments in entities like unlisted companies, LLPs, partnership firms, etc. should intimate such entities about change in residential status.

8. Remittance facilities for non-residents: The remittance facilities for non-residents are generally higher and more flexible than for residents. These will be dealt with in detail in the upcoming editions of the Journal. However, an important point pertaining to the year of migration is highlighted below.

The bank, broker, etc., should be intimated about the change in residential status. Once the resident accounts are designated as NRO, the remittance facilities available for non-residents can be utilised.

One must note that, conservatively, the remittance facilities are to be considered for a full financial year and hence cannot be utilised as applicable for residents as well as non-residents in the same financial year. For instance, let’s say, a resident individual has utilised the maximum LRS limit of USD 250,000 available to him. In the same year, he migrates abroad and wishes to remit USD 1 million as a non-resident under FEMA. However, since the person had already remitted USD 250,000 during the year, albeit as a resident, he cannot remit another USD 1 million after turning non-resident. He can remit only up to USD 750,000 during that year. From the next financial year, the person can remit up to USD 1 million per year.

9. Foreign assets directly held by Migrating Residents:

9.1 More and more residents today own assets abroad. Generally, a resident individual could be holding overseas investment by way of Overseas Direct Investment (ODI), Overseas Portfolio Investment (OPI) or an Immovable Property (IP) abroad as per the Overseas Investment Rules, 2022. Let us consider that such an individual migrates abroad. Does FEMA apply to these foreign assets after such person becomes a non-resident? There is no express provision in the law or any clarification from RBI regarding applicability of FEMA in such cases.

9.2 The general rule is that FEMA does not apply to the foreign assets and foreign transactions of a non-resident. Hence, prima facie, where an individual turns non-resident, his foreign assets are out of FEMA purview. Thus, foreign investments and foreign immovable property obtained under the LRS route would go out of the purview of FEMA once a person turns non-resident.

9.3 However, there is a grey area for investments made under the ODI route by resident individuals. This is because investments under the LRS-ODI route stand on a footing different from other foreign assets of resident individuals. Many Resident Individuals set up companies abroad under the LRS-ODI route21, establish their overseas business and then migrate abroad. What gets missed out is to determine whether FEMA continues to apply even after they have turned non-resident.


21 Route adopted for overseas direct investment by Resident Individuals as per Rule 13 of Overseas Investment Rules, 2022 or as per erstwhile Reg. 20A of FEM (Transfer or Issue Of Any Foreign Security) Regulations, 2004.

Under LRS-ODI route, the investment and disinvestment need to be done as per pricing guidelines; all incomes earned on the investment and the sale proceeds thereof need to be repatriated to India within 90 days; reporting of every investment or disinvestment is required, etc. It is not clear whether these disinvestment norms and reporting requirements continue to apply after the person turns non-resident.

It is understood that when an intimation is provided that all the residents owning the foreign entity under the LRS-ODI route have turned non-resident, the RBI suspends the associated UIN22 but does not cancel it. This is done so that there is no trigger from the system for filing of Annual Performance Report (APR). In case the Migrating Residents decide to return to India in future and turn resident again, the suspension on the UIN would be removed and compliance requirements would restart.


22. Unique Identification Number provided for each ODI investment.

Apart from the compliance requirements, there are other rules that apply to investments under the LRS-ODI Route like pricing guidelines, repatriation of incomes and disinvestment proceeds, reporting of modifications in the investment, etc. There is no clarity on whether these rules continue to apply to such overseas investments once the Migrating Resident turns non-resident. One view is that in such a case the Resident should follow the applicable ODI rules. This is because the facility provided for making investments abroad under ODI route is with the underlying purpose that incomes and gains earned on such foreign investments would be repatriated back to India as and when due. Another reason seems to be that when the investment is made under LRS-ODI, the individual has used foreign exchange reserves of India and therefore, he or she is required to give the account of use of such funds till the investment is divested and compliances are completed. The alternate view is that FEMA does not apply to a foreign asset held by a non-resident individual. Hence, no compliance with rules under FEMA is required. Both views can be considered valid. However, without any clarification under the law, one should seek clarification from the RBI and then proceed in the alternate case.

10. Overseas Direct Investment (ODI) made by Indian entities of Migrating Residents: One more common structure is where the Indian entities owned by resident individuals make ODI in foreign entities. Later, the individuals migrate abroad. Since they have turned non-residents, FEMA does not apply to such individuals. However, sometimes these non-residents also consider that their overseas entities are also free from FEMA provisions.

Hence, they enter into several transactions like borrowing funds from such foreign entity, directing such entity to undertake portfolio investments, utilise the funds lying in such entity for personal purposes of the shareholders or directors, etc. All such transactions are not permitted under the ODI guidelines. It should be noted that once an investment is made in a foreign entity under ODI route by an Indian entity, the ODI guidelines need to be followed by the foreign entity irrespective of the residential status of its ultimate beneficial owners. Such a foreign entity can only do the specified business for which it has been set up abroad. Thus, if such an entity enters into any transaction outside its business requirements, it would be considered as a violation under FEMA.

A.3. Change of citizenship — FEMA & Income-tax issues: Apart from change of residence, a few Migrating Residents also end up changing their citizenship. Such people obtain citizenship of foreign countries for varied reasons: to avail better opportunities in such countries; to avoid regular visa issues, for ease of entry in other countries, etc. Since India does not allow dual citizenship, such people need to revoke their Indian citizenship. Between 2018 to June 2023, close to 8,40,000 people renounced their Indian citizenship.23 Further, India has allowed such individuals access to a special class of benefits as an Overseas Citizen of India. Several benefits have been conferred to OCI cardholders under FEMA and are treated almost at par with NRIs (who are Indian citizens but non-resident of India). The concepts of PIO and OCI have been explained in detail in the March edition of the Journal. Further, Indian residents and those coming on a visit to India, who have obtained foreign citizenship, also need to keep certain issues in mind. These issues are highlighted below.


23. Answer by Ministry of External Affairs in Rajya Sabha to Question No. 2466 dated 10th August, 2023

11. OCI vs PIO card: It should be noted that the PIO scheme has been replaced with OCI scheme. Under the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-Debt Instruments) Rules, 2019, Foreign Exchange Management (Debt Instruments) Regulations, 2019 and Foreign Exchange Management (Borrowing & Lending) Regulations, 2018, only OCIs are recognised and not PIOs. Hence, this creates issues for borrowing and lending, investments in India, etc., if the individual, though of Indian origin, has not obtained an OCI card. An important point that may not miss the attention of PIOs is that inheritance of immovable properties and Indian securities is also permitted under these notifications only to OCI Cardholders and not PIOs. Most PIOs should be eligible for OCI status and hence, they should obtain OCI cards if they have, or will have, financial links with India.

12. Applicability of Section 6(1A) of the ITA: Section 6(1A) of the Income-tax Act which deems persons as Not Ordinarily Residents under certain circumstances applies only to Indian citizens. Hence, it does not apply to those who are not Indian citizens.

13. Leaving for the purpose of employment abroad: The benefit of leaving for employment outside India provided under Expl. 1(a) of Section 6(1)(c) is available only to Indian citizens. Hence, a person who is not an Indian citizen, cannot take this benefit.

14. Donations: Indian charitable trusts are not allowed to accept donations from foreign citizens unless they have obtained approval under the Foreign Contribution Regulation Act (FCRA). This prohibition is irrespective of whether the person is a PIO or an OCI. While it is a violation for the trust to accept the donation, even the donor should keep this in mind to not be a party to any contravention. At the same time, the FCRA prohibition does not apply to a non-resident who is a citizen of India. Hence, NRIs can continue to donate to Indian charitable trusts.

15. Citizenship-based taxation: In certain countries like the USA, the domestic tax laws have citizenship-based taxation whereby its citizens are taxed on their global incomes, irrespective of where they stay during the year. Even green card holders are taxed in a similar manner in the USA. Such persons when they return to India become dual residents on account of their physical stay in India and their foreign citizenship. Hence, such persons will be liable to tax on their global incomes both in India and the foreign country. Several issues of Double Tax and foreign tax credit arise in such cases and hence, proper planning is required.

16. Relief of disclosure of foreign assets: There is a limited and conditional relief from reporting of foreign assets under Schedule FA of the income-tax return forms for foreign citizens who have become tax residents while they are in India on a business, employment or student visa.

The above analysis intends to highlight the various issues that a Migrating Resident should be aware of. They should not be considered as a comprehensive list of issues that apply to a Migrating Resident. Issues relevant to “Returning NRIs” and other relevant but common issues of concern related to change of residence including inheritance tax, anti-avoidance rules under ITA, succession planning, documentation and record-keeping, etc., will be dealt with in the forthcoming issue of the Journal as Part II of this article.

१. || वयं पंचाधिकं शतम् || २. ||अति सर्वत्र वर्जयेत् ||

Both of these are proverbs in the true sense of the term. They are not a part of any shloka or verse. Let us see the meanings of both of them.

१. शास्त्रात् रूढिर्बलीयसी |

Shahstra means science or theory. Roodhi means custom. Actually, the original saying was Yogaat Roodhir Baleeyasee! Custom is stronger than law. Quite often, we use certain words in a particular sense. That is in common parlance. However, the true dictionary meaning, or etymological meaning is a little different. This true meaning is referred to as yoga. Therefore, the original saying was योगात् रूढिर्बलीयसी. Thus, even here, the roodhi (custom) has prevailed! Instead of ‘yogaat’ it has become ‘shastrat’ (शास्त्रात्).

Readers may be aware that one of the important sources of law is ‘custom’; the other sources being legislation, court made law, experts’ opinions, etc. HUF in tax laws is a familiar example for us. Roodhi also means ‘practice’ that is what is actually or practically done. Actual law or rule may be different. In a lighter vein, even ‘backdating’ of signatures is a ‘rule’ of the day! Quite often, law books are entitled as Income Tax Law and Practice.

In practice, we often deviate from what is ‘grammatically’ correct or necessary. Grammar is science or theory, but actual colloquial language is different. The deviation from grammar does not necessarily mean ‘incorrect.’

Sometimes, our sentiments get attached to a custom or tradition. Sometimes, a custom or tradition may have outlived its purpose or may even be proved as harmful. Still, it continues. Once, in a gurukul, a cat used to play around, when the class was going on under a tree. It distracted the attention of students. The Guru asked them to tie the cat to the tree nearby.

Thereafter, even if the cat did not come there, still the students started bringing it and tied it to the tree! In the course of time, the Guru, the disciples and the cat passed away. Still the tradition continued!

Similar is the case with preparing and eating traditional sweets on the occasion of festivals. In today’s times, people afford it every day. Eating those sweets may even be harmful to health. In short, the impact of roodhi is very strong.

However, for the progress of the society, it is advisable to examine or test roodhis / customs from the scientific perspectives. Just as the wrong custom of Sati Pratha was stopped by society, other wrong or unnecessary roodhis / customs should be stopped too. However, it is easier said than done. Roodhis / customs condition the mind. It is difficult to decondition the mind due to social pressure, fear, or habitual conduct, etc. One needs strong determination and courage to break unnecessary roodhis / customs and progress in life.

Readers can think of many such examples.

२. शिष्यादिच्छेत् पराजयम् |

Literally, it means, one should expect a defeat from one’s student or disciple. The full line reads as: –

सर्वत्र जयमन्विच्छेत् पुत्रात् शिष्यात् पराजयम्

One should always desire a victory in all walks of life. One should always wish to surpass others. One should always hope to have an edge over one’s competitors or rivals. The exception is that one should always desire a defeat from one’s son or one’s disciple.

That is a great message from our ancient Indian culture and thinking. This is reflected in गुरु-शिष्य परंपरा, the rich tradition of mentorship. The parent or mentor should put his heart to train the ward or pupil so well that the ward or pupil should surpass the parent or mentor. They should do better than the parent or the mentor.

The examples are in plenty. Arjuna surpassed his Guru Dronacharya. Swami Vivekananda did visibly better than Guru Ramakrishna Paramahamsa, and many sports persons, artists, performed much better than their coaches / Gurus. Such examples can also be found in fields like education, politics, profession, arts, literature, scientific research and so on.

Actually, that is the real success and greatness of the parent or the mentor. It applies to our own profession in respect of our articled trainees. We CAs are expected to guide our trainees in that manner and with that spirit!

Viksit Bharat – Professional Firms

Dear BCAS Family,

Friends, as the month of elections in the largest democracy of the world ends, the results are awaited. The present government advocated vigorously the vision for Viksit Bharat.

At a talk in Mumbai on the role of professionals in Viksit Bharat, our Hon Finance Minister Smt. Nirmala Sitaraman ji, mentioned that Viksit Bharat is not possible without the support of Chartered Accountants in Profession and Industry. India needs 2 big Indian firms of the size of the big fours in the near future. The government is ready to provide all the support needed and needs from all of us a strategy to make it happen. She also mentioned that talks are on with other nations regarding cross acceptance of professional degrees for practicing in other countries.

Revenue of the Big Four accounting/audit firms worldwide in 2023, by function.

  

Revenue of the Big Four accounting/audit firms worldwide in 2023, by geographical region

Number of employees of the Big Four accounting/audit firms worldwide in 2023

One common factor behind successful growth story of all these firms is various mergers and acquisitions of firms worldwide. Other factors which affect the growth and stability of the firms are:

a. Technology – Technology will play a very critical role like workflow management can improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the audits, creating secured client portals wherein client can upload all audit relevant data, data analytics tools, tools those enable continuous monitoring and auditing, cloud based tools for flexibility of working from anywhere, data protection tools and many more. By leveraging technology, CA firms can improve efficiency, enhance client service, ensure compliance, and ultimately drive growth.

b. Competent Employees – Competent employees are essential to a CA firm’s success. They ensure the delivery of high-quality services, enhance client satisfaction, drive innovation, and maintain compliance. By investing in the recruitment, structured training modules, and retention of skilled employees, CA firms can secure a competitive advantage and achieve sustained growth.

c. HR policies – HR policies are vital for the smooth operation and growth of a CA firm. They ensure legal compliance, promote fair treatment, attract and retain talent, and enhance operational efficiency. By fostering a positive work environment, supporting employee development, and managing risks, HR policies contribute significantly to the firm’s overall success and sustainability. Investing in comprehensive and well-structured HR policies is a strategic move that supports the firm’s build a strong, motivated workforce.

d. Continuous Skill Development: Presentation and pitching skills are essential for us to communicate effectively, win new clients, and advance their careers. By investing in developing these skills, we can enhance our professional image, build strong relationships with clients, and differentiate ourselves in a competitive market.

e. Firms audit manual – Audit manuals are vital for CA firms as they provide a structured, standardized approach to conducting audits. They ensure compliance, enhance efficiency, facilitate training, and help manage risks. By maintaining high-quality standards and promoting consistency, audit manuals contribute significantly to the firm’s reputation and success. Investing in comprehensive, up-to-date audit manuals is a strategic move that supports the firm’s long-term growth and stability.

f. Client servicing – Client servicing drives client retention, enhances reputation, fosters revenue growth, and builds trust. By prioritizing client needs, gathering feedback, and providing exceptional service, we can establish long-lasting relationships and a strong competitive advantage.

g. Geographical location – The geographical location of a CA firm plays a critical role in its operational efficiency, client relationships, talent acquisition, and overall growth. By strategically choosing a location that aligns with its business goals, client base, and operational needs, a CA firm can enhance its competitiveness and success. Whether it is proximity to clients, access to talent, or cost considerations, the right location can significantly impact the firm’s performance and reputation.

h. Diverse services offerings – Diverse service offerings are essential for a growth, stability, and competitive advantage. By meeting the varied needs of clients, creating multiple revenue streams, and enhancing client relationships, a firm can secure its position in the market. Investing in a broad range of services not only drives revenue growth but also fosters innovation, attracts top talent, and ensures resilience in a dynamic business environment.

i. Networking – Networking is a strategic tool for CA firms to expand their client base, stay informed about industry trends, and enhance their reputation. By actively participating in networking events around the world we can create opportunities for growth, innovation, and success.

j. Government and ICAI policies and framework: Forward-looking and open government and ICAI policies and frameworks are essential for the sustainable growth and development of the accounting profession. By allowing Indian CA firms to market their services and have investors could lead to positive outcomes if managed effectively. However, it is also essential to balance the benefits with the challenges and implement appropriate safeguards to protect clients, maintain professional standards, and uphold the integrity of the accounting profession.

k. Indian Industry trust: Indian industry trust and support is essential for Indian CA firms to compete effectively against the Big global accounting firms. By leveraging the client base, market presence, and expertise of Indian industries, CA firms can enhance their services, expand their reach, and establish themselves as trusted advisors in the Indian market. Collaboration between Indian industries and CA firms is key to mutual growth and success, driving innovation, competitiveness, and excellence in the accounting profession.

There are various other ways, models, suggestions and recommendations to support Indian firms grow. I would request the members in practice and industry in India and abroad to write back to me on president@bcasonline.org with your valuable inputs and support the drive for a Viksit Bharat professional.

“Coming together is a beginning; keeping together is progress; working together is success.” By Edward Everett Hale

Expectations from the New Government

The Summer heat and the heat of Elections, both are receding now. By the time this Journal is in your hands, one of the biggest and the longest festivals of Democracy in the world ­­— Elections in India — would have been over, and the new Government would have been elected by the people of India.

Climate change and current wars have contributed to the unprecedented heat this year. The solace is in the predictions of normal monsoon in India, which we all are eagerly awaiting. People also await and expect a lot from the newly elected Government at the Centre, especially when India is in its Amrit Kaal. A few of the significant expectations are listed below:

1. EASE OF MANUFACTURING AND DOING BUSINESS IN INDIA

India has travelled a long distance from the “license, permit, quota raj” to a liberalised economy. The country had inherited many archaic laws enacted by Britishers to control and stifle Indian entrepreneurship. Foreign Exchange crisis in 1990 turned into a boon as India perforce had to open up its economy. However, many archaic laws still continued and even today, we are far from the ease of doing business in India.

On 1st April, 2022, while answering a question in the Lok Sabha on identification and repeal of obsolete Provisions / Acts, the then Minister of Law and Justice Shri Kiren Rijiju answered as follows:

“The present Government had constituted a Two-Member Committee to identify the obsolete and redundant laws for repeal in 2014. The said Committee had examined and identified 1824 obsolete Acts (including 229 State Acts) for repeal and submitted the report to the Government. The said 229 State Acts have been forwarded to the respective State Governments for repeal. Thereafter, the Legislative Department took up the matter with the concerned Ministries/Departments of the Government to examine and review the Acts administered by them. So far 1486 obsolete and redundant laws have been repealed by the Government of India since 2014 till date.” (Emphasis supplied)
Out of 229 State Acts, only 75 State Acts have been repealed by the concerned State Governments till April 2022. Many of these Provisions / Acts impact doing business in India.

Acquisition of land is one of the biggest obstacles, besides the requirement of a host of permissions at the local, State and the Central level. Entrepreneurs fear the applicability of criminal laws to civil offences. Concrete action is required to decriminalise business laws to increase the ease of doing business and restore confidence of entrepreneurs. To illustrate, the manner of implementation of Income-tax and GST Acts leaves much to be desired. Businessmen are harassed and penalised for trivial offences or issues. The need of the hour is business-friendly laws and a taxpayer-friendly administration.

2. EASE OF LIVING IN INDIA — CITIZEN-CENTRIC ADMINISTRATION

The new Government should focus more on day-to-day issues concerning common people, especially middle class, to make their living easy and comfortable. One of the most irritating factors is multiple KYCs from multiple agencies. Bankers freeze customer’s accounts for want of KYC and put them in great difficulties, especially senior citizens who have to run from the pillar to post to release their funds. We are living in a country where every single day, one has to prove one’s identity, one’s aliveness and what not!

The second Administrative Reforms Commission was set up by the Government in 2005 under the chairmanship of Shri M. Veerappan Moily. It submitted the 12th Report on the “Citizen Centric Administration” in February 2009. The report1 is of 188 pages and contains wide recommendations in areas of Functions of Government; Citizens’ Charters; Citizens’ Participation in Administration; Decentralisation and Delegation; Grievance Redressal Mechanism; Consumer Protection; Special Institutional Mechanisms and Process Simplification, etc. This report may be revisited in the present context and suitable recommendations should be implemented.


1. https://darpg.gov.in/sites/default/files/ccadmin12.pdf

3. JUDICIAL REFORMS

There is a famous legal maxim that says, “Justice delayed is justice denied.” If this be true, then it is happening in India, day in and day out. Many a time, it takes generations to get a verdict from the Court. One of the impediments to attracting Foreign Investments in India is its slow legal system. Where ordinary citizens wait for years to get a hearing, influential politicians get urgent hearings. Our present judicial system is based on a British model and needs a complete overhaul / change to bring accountability and transparency in the judiciary including the manner of appointment of judges.

4. UNIFORM CIVIL CODE

“One Nation – One Flag – One Law.” India is a diverse country. And, therefore, it is imperative that we have a common thread binding all of us. If each segment of the diverse population is allowed to have its own laws, then there will be chaos. Almost all religions of the world are practised in India. Therefore, laws based on religion are strictly not desirable. If there is no common civil law, then there would be constant conflicts amongst various personal laws, as it is happening in India today. A few sections of the population will get preferential treatment, or favorable laws based on their religions, and that will further divide the population. All states in India should implement UCC in the right intent and spirit.

5. ONE NATION — ONE ELECTION

India has 28 States and 8 Union Territories. At any point of time, some or the other election is in progress. This impacts the normal functioning of the Government besides the huge cost of holding separate elections. Instead, if the Central and the State Government elections are held together then a lot of efforts, time and money can be saved. The Lok Sabha elections can also be advanced to winter instead of being held in the scorching summer. (Readers can refer to the detailed discussion on this topic in the May 2024 Editorial).

6. NEW EDUCATION SYSTEM

Acharya Devvrat, Governor of Gujarat, in February 2023 said that “the British education policy aimed to establish “psychological slavery” in India to sustain the colonial rule. He further added that on the recommendations of Lord Macaulay in 1835, the British ‘destroyed the Gurukul education system’ of India which was ‘deeply rooted in traditions to carve human beings’.” 2 (Emphasis supplied)


2. https://indianexpress.com/article/cities/ahmedabad/gujarat-governor-acharya-devvrat-british-education-system-psychological-slavery-india-8451691/

Unfortunately, the Britishers’ style of education to produce English-speaking officers and clerks continued in India for more than 70 years post-independence. Moreover, this education system contained certain distorted historic facts.

Fortunately, the new National Education Policy 2020 has been implemented with effect from the academic year 2023–24.3 It is claimed that the new National Education Policy is based on the pillars of Access, Equity, Quality, Affordability and Accountability. It aims to make both school and college education more holistic, multidisciplinary and flexible.


3. https://www.learningroutes.in/blog/new-education-policy-2021-things-you-need-to-know

Hopefully, this will put an end to British-era style education system and take India to the path of a developed nation.

7. OTHER EXPECTATIONS

Well, the list of expectations is very long. However, some other important areas that need attention of the new Government are as follows:

Linking of Voter’s ID with Aadhaar to remove bogus voters, Civil Services Reforms, review of Pensions to MPs and MLAs, strict actions against defaulter contractors jeopardising public life, empowering genuine NGOs rendering great social services, revamping Indian Trust Act and simplifying provisions concerning Charitable Trusts under the Income-tax Act, 1961, etc.

The entire world is passing through a turbulent time and therefore, a stable Government at the centre with a strong majority is the need of the hour. Let us hope that Indian voters will elect a strong Government, which will carry out judicial reforms, accelerate the growth engine of India, reduce inequality, provide relief to the large middle class population and ensure social justice.

Wish you a good monsoon post scorching summer!

Underlying tax credit Concept and its significance

 

1. Overview :

 

The taxation of dividends has its origin in the classical
system of taxation, which in fact taxes corporate profit twice: once at the
company level and again at the shareholder level where the company’s profits
after tax are distributed by way of dividend to its shareholders. This is known
as economic double taxation as distinct from juridical double taxation. In
simple words, economic double taxation means double taxation of the same items
of economic income in the hands of different taxpayers.

 

 

From a tax policy perspective, economic double taxation
distorts investment decision making, and therefore the optimally efficient
allocation of resources, by inducing tax payers to invest by means of channel
that provides the best after-tax return, rather than by means of the most
appropriate commercial route to achieve the best pre-tax return.

 

 

2. Meaning of underlying Tax Credit :

 

Underlying tax credit relieves the economic double taxation
on foreign dividend income. The underlying tax credit is given for the pro-rata
share of the corporate tax paid by the foreign dividend distributing company. It
is computed as percentage of the corporate tax paid by the company that the
gross dividend distribution bears to the after-tax profits. The net dividend
received plus the withholding tax, if any, is taken as percentage of the related
after-tax profits of the paying company and multiplied by the corporate tax
paid. Dividend is grossed up by the underlying tax credit to compute the foreign
income subject to tax in home country. The ordinary credit limitation is applied
on the grossed-up dividend.

 

 

The underlying tax (or indirect) credit system on foreign
dividends is found in several countries under their domestic laws or tax
treaties. These countries include Argentina, Australia, Austria, Canada,
Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Malta,
Mauritius, Mexico, Namibia, Nigeria, Singapore, Spain, Poland, the UK and the
US. It typically only applies if :

 

  • The shareholder has a significant shareholding in the dividend distributing
    company (e.g. in the UK, 10% is needed), and

 

  • The shareholder is a company.

 

  

Upon receipt of a dividend by the shareholder, the pre-tax
income of the distributing company is included as a taxable income. The
shareholder jurisdiction’s normal rate of company tax is then applied, but the
resulting tax (mainstream tax) is reduced by the company tax paid by the
dividend distributing company (i.e., reduced by the underlying tax). If
the underlying tax exceeds the amount of mainstream tax then there will be no
further tax to pay by the shareholder, who will, thus, receive tax-free
dividends.

 

 

The result is that the group will always pay the higher of
the two taxes — the dividend distributing company tax or the shareholder country
tax.

 

 

It is referred to as underlying tax credit because credit is
given for the tax paid in the underlying entity. It is also referred to as the
‘Indirect tax credit’ method because shareholder receives credit for tax which
it has only paid indirectly. In the U.S. Internal Revenue Code the same is
referred to a ‘Deemed paid credit’. The concept of ‘Imputation Credit’ is almost
similar to underlying tax credit.

 

 

In addition, most jurisdictions provide for a tax credit to
the parent company for the foreign tax paid by the subsidiary when its
undistributed income is attributed under the Controlled Foreign Corporation
Rules. In this article the focus is on underlying tax credit in respect of
dividend income.

 

 

3. Example of the underlying tax credit :

 

Company X is a resident of the UK and owns 60% share capital
of Company Y, a resident in India. Tax rate in India is assumed to be 34% and
tax rate in the UK is assumed to be 28%. Company X has no other taxable income
in the UK.

Since the dividends may be paid out of both current and past profits, domestic law or practice generally provides the ‘ordering rules’. These rules relate the dividends to the relevant post-tax profit out of which the distribution has been made and the creditable tax is determined by the effective tax rate imposed on those profits. In the US, the dividends are deemed to be distributed from a pool of retained profits and the underlying foreign tax is the average effective tax rate.

The computation is also affected by the exchange rate used to translate the creditable foreign tax. It could be either the rate prevailing at the time of payment of the foreign tax (historical rate), or the rate when the dividend was distributed (current rate). The US law requires that the foreign tax be translated at the historical rate, while the United Kingdom generally applies the current rate.

4. Underlying tax credit in respect of taxes paid by the lower tier companies:

In the context of International business structuring, it is quite common for the Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) to structure their business operations in various countries by way of creating various subsidiaries  of the same parent  company and to have further downward subsidiary companies of its subsidiary companies, to achieve their business objective in most efficient and profitable manner. The subsidiaries and the subsidiaries of the subsidiary companies are commonly referred to as ‘lower tier companies’.

Many countries allow the underlying tax credit computation to include taxes paid by lower tier companies. For example, Australia, Ireland, Mauritius, South Africa, and the UK allow the credit for taxes suffered by all lower tier companies, provided prescribed minimum equity or voting rights are maintained at each tier. Similarly Argentina, Japan and Norway permit the underlying tax credit upto two tiers of subsidiaries, Spain gives the underlying tax credit for taxes paid upto three tiers and the United States grants them upto 6 tiers, of qualifying foreign subsidiaries.

Thus, for example, a UK parent company investing in a Mauritian subsidiary, which in turn invests in its Indian subsidiary, subject to fulfillment of the shareholding percentage and other relevant conditions and compliance with regulations, would be eligible to take credit of underlying corporate taxes paid by the Indian subsidiary, to the extent of dividends paid by Indian Company, which are forming part of the dividends paid by the Mauritian Company, against the tax payable in respect of dividends received by the UK Company in UK.

5. Significance of underlying tax credit :

Foreign tax credit planning plays a major role in structuring investments in a foreign tax jurisdiction, in case of various multi-nationals based in jurisdictions such as the UK, the US and Ireland etc., where the credit system predominates and where the underlying tax credit is given. India’s Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs) with ten countries contains the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a company resident of India. Similarly India’s DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore contain the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a Mauritian or Singaporean company.

In respect of planning  for all inbound  investment into India, from the countries  where the respective DTAAs with India/ domestic law contain the underlying tax credit provisions,  it is very important  to keep  in mind  the  exact  operation   of respective -1 underlying  tax credit  provisions  in the DTAAs/ domestic  law, to arrive  at the net tax cost of the MNE/Group  in respect  of dividend  income.  This will facilitate a proper decision-making in respect of investments into India. However, it is important to note that a detailed knowledge of the domestic law provisions of the underlying tax credit in the respective jurisdictions is of utmost importance. Therefore, wherever required, the services of the local consultants/tax experts may be utilised to know the law and practice in respect of exact operations of the underlying tax credit provisions.

In respect of outbound investments also, a proper consideration of the underlying tax credit would be of great help in properly arriving at the actual net tax cost of the enterprise/ group in respect of dividends and thus making the right investment decisions.

6. Underlying tax credit under Indian Scenario:

India does not have any domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit. However, as mentioned above, India’s DTAAs with ten countries contain the provisions relating to underlying tax credit. The relevant provisions relating to underlying tax credit contained in various articles are given below for ready reference:

In most of the above mentioned DTAAs, the definition of the term ‘Indian tax payable’ include provisions relating to tax sparing for the ordinary tax credit. However, in respect of DTAA with Ireland, the provisions relating to tax sparing are includible only in respect of clause relating to underlying tax credit.

It is interesting to note that in case of India’s DTAAs with 9 counties (except Singapore), the relevant provisions of the Articles mention about the under-lying tax credit where a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a company which is a resident of the other state. However, in case of Singapore in Article 25(4) of the India-Singapore DTAA, it is mentioned that a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a resident of Singapore. Thus apparently, in case of Singapore underlying tax credit would be available even if the shares in Indian company are not held by any Singaporean Company but are held by any other resident of Singapore.

7. Domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit in some of the important jurisdictions:

(a) Mauritius:

Provisions relating to underlying foreign tax credit are contained in Regulation 7 of the Income-tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations, 1996. These regulations have been made by the Ministry u/s.77 and u/s.161 of the Income-tax Act, 1995.

(b)  Credit  for underlying taxes

As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

(c) United States:

The provisions relating to underlying tax credit referred to in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as ‘Deemed Paid Credit’ are contained in section 78 and 902 of the Code.

8. OECD Commentary:
Paras 49 to 54 and para 69 of the commentary on Articles 23A & 23B summarise the OECD approach towards tax credit in respect of dividends from substantial holdings by a company. It recognises that recurrent corporate taxation on the profits distributed to parent company: first at the level of subsidiary and again at the level of the parent company, creates very important obstacle to the development of international investments. Many states have recognised this and have inserted in the domestic laws provisions designed to avoid these obstacles. Moreover, provisions to this end are frequently inserted in double taxation conventions. In view of the diverse opinions of the states and the variety of the possible solutions, it preferred to leave the states free to choose their own solution to the problem. For states preferring to solve the problem in their conventions, the solutions would most frequently follow one of the principles i.e. credit for underlying taxes.

Paragraph 52 of OECD Commentary on Article 23A & 23B mentions as under:

“(b) Credit for underlying taxes
As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

9. Dividend Distribution Tax:

It is important to note that the Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT) paid by the Indian company u/s.115-0 of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961 may not be the same as “the Indian tax payable by the company in respect of the profits out of which such dividend is paid” as used in relevant articles of the various DTAAs mentioned above containing underlying tax credit provisions. Whether the DDT will be available as ordinary tax credit, is an issue not free from doubt and litigation. We have been given to understand that U.S. allows credit for DDT in USA under the provisions of S. 904 of the Internal Revenue Code. Similarly, we understand that Mauritian authorities have issued a circular clarifying that DDT credit would be available in Mauritius.

10. Conclusion:
From the above, it is evident that the concept of underlying tax credit is very important in mitigating the economic double taxation of dividends paid to companies. This is equally important in planning both inbound and outbound investments. However, in view of the complexities, one will have to carefully understand the provisions of the domestic laws of the applicable foreign tax jurisdictions and treaties before applying the same.

Bibliography:
1. Basic International Taxation, Second edition, Volume-l : Principles, by Roy Rohatgi, Chapter 4, Para 8.4.3 page 281.

2. International Tax Policy and Double Tax Treaties – An introduction to Principles and Application by Kevin Holmes. Chapter 2, page 37 to 38.

3. Interpretation and Application of Tax Treaties, by Ned Shelton. Chapter 2, Para 2.52, page 101.

 

Underlying tax credit — Concept and its significance

International Taxation

1. Overview :


The taxation of dividends has its origin in the classical
system of taxation, which in fact taxes corporate profit twice: once at the
company level and again at the shareholder level where the company’s profits
after tax are distributed by way of dividend to its shareholders. This is known
as economic double taxation as distinct from juridical double taxation. In
simple words, economic double taxation means double taxation of the same items
of economic income in the hands of different taxpayers.

From a tax policy perspective, economic double taxation
distorts investment decision making, and therefore the optimally efficient
allocation of resources, by inducing tax payers to invest by means of channel
that provides the best after-tax return, rather than by means of the most
appropriate commercial route to achieve the best pre-tax return.

2. Meaning of underlying Tax Credit :


Underlying tax credit relieves the economic double taxation
on foreign dividend income. The underlying tax credit is given for the pro-rata
share of the corporate tax paid by the foreign dividend distributing company. It
is computed as percentage of the corporate tax paid by the company that the
gross dividend distribution bears to the after-tax profits. The net dividend
received plus the withholding tax, if any, is taken as percentage of the related
after-tax profits of the paying company and multiplied by the corporate tax
paid. Dividend is grossed up by the underlying tax credit to compute the foreign
income subject to tax in home country. The ordinary credit limitation is applied
on the grossed-up dividend.

The underlying tax (or indirect) credit system on foreign
dividends is found in several countries under their domestic laws or tax
treaties. These countries include Argentina, Australia, Austria, Canada,
Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Malta,
Mauritius, Mexico, Namibia, Nigeria, Singapore, Spain, Poland, the UK and the
US. It typically only applies if :

  • The shareholder has a significant shareholding in the dividend distributing
    company (e.g. in the UK, 10% is needed), and


  • The shareholder is a company.




Upon receipt of a dividend by the shareholder, the pre-tax
income of the distributing company is included as a taxable income. The
shareholder jurisdiction’s normal rate of company tax is then applied, but the
resulting tax (mainstream tax) is reduced by the company tax paid by the
dividend distributing company (i.e., reduced by the underlying tax). If
the underlying tax exceeds the amount of mainstream tax then there will be no
further tax to pay by the shareholder, who will, thus, receive tax-free
dividends.

The result is that the group will always pay the higher of
the two taxes — the dividend distributing company tax or the shareholder country
tax.

It is referred to as underlying tax credit because credit is
given for the tax paid in the underlying entity. It is also referred to as the
‘Indirect tax credit’ method because shareholder receives credit for tax which
it has only paid indirectly. In the U.S. Internal Revenue Code the same is
referred to a ‘Deemed paid credit’. The concept of ‘Imputation Credit’ is almost
similar to underlying tax credit.

In addition, most jurisdictions provide for a tax credit to
the parent company for the foreign tax paid by the subsidiary when its
undistributed income is attributed under the Controlled Foreign Corporation
Rules. In this article the focus is on underlying tax credit in respect of
dividend income.

3. Example of the underlying tax credit :


Company X is a resident of the UK and owns 60% share capital
of Company Y, a resident in India. Tax rate in India is assumed to be 34% and
tax rate in the UK is assumed to be 28%. Company X has no other taxable income
in the UK.

Since the dividends may be paid out of both current and past profits, domestic law or practice generally provides the ‘ordering rules’. These rules relate the dividends to the relevant post-tax profit out of which the distribution has been made and the creditable tax is determined by the effective tax rate imposed on those profits. In the US, the dividends are deemed to be distributed from a pool of retained profits and the underlying foreign tax is the average effective tax rate.

The computation is also affected by the exchange rate used to translate the creditable foreign tax. It could be either the rate prevailing at the time of payment of the foreign tax (historical rate), or the rate when the dividend was distributed (current rate). The US law requires that the foreign tax be translated at the historical rate, while the United Kingdom generally applies the current rate.

4. Underlying tax credit in respect of taxes paid by the lower tier companies:

In the context of International business structuring, it is quite common for the Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) to structure their business operations in various countries by way of creating various subsidiaries  of the same parent  company and to have further downward subsidiary companies of its subsidiary companies, to achieve their business objective in most efficient and profitable manner. The subsidiaries and the subsidiaries of the subsidiary companies are commonly referred to as ‘lower tier companies’.

Many countries allow the underlying tax credit computation to include taxes paid by lower tier companies. For example, Australia, Ireland, Mauritius, South Africa, and the UK allow the credit for taxes suffered by all lower tier companies, provided prescribed minimum equity or voting rights are maintained at each tier. Similarly Argentina, Japan and Norway permit the underlying tax credit upto two tiers of subsidiaries, Spain gives the underlying tax credit for taxes paid upto three tiers and the United States grants them upto 6 tiers, of qualifying foreign subsidiaries.

Thus, for example, a UK parent company investing in a Mauritian subsidiary, which in turn invests in its Indian subsidiary, subject to fulfillment of the shareholding percentage and other relevant conditions and compliance with regulations, would be eligible to take credit of underlying corporate taxes paid by the Indian subsidiary, to the extent of dividends paid by Indian Company, which are forming part of the dividends paid by the Mauritian Company, against the tax payable in respect of dividends received by the UK Company in UK.

5. Significance of underlying tax credit :

Foreign tax credit planning plays a major role in structuring investments in a foreign tax jurisdiction, in case of various multi-nationals based in jurisdictions such as the UK, the US and Ireland etc., where the credit system predominates and where the underlying tax credit is given. India’s Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs) with ten countries contains the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a company resident of India. Similarly India’s DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore contain the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a Mauritian or Singaporean company.

In respect of planning  for all inbound  investment into India, from the countries  where the respective DTAAs with India/ domestic law contain the underlying tax credit provisions,  it is very important  to keep  in mind  the  exact  operation   of respective -1 underlying  tax credit  provisions  in the DTAAs/ domestic  law, to arrive  at the net tax cost of the MNE/Group  in respect  of dividend  income.  This will facilitate a proper decision-making in respect of investments into India. However, it is important to note that a detailed knowledge of the domestic law provisions of the underlying tax credit in the respective jurisdictions is of utmost importance. Therefore, wherever required, the services of the local consultants/tax experts may be utilised to know the law and practice in respect of exact operations of the underlying tax credit provisions.

In respect of outbound investments also, a proper consideration of the underlying tax credit would be of great help in properly arriving at the actual net tax cost of the enterprise/ group in respect of dividends and thus making the right investment decisions.

6. Underlying tax credit under Indian Scenario:

India does not have any domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit. However, as mentioned above, India’s DTAAs with ten countries contain the provisions relating to underlying tax credit. The relevant provisions relating to underlying tax credit contained in various articles are given below for ready reference:

In most of the above mentioned DTAAs, the definition of the term ‘Indian tax payable’ include provisions relating to tax sparing for the ordinary tax credit. However, in respect of DTAA with Ireland, the provisions relating to tax sparing are includible only in respect of clause relating to underlying tax credit.

It is interesting to note that in case of India’s DTAAs with 9 counties (except Singapore), the relevant provisions of the Articles mention about the under-lying tax credit where a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a company which is a resident of the other state. However, in case of Singapore in Article 25(4) of the India-Singapore DTAA, it is mentioned that a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a resident of Singapore. Thus apparently, in case of Singapore underlying tax credit would be available even if the shares in Indian company are not held by any Singaporean Company but are held by any other resident of Singapore.

7. Domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit in some of the important jurisdictions:

(a) Mauritius:

Provisions relating to underlying foreign tax credit are contained in Regulation 7 of the Income-tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations, 1996. These regulations have been made by the Ministry u/s.77 and u/s.161 of the Income-tax Act, 1995.
 

(b)  Credit  for underlying taxes

As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

(c) United States:

The provisions relating to underlying tax credit referred to in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as ‘Deemed Paid Credit’ are contained in section 78 and 902 of the Code.

8. OECD Commentary:
Paras 49 to 54 and para 69 of the commentary on Articles 23A & 23B summarise the OECD approach towards tax credit in respect of dividends from substantial holdings by a company. It recognises that recurrent corporate taxation on the profits distributed to parent company: first at the level of subsidiary and again at the level of the parent company, creates very important obstacle to the development of international investments. Many states have recognised this and have inserted in the domestic laws provisions designed to avoid these obstacles. Moreover, provisions to this end are frequently inserted in double taxation conventions. In view of the diverse opinions of the states and the variety of the possible solutions, it preferred to leave the states free to choose their own solution to the problem. For states preferring to solve the problem in their conventions, the solutions would most frequently follow one of the principles i.e. credit for underlying taxes.

Paragraph 52 of OECD Commentary on Article 23A & 23B mentions as under:

“(b) Credit for underlying taxes
As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

9. Dividend Distribution Tax:

It is important to note that the Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT) paid by the Indian company u/s.115-0 of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961 may not be the same as “the Indian tax payable by the company in respect of the profits out of which such dividend is paid” as used in relevant articles of the various DTAAs mentioned above containing underlying tax credit provisions. Whether the DDT will be available as ordinary tax credit, is an issue not free from doubt and litigation. We have been given to understand that U.S. allows credit for DDT in USA under the provisions of S. 904 of the Internal Revenue Code. Similarly, we understand that Mauritian authorities have issued a circular clarifying that DDT credit would be available in Mauritius.

10. Conclusion:
From the above, it is evident that the concept of underlying tax credit is very important in mitigating the economic double taxation of dividends paid to companies. This is equally important in planning both inbound and outbound investments. However, in view of the complexities, one will have to carefully understand the provisions of the domestic laws of the applicable foreign tax jurisdictions and treaties before applying the same.

Bibliography:
1. Basic International Taxation, Second edition, Volume-l : Principles, by Roy Rohatgi, Chapter 4, Para 8.4.3 page 281.

2. International Tax Policy and Double Tax Treaties – An introduction to Principles and Application by Kevin Holmes. Chapter 2, page 37 to 38.

3. Interpretation and Application of Tax Treaties, by Ned Shelton. Chapter 2, Para 2.52, page 101.

Underlying tax credit — Concept and its significance

International Taxation

1. Overview :


The taxation of dividends has its origin in the classical
system of taxation, which in fact taxes corporate profit twice: once at the
company level and again at the shareholder level where the company’s profits
after tax are distributed by way of dividend to its shareholders. This is known
as economic double taxation as distinct from juridical double taxation. In
simple words, economic double taxation means double taxation of the same items
of economic income in the hands of different taxpayers.

From a tax policy perspective, economic double taxation
distorts investment decision making, and therefore the optimally efficient
allocation of resources, by inducing tax payers to invest by means of channel
that provides the best after-tax return, rather than by means of the most
appropriate commercial route to achieve the best pre-tax return.

2. Meaning of underlying Tax Credit :


Underlying tax credit relieves the economic double taxation
on foreign dividend income. The underlying tax credit is given for the pro-rata
share of the corporate tax paid by the foreign dividend distributing company. It
is computed as percentage of the corporate tax paid by the company that the
gross dividend distribution bears to the after-tax profits. The net dividend
received plus the withholding tax, if any, is taken as percentage of the related
after-tax profits of the paying company and multiplied by the corporate tax
paid. Dividend is grossed up by the underlying tax credit to compute the foreign
income subject to tax in home country. The ordinary credit limitation is applied
on the grossed-up dividend.

The underlying tax (or indirect) credit system on foreign
dividends is found in several countries under their domestic laws or tax
treaties. These countries include Argentina, Australia, Austria, Canada,
Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Japan, Korea, Malta,
Mauritius, Mexico, Namibia, Nigeria, Singapore, Spain, Poland, the UK and the
US. It typically only applies if :

  • The shareholder has a significant shareholding in the dividend distributing
    company (e.g. in the UK, 10% is needed), and


  • The shareholder is a company.




Upon receipt of a dividend by the shareholder, the pre-tax
income of the distributing company is included as a taxable income. The
shareholder jurisdiction’s normal rate of company tax is then applied, but the
resulting tax (mainstream tax) is reduced by the company tax paid by the
dividend distributing company (i.e., reduced by the underlying tax). If
the underlying tax exceeds the amount of mainstream tax then there will be no
further tax to pay by the shareholder, who will, thus, receive tax-free
dividends.

The result is that the group will always pay the higher of
the two taxes — the dividend distributing company tax or the shareholder country
tax.

It is referred to as underlying tax credit because credit is
given for the tax paid in the underlying entity. It is also referred to as the
‘Indirect tax credit’ method because shareholder receives credit for tax which
it has only paid indirectly. In the U.S. Internal Revenue Code the same is
referred to a ‘Deemed paid credit’. The concept of ‘Imputation Credit’ is almost
similar to underlying tax credit.

In addition, most jurisdictions provide for a tax credit to
the parent company for the foreign tax paid by the subsidiary when its
undistributed income is attributed under the Controlled Foreign Corporation
Rules. In this article the focus is on underlying tax credit in respect of
dividend income.

3. Example of the underlying tax credit :


Company X is a resident of the UK and owns 60% share capital
of Company Y, a resident in India. Tax rate in India is assumed to be 34% and
tax rate in the UK is assumed to be 28%. Company X has no other taxable income
in the UK.

Since the dividends may be paid out of both current and past profits, domestic law or practice generally provides the ‘ordering rules’. These rules relate the dividends to the relevant post-tax profit out of which the distribution has been made and the creditable tax is determined by the effective tax rate imposed on those profits. In the US, the dividends are deemed to be distributed from a pool of retained profits and the underlying foreign tax is the average effective tax rate.

The computation is also affected by the exchange rate used to translate the creditable foreign tax. It could be either the rate prevailing at the time of payment of the foreign tax (historical rate), or the rate when the dividend was distributed (current rate). The US law requires that the foreign tax be translated at the historical rate, while the United Kingdom generally applies the current rate.

4. Underlying tax credit in respect of taxes paid by the lower tier companies:

In the context of International business structuring, it is quite common for the Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) to structure their business operations in various countries by way of creating various subsidiaries  of the same parent  company and to have further downward subsidiary companies of its subsidiary companies, to achieve their business objective in most efficient and profitable manner. The subsidiaries and the subsidiaries of the subsidiary companies are commonly referred to as ‘lower tier companies’.

Many countries allow the underlying tax credit computation to include taxes paid by lower tier companies. For example, Australia, Ireland, Mauritius, South Africa, and the UK allow the credit for taxes suffered by all lower tier companies, provided prescribed minimum equity or voting rights are maintained at each tier. Similarly Argentina, Japan and Norway permit the underlying tax credit upto two tiers of subsidiaries, Spain gives the underlying tax credit for taxes paid upto three tiers and the United States grants them upto 6 tiers, of qualifying foreign subsidiaries.

Thus, for example, a UK parent company investing in a Mauritian subsidiary, which in turn invests in its Indian subsidiary, subject to fulfillment of the shareholding percentage and other relevant conditions and compliance with regulations, would be eligible to take credit of underlying corporate taxes paid by the Indian subsidiary, to the extent of dividends paid by Indian Company, which are forming part of the dividends paid by the Mauritian Company, against the tax payable in respect of dividends received by the UK Company in UK.

5. Significance of underlying tax credit :

Foreign tax credit planning plays a major role in structuring investments in a foreign tax jurisdiction, in case of various multi-nationals based in jurisdictions such as the UK, the US and Ireland etc., where the credit system predominates and where the underlying tax credit is given. India’s Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs) with ten countries contains the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a company resident of India. Similarly India’s DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore contain the provisions regarding underlying tax credit in respect of dividends paid by a Mauritian or Singaporean company.

In respect of planning  for all inbound  investment into India, from the countries  where the respective DTAAs with India/ domestic law contain the underlying tax credit provisions,  it is very important  to keep  in mind  the  exact  operation   of respective -1 underlying  tax credit  provisions  in the DTAAs/ domestic  law, to arrive  at the net tax cost of the MNE/Group  in respect  of dividend  income.  This will facilitate a proper decision-making in respect of investments into India. However, it is important to note that a detailed knowledge of the domestic law provisions of the underlying tax credit in the respective jurisdictions is of utmost importance. Therefore, wherever required, the services of the local consultants/tax experts may be utilised to know the law and practice in respect of exact operations of the underlying tax credit provisions.

In respect of outbound investments also, a proper consideration of the underlying tax credit would be of great help in properly arriving at the actual net tax cost of the enterprise/ group in respect of dividends and thus making the right investment decisions.

6. Underlying tax credit under Indian Scenario:

India does not have any domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit. However, as mentioned above, India’s DTAAs with ten countries contain the provisions relating to underlying tax credit. The relevant provisions relating to underlying tax credit contained in various articles are given below for ready reference:

In most of the above mentioned DTAAs, the definition of the term ‘Indian tax payable’ include provisions relating to tax sparing for the ordinary tax credit. However, in respect of DTAA with Ireland, the provisions relating to tax sparing are includible only in respect of clause relating to underlying tax credit.

It is interesting to note that in case of India’s DTAAs with 9 counties (except Singapore), the relevant provisions of the Articles mention about the under-lying tax credit where a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a company which is a resident of the other state. However, in case of Singapore in Article 25(4) of the India-Singapore DTAA, it is mentioned that a dividend paid by a company which is a resident of India to a resident of Singapore. Thus apparently, in case of Singapore underlying tax credit would be available even if the shares in Indian company are not held by any Singaporean Company but are held by any other resident of Singapore.

7. Domestic regulations in respect of underlying tax credit in some of the important jurisdictions:

(a) Mauritius:

Provisions relating to underlying foreign tax credit are contained in Regulation 7 of the Income-tax (Foreign Tax Credit) Regulations, 1996. These regulations have been made by the Ministry u/s.77 and u/s.161 of the Income-tax Act, 1995.
 

(b)  Credit  for underlying taxes

As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

(c) United States:

The provisions relating to underlying tax credit referred to in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as ‘Deemed Paid Credit’ are contained in section 78 and 902 of the Code.

8. OECD Commentary:
Paras 49 to 54 and para 69 of the commentary on Articles 23A & 23B summarise the OECD approach towards tax credit in respect of dividends from substantial holdings by a company. It recognises that recurrent corporate taxation on the profits distributed to parent company: first at the level of subsidiary and again at the level of the parent company, creates very important obstacle to the development of international investments. Many states have recognised this and have inserted in the domestic laws provisions designed to avoid these obstacles. Moreover, provisions to this end are frequently inserted in double taxation conventions. In view of the diverse opinions of the states and the variety of the possible solutions, it preferred to leave the states free to choose their own solution to the problem. For states preferring to solve the problem in their conventions, the solutions would most frequently follow one of the principles i.e. credit for underlying taxes.

Paragraph 52 of OECD Commentary on Article 23A & 23B mentions as under:

“(b) Credit for underlying taxes
As regards dividends received from subsidiary, the state in which the parent company is a resident gives credit as provided for in paragraph 2 of Article 23A or in paragraph 1 of Article 23B, as appropriate, not only for the tax on dividends as such, but also for the tax paid by the subsidiary on the profits distributed (such a provision will frequently be favoured by States applying as a general rule the credit method specified in Article 23B).”

9. Dividend Distribution Tax:

It is important to note that the Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT) paid by the Indian company u/s.115-0 of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1961 may not be the same as “the Indian tax payable by the company in respect of the profits out of which such dividend is paid” as used in relevant articles of the various DTAAs mentioned above containing underlying tax credit provisions. Whether the DDT will be available as ordinary tax credit, is an issue not free from doubt and litigation. We have been given to understand that U.S. allows credit for DDT in USA under the provisions of S. 904 of the Internal Revenue Code. Similarly, we understand that Mauritian authorities have issued a circular clarifying that DDT credit would be available in Mauritius.

10. Conclusion:
From the above, it is evident that the concept of underlying tax credit is very important in mitigating the economic double taxation of dividends paid to companies. This is equally important in planning both inbound and outbound investments. However, in view of the complexities, one will have to carefully understand the provisions of the domestic laws of the applicable foreign tax jurisdictions and treaties before applying the same.

Bibliography:
1. Basic International Taxation, Second edition, Volume-l : Principles, by Roy Rohatgi, Chapter 4, Para 8.4.3 page 281.

2. International Tax Policy and Double Tax Treaties – An introduction to Principles and Application by Kevin Holmes. Chapter 2, page 37 to 38.

3. Interpretation and Application of Tax Treaties, by Ned Shelton. Chapter 2, Para 2.52, page 101.

Society News

fiogf49gjkf0d
Sixth Intensive Study Course on Transfer Pricing held from 6th February to 2nd April 2016 (All Saturdays), at IMC Churchgate Mumbai

The Sixth Intensive Study Course on Transfer Pricing was successfully conducted by International Taxation Committee, from 6th February, 2016 to 2nd April, 2016 (on Saturdays). A total of 32 sessions were held on the subject of Transfer Pricing addressing the key updates, issues and challenges, Dispute Redressal Mechanism, Base Erosion Profit Shifting etc. Each session was followed by Question and Answer session for the benefit of the attendees.

The following key issues were discussed in the study course:-
1) More and More Complex Regulation
2) Business Restructuring & Exit Charges
3) Dissatisfaction with profit based methods
4) More audits, disputes and litigation
5) Increased onus on Taxpayers
6) Scope of Regulation Expanding
7) Aggressive practices by Tax Authorities
8) Location specific advantages related to Transfer Pricing

In all 49 participants attended the course. As per the feedback received from participants, the course was highly appreciated and well received by them.

3rd Youth RRC (Residential Refresher Course) held from 17th April to 19th April 2016 at Igatpuri

The 3rd Youth RRC was organized by BCAS under the Membership and Public Relations (MPR) Committee jointly with The Chamber of Tax Consultants at Igatpuri, a quaint town near Mumbai, mostly known for trekking, hiking and also for the soulful Vipassana Centre.

The inspiration of this year’s YRRC was the growing Start-Up culture in India and also the Start Up India initiatives taken by the Indian Government. The theme of the YRRC was set to “Start Up India – What’s in it for me? The programme attracted established and budding entrepreneurs along with industry-based and practicing chartered accountants. Participants from various parts of the country gathered together for the YRRC

The three day Youth Residential Refresher Course was a perfect balance between technical sessions and entertainment. Sessions were interactive & participative including group discussions, personality workshop, networking and team building.

The YRRC provided a platform for the participants to have a one-on-one interaction with the elite group of speakers and to be able to learn and gain from their experiences. The technical sessions held at the 3rd YRRC are summarized as follows:

Day 1: Sunday 17th April 2016

Inauguration Session by Chairman of the MPR Committee – CA Naushad Panjwani

The Chairman inaugurated the YRRC by extending a warm welcome to all the participants. Keeping up with the theme of the YRRC, a short video of our Prime Minister, Mr. Narendra Modi’s action plan for Startup India was screened. This inspiring speech of the PM set the tone and momentum for the rest of the event.

SESSION 1: Beginners’ Guide to Startups for Entrepreneurs and Professionals

Speaker : CA Nitin Shingala
CA Ketan Raiyani

Mr. Ketan Raiyani

Mr. Raiyani began the session by explaining the concept and characteristics of startup as an innovative and scalable model. He also shared his experience in the foundation of a startup, the funding and scaling, and finally selling the same. Mr. Shingala, continued the session by giving insights on how to work with startups and how to make startups work and imparted learnings such as 6D rule, 90- 10-90 rule. He also shared his experience and expertise from the professional perspective on working with startups


Mr. Nitin Shingala

SESSION 2 : Conducting Audit in Today’s Scenario.

Speaker: CA Himanshu Kishnadwala


Mr. Himanshu Kishnadwala

Mr. Kishnadwala took us through the past-present-future of the world of auditing: a journey from Standards of Auditing to ICDS, IFCR and Ind-AS. He gave examples of transactions and situations and detailed out its reporting in the audit reports under the changing statute.

SESSION 3 : Personality Enhancement.

Speaker : CA Jagdish Shenoy


Mr. Jagdish Shenoy

The “16PF” test was taken by all the participants; this test measures 16 Personality Factors of an individual. Mr. Shenoy explained these factors with the competencies required by an individual carrying out either the role of an auditor, a consultant, a tax practitioner or any other roles played by a Chartered Accountant.

Day 2: 18th April 2016

SESSION 1: GROUP DISCUSSION

TOPIC : E-COMMERCE: BUSINESS MODEL AND TAXATION

Paper Writer: CA Sunil Gabhawalla


Mr. Sunil Gabhawalla

Mr. Gabhawalla’s paper on the complexity of e-commerce transaction involving multiple countries, multiple tax laws and treaties was discussed by all participants within their groups and good efforts were made to solve every case study. He also gave a background on key attributes of ecommerce transactions. The group discussion was followed by questions & answers raised by group leaders.
The Q & A was interactive and well addressed by the speaker.

SESSIONS 2: FORENSIC AUDIT

Speaker: CA Chetan Dalal


Mr. Chetan Dalal

Mr. Dalal, gave a hands on experience of being a forensic auditor to the participants. He asked them to find out the difference between a real and fake video used as evidence, discrepancies in falsified documents and Microsoft excel reports.

DAY 3: 19th April 2016

SESSSION 1: CASE STUDIES ON INTERNATIONAL TAXATION:

Speaker: CA . T. P. Ostwal


Mr. T. P. Ostwal

Mr. Ostwal, circulated an intensive case study which covered all the international transactions entered into by startup companies and explained in a highly inter-active session the nitty-gritty of the taxation on the transactions by cross referencing them to the statutory provisions and respective tax treaties. The session resolved many of the questions the participants had in mind and also helped the participants understand the stages of taxation in these international transactions.

SESSIONS 2: PANEL DISCUSSION:

PRACTICE vs. INDUSTRY vs. ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Panelists:
CA . Arun Giri
CA . Naushad Panjwani
CA . Parimal Parikh
CA . T. P. Ostwal

Practice vs. Industry vs. Entrepreneurship?? : A question for every Chartered Accountant at every stage of his career.


Mr. Arun Giri

The group discussion was moderated by the Chairman, Mr. Panjwani. The Panelists shared their stories of the struggles faced by them in building their career, while the participants shared their questions, thoughts and insecurities for venturing into these 3 zones. The Panelists helped resolve all their worries and problems. They ended the session with a note saying that “if you want something that you are really passionate about, then no other worries or insecurities will come in the way of you achieving your goal and success”. On this positive note, the YRRC ended leaving the participants recharged with knowledge, a good network of likeminded people and friends and a go-getter attitude to achieve their goals.

                
 
Full day Seminar on “Practical issues in TDS” held on 22nd April. 2016

The Full day seminar on Practical issues in TDS was held by the Taxation Committee on 22nd April, 2016 at Navinbhai Thakkar Auditorium, Vile Parle (East), Mumbai. The Seminar was attendance by over 200 participants. President CA Raman Jokhakar gave the opening remarks followed by introductory words from the Chairman of the Taxation Committee, CA Sanjeev Pandit.

Various topics were taken up at the Seminar as follows:


Mr. Avinash Rawani

Ms. Vinita Krishnan and Mr. Avinash Rawani spoke on the BCAS platform for the very first time.

Sections 194C (Payments to Contractors) and Section 194J (Fees for professional or technical services):-

CA Gautam Nayak enlightened the audience on the changes made in these sections pursuant to Finance Bill, 2016 followed by circulars and clarifications issued by the CBDT, their applicability in the current scenario and recent case laws on these topics. The speaker elaborated on the provisions of 194C and 194J and covered some industry specific issues as well as the interplay of these sections with other sections of the Act.

Sections 192 (Salary including salary paid to expats) and 194H (TDS on Commission or Brokerage):-

CA Sudhir Nayak started his talk by highlighting the changes carried out by Finance Bill, 2016. He gave a good insight on provisions of section 192, taxation of perquisites, taxation of ESOPs and the manner in which these could be used for salary structuring. The speaker had a detailed discussion on issues arising in expatriate taxation and this was followed by in-depth analysis of issues governing section 194H.

Sections 194A (Interest other than “Interest on securities), 194I (Rent) and 194IA (Payment on transfer of certain immovable property other than agricultural land):-


Ms. Vinita Krishnan threw light on topics of sections 194A, 194I and 194IA by presenting the same in an easy to understand FA Q format. This was followed by discussion on recent cases on these topics as well as analysis of issues which lack judicial precedents.

Section 195 (Other Sums):-


CA Anil Doshi gave a detailed presentation on various aspects governing section 195 which included an overview of the relevant provisions which govern the applicability and manner of applying section 195. CA Anil Doshi also elaborated on the relevance of Tax Residency Certificate, implications of section 206AA, the scope of income of a non-resident, various aspects governing Form 15CA and Form 15CB and TDS related issues pertaining to certain cross border payments such as business income of a non-resident, royalties, fees for technical services and reimbursement of expenses. The speaker touched upon a wide number of judgments during the course of his presentation.

Issues in e-filing of TDS statements: CA Avinash Rawani highlighted the practical issues that arise in e-filing of various TDS statements such as returns, correction statements, challan corrections, replies to be filed to online communication from the TDS CPC amongst others. In addition to highlighting the issues, the speaker shared a lot of practical do’s and don’ts in relation to the filing of these statements. The sessions in the Seminar were very interactive and the Speakers answered a lot of queries that were received from the participants. The participants benefited immensely with the interactive sessions and detailed discussions.

Felicitation of ICAI President & Vice President on 23rd April, 2016 at BCAS Office

On 23rd April, 2016, it was the Society’s honour and privilege to welcome and felicitate the ICAI President, Mr. Devraja Reddy and the ICAI Vice-President, Mr. Nilesh Vikamsey who is also a core group member at BCAS. Both the dignitaries during their talk addressed BCAS as the younger brother of ICAI.

The discussion was an informal and an interactive one. It focused on the various initiatives taken up by ICAI, some of which can be outlined as follows:

  • The ICAI is reenergizing the twenty-seven foreign chapters of the Institute by allocating them to the newly elected fifteen Central Council Members.
  • With the help of our fraternity colleague, the Railways have agreed to the Institute’s suggestions of converting its book keeping from single entry to double entry. (The Institute is liaising with the Chief Secretaries of all States for adopting double entry as the appropriate method of accounting).
  • The ICAI is also looking at the option of each branch having its ownership building. For this, the President sought help of our CA brothers in the IAS fraternity and involve them in our noble profession of Nation building.
  • They called for suggestions on the proposed new syllabus to make it more practical and useful for the students rather than examination oriented.
  • The President appreciated and praised the BCA Journal and requested the Editorial Board of BCAS to give their valuable inputs in improving the ICAI Journal.
  • The Vice President discussed that the ICAI is also taking up timely discussions on changes in laws with the Government. This involvement will make the laws much simple and practical when implemented. The Past Presidents of BCAS and other members present welcomed all the suggestions and extended the helping hand to its elder brother The ICAI. Such incredible co-operation was well appreciated by them, which will go a long way in strengthening the pillars of the profession.

Meeting of the International Economic Study Group held on 3rd May 2016

The topic of the meeting was: “What is true wealth and how can we be more engaged with it?”

Mr. Siddharth Sthalekar provided an opportunity to explore the subject at a talk he delivered at The International Economic Study Group at The Indian Merchants’ Chamber on 3rd May, 2016. Mr. Siddharth Sthalekar shared his journey with wealth which has seen several twists and turns. As a young graduate of IIM Ahmedabad, his relationship with Indian capital markets began in the bull years of 2005. Mr. Sthalekar was fortunate to be in the right place at the right time and soon he was heading one of the largest trading desks in the country.

However, the 2008 crisis led him to experience the effects of hyper-efficient global market. A problem of poor loans in the US had ripple effects across the world – bankruptcies in Europe, derailment of economies in Asia and more. Yes, money could move across the world in a matter of seconds.

The Latin root of the word ‘Wealth’ came from ‘Wellbeing’. So technically, when he asked himself being ‘Wealthy’, it was synonymous with asking how ‘Well we were!’ Somehow.

Faced with more questions than answers, Mr. Siddharth Sthalekar decided to spend some time looking for solutions in his own way. In 2011, he took a divergent step and headed to the Sabarmati Ashram in Ahmedabad founded by our Father of Nation Late Shri M. K. Gandhi. It seemed irrational at that time, but the Ashram allowed him a space to step back from his comfort zone and understand different systems functioning right here in our country. As part of their work with urban, rural and tribal communities, Mr. Sthalekar had the opportunity to learn from diverse sets of people. During the evenings, he ran a space known as Seva Cafe for one and a half years – a Gift economy restaurant run entirely by volunteers. Through experiments with wealth – like attempting to live more simply and spending time ‘off’ mainstream money, he began learning about wealth with a slightly different perspective.

As reflected in his comment, Mr. Sthalekar could see how the process of money management had led us to ‘handover’ the wealth into the hands of others. Rather than question what we should be doing with it ourselves, we had gotten used to earning returns passively. It is through this passive behavior that had given rise to corruption in existing systems and allowed institutions to become ‘too big to fail’.

Slowly, sitting out of the Gandhi Ashram Mr. Sthalekar began to re-connect with finance with a single question in mind – ‘how can we help individuals engage with their wealth in authentic ways’.

1. The Role of the Fiduciary: While no one has really been speaking about this, regulators have been making some serious changes in this industry in the last 3 years. Existing banks, brokers and money managers were entities that provided financial access to individuals around the world, but they did not provide ‘sound advice’. As a result, Regulators carved out the role of the ‘fiduciary – or someone who works with your best interests in mind’. However, until 2013, this role of a fiduciary did not exist in finance! Since then, if any one chooses to offer financial advice, they must be licensed with the regulators. In other words, they must be Registered Investment Advisers (RIAs).

2. The Power of Technology: Mr Stalekar was of the opinion that technology has created a level playing field in the present day world. Through an office in one corner of the world, it is allowing us aggregate information, maintain data in simple, low-cost and safe manner and enabling us to advise clients in all parts of the world. That’s just the tip of the iceberg – Wikipedia style networks of information are the new ways of accessing research as opposed to static resources like PDFs and excel sheets. Innovations like Block Chain technology are truly unlocking the paradigm of decentralized wealth. All of this is a game changer. Change can sometimes be slow but we have seen similar parallels in industries like music and media in the last 15 years. We no longer need to access assets only through money managers. With the right fiduciary on one’s side, individuals can question and engage with assets across the world.

Paradigms are shifting at an increasingly rapid pace. Rather than handing over money passively to a fund, individuals can be authentically connected to the organizations they place capital in. Initiatives like the Catalyst Program and The Local Chapter are newer ways at looking at investment and research. Technology and Regulators are all increasingly supporting such changes. It is through active participation that we can bring reform and authenticity into our financial systems. It is through deeper engagement that one can become truly ‘wealthy’. It is the understanding of true wealth that brings us all a deeper sense of abundance!

Human Development Study Circle Meeting on “Success in Life” on 10th May, 2016.

The HDSC held its meeting on Success in Life on 10th May, 2016 at BCAS, Jolly Bhavan 2, New Marine Lines, Mumbai, addressed by Dr. B. K. Mukherjee.

Dr. B. K. Mukherjee commenced his discussion by unfolding the meaning and true measure of success.

What is success? Do you measure success in terms of the money you earn?

Or do you measure success by career growth and social standing?

Are you one of those who look beyond the obvious and tries to be TRULY successful in life? It is worth noting:

Success means different things to different people.

For a majority, success would mean – Having everything in balance i.e. recognition in Society, time for yourself, freedom to do what you want to do, money, fame amongst other comforts in life.

To be successful – Work at something you enjoy that is worthy of your time and talent. Most fortunate people convert their hobby into a profession. Passion is something you enjoy doing. Give people more than they expect and do it cheerfully. Professor’s job is to make people think. Be cheerful, it brightens people around you. Jack Welch – His winning strategy is Energy, Enthusiasm, execution.

Among other things success is a result of persistence, commitment, dedication, etc. Success is also the relationships with people you love and respect. Have a feeling of gratitude and loyalty.

Over 21 specific points that indicate the barometer of success were highlighted.

The participants thoroughly enjoyed and requested for a full day session to uncover the learning in greater detail.

Protocol to India-Mauritius Tax Treaty, 2016 – An Analysis

fiogf49gjkf0d
On 10 May, 2016, the Governments of India and Mauritius signed a
Protocol for amending the treaty dated 24 August, 1982, between India
and Mauritius. The key features of the Protocol are the introduction of
source-based taxation for capital gains on the transfer of Indian
companies’ shares acquired on or after 1 April, 2017, and the
sourcebased taxation of interest income of Mauritian banks, and of fees
for technical services. The treaty between India and Mauritius was
signed in 1982 and was in force from 1 April, 1983. As per the treaty,
India does not have the right to tax capital gains arising to a
Mauritius tax resident on sale of shares of Indian companies. This, made
Mauritius a favourable jurisdiction for investing into India. A number
of tax disputes have arisen on the issue of availability of treaty
benefits relating to capital gains as the Indian tax authorities have
sought to deny the benefits on the grounds of ‘treaty shopping’.
However, the Courts have mostly not accepted the contentions of the tax
authorities.

The Indian Government has been negotiating a
revision of the treaty with the Mauritius government for a long time.
The Protocol is a result of the negotiations.

1. Background:

The
Mauritius Treaty has been in existence since 1983 and, over a period of
time, played a critical role in attracting investments into India.
Right from the inception, the focus of the Mauritian government has been
to develop a robust offshore financial centre regime that attracted
reputed financial investors to use Mauritius as a platform for
investment into India. The Indian government was also instrumental in
promoting the Mauritius route and vehemently defended the Mauritius
route before the Supreme Court in the Azadi Bachao Andolan case, besides
issuing circulars to ensure that treaty benefits on capital gains were
provided to Mauritian companies.

It must be recalled that during
the 1990s, when the treaty first began to be extensively used, the
capital gains tax rates in India were significantly higher than they are
today. Investors, especially those from the US, were concerned about
direct investment into India due to a credit mismatch issue that arose
due to differences in the source rules in India and US. The concern for
US investors was that the taxes paid in India on capital gains were not
available as a credit in the US. With time and the lowering of the
Indian tax rates, this has become less of an issue for investors

With
passage of time, the stance of the government in respect of the
Mauritius treaty has undergone a change and everyone has been expecting
an amendment to the treaty for quite some time. Therefore, the amendment
to the India-Mauritius Tax Treaty has not come as an absolute bolt out
of the blue.

The longest running saga in the Indian tax history
may well be at an end. After years of re-negotiations, the over
three-decade-old tax treaty between India and Mauritius has finally been
amended to remove the capital gains exemption, albeit in a phased
manner. In the last two decades, the world has changed considerably.
Then treaty shopping was the established norm, so much so that its
validity was upheld even by the Supreme Court in the Azadi Bachao
Andolan case. Global sentiment has decidedly changed, with the OECD
coming out strongly against treaty abuse in its Base Erosion and Profit
Shifting (BEPS) project. There is an increasing recognition that tax
treaties are intended to avoid double taxation, and that they should not
be used as a basis for double non-taxation (where income ends up not
being taxed in either the Source State or the State of Residence). The
modification of the India-Mauritius treaty seems to be in sync with the
global trends.

Further, despite the Supreme Court upholding the
availability of treaty benefits under the India-Mauritius treaty,
investors continued to face significant challenges in obtaining treaty
benefits at the grass root level. Litigation too, continued to fester on
this issue, which led to the provisions of the treaty being undermined
in practice. This led to significant uncertainty.

Significantly,
the 2016 Protocol has included a number of provisions for enhancing
source country taxation rights, such as inclusion of a Service Permanent
Establishment (Service PE) provision, fees for technical services
(FTS), source country taxation rights on capital gains from shares,
interest income of banks and other income. At the same time, a
limitation on source country taxation rights in respect of interest
income has been provided at the rate of 7.5%.

Importantly, the
2016 Protocol also provides for carving out of shares acquired on or
before 31 March 2017 from source country taxation rights. Transitory
provisions for reduced taxation by the source country on capital gains
from alienation of shares (taxation at 50% of domestic tax rates) has
also been provided for a limited period from 1 April 2017 to 31 March
2019. However, a limitation of benefits (LOB) provision has also been
included for availing transitory provisions. A carve-out (i.e. an
exclusion) has also been included for interest earned by banks from debt
claims existing on or before 31 March 2017. Provisions relating to
exchange of information (EOI) have been revamped in order to bring them
in line with existing international standards. Additionally, an Article
on “Assistance in collection of taxes” has been introduced. Let us now
discuss the Contents of the Protocol in some greater detail in the
following paragraphs:

2. Contents of the Protocol

2.1 Amendment of Article 5 – Insertion of Service PE Clause

Article
1 of the Protocol amends Article 5 (Permanent Establishment) of the
Treaty by inserting in paragraph 2 the following new sub-paragraph:

“(j)
the furnishing of services, including consultancy services, by an
enterprise through employees or other personnel engaged by the
enterprise for such purpose, but only where activities of that nature
continue (for the same or connected project) for a period or periods
aggregating more than 90 days within any 12-month period.”

Impact of the Amendment:

The
service PE clause, while not included in the OECD Model Tax Convention
and expressly promoted by the UN Model Tax Convention, has been included
in a number of tax treaties concluded by India including tax treaties
with USA, UK and Singapore. While some of India’s tax treaties (for
instance with USA, UK, Singapore etc) specifically carve out an
exception for technical / included services from the service PE clause,
no such concession has been provided under the Protocol to the Mauritius
Tax Treaty. To this extent, the proposed clause is similar to the
Service PE clause provided in tax treaties with Iceland, Georgia, Mexico
and Nepal.

With increasing mobility of employees in
multinational organizations, this clause has been a matter of dispute in
a number of cases where employees are sent on secondment or deputation.

It is important to note that the words ‘within a contracting
State’ are missing from the service PE clause. The implication of this
could be that the source state could assert a service PE even if
services are rendered entirely from outside that state but cross the
period threshold. In 2008, OECD added paragraph 42.11 to 42.48 to the
Commentary on its Model Tax convention, dealing with taxation of
services.

Simultaneously, India expressed its position that it
reserves a right to treat an enterprise as having a Service PE without
specifically including the words ‘within a contracting state’. Hence,
this omission seems to be in line with the position taken by India on
the OECD commentary and could even expose taxpayers without any physical
presence to net income taxation in the source state and the resultant
challenges. However, depending upon the facts and circumstances of each
case, such a position would raise many issues regarding calculation of
no. of such days and hence, ensue litigation.

As a result of
inclusion of clause 5(2)(j), the term “PE” will include furnishing of
services, including consultancy services, by an enterprise of one State
through its employees or other personnel engaged by the enterprise for
such purposes, where such activities continue for the same or a
connected project for a period or periods aggregating more than 90 days
within any 12 month period. The United Nations Model Convention (UN MC)
includes this requirement in its Service PE provision contained in
Article 5(3)(b) of the UN MC. Additionally, the threshold is much lower
in the 2016 Protocol at 90 days, whereas it is 183 days in the UN MC.

2.2 Amendment of Article 11 – Taxability of Interest Income

Article 2 of the Protocol amends Article 11 (Interest) of the Treaty as under:

(i)
replacing paragraph 2 with the following: “However, subject to
provisions of paragraphs 3, 3A and 4 of this Article, such interest may
also be taxed in the Contracting State in which it arises, and according
to the laws of that State, but if the beneficial owner of the interest
is a resident of the other Contracting State, the tax so charged shall
not exceed 7.5 per cent of the gross amount of the interest,”;

(ii) deleting the paragraph 3(c); and

(iii)
inserting a new paragraph 3A as follows: “Interest arising in a
Contracting State shall be exempt from tax in that State provided it is
derived and beneficially owned by any bank resident of the other
Contracting State carrying on bona fide banking business. However, this
exemption shall apply only if such interest arises from debt- claims
existing on or before 31st March, 2017.”

Impact of the Amendment:

The
existing DTAA exempted interest income beneficially owned by taxpayers
engaged in a bona fide banking business of one State sourced from the
other State. The 2016 Protocol removes this generic exemption. However, a
carve-out has been included to continue to provide exemption from
taxation in the Source State on interest income arising from debt claims
existing on or before 31 March 2017.

Further, the existing DTAA
provided for unlimited taxation rights for source country on
non-exempted interest income. The 2016 Protocol restricts the source
country taxation rights on interest (including interest earned by banks)
to a maximum of 7.5% on the gross amount of interest. This is the
lowest tax rate cap agreed to by India on interest income for source
country taxation rights amongst all its DTAA s.

A tabular representation of the relevant changes is given below:

Ceiling
of tax rate on interest arising in the source state, coupled with the
additional requirement of such interest being ‘beneficially owned’ by
the resident state owner is in line with OECD and UN model tax
conventions. Further, most tax treaties entered into by India are on
similar lines. Indian tax treaties typically provide for a ceiling of
tax rate in the source state higher than 7.5 %. Currently, interest
income on instruments like compulsorily convertible debentures,
non-convertible debentures, or loans granted by a Mauritius entity to a
person resident in India was subject to tax at the full rate of 40% in
case of INR denominated debt or beneficial rate of 20% / 5% in specified
cases. Therefore, this is certainly a welcome development, and gives
the Mauritius treaty an edge above other treaties which India has signed
with other countries including Singapore, Cyprus and USA, where the
ceiling on rate of tax on interest income is in the range of 10% to 15%.

Earlier Mauritius was not a preferred jurisdiction for making
loans or debt investments as compared to other countries, except to the
extent of loans from a Mauritius resident bank. Thus, the change in the
tax rate to 7.5% on interest income should provide Mauritius a
competitive edge over other countries.

2.3 Insertion of New Article 12A – Taxability of Fees for Technical Services:

Article
3 of the Protocol inserts a New Article 12A concerning Taxation of Fees
for Technical Services as under:

“Article 12A
Fees for Technical Services

1.
Fees for technical services arising in a Contracting State and paid to a
resident of the other Contracting State may be taxed in that other
State.

2. However, such fees for technical services may also be
taxed in the Contracting State in which they arise, and according to the
laws of that State, but if the beneficial owner of the fees for
technical services is a resident of the other Contracting State the tax
so charged shall not exceed 10 per cent of the gross amount of the fees
for technical services.

3. The term “fees for technical
services” as used in the Article means payments of any kind, other than
those mentioned in Articles 14 and 15 of this Convention as
consideration for managerial or technical or consultancy services,
including the provision of services of technical or other personnel.

4.
The provisions of paragraph 1 and 2 shall not apply if the beneficial
owner of the fees for technical services being a resident of a
Contracting State, carries on business in the other Contracting State in
which the fees for technical services arise, through a permanent
establishment situated therein, or performs in that other State
independent personal services from a fixed base situated therein, and
the right or property in respect of which the fees for technical
services are paid is effectively connected with such permanent
establishment or fixed base. In such case the provisions of Article 7 or
Article 14, as the case may be, shall apply.

5. Fees for
technical services shall be deemed to arise in a Contracting State when
the payer is that State itself, a political sub-division, a local
authority, or a resident of that State. Where, however, the person
paying the fees for technical services, whether he is a resident of a
Contracting State or not, has in a Contracting State a permanent
establishment or a fixed base in connection with which the liability to
pay the fees for technical services was incurred, and such fees for
technical services are borne by such permanent establishment or fixed
base, then such fees for technical services shall be deemed to arise in
the Contracting State in which the permanent establishment or fixed base
is situated.

6. Where, by reason of a special relationship
between the payer and the beneficial owner or between both of them and
some other person, the amount of the fees for technical services exceeds
the amount which would have been agreed upon by the payer and the
beneficial owner in the absence of such relationship, the provisions of
this Article shall apply only to the lastmentioned amount. In such case,
the excess part of the payments shall remain taxable according to the
laws of each Contracting State, due regard being had to the other
provisions of this Convention.”

Impact of the Insertion of Article 12A:

As
per this new Article, both the Resident State as well as the Source
State will have the right to tax FTS. However, the Source State taxation
will be limited to 10% of the gross amount of FTS, where the FTS income
is beneficially owned by a resident of the other State. The rate of tax
is specified in the amended Treaty is at par with the tax rate
specified in Section 115A(1)(b)(B) of the Income-tax, 1961 For the
purposes of this Article, FTS has been defined in a wide manner as any
payment made as a consideration of “managerial or technical or
consultancy services”. It also includes payments made for the provision
of services of technical or other personnel. The definition of FTS is
broadly at par with the definition of the term FTS given in Section
9(1)(vii) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The OECD MC does not have an FTS
Article.

Thus, the provisions of Article 12A are similar to the
provisions of other Indian tax treaties specifically including income by
way of FTS. It is pertinent to note that neither the OECD nor the UN
Model Tax Convention postulates taxability of FTS under a separate
Article. In the absence of a separate Article dealing with FTS, such
income would typically not be taxed in the source state, unless the
recipient of the income had a permanent establishment in that state.
With this change, any income paid by an Indian resident, to a resident
of Mauritius as FTS would now be taxable in India.

It is
pertinent to note that the new article does not incorporate the ‘make
available’ criteria for characterization as FTS, unlike tax treaties
with the USA, UK, Singapore etc. resulting in widening the scope of
taxable FTS income to be at par with the provision of Income-tax Act,
1961.

Reading the new Article 12A along with the new service PE
clause, it seems that in the event services in the nature of managerial,
technical or consultancy are rendered by a Mauritius entity for a
period less than 90 days, income arising from such services would be
taxed as per the provisions of Article 12A. In other cases, income
arising from rendering of all types of services for a period exceeding
90 days would be taxable under Article 7 of the Mauritius Tax Treaty,
provided the services are for the same or connected projects. The
interpretation and implementation of these provisions may lead to
litigation.

2.4 Amendment of Article 13 and Introduction of LO B Clause – Rationalization of Capital Gains Tax Exemption

Article 4 of the Protocol amends Article 13 of the Treaty w.e.f. 01.04.2017 by inserting new paragraphs 3A and 3B as under:

“3A.
Gains from the alienation of shares acquired on or after 1st April 2017
in a company which is resident of a Contracting State may be taxed in
that State.

3B. However, the tax rate on the gains referred to
in paragraph 3A of this Article and arising during the period beginning
on 1st April, 2017 and ending on 31st March, 2019 shall not exceed 50%
of the tax rate applicable on such gains in the State of residence of
the company whose shares are being alienated”; and

Further, the Protocol replaces the existing paragraph 4 as follows:

“4.
Gains from the alienation of any property other than that referred to
in paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 3A shall be taxable only in the Contracting
State of which the alienator is a resident.”

Impact of the Amendment

Capital
gains arising from the transfer of shares, until now, were subject only
to residence based taxation under the existing Treaty. The Protocol now
proposes to restrict this exemption for investments in shares acquired
up to 31 March 2017. The exemption will apply irrespective of the date
of subsequent transfer of such shares. Accordingly, taxation rights are
now also provided to the State of residence of the company whose shares
are alienated (Source State) on gains from alienation of shares acquired
on or after 1 April 2017. The Protocol also provides for a transitory
provision for gains arising during a window period of 1 April 2017 to 31
March 2019 in respect of shares acquired on or after 1 April 2017. Such
gains arising during the transitory period will be subjected to tax at
50% of the domestic tax rates as applicable in the Source State.

After
the amendment of the India-Mauritius DTAA by the 2016 Protocol, the
position of taxability of Capital Gains on Transfer of Shares may be
summarized as under:

However,
the new LOB Article 27A (inserted by the Article 8 of the Protocol)
applies only for transitory period benefit on capital gains income.

The LOB Article denies the transitory provision benefit in respect of
capital gains arising between 1 April 2017 and 31 March 2019, where the
LOB conditions are not fulfilled. The following tests are provided in
the LOB clause for a taxpayer to be eligible to claim the transitory
period benefits:

  • Primary purpose/Motive test – Under
    this test, transitory period benefit is not available where the affairs
    of the taxpayer are arranged with the primary purpose of taking
    advantage of the transitory period benefit accorded by the 2016
    Protocol. It has also been clarified that legal entities not having bona
    fide business activities will be considered as having its affairs
    arranged with the primary purpose of availing the transitory period
    benefit.
  • Activity test – This test requires that the
    transitory period benefit will not be available to a shell or conduit
    company. For this purpose, a shell or conduit company means a company
    which is a resident of a Contracting State, but which has almost
    negligible or nil business operations or no real and continuous business
    activities in such Resident State.
  • Expenditure test
    – This test provides the circumstances in which a taxpayer would be
    deemed to be a shell or conduit company in its Resident State. As per
    the expenditure test, the taxpayer would be considered as a
    shell/conduit company if its expenditure on operations in the Resident
    State is less than Mauritian Rs. 1,500,000 or INR 2,700,000, as the case
    may be, in the 12 months immediately preceding the date on which the
    capital gain arises.

However, where the taxpayer is listed
on a recognized stock exchange of the Resident State or where its
expenditure on operations in the Resident State exceeds the above
threshold in the 12 months immediately preceding the date on which
capital gain arises, then such taxpayer will not be treated as a shell
or conduit company.

Impact of the amendment on other types of Capital Gains:

The
finance ministry has clarified that under the revised India-Mauritius
tax treaty, capital gains tax (or tax on profit made) would apply only
in the case of share transactions in India, leaving out derivatives and
non-share securities such as debentures from its purview.

Mr.
Shaktikanta Das, Economic Affairs Secretary, also clarified that the
Derivatives and other forms of securities, such as compulsory
convertible debentures (CCDs) and optionally convertible debentures
(OCDs), will continue to be governed by the existing provision of being
taxed in Mauritius. He added that India had gained a source-based
taxation right only for shares (equity) under the treaty.
Residence-based taxation will continue for derivatives under the
Mauritius pact. Meaning, non-equity securities would be taxed in
Mauritius if routed through there. Since Mauritius does not have a
short-term capital gains tax, it would mean that investors using these
instruments would continue to escape paying taxes in both countries.
(Source: Business Standard dated 14.05.2016)

In addition, there
are also questions as to the potential interplay of General Anti
Avoidance Rules (“GAAR”) with the tax treaties, as well as issues around
grandfathering of treaty benefits in respect of shares acquired after
April 1, 2017 on account of conversion of convertible instruments like
convertibles preference shares and debentures. These issues need to be
clarified by the Finance Ministry to provide clarity and certainty, and
to avoid litigation on this score. There were also concerns on whether
Protocol could be used to bring transfer of Participatory Notes
(“P-Notes”) under tax net. In order to allay concerns regarding
taxability of P-Notes due to Mauritius Tax Treaty amendment, Revenue
Secretary Hasmukh Adhia, in an interview to Press Trust of India,
clarified that, ‘there is no linkage of Mauritius treaty with P-Notes.
P-Notes are issued by foreign companies and not Indian companies’.

Impact on India-Singapore DTAA

Article
6 of the protocol to the India-Singapore DTAA states that the benefits
in respect of capital gains arising to Singapore residents from sale of
shares of an Indian Company shall only remain in force so long as the
analogous provisions under the India-Mauritius DTAA continue to provide
the benefit. Now that these provisions under the India-Mauritius DTAA
have been amended, a concern that arises is that while the Protocol in
the Mauritius DTAA contains a grandfathering provision which protects
investments made before April 01, 2017, it may not be possible to extend
such protection to investments made under the India-Singapore DTAA .
Consequently, alienation of shares of an Indian Company (that were
acquired before April 01, 2017) by a Singapore Resident after April 01,
2017, may not necessarily be able to obtain the benefits of the existing
provision on capital gains as the beneficial provisions under the
India-Mauritius DTAA would have terminated on such date.

In this
respect, a senior official of the Government of India has stated that
the Indian government intends to renegotiate the treaty with Singapore
to bring it on par with the India-Mauritius treaty.

2.5 Amendment of Article 22 – Introduction of Source Rule for Taxation of “Other Income”

Article
5 of the Protocol amends Article 22 by inserting a new paragraph 3 as
under: “3. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2, items
of income of a resident of a Contracting State not dealt with in the
foregoing Articles of this Convention and arising in the other
Contracting State may also be taxed in that other State.”

Impact of the Amendment:

Income
from sources which is not expressly dealt with any of the Articles in
the existing DTAA is presently subjected only to taxation in the
resident country, except in cases where such income is effectively
connected with the PE/ fixed base of the recipient in the other State.
The Protocol expands the source country taxation rights by providing
that such income can also be taxed in the Source State if it arises in
the Source State.

2.6 Replacement of Article 26 – On Exchange of Information

Article
6 of the Protocol replaces existing Article 26 with a new Article 26.
The same is not reproduced here for the sake of brevity.

Salient features of the new Article 26 vis-à-vis the existing provisions are given below:

  • In
    addition to the taxes covered under tax treaty, scope for EOI has been
    enhanced to ‘taxes of every kind and description’, insofar as such taxes
    are not contrary to the provisions of the tax treaty ?
  • The
    information may not anymore be ‘necessary’ but it would be sufficient
    if it is ‘foreseeably relevant’ for the purpose of the tax treaty
  • Information
    / documents received under the tax treaty, can also be shared with
    authorities or persons having an ‘oversight’ over the assessment,
    collection and enforcement of taxes or prosecution in respect of such
    taxes or appeals in relation thereto. Information so disclosed can also
    be used for ‘other’ purposes if permitted by laws of both states and
    authorized by the supplying state. The provision enabling disclosure of
    information to the person to whom it relates has been deleted.
  • The
    requested state cannot deny collection or supply of information on the
    ground that it does not need such information for its own tax purposes.
    Further, a requested state cannot decline to supply information solely
    because the information is held by a bank, other financial institution,
    nominee or person acting in an agency or a fiduciary capacity or because
    it relates to ownership interests in a person.

Suffice it
to say that the scope of the EOI Article in the existing DTAA has been
enhanced to fall in line with international standards on transparency.
The EOI Article is largely in line with the 2014 OECD MC and extends to
information relating to taxes of every kind and description imposed by a
State or its political subdivisions or local authorities, to the extent
that the same is not contrary to the taxation as per the existing DTAA .
EOI would also be possible in respect of persons who are not residents
of the Contracting State, as long as the information requested is in
possession of the concerned State. Specifically, information held by
banks or financial institutions can be exchanged under the EOI Article.

2.7 Insertion of new Article 26A on “Assistance in Collection of Taxes”

Article
7 of the Protocol inserts a New Article 26A on “Assistance in
Collection of Taxes”. The same is not reproduced here for the sake of
brevity. Some salient features are as under:

  • Both countries shall lend assistance to each other in the collection of ‘revenue claims’ arising out of any taxes.
  • ‘Revenue
    claims’ means amount owed in respect of taxes of every kind and
    description (including interest, administrative penalties and costs of
    collection or conservancy related to such taxes), insofar such taxation
    is not contrary to the provisions of the tax treaty or any other
    instrument signed by both.
  • Both countries will be obliged
    to accept and collect revenue claims of the other and take measures for
    conservancy, subject to fulfillment of certain conditions.
  • Revenue
    claims accepted by a country shall not be subject to time limits or
    accorded any priority applicable to a revenue claim under the laws of
    such country or accorded any priority applicable in the other country.
    No proceedings with respect to the existence, validity or the amount of a
    revenue claim can be brought before courts etc in the country accepting
    the revenue claim.

This new Article is largely in line
with the one provided in the 2014 OECD MC. Broadly, this Article enables
the revenue claims of one State to be collected through the assistance
of the other Contracting State, subject to fulfilment of certain
conditions and requirements. Revenue claims for this purpose means the
amount payable in respect of taxes of every kind and description and
which is not contrary to the existing DTAA or any other instrument to
which the States are a party. Assistance would also involve undertaking
measures of conservancy by freezing assets located in the requested
State, subject to the laws therein.

In an era of globalization,
traditional attitudes towards assistance in the collection of taxes have
changed. This change was to some extent influenced by the development
of electronic commerce and the concerns about the ability to collect VAT
on such activities. The 1998 OECD report, Harmful Tax Competition: an
Emerging Global Issue, also highlighted concerns about increased tax
evasion if one country will not enforce the revenue claims of another
country. The Report thus recommended that ‘countries be encouraged to
review the current rules applying to the enforcement of tax claims of
other countries and that the Committee on Fiscal Affairs pursue its work
in this area with a view to drafting provisions that could be included
in tax conventions for that purpose’.

As a result of such
concerns, the OECD Council approved the inclusion of a new Article 27 on
assistance in tax collection in the 2003 update of the OECD model tax
Convention. The new Article 26A is in pari materia with Article 27 of
the OECD model tax convention and can help the Indian Government to
recover tax dues from willful defaulters. India has also inserted a
similar provision for assistance in collection of taxes in recent tax
treaties with Sri Lanka, Fiji, Bhutan, Albania, Croatia, Latvia, Malta,
Romania and Indonesia. Further, tax treaties with UK and Poland have
been amended to insert such an Article.

Both India and Mauritius
have also signed the ‘Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in
Tax Matters’. Moreover, similar to the proposed Article 26 on EOI,
assistance in collection of taxes is not restricted by Article 1 and 2
of the tax treaty.

2.8 Effective Date

Article 9 of the Protocol provides as under:

1.
“Each of the Contracting States shall notify to the other the
completion of the procedures required by its law for the bringing into
force of this Protocol. This Protocol shall enter into force on the date
of the later of these notifications.

2. The provisions of Article 1, 2, 3, 5 and 8 of the Protocol shall have effect:

a)
in the case of India, in respect of income derived in any fiscal year
beginning or after 1 April next following the date on which the Protocol
enters into force;

b) in the case of Mauritius, in respect of
income derived in any fiscal year beginning on or after 1 July next
following the date on which the Protocol enters into force;

3.
The provisions of Article 4 of this Protocol shall have effect in both
Contracting States for assessment year 2018-19 and subsequent assessment
years.

4. The provisions of Article 6 and 7 of this Protocol
shall have effect from the date of entry into force of the Protocol,
without regard to the date on which the taxes are levied or the taxable
years to which the taxes relate.”

 Thus, the Protocol will be
effective in India and Mauritius only after completion of the procedures
in both the countries for bringing it into force.

Once the procedures are completed, the various clauses of the 2016 Protocol would apply in India as follows:

  • Changes to the Capital Gains Article for assessment year 2018-19 and onwards.
  • Article on EOI and inclusion of assistance in collection of taxes, from the date of entry into force of the 2016 Protocol.
  • Other
    provisions for fiscal year beginning on or after the first day of the
    fiscal year (i.e., 1 April for India) following the year in which the
    2016 Protocol enters into force.

3. Concluding Remarks

This
is a landmark move by the Indian Government which finally claims
victory over the long drawn negotiations of the Mauritius Tax Treaty,
over last several years. Taking a myopic view, as a result of the
proposed amendment, Mauritius may lose its sheen as a preferred
jurisdiction for investments into India with additional tax cost for
Mauritius investors. However, in the larger scheme of things and in the
long run, the foreign investors would welcome the certainty of tax
regime and to that extent, grandfathering of capital gains under
India-Mauritius protocol sends out a positive signal that India is not
going to introduce any retroactive taxing provisions.

Both the
governments need to be complimented for ensuring that there is an
orderly phasing out of the capital gains tax exemption over a period of
three years without unduly burdening the investors who invested in India
relying on the treaty. This has ensured that there is no knee-jerk
reaction, unlike in the past, due to the revisions in the treaty.

Thus,
the manner in which the capital gains exemption has been withdrawn/
rationalized is indeed commendable. Instead of an abrupt shift in tax
policy, the Protocol proposes to grandfather all existing investments.
This means that only investments made after April 1, 2017 will be
subject to capital gains tax (that too after a two year transition
period during which a concessional rate at 50% of the prevailing
domestic tax rate will apply subject to satisfying Limitation on
Benefits (LoB) criteria contained in Article 8 of the Protocol). This
provides significant reassurance to existing investors and provides a
clear roadmap for the taxation of future investments. One area where
further clarity is needed is with regard to the position under the
India-Singapore treaty. This treaty provides for a capital gains
exemption, which is co-terminus with the capital gains exemption under
the India-Mauritius treaty. Given the proposed grandfathering of
pre-2017 investments from Mauritius and the twoyear transition period,
there is an urgent need to clarify whether these will apply to
investments from Singapore as well. The government seems to be cognizant
of this and hopefully, one can expect clarity on this soon. Another
area which the government would do well to clarify is that the
provisions of the General Anti Avoidance Rule (GAAR) will not apply if
the LoB conditions are satisfied.

The changes to the treaty
will, of course, lead to some short-term impact on investments in India.
There are unresolved tax issues that especially arise in the context of
P-Notes issued by FPIs/FIIs. Further, today, unfortunately, there is an
artificial characterisation of business income of the FPI/FIIs being
treated as capital gains. This leads to a situation where even portfolio
trading investors who would have otherwise not been taxable in India
are being subject to tax here. Hopefully, the government will revisit
this issue and align the position with other countries so that mere
trading in Indian securities should not give rise to tax implications in
the country, absent a permanent establishment in India. This
artificiality is unfair and also gives rise to possible non-availability
of tax credits in the home country. While the government has
renegotiated the treaty with Mauritius, it is also hoped that they
continue on the path of tax reforms to ensure that investors are not put
off by constant adverse changes to tax policy.

Society News

fiogf49gjkf0d
13th Leadership Camp on 17th to 19th April 2015


The 13th Residential Leadership Camp (Spiritual Retreat) for BCAS members and their spouses was held at Moksh, amidst the scenic environment of the resort at Lonavala, between 17th April and 19th April 2015.

The topic was “Body-Mind Balance”. The faculty were Dr. Harish Joshi and Mrs. Kokila Joshi, reverently addressed as Guruji and Guruma by the 35 participants who attended the camp.

2-Day Orientation Workshop designed for Articled Students on 24th & 25th April 2015

A 2-day orientation workshop was organised by the Human Resources Committee of BCAS. The objective of the workshop was to give an introductory insight on a variety of topics which will assist students and fresh Chartered Accountants in their articled period and would also help them expand their knowledge base and sharpen their skills to discharge their duties more effectively

The first session started with the introduction of the concept of Body, Mind and Soul. The Faculty elaborated on layers of human existence emphasising that three things viz. Sankalp (Determination), Knowledge and Energy can accomplish any task howsoever challenging it may appear. What is required to be understood is that though apparently appearing to be different, the reality is only one and that is, each person is “Complete” in himself, capable to achieve anything through understanding the connection between the Body and Mind which can be easily perceived once an individual has perceived the layers of human existence. Session 2 elaborated on “Dharma of birth in human form” enlightening the participants on the supremacy of human form in the chain of evolution and how one should spread fragrance of good deeds, thoughts and love to progress on the path which can answer the question of “Who Am I?” leading to supreme enlightenment.

Session 3 and 4 made the participants realise some fundamental truths that can lead them to the right path prodding them to introspect to identify EGO, tendency of being JUDGEMENTA L and ATTA CHMENT which are big obstacles for realising the true purpose of existence. Participants were told that there are three forces, Brahma (Creation), Vishnu (Maintenance) and Shiva (Destruction) that constantly operate in the universe and are also present in each human to more or less extent. One needs to learn to identify these forces to appropriately adept oneself to truly realise one’s potential. The best technique for such identification is Meditation and Pranayama. It then got the participants to think about fundamental questions such as “Why are we here on earth?”, Is unconditional love the form of Godliness? etc. answering them with illustrations. The session ended with explanation of 3 different types of emotions viz. Sat (Love), Chita (Peace) and Bliss (Anand), and how they are governed. In the evening there were interactive games with ides of making participants think in terms of their behavior and interactions with their family members.

Session 5 and 6, on the second day, covered the significance of divinity of relationship with others as well as one’s own self. It explained how being connected to the almighty constantly helps you connect with yourself and others better and help you live your life harmoniously. Simple things like gestures of respect, such as touching feet, could increase humility and respect, and ultimately bring peace. The participants were also explained the concept of Guru, Satguru and follower and disciple, difference between forms of existence/personalities such as Manushya (Human), Deva (God) and Pashu (Animals). Different techniques of meditation were taught giving participants some very exhilarating experiences.

Session 7 guided participants to know their biological cycle to take emotional state to higher level which can free one from state of ” Vikalpas” (Alternatives) to “Sankalpa” (Determination) from being “Doubtful” to” Doubtless” and from being “Fearful” to “Fearless”. Session 8 started with meditation and addressed various subjects such as how to recognise one’s Ego, how to convert stress energy in to creative energy etc.

On the third and concluding day, Guruji and Guruma answered the participants’ questions collectively and individually. The camp concluded with gratitude to the faculty and blessings from them.

Workshop on ‘Present the Presenter Within’ on 25th April 2015

Human Resources Committee of BCAS organised this workshop (spread over four Saturdays), under the auspices of Amita Memorial Trust, where the Trainer Mr. Shyam Lata dealt with various aspects of enhancing public speaking, communication and interpersonal skills. These four sessions helped the participants to get rid of shackles of selfconsciousness and developed in them a compelling desire not only to express their ideas but to do so with forcefulness and conviction.

Felicitation of President & Vice President of ICAI on 28th April 2015

The Society invited CA Manoj Fadnis, President, ICAI, and CA Devaraja Reddy, Vice-President, ICAI, on 28th April, 2015 at the BCAS Office for an interactive meeting and felicitated them. The meeting was also attended by Mr.Sunil Patodia, Chairman – WIRC, Mr.Dilip Apte, Vice-Chairman, Central Council Member Mr. Nihar Jambusaria, and Regional Council Members Mr. Mangesh Kinare, Mr. Shradul Shah, Mr. Shushrut Chitale, Ms. Preeti Savla, Mr. Pankaj Raval, Mr.Neel Majithia and Mr. Mahesh Madkholkar, several Past Presidents of BCAS and other members.

During the interactive session, Mr. Arvind Dalal, Mr. Harish Motiwala, Mr. Kishore Karia, Mr. Govind Goyal, Mr. Gautam Nayak and Mr. Mayur Nayak put forward various issues concerning the profession, the members and the students. The President of ICAI, Mr.Manoj Fadnis, dealt with each of the issues raised elaborately and explained various steps being taken by the ICAI.

The Vice President of ICAI, Mr. Devaraja Reddy, explained the proposed revision in the CA Curriculum and the process followed.

Mr. Manoj Fadnis, ICAI President and Mr. Devaraja Reddy, ICAI Vice President, appreciated the work done by the BCAS and invited the BCAS representatives in supporting the ICAI in various technical areas. They also assured that such interactive meetings and dialogues will continue in the future.

levitra

Society News

fiogf49gjkf0d
Lecture Meeting on Companies Act 2013 – Implications on Auditors on 7th May, 2014


L to R : Mr. Natrajh Ramakrishna (Speaker), Mr. Chetan Shah, Mr. Kanu Chokshi, Mr. Manish Sampat

Speaker Mr. Natrajh Ramakrishna, Chartered Accountant, dealt with provisions regarding Auditor, including opportunities, and challenges under the Companies Act, 2013. More than 350 participants attended this lecture meeting. The detailed analysis and presentation was well received. The presentation and video recording of the lecture is available on the website of the society. Interested members may visit www.bcasonline.org & www.bcasonline.tv.


Lecture Meeting on ‘Wellness through a holistic approach of healing the soul, mind and body through optimum Nutrition’ on 19th April, 2014


L to R : Mrs. Trupti Shingala, Mr. Yogesh Mathuria (Speaker), Mr. Naushad Panjawani (President) , Mrs. Afsheen Panjwani.

Speaker Mr. Yogesh Mathuria, Life & Wellness Coach, enlightened the participants on the approach of holistic wellness through one’s soul, mind and body. He placed importance on one’s eating habits and conveyed tthe concept of ‘You are What You Eat.’ The audience found it very enriching and educative. Members may visit www. bcasonline.org & www.bcasonline.tv for the presentation and video recording.

2-Day Orientation Workshop designed for Students and Chartered Accountants on 18th & 19th April 2014


L to R : Mr. Chetan Shah, Mr. Jagdish Punjabi(Speaker), Mr. Mayur Nayak, Ms. Smita Acharya.

The following topics were discussed:

This 2-day orientation workshop was organised by the Human Resources Committee of the BCAS. The objective of the workshop was to give an introductory insight on a variety of topics which may guide students and newly qualified Chartered Accountants. 93 participants attended and benefited from the Workshop.

Workshop on ‘Present the Presenter Within’ on 26th April, 2014

The Human Resources Committee of BCAS organised a workshop (spread over four Saturdays), under the auspices of Amita Memorial Trust, where the Trainer, Mr. Shyam Lata dealt with various aspects of enhancing public speaking, communication and interpersonal skills. These four sessions helped the participants overcome limiting inhibitions. He guided them to develop a compelling desire, not only to express one’s ideas but to do so with conviction and assertion. 27 participants attended the workshop. They immensely benefited from the training.

levitra

Society News

FEMA Study Circle Meeting held on 17th April 2017
at BCAS Hall

On April 17th, a FEMA Study Circle Meeting was
held on the topic of Compounding Issues under FEMA. The group was led by
learned speaker CA. Rajesh P. Shah.

Mr Shah not only took participants through important FEMA
provisions applicable to compounding procedures and guidelines, but also
discussed practical issues relating to the subject matter and RBI views on the
same.

The speaker also resolved the queries of the participants.

CRASH COURSE ON ISCA FOR CA FINAL held on 21st
April 2017 at BCAS Hall

A Crash Course on Information Systems Control & Audit
(ISCA) for CA Final Group-II aspirants appearing in May 2017 Exams was
conducted on Friday, 21st April 2017 at BCAS Conference Hall. The
Speaker CA. Kartik Iyer shared his knowledge and experience in the most
practical manner on various topics like amendments for May 2017 exams, how to
Revise ISCA? etc. Memory Techniques for Easy Last Minute Revision,
Overview of all the Chapters, Exam Day Schedule and many more critical areas
were covered and explained to the attendees. The speaker gave practical
examples to understand the complexities of the subject. The session was very
interactive and participants benefitted from the course.

ITF Study Circle Meeting on “GAAR – It’s Concepts &
Examples” (Part II) held on 24th April 2017 at BCAS Hall

Acknowledging the importance and depth of the topic “GAAR –
It’s Concepts & Examples” and in continuance of the ITF Study Circle
Meeting held on 6th April 2017, the society organised another
enthusiastic meeting of the ITF Study Circle on the topic “GAAR – It’s Concepts
& Examples” – Part II on 24th April, 2017 at BCAS Conference
Hall, led ably by Group Leader CA. Siddharth Banwat.

Mr. Banwat commenced the meeting by revisiting the provisions
of sections 95 to 102 of the Income-tax Act. This meeting focused the
discussion on the examples on various issues pertaining to GAAR. He went on to
cover examples like GAAR v. POEM, Reverse Merger, Capital Gain avoidance in
LLP, Dividend v. Buyback, Off-market sale v. On-market sale, Salary Structuring,
Conversion of company into LLP, Shell/conduit company, Bank Financing, Treaty
Benefit, Taxation on payment basis in treaty, Capital Reduction v. Dividend,
Issuing OCPS to residents, Issuing CCD to Residents, Business Restructuring etc.

The members of the Study Circle discussed their experiences
on the above issues and the participants immensely benefitted from the
discussion on the subject.

Half Day Workshop on Fraud Prevention held on 28th April
2017 at BCAS Hall

HDTI Committee of BCAS
organised the workshop on Fraud Prevention on 28th April, 2017,
where defying the GST wave, a group of over 30 young as well as experienced CAs
met to get a deeper perspective on how organisations can improve their
immunity, and prevent frauds.

Vice-President CA. Narayan Pasari set the right tone in his
keynote opening remarks as he put before the participants the distinction
between Fraud Prevention and Fraud investigations; the former being proactive
effort while the latter a post-Mortem exercise. CA. Nikunj Shah highlighted and
discussed in detail the two major frameworks that are world-class bench marks
in fraud prevention. His discussion based approach and MCQs at the end of the
session ensured that the participants remain engaged throughout the session.

The 2nd half witnessed CA. Ashish Athalye
stimulating the minds of the participants in implementing the right tools,
techniques and controls to prevent frauds by making them work on various case
studies. At the end, Question-answer session addressed by both the faculties
ensured that participants left satisfied and their doubts cleared.

Full day Seminar on “Finance Act, 2017” held on 29th April,
2017 at BCAS Hall

A Full day Seminar on the Finance Act, 2017 was held by the
Taxation Committee of the BCAS at BCAS Hall, Churchgate on 29th
April, 2017. President CA. Chetan Shah gave the opening remarks followed by
introductory remarks by the Chairman of the Taxation Committee, CA. Ameet
Patel.

Various provisions of the Finance Act, 2017 were explained
ably by the following Speakers:

 

CA. Namrata Dedhia

CA. Namrata Dedhia 
spoke on the amendments carried out on provisions of the Income-tax Act
in respect of Income from other sources, TDS (except section 194-IB), Returns
and assessments, Authority for Advance Rulings, Fees for default in furnishing
return of income and Income on refund to deductor. The session was chaired by
CA. Kishor Karia who expressed his views on certain provisions.The Speaker and
the Chairman answered all the queries raised on the subject.

CA. Gautam Nayak

CA. Gautam Nayak threw light and explained the
intricacies of the amendments in respect of Taxation of Non-residents, Transfer
pricing, Chapter VI-A deductions, Special income, MAT and related sections. The
session was chaired by CA. Dilip Thakkar who expressed his views on
implications of the amendments from FEMA perspective. 


CA. Devendra Jain

CA. Devendra Jain
dealt with the provisions relating to Maintenance and audit of books, Promoting
digital economy, Taxation of house property, Section 194-IB, Penalties, Carry
forward and set off for start-up companies, Miscellaneous amendments in
business income and Exemptions. This session was chaired by CA. Ameet Patel who
suggested that the profession should support the Government’s intention to
promote digitisation and a hyper technical interpretation of the provisions
enacted to promote digitisation should be avoided.

CA. Anil Sathe

CA. Anil Sathe
discussed the provisions dealing with capital gains and related sections,
Search, seizure and survey related provisions and taxation of charitable
institutions. This session was also chaired by CA. Ameet Patel.

Two young speakers CA. Namrata Dedhia and CA. Devendra Jain
deliberated the topics on the BCAS platform for the very first time. The
sessions in the Seminar were very informative and analytical and the speakers
answered the queries raised by the participants. The participants immensely
benefitted from the seminar.

Direct Tax Study Circle Meeting on ‘Income Computation
Disclosure Standards; ICDS – 1 Accounting Policies, ICDS – 2 Valuation of
Inventories  and ICDS – 8 Securities’
held on 4th May 2017 at BCAS Hall

The Chairman of the session, CA. Sanjeev Pandit gave his
introductory remarks regarding the manner in which ICDS had been previously
notified by the CBDT and also on revised ICDS and FAQ’s issued by the CBDT
recently.

The group leader, CA. Nimesh Jain briefly explained the
conditions for applicability of ICDS and the clarification issued by CBDT in
relation to applicability of ICDS, to persons covered by presumptive scheme of
taxation. (eg. section 44AD, 44AE, 44ADA, 44B, 44BB, 44BBA). Thereafter, the
FAQ’s released by CBDT in relation to Applicability to companies which adopted
Ind-AS, applicability to computation under MAT and AMT, Applicability to Banks,
Non-banking financial institutions, Insurance companies, Power sector etc.,
Applicability of ICDS III and IV to real estate developers and Build-Operate-Transfer operators and applicability of ICDS to leases, were
discussed by the group.

Mr. Jain also explained in brief the provisions of ICDS I –
Accounting policies, disclosure requirements contained in ICDS I and the
transitional provisions. He highlighted a few issues such as non-recognition of
the concepts of prudence and materiality, conflict between the provisions of
ICDS and SC rulings and allowance of MTM loss on interest rate swaps.
Subsequently, the provisions of ICDS II Valuation of Inventories were discussed
and issue of their applicability to service providers was deliberated upon.

He further opined that ICDS II may get entirely overruled by
section 145A which contains a non-obstante clause. Then he discussed the
revisions made in ICDS VIII Securities, the standard which has been divided
into 2 parts – Part A and B. Part A applies to Securities held as stock in
trade and Part B applies to Securities held by Scheduled Banks and public
financial institutions. He described the treatment to be given in case of
pre-acquisition interest and bucket approach by way of illustrations.

The participants benefitted enormously from the meeting.

Human Development Study Circle Meeting on “Chanakya’s
Business Sutras” held on 9th May, 2017 at BCAS Hall

The meeting was conducted by HDTI Committee for the key
purpose to assess the progress of the participants of the Leadership Camp held
on 24th and 25th February, 2017. This meeting helped the
participants to understand the effectiveness of the implementation of
Chanakya’s Business Sutras in their Profession/Business to enable business
growth.

The session also helped those who had missed out the
Leadership Camp and gave them an insight into the learning at the leadership
camp, as the presenter recapitulated and summarised the learnings of the
Business Sutras of Chanakya.

The participants got mesmeried with the insights from the
meeting. 

BEPS Study Circle Meeting held on 13th May 2017
at BCAS Hall

International Taxation Committee of BCAS organised a meeting
to discuss the BEPS Action Plan 6 read with Plan 15: Preventing the granting of
treaty benefits in inappropriate circumstances & Multi-lateral Instrument
(‘MLI’). The panel of discussion comprised of CA. D S Sharma, CA. Rutvik
Sanghvi  & CA. Monika Wadhani. They
made their respective presentations on the captioned BEPS Action Plan 6 read with
Plan 15 and explained the provisions of some minimum standards like Principle
Purpose Test, Limitation of Benefits provisions etc. which all countries
have to agree.  They also discussed the
MLI and the explanatory statement and explained that the remaining provisions
(e.g. Hybrid instrument provisions, PE provisions) are not mandatory.

Each country has an option to adopt the provision, or can
choose various options given for the respective provision. It is possible that
some countries will opt for one option and the others will opt for another
option. Hence one will have to consider the DTA, the MLI, the option adopted by
the countries and then take a legal view. It will be a complicated exercise.
The background, overview, functionality, structure and possible implications of
the MLI including the way forward were discussed and deliberated in detail.

It was also informed that negotiation concluded on MLI
between more than 100 countries including India has been released by the
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) on 24th November
2016. It is expected to be ratified by various countries by June 2017. Once the
MLI is ratified, it would become effective from 1st January of the
calendar year following the date of ratification. Thus, it is expected to be
effective from FY 2018-19 as far as India is concerned. The MLI provides for
anti-avoidance provisions agreed to by the countries under the BEPS programme
of the G20 /OECD. After ratification, each country will deposit the ratified document
with OECD. The MLI will not replace the DTA, it will supplement it. It will
also override the DTA on those aspects which are mandatory, and those which the
countries adopt.

The conclusion was that given the number of bilateral
decisions that are involved in designing a detailed LOB rule (including
decisions related to the content of the CIV subparagraph of the definition of
“qualified person”), the multilateral instrument was not an appropriate
instrument for the implementation of the detailed LOB rule. This removed the
pressure to design a multilateral solution to the issue of the treatment of
non-CIV funds in the detailed LOB provision.

The participants benefitted immensely from the concept and
overview of the BEPS explained by the learned speakers.

BCAS Foundation update

BCAS Foundation decided to
support– “Needy Child Project (Cancer Afflicted)” as reported last month. The
Foundation is donating Rs.25000 per month since October 2016 for the cancer
treatment of children at Tata Memorial Hospital (TMH) from its fund. The donation
is given through ImpaCCT (Improving Paediatric Cancer Care and Treatment), a
unit of TMH to monitor donations to paediatric patients.

Further, an appeal was
made to the BCAS members who donated generously for the project. Members also
managed to collect further funds for the project from the trusts they are
associated with. The Foundation arranged visits to the TMH of BCAS members in
batches to get a firsthand experience of the situation and what their generous
donation can achieve.

BCAS Foundation also
committed to sponsor diagnostic equipment of about Rs 5.25 lakh for the same
hospital. This equipment is designed to handle multiple diagnostic analysis and
reduces substantially the time taken for diagnosis. The equipment would
increase the speed, quality and efficiency of diagnosis thereby increasing
patients’ recovery rate. An appeal was circulated to BCAS Core Group members
for the equipment who have generously donated to meet that target. BCAS Core
Group are the set of volunteers who serve on the 9 committees of BCAS.

The total collection for
Tata Hospital has crossed Rs. 20 lacs. BCAS Foundation has disbursed Rs.13.88
lakh to ImpaCCT and balance will soon be disbursed to them for the medical
equipment.

BCAS Foundation will
support the “Needy Child Project (Cancer Afflicted)” on an ongoing basis. We
are grateful to the members for their generous response to the call of donating
towards alleviating one of the worst forms of human suffering.

Society News

FEMA Study Circle

 

Study Circle Meeting on
“Bitcoins – Tax and Regulatory Implications” held on 19th April,
2018 at BCAS Conference Hall

 

International Taxation
Committee organized the meeting at BCAS Conference Hall which was led by Group
Leader CA. Isha Sekhri.

 

The Group Leader explained the concept and modalities of crypto currency
and also discussed tax implications on dealing in Bitcoins. She also discussed
the risks, including the financial, operational, legal, customer protection and
security related risks that the users, holders and traders of Virtual
Currencies (VCs) are exposed to. The members also deliberated upon the
acceptability of crypto currency in India and about its status around the
globe.



The Speaker further shared
her knowledge and experience on various related issues which was a valuable
takeaway for the participants.

 

Suburban Study Circle

 

Study Circle Meeting on
“Practice Management for Small and Mid-size CA Firms” held on 21st April, 2018

 

Suburban Study Circle
organized a meeting on Practice Management for Small and Mid-size CA Firms on
21st April, 2018 at Bathia & Associates LLP, Andheri which was
addressed by CA. Atul Bheda.

 

The speaker made detailed
presentation on the issues faced by small and mid-size Chartered Accountancy
firms such as: a) Billing, b) Recovery of Fees, c) Staff recruitment and
training, d) Time management, e) Delegation of work to staff, f) Practice
development and g) Infrastructure and organisation. The speaker also emphasised
the importance of creative thinking, work life balance, physical fitness and
health etc. and shared lot of anecdotes and personal experiences and struggles
in his career as a practicing chartered accountant.

 

The participants benefited
from the presentation and practical examples given by the speaker.

 

Release of BCA Referencer
2018-19 on 30th April, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall


CA. Uday Karve


Membership & Public
Relations Committee organised the BCA Referencer Release Function at BCAS
Conference Hall. The Referencer was released by the hands of CA. Uday Karve,
Chairman of DNS Bank Ltd., Chief Guest on the occasion. Since the central theme
of BCAS Referencer is Collective Enterprise –
India’s Co-operatives
, Mr. Karve while addressing the gathering, spoke
about his experience in the Co-operative sector.

 

He also spoke highly about
the BCAS Referencer which is considered as an outstanding publication by tax and
accounting professionals both in practice and industry and pressed upon that
every practicing CA must read. 

 

About cooperative
movement, he mentioned that it is approximately 115 years since the
Co-operative Movement  formally started
in the country. In Indian culture, we believe in collectivism over recognition
of an individual and that is the Central theme of Cooperative movement.

 

In today’s world, CAs are
leading Cooperative movements. It brings inclusiveness whereas private
organisations do not. Voting Power in Co-operative Societies do not depend on
amount of capital held by Shareholders. In fact it is, “One person, one
vote.”


 

Referencer Release: L to R : CA. Sunil Gabhawalla, CA. Chetan Shah, CA. Uday
Karve (Speaker), CA. Narayan Pasari (President), and CA. Pranay Marfatia

He further explained that
majority of the Cooperative Banks in Gujarat and Maharashtra are non-scheduled
banks catering to the services of the common man. Of total of approximately
1,500 Co-operative banks taken together, Gross NPAs of Co-operative banks are
less than 7% of their lending, which is lower than the bench mark of 7% set by
Reserve Bank of India. Further, capital adequacy ratio of most of the
co-operative banks is more than 12%, which is considered as a healthy sign.

 

He also made an appeal to
all the CAs to get associated with banking & co-operative movement and
suggested BCAS to start a Co-operative Clinic to educate its members.

 

Meeting concluded with a
formal release of Referencer for the year 2018-19 followed by entertainment
programme and dinner.

 

DIRECT TAX LAWS STUDY
CIRCLE

 

Direct Tax Laws Study
Circle Meeting on ‘Presumptive Taxation’ held on 7th May, 2018 at
BCAS Conference Hall

 

Direct Taxation Committee
organised the Study Circle Meeting on 7th May, 2018 at BCAS
Conference Hall, which was chaired by CA. Devendra Jain who gave the opening
remarks followed by the Group leader, CA. Chirag Wadhwa who administered an
overview of the presumptive taxation scheme as per the Income-Tax Act, 1961
(Act). The group leader also briefly explained the constitutional validity of
the presumptive taxation scheme. Various examples and case laws were discussed
and questions were taken from the group with respect to the budget amendments
in the relevant sections.

 

CA . Chirag Wadhwa further
touched upon the determination of ‘gross receipts’ and the ICAI guidance note.
All the relevant sections relating to presumptive tax and the analysis on what
could be considered as ‘profession’ and ‘business’ were taken up and views from
the group were considered. The group leader also briefly explained the
applicability of section 68 and section 69 of the Act in such cases. The interplay
between presumptive provisions and tax audit was discussed with illustrations.
The session was concluded by discussing aspects to be considered while filing
the ITR under the presumptive scheme.

 

The meeting was
interactive and the participants were enriched with the knowledge of
presumptive taxation.

 

HRD Study Circle

 

Study Circle Meeting on
“Discover Your Burning Desire – The Why of Your Life” held on 8th
May, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall

 

HDTI Committee organized a
meeting on “Discover Your Burning Desire – The Why of Your Life” on 8th
May, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall which was addressed by CA Siddharth Shah. The
discussion was based on the Book by Napolean Hill titled “Think and Grow Rich”.
The Speaker mentioned that the title suggests various different things for
different individuals and that just reading this book is not enough and one
really needs to introspect and contemplate to practice it to achieve.

 

The best-selling book
teaches how to get guidance to plan road map of one’s life without Trial and
Error. Whatever the mind can conceive and believe, it can achieve.

 

The discussion revolved
around how to convert ordinary desire to burning desire which drives a person
to be successful in achieving all round growth and prosperity.

 

The participants found the
session very interesting as it imparted the invaluable insights about attaining
success and achievements in life.

 

ITF Study Circle

 

ITF Study Circle Meeting
on “Case Laws related to Fees for Technical Services” held on 10th
May, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall

 

International Taxation
Committee conducted a meeting on ‘Case Laws related to Fees for Technical
Services’ on 10th May, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall. The meeting was
led by Group Leader CA. Divya Jokhakar who explained that the taxability of
Fees for Technical Services (FTS) has been a subject matter of huge litigation
and a significant number of judicial decisions, advance rulings and judgements
have been pronounced and continues to be delivered in this regard. 

 

The Group Leader commenced
the meeting by discussing the facts of case laws along with the provisions of sections 9(1)(vii) of the Income Tax Act and various treaty provisions relating
to FTS. During the course of the meeting, the Speaker deliberated on the case
laws and went on to cover inclusions, exclusions and exemptions from the scope
of the definition of FTS, meaning of managerial, technical and consultancy,
disallowance due to non-deduction of taxes at source under section
40(a)(i)/(ia), source rule, exploring the impact of performance guarantee fee,
distinguishing business with India and business in India, ascertainment of debt
claim, determining taxability on basis of utilisation, rendering and payment
for services, assessing divisibility of contract, ascertaining satisfaction of
benefit test and enduring benefit.    

     

The participants also
shared their practical experiences on above issues and benefitted enormously
from the discussion and valuable insights provided by the learned Speaker.

 

International Economic
Study Group

 

Meeting on “Current
global economic issues-Trade & Currency War, North Korea Resolution, Oil
price flare up” held on 17th May, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall

 

International Economics
Study Group under the patronage of International Taxation Committee organized a
meeting on 17th May, 2018 at BCAS Conference Hall, to discuss
“Current global economic issues-Trade & Currency War, North Korea
Resolution, Oil flare up.” where the members participated in person as well as
through Skype i.e. from Nasik, Jamnagar & USA etc.

 

CA. Rashmin Sanghvi led
the discussion and set the tone of the meeting bringing out past Trade &
Currency Wars and philosophy behind that. Members discussed Trade war initiated
by US President Trump against China by announcing steep duty hike on imports of
steel, aluminium & other goods  and
threatening China to stop forcing American companies to hand over their prized
intellectual property in lieu of doing business in China. The Group also
discussed implications of this move and counter move by China on their
respective economy as well as Global and Indian economy and impending Currency
War spilling out from the Trade War. The Group also deliberated upon the impact
of launch of China’s Gold Backed Petro-Yuan which appears to challenge US
Dollar Hegemony with China aiming to develop a currency that could be worthy of
a global superpower. Members also discussed recent turmoil in Forex market
where in Indian rupee has depreciated from Rs. 64 to Rs.68. This could turn in
to an Economic War which would have serious implications for global and Indian
economy. This was followed by a discussion on North Korea Standoff, Oil Price
flare up, Demand Supply mismatch, Geopolitical tensions in Middle East, Iran
& Venezuela sanctions and USA turning in to net exporter besides Hedge
Funds thus playing active role in oil price flare up.

 

The meeting was very
participative and members got enormously enlightened with a fruitful
interaction on the subject.

 

Indirect Tax Study Circle

 

Study Circle Meeting on “Interplay of GST with Account
Finalisation & ITR” held on 19th May, 2018

 

The above meeting,
addressed by CA. Gaurav Save, was held on 19th May, 2018 at Bathiya
& Associates LLP, Andheri.

 

The Speaker made a
detailed presentation on the following issues concerning the Accounts
Finalization and ITR Forms under GST regime a) Basis of Maintaining Books of
Accounts, b) Accounts & Records under GST, c) Turnover v/s. Aggregate
Turnover, d) Accounting Entries for GST, e) Reporting in ITR, f) Compliance
with Sec. 145A of IT Act and g) Reconciliation of accounts with GST returns.


CA. Gaurav Save also deliberated on conflicts that might arise between the
accounting principles to be followed under Accounting Standards and GST and
shared practical case studies on the subject.

 

The session was quite
interactive and the participants benefited a lot from the presentation shared
by the speaker.

BCAJ June 1969

BCAJ June 1970

BCAJ June 1971

BCAJ June 1972

BCAJ June 1973

BCAJ June 1974

BCAJ June 1975

BCAJ June 1976

BCAJ June 1977